anne Ese ane gpaieert Sete Sitines ~— pcan meres mc mnt jo hom tod hp) ne ee me s eke ‘sharma! Saab cad-agindna (clplaehaatl aed P oeuaites aeas nt eastins ciara NS EEN annette ans heuer. Aral - at ham wn setpaim nen Se men o eee po at meee ei wey ay Bs ye ate THE PROCEEDINGS \__ LINNEAN SOCIETY NEW SOUTH WALES (SzCom SERIES.) NEG 5 eas GO WITH THIRTY-NINE PLATES. PeeOiey Se EE Se AR LSs 7. Sy DINE Y : PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY F. CUNNINGHAME & COL 146, Pier STREET, AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1888. OFIG SYDNEY : F. CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PRINTERS, 146 PITT STREET. 2 , CONAN S, On VOL. If. (SHCOND SERIES.) PART, 1. (Issued May 18th, 1887.) PAGE On an Undescribed Dules from New Guinea. By E. P. Ramsay, LL.D., &c., and J. DougLAs-OGILpy .. St a; B68 aa 4 A Glance at the Flora of Mount Wilson. By the Rev. W. Woo.Ls, PhD ELS. 9: e as ies 6 Catalogue of the Described Coleoptera of Australia, Part vit. By GEORGE MASTERS 5 dos ep als Note on Some Trilobites New to Australia. By iE: Rats, Ing. des Arts et Manuf., Paris. (Plates 1. and I1.). 95 Note on the Mode of Nidification of a Species of ‘Pachycephala, supposed to be P. Gilbertii, from the Interior of N. 8. Wales. By K. H. Bennett a eee LOS Tao wen ing Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 3. By E. HAVILAND, E.L.S. . 105 Notes on the Method ‘adopted by the Female of the Common Fresh- water Tortoise, Chelodina longicollis, in the Excavation of the Burrows in which her Begs | are to be Deposited. By H. J. McCoory ... ee a = ase ey LOZ Miscellanea Entomologica, No. ut. The Scaritide of New Holland. By Wixi1am Mactsay, F.L.S., &c. . 115 ene. Seasons of Australian Plants, No. 4. By ‘E, Havin: AND, F.LS ay) ASD Notes on some Australian Fossils. “By Fruix Rarre, ME. : (1) Salisburia palmata, emend. from Jeanpaulia or eRe palmata, Katte 3 137 (2) On the Muscular Impr ession n of the Genus ‘Notomya (Mae onia). (Plate rm) s. 139 Note on a Remarkable Example of Fracture in Kerosene Shale. By Fevrx Rarte, M.E. (Plate 1v.). : 140 Notes on the Bacter iological Examination of Water from the ‘Sydney Supply. No. ur By Dr. Oscar Karz _... 151 Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Coleoptera of Australia, No. tv. Description of a new ‘Genus and Species of Oedemeride. By A. Srpney Ouuier, F.E.S. 158 On Some Additional Labyrinthodont Fossils from the Hawkesbury Sandstone of New South Wales. Second Note on Platyceps Wilkinsonii. By Professor STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S. 4 156 Additional Evidence on Fossil Salisburie from Australia. “By F. Ratte, M.F.. ace 159 On an Undescribed Shark from Port Jackson. "By iH PY Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLas OGILBY ae 163 List of Birds Collected at Derby, North-West Australia, by ‘the late T. H. Boyer-Bower, Esq., with Notes. By Dr. E. P . Ramsay, BRAS aBareses ly. ie 3 oe: Aor UGS) Elections and Announcements a a i Ee aot Lt 146 Donations i aay fe a aie ie abe ae Meas Waele Notes and Exhi'’ its. a ack 3 ane oe 109, 141, 174 ive CONTENTS. PART "IT, (Issued August 31st, 1887.) PAGE Notes on the Genera of Australian Fishes. By HK. P. arene FE.B.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLtas OGILBY. ad Ts Jes 181 Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 5. By E. TES vO oF 185 On an Improved Method of Galivanne inane or anisms on Baie. By Dr. Oscar Karz 187 Descriptive Record of two Plants ‘additional ie the ‘Flora ie: one tralia, and occurring also in New South Wales. By Baron von MvuELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. ... 191 Bacteriological Observations made at the Little Bay Coast Hospital By Dr. Oscar Katz . 203 The Insects of the Cairns isbeise Novihon Queensland. ‘Part Ts By Witiram Macueay, F.L.S., &c. ... : 213 Description of a New Species of Hpimachus, oon she neieoiatte ee a E. New Guinea. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., B.G.8 Jc 239 marenevoee a New veoakan ie By E. P. eres F. R. 8. E,, and J. DoucLas OGILBY 241 Remarks on an Introduced Species Ao ‘Tand: Plaeron apparently Bipalium Kewense, Moseley. By J.J. Funrcuer, M.A., B.Sc.... 244 On a Trilobite from Reefton, New Zealand, new to ‘Aantaleeins By Professor F. W. Hurron, F.G.S.. wi wee 200 A List of the Indigenous Plants of a Mndpes’ cei By ALEXANDER G. Hammon ote tao), 209) The Insects of the Cairns District, Northeen Gncenunade Part 0. By Witt1am Macueay, F.L.S., &.. 307 Notes on the Bacteriological Examination of Water fro om the Sydney Supply. No. tv. By Dr. Oscar Karz . 329 Preliminary Remarks on mr ee Bacteria fon Seat Waters By Dr. Oscar Karz 5 331 Notes on some Australian oly By T. WHITEruccE 337 Bowers Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 6. By E. HaviLanp, B.LS 348 Notes on Peeealiant fia: splanteae! =e Desceinsied: o some new Species. Part 1. By J. J. Furrcner, M.A., B.Se., and . A. G. Hamitron. (Plate v.) 349 Notes on Australian Earthworms. Pate Ill. By if re Fuercemn, M.A., B.Sc. 375 On a new opioc ephalus fon ‘the Gulf af Comentaae he Gyneiaine Mactray, F.L.S., &e. ete 403, Notes on the Nests ie Begs of certain Aarti Bees By A. i NortH is say si 405 Elections and Anmouticemornts sh ee 136 ad 177, 199, 252 Donations es oe Pe wi ck Ws A 177, 199, 253 Notes and Exhibits ... age ae Sh a oe 196, 250, 412 CONTENTS, PART | TET. (Issued November 30th, 1857.) Report on a small collection of Plants from the Aird River, obtained by Mr. Theodore Bevan during his recent Expedition. Submitted by Bagkon von Mvuewier, K.C.M.G., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., &. (Plates vi. and vil.) : General Remarks on Protective Hinoouiitiods on Hoste Sbisine: Pneumonia. By Dr. Oscar Karz On some new Trilobites from Bowning, N.S. Ww. Ey 16 OHN acann (Plate xvi.) Contributions to the Oblegy of ie deine: Malayan ati ipa Regions: By A. J. Nortu Notes on a Species of Rat (Mus Towdsnonet, Rae). now afesinn the Western Portion of N.S.W. By K. H. Bennerr Note on the Discovery of Peripatusin Gippsland. By J. J. Pieccuin, M.A., B.Sc. Notes on some Indigenous Sa ml mpebeces Aon New Cute. By J. H. Maren, F.R.G.S. € ; a Notes on Zelotypia Stacyi, and an cca of a Variety. obey A. Sripney Ouuirr, F.E.S., Assistant Zoologist, Australian Museum A Revision of the Staphylinide, of Australia. Part m1. By A. SIDNEY OuirF, F.E.S., Assistant Zoologist, Australian Museum.. Miscellanea BAtumiolowicn, No. tv. The Helzides. By Witten Macey, F.L.S., &e. sf op Description of Two new Species of Marsupials ( Penaieies aa Antechinus) and of anew Species of Mus (M. Burtoni), from the neighbourhood of Derby, N.W.A. By Dr. E. P. ges F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (Plate xvi.) sat ae Descriptions of the Eggs of Two Species of Aectralee ‘Birds: ‘By A. J. NorvH ... os oar Descriptions of new Aveta mintege By De E. P. Risin F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLas OcILBy oe oa nee Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants, No. 7. Ry E. recone: F.L.S. Bue On Micro-Organisms in mentee a ‘Desa jer By Dr. Oscar Katz Observations on the Share Branca: in te Development of he Emu (Dromeus Nove-Hollundie). By Witittam A. Hasweit, M.A D.Sc., F.L.8., Lecturer on Zoology and cious Anatomy, University of Sydney. (Plates vit.-xv.) ... Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part Iv. By os ae Pumrerme, M.A., B.Sc. ha a . Elections ‘and Announcements a ae bat oot ‘416, 453, Donations oH De Le ren OE 416, 453, Notes and Exhibits fe se ee Ne aby: st 450, 556, PAGE V1. CONTENTS. PART IV. (Issued March 21st, 1888.) Further Remarks on Phosvhorescent Bacteria. By Dr, Oscar Karz On a new Genus and Species of Labroid Fish from Port Jackson. By EK. Pirrson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGLas OGILBY Miscellanea Entomologica, No. V. The Helzides ined By WiLuiAM Macieay, F.L.S., &. i Description of a new Species of Philemon from Nox th- att Aaetn Ae, By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c. Description of a new Species of Gerygone from Lord ore s plana By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c. Descriptions of the Eggs pe _Three Species of Sea- Binds from aed Howe's Island. By. Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &e. Note on a Species of eee (Poiina inversa, Waters) from Port Jackson. By T. WHITELEGGE a On the Volcano of Taal. By the Rev. J. B, Tex1sox-Woons, F. G. S., F.L.S., &c. (Plates xvii1. and xx.) : A Contribution to the Her petole y of Qieereet By C. Ww. Di Vis, M.A.. Descriptions wa new Rceedied Rhopslocera By E. Mzynicx, Bae F.E.S. Revision of Atceralian Lepidoptera, By H. Muvnicx, B. Be. ‘x, E. S. Ranta. 5.2% ah Descriptions of Australian siete ‘Lepidosieren By E. Muvaiex, B.A., F.E.S. Part XIV. Oececophoridae (continued) The Inter-Coxal Lobe of Certain Crayfishes. By W. J. Mackay, B. Se. Notes on the Nidification of Sphecotheres mamillaris (Lath.) and of Campephaga leucomelena (V. and H.), with Descriptions of their Eggs. By R. D. Frrzcerarp, Junr. Notes on some Scaritidie from Queensland, with Tee ne of ene new Species. By WILLIAM. Mactray, F.L.S., &ce. Note on a Leucite-Basalt from Central New South Wales. Py Ter. J. MILNE-CurRRAN, F.G.S a2 On a new Butterfly of the Family Satyride. by A. ee Out .ES. Note on the Bacteria aS Ww ith i in a case oP bovine eleaee: Oe By Dr. Karz ms Note on a Specimen of Peripdtie Hane et Case N.S.W. By a SrpNey Ouuirr, F.E.S. At Notes on the Nidification of certain Ansipelian Bir By AMs 5. Nore, FLL: ©... ee Report on a small Zoological Collection fe om N orfulk Taal I. Introductory Remarks. By J. A. M. Nireeaaon! II. Reptiles and Fishes. By J. Dougias OcILBy III. Mollusca. By Joun Brazrer IV. Insecta. By A. StpNEY OLLIFF PACE 627 631 CONTENTS. Vil. PART [V.—Continued. PAGE On anew Pielus from the Blue Mountains. By A. StpNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S., and Henry Prince. (Plate xxxIx.) ene i ... LOS Notes on Mr. Froggatt’s Collections made during the year 1887 in the Vicinity of Derby, King’s Sound, N.W. Australia. By W1itIAm Macueay, F.LS., &e. ... = 1017 Descriptions of two new Fishes ‘fr om Port J eae By ‘E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGtas OGILBY ... 1021 Note in Correction of certain Errors in Previous Papers. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGLAs OGILBY ... a . 1024 Jottings from the Biological aka of Sydney Univ vensity By W. A. Haswe tt, M.A., D.S ... 1025 No. 9. Notes on Thine, ad? Prilotum. No. 10. On the Embryology of Vermilia cespitosa, and Hupomalus elegans. List of Hepaticze collected by Mr. T. Whitelegge in New South Wales, 1884-85. By B. Carrington, M.D., F.R.S.E., and W. H. Pearson. (Plates xXII.-XXXVII.) ... 1035 Contributions to Conchology, No. I. By Ja AMES 0. Cox, M. dD, EES. (Blatesixx.,, xxi.) ae . 1061 On a Supposed New Species of Nototherium. By C. w. ‘Dr va M. a (Plate XXXVIII. ) . 1065 Notes on a new Dinterouss Tneecey "belotetas a ihe, Family Gece domyiade infesting Grass. By F. A. “A. SKUSE ... : . 1071 A Note on Hehinaster decanus, M. & T. By Professor JEFFREY Bad M.A., &c. : 1074 Note on Denuis Petilia, Stoll, a D. cin re eine By neces MASTERS ... Se = LO/G Notes on an Exhibit of Rocks and eT nets "By T. W. E. Davip, B.A., F.G.S.— (1) On the emereces of Basalt-glass (Tashylyte) in the Vege- table Creek district, New England ee . 1078 (2) Note on the Occurrence of Dacite at Moss Wale oe . 1088 (8) On a Pitchstone from Port Sueerere showing faint perlite structure... . 1084 (4) On the Occurrence ee Chinstolite ina Stone Hatchet eal at Strathbogie, near Vegetable Creek she dea ae ... 1084 Elections and Announcements ae ae nee a2 622, 682, 983 Donations oc ce Me ae ook aot mee 622, 682, 983 Notes and Exhibits ... ove a 50 1s a 680, 978, 1074 President's Address ... 5 ; bes iss eat aes ... 1086 Office-bearers and Council op 1888 8 a aoa WIM Title-page, Contents, Index to Vol. If. (2nd Sar: ) aad Hierata, Note.—Figures 7-12 of Plate xvi., which appears in this Part of the Proceedings, are intended to illustrate a paper not yet published. HRRATA: VO (SECOND SERIES). Page 120, line 2—for punctatum read punctulatum. Page 122, line 32—for lacunatum read lacunosum. Page 169, line 11—for Stricmarors read STIGMATOPs. Page 192, line 11—/or quadriforia read quadrifaria. Page 214, line 14—for Dystips1pERA read DISTYPSIDERA. Page 250, line 23—/or stome read stone. Page 297, line 16—for Warmpea read WURMBEA. Page 306, line 19—/for strictus read stricta. Page 319, line 5—/for Tomaxia read Tomoxia. Page 331, line 26—/or phospherescens read phosphorescens. Page 359, line 35—/for halves read parts. Page 365, line 23—/for SULPHUREUS read SULPHUREA. Page 412, line 11—/or Sitella read Sittella. Page 504, line 4— omit ‘‘a single male example.” Page 566, line 15—for Eusbiephus read Eustrephus. Page 685, last line—/or ecountry read country. Page 756, line 33—/for ATRO-PUPUREA read ATRO-PURPURFA, Page 781, line S—/or INFoRTUNATA read INFORTUNATUM. Page 817, line 31—for M. maindroni read H. maindroni. Page 820, line 14—/or H. mustelina read M. mustelina. PROCEEDINGS eC EN NHAN SOCLHE Y INS AZ, | SOU Las | V7 ALES: WEDNESDAY, 26TH JANUARY, 1887. The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.,in the Chair. MEMBERS ELECTED. The following gentiemen were elected Members of the Society :— Mr. William J. Mackay, Rooty Hill; Mr. H. H. Lane; Dr. Casement, Trial Bay Gaol; Mr. Thomas Hewitt Myring ; Mr. E. Betche, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. The President announced that no excursion would be held during the ensuing month owing to the heat. DONATIONS. “ The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. II , Nos. 11 and12, (1886). From the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” Jahrg. [X., Nos. 238, 239, (1886). From the Editor. » 2 m DONATIONS. “The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, of London.” Vol. XLII. Part 4 (No. 168), November, 1886. List of the Geological Society of London, 1886. From the Society. ‘“‘ Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis.” By A. P. de Candolle. Parts I-VI. From Baron Ferd. von Mueller WOU MGs Pits. M.D... be. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year 1886.” Part III. ; ‘‘ Abstract of Proceedings.” November, 1886. From the Society. “ Feuille des jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 194, lst December, 1886. From the Editor. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de lAcadémie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIII., Nos. 13-16. From the Academy. “‘ Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Bd. XIV., Heft. 1, (1886). From the Society. “ Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 4. October, 1886. From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. “ Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.” 1885-1886; “ Bulletin.” Vols. XII., No. 6, XIII., No. 1. From the Curator. ‘“‘ Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto.” 3rd Series, Vol. IV., Fasc. 1, (1886). rom the Institute. “The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery (New York).” Vol. VII, No. 4, (1886). From the Editor. “ Pathological Mycology.” By G. 8. Woodhead, M.D., &., and A. W. Hare. Section 1, Methods; ‘“ Hand Atlas iiber alle Theile der Erde, &. Herausgegeben von Adolf Stieler ;’ Dr. Johannes Leunis’ Synopsis der Pflanzenkunde,” von Dr. A. B. Frank. (3 Bde.) From the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S. “Our Antipodes: or Residence and Rambles in the Austra- lasian Colonies with a glimpse of the gold-fields.” By Lt.-Colonel DONATIONS. BS G. C. Mundy. (2 Vols.) ; ‘‘ Geological observations in South Australia.” By the Rev. Julian E. Woods, F.G.S., &.5 “A Statistical Account of the British Settlements in Australasia, including the Colonies of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land.” By W. C. Wentworth. (2 Vols.); “Transactions of the Zoological Society of London.” Vol. IX., Parts, 9, 11; Vol. XI., Part 5. General Index, Vols. I.-X. ; “ Contributions to the Anatomy of the Central Nervous System in Vertebrate Animals.” By Alfred Sanders, M.R.C.S., &c. ; “ The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay, with an account of the establish- ment of the colonies of Port Jackson and Norfolk Island. From Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S. “Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome III., No. 6, (1886). From l Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam. ‘¢ Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg — Bericht des Direktor” (1885). From the Director. “ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13 me. Année. No. 1. From the Society. “Mémoires (Zapiski) de la Société des Naturalistes de la nouvelle Russie.” Tomes I-VIIT. (1873-1883). Tome XI. Part 1 (1886 ); ‘Flora Chersonensis.” By E. A. Lindemann. Vol. II. From the Society. “Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of London.” Ser. ii, Vol. VI. Part 6. December, 1886. From the Society. “ Descriptions of Sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Australia.” (Nine Pamphlets). By H. J. Carter, Esq., F.R.S. Prom the Author. “ Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. ILI, No. 9 (1887). rom the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria. PAPERS READ. ON AN UNDESCRIBED DULES FROM NEW GUINEA. By E. Pierson Ramsay, L.L.D., &c., anp J. Doucuas-OGILBy. (NOTES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.) DULES NITENS. Sp. nov. Biyiee DA1O/11 2 As 3/11. Ve Dib eR Aa iC e Ly erat tate 51-53: L. trans. 5/13: Vert. 10/15. Length of head 44, of caudal fin 43, height of body 3} to 3} in the total length. Hye—large, its diameter 2} to 22 in the length of the head, # of a diameter from the end of the snout, and ? of the same apart. Interorbital space almost flat. Snout with a slight concavity ; occiput rugose, terminating posteriorly in an angular ridge. Lower jaw much the longer; cleft of the mouth of moderate size, and oblique. The maxilla reaches to beneath the anterior third of the orbit, and is dilated and rounded posteriorly. Opercle with two flat pungent spines, the lower of which is the longer; sub- and inter-opercle very finely serrated, the teeth becoming obsolete in old examples; preopercle with fine denticu- lations on both limbs, those on the rounded and slightly produced angle the strongest ; lower edge of preorbital, and post-temporal bones finely serrated. Zeeth—Villiform on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Fins—dorsal spines moderately strong, increasing in length to the fifth, which measures 3 of that of the head ; from thence they decrease quickly in height to the ninth, which is about 3 of the last ; the rays are not nearly so high as the spines, but the base of the soft portion of the fin is ? of the spinous, while that of the soft anal is rather more than the soft dorsal ; the dorsal commences above the 6th scale of the lateral line, and ends above ON AN UNDESCRIBED DULES FROM NEW GUINEA. a the 34th, while the anal commences beneath the 22nd and ends beneath the 37th ; the second anal spine is equally strong, but not so long as the third, which is rather more than ; of that of the head: the ventral fin is strong, truncate behind, not quite reaching to the vent ; the pectoral fin is short, less than § of the total length, and reaches to the 13th lateral line scale: caudal forked. Scales— moderate, ctenoid, firmly adherent ; 11 rows between hase of ventral fin and lateral line, 4 between the orbit and the preoper- cular angle, and 3 across the opercle ; dorsal and anal fins with a basal scaly sheath ; pectorals with a small basal patch outside ; caudal covered with minute scales almost to the tips of the lobes. Upper and under surfaces of the head, orbital ring, maxilla, and the margins of the opercle and preopercle scaleless. Lateral line—but slightly curved, its tubes simple. Psewdobranchie—well developed. Giull-rakers—long and slender, about 36 in number, the longest being almost $ a diameter of the orbit. The length of the abdominal portion of the vertebral column is to that of the caudal as 1 to 1:72. Colors—uniform silvery, the back washed with green ; fins immaculate. The fishes from which the above description was taken are three in number, and measure individually from 9§ to 102 inches in length. They belong to a collection purchased by the Australian Museum from Mr. Cairns, and were obtained by him on the South- east coast of New Guinea. Register number of type specimen I. 945. 6 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON. By THE Rev. W. Wootts, Pu.D., F.L.S. The Mount Wilson platform which is 83 miles from Sydney and 3,478 feet above the sea-level, stands at the termination of Bell’s line from Richmond, and is about five miles westward of the mountain from which it takes its name. As, however, the country between the platform and the mountain is very rugged and impracticable, the road is somewhat circuitous and about ten miles in length. In travelling towards the mountain, the formation is for themost part of Hawkesbury sandstone, and the plants are to the general observer rather uninteresting when compared with the luxuriant vegetation of the disintegrated trap. The Eucalypts, so far as I had an opportunity of examining them along the road, are those known by the popular names of ‘ Peppermint” (Z£. piperita, Sm.), “ White Gum” (2. heemastoma, Sm.), “Mountain Ash” (Z. Sieberiana, F. v. M.), “ Mountain White Gum” (2. pauciflora, Sieb.), ‘Stringy Bark” (Z. capitella, Sm.), and a “ Scrubby Gum ” (Z. stricta, Sieb.). With the exception of the last, which forms brushes on the elevated parts of the Blue Mountains, the other species are trees of moderate size, none of them attaining that which they do in more favourable lecalities. The Proteacez are well represented by numerous species of Hakea, Persoonta, Grevillea, Banksia, Symphyonema, LIsopogon, Petrophila, Conospermum, Lomatia, Lambertia, and the far-famed Telopea or Waratah. The fruits of Hakea and Persoonia seemed larger than those on similar species in the low country, one of the former (apparently /. gibbosa, Cas.), measuring 24 inches in length, and more than 5 inches in circumference ; whilst Grevillea laurifolia (Sieb.), with its trailing branches and crimson flowers appeared in large patches here and there by the road side. Of the Rutaceze, I noticed the two forms of Boronia which by some are referred to B. pinnata BY THE REY. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 7 (Sm.), and also Hriostemon obovalis (A. Cunn.). The latter has very delicate flowers, which have sometimes been found double. As the season for flowering had nearly past (December), the Leguminous shrubs were not so conspicuous as they had been a month or so earlier; but the species of Daviesia, Dillwynias Mirbelia, Indigofera, Pultencea, Gompholobium, and Spherolobium, were evidently very numerous; whilst five or six kinds of Acacia were in fruit. The interesting terrestial Mistletoe, Atkinsonza ligustrina, F. v. M., (a plant ever to be associated with the name of the excellent lady who did so much to develop the natural history of the Kurrajong), was abundant on the sandstone. By some botanists, this plant has been supposed to germinate on the roots or decaying branches of trees, but so far as could be ascer- tained, A. ligustrina is an independent terrestrial shrub. ‘The flowers are of a yellow or orange colour, the leaves occasionally opposite, and the fruit 8-ribbed, protruding into deep furrows, so as to give it the appearance of being 8-celled. In addition to the trees of the Myrtaceze already mentioned, several species of Leptospermum, Callistemon, Beckia, Darwinia, and Kunzea were seen on the ridges, but none of them seemed to differ from the species near Sydney. Tetratheca ericifolia (Sm.), with which Baron Mueller unites 7. thymifolia (Sm.), and 7’. pilosa, (Labill.), is on the mountains a solitary representative of an order widely distributed in Western Australia; whilst Bawera rubioides (Andr.), of the Saxifrageze, and Monotaxis linifolia (Brongn.), of Euphorbiacez, were collected in moist places. Of the Santalacez, Leptomeria acida (R. Br.), Omphacomeria acerba (A. DC.), and Choretrum Candollei (F. v. M.), were frequent, as well as several species of the Goodeniacex, Goodenia barbata (R. Br.), G. bellidi- folia (Sm.), G. heterophylla (Sm.), Dampiera stricta (R. Br.), and D. Brownii (EF. v. M.); whilst of the Epacrids, Epacris, Leucopogon, Monotoca, and Brachyloma were represented by a few species. The terrestrial Orchids had nearly passed away, but I was able to recognise Prasophyllum flavum (R. Br.), (a much larger plant than that figured by Mr. Fitzgerald), P. nigricans (R. Br.), Orthoceras strictum (R. Br.), Cryptostylis leptochila (F. v. M.), 8 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, Dipodium punctatum (R. Br.), Gastrodia sesamoides (R. Br.), Microtis porrifolia (Spreng.), Chiloglottis diphylla (R. Br.), and Thelymitra venosa (R. Br.), the last of which was in full flower. Mr. J. D. Cox informed me that he had noticed rather earlier several species of Diwris, Caladenia &e., &c. (1). Dianella cwrulea (Sims.), Cesta parviflora (R. Br.), Thysanotus tuberosus (R. Br.), Geittonoplesium cymosum (A. Cunn.), Sowerbea juncea (Sm.), and Stypandra cespitosa (R. Br.). were the only plants of the Lily family which I observed. The following species also may be enumerated, Lonidium floribundum (Walp.), of the Violacez, Trachymene ericoides (Sieb.) and J. Billardiert (F. v. M.) of the Umbelliferee, Lobelia gibbosa (Labill.) of the Campanulacex, Mitrasacme pilosa (Labill.), of the Loganiacez, Sebewa ovata (R. Br.) of the Gentianeze, Pomaderris ledifolia (A. Cunn.) of the Rhamnez, and several species of Hibbertia of the Dilleniacez. The composites are numerous, but the most remarkable were Cassinia denticulata (R. Br.), C. aurea (R. Br.), Humea elegans (Sm.), Senecio australis (Willd.), and Helichryswm elatum (A. Cunn.). The native grasses did not appear to be abundant, and the only species which I collected were Microlena stipoides (R.Br.), Anisopogon avenaceus (R. Br.), Cinna ovata (Kunth.), Amphipogon strictus (R. Br.), Danthonia semiannularis (R,. Br.), and Poa cespitosa (Forst.). Not far from the Road, I saw Glecchenia circinata (Sw.), and the Lycopods Lycopodium densum (Labill.), and Selaginella uliginosa (Spreng.), but these were not so fine as some I have found in the Manly swamps. Before I pass away from the Hawkesbury Sandstone, two species of Caswarina should be noticed, C. nana (Sieb.), and C. distyla (Vent.), both dwarfed plants, and also a /renela, which Baron von Mueller considers a diminutive form of 7. Muellert (Parlat.), a pine found near Sydney and plentiful on the banks of George’s River. As we reach the foot of Mount Wilson about 300 or 400 feet below the summit or table-land, the character of the vegetation (1) Mr. J. D. Cox has lately sent me specimens of Dendrobium striolatum, Prasophyllum jfimbriatum, Pterostylis parviflora, P. pedunculata, P. nutans, Cryptostylis erecta, Acianthus fornicatus, BY THE REV. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 9 undergoes a remarkable change, and the traveller, as he ascends the Zig-Zig, passes through an avenue of trees and shrubs differing materially from those on the sandstone, though it must be observed that some of the plants which I have mentioned are common to that and the trap formation. Nothing can exceed the verdure and beauty of the scene, and though the species are for the most part common to Mount Wilson and Mount Tomah, yet no part of the Blue Mountains seems equal to the former in its natural features, or its suitability for the cultivation of European trees, shrubs, fruits, and grasses. On both sides of the road, the beautiful Prostanthera lasiantha (Labill,) was in full bloom. This is the largest of Labiates, and from the scent of its foulage is sometimes called the “ Mint Tree,” forming a pleasing relief to the darker shades of the shrubs, and a contrast to the semi-tropical character of the Tree-ferns which now begin to appear in great abundance. The fertility of the soil at Mount Wilson is evidenced not only by the indigenous vegetation, and the vigorous growth of cultivated plants ; but the rapid way in which European and Asiatic weeds are spreading is also an indication of the fact. HWypocheris glabra (Linn.), Galinsoga parviflora (Cav.), Siegesbeckia orientalis (Linn.), and Silene gallica (Linn.), are following the steps of cultivation ; whilst the grasses Poa pratensis (Willd.), Dactylis glomerata (Willd.), Cynosurus cristatus (Willd.), as well as several foreign clovers, have already established themselves on the Mount. The Botany of Mount Wilson is very similar to that of Tomah, and as the observer views the gigantic Eucalypts, the graceful Tree-Ferns (Dicksonia antarctica, Alsophila Australis, and A. Leichhardtiana), the robust climbers, and the epiphytal orchids of the sombre woods, he is forcibly reminded of Allan Cunningham’s trip to Mount Tomah in 1823, and of the plants which that eminent Botanist discovered there (See Hooker's Journal of Botany, Vol. 4, p. 285). Cunningham tells us, that owing to the weakness of his horses and the difficulty of the track then recently found by a surveyor, he did not proceed to Cox’s River as he had originally intended; but, after having advanced a few miles further, he returned to his encampment at Tomah, which he adds, 10 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON, “ from the permanency of its shade and the general humidity of the atmosphere cn its elevated summit, rendered the peculiar character of its vegetation most interesting to him.” After the lapse of more than half a century, little can be added to the account which Cunningham has furnished of the germination of Quintinia Siebert (A. DC.) on the caudices of Dicksonia antarctica, of the eccentric climbing rooted-stemmed plant Meldia australis (A. Cunn.), and the stupendous size and marvellous contortions of the large climbers ; but, in the progress of science, especially through the labours of Baron F. von Mueller, the Eucalypts to which he refers have been duly classified, whilst many of the plants, which he knew but imperfectly, have been reduced to their proper places in the systematic arrangement. The highest trees on Mount Wilson are probably the Stringy Barks (2. macrorhyncha, F. v. M.), some of which are pro- bably 150 feet high, with a circumference of 22 feet at the lower part of the butt. This species, though allied to the other Stringy Barks (2. eugenioides, Sieb. and #. capitella, Sm.), is certainly distinct in the shape of its fruit, the quality of its wood, and its peculiar habit, rising as it does to a great height without sending forth a branch. Next in point of size are the ‘* Messmate,” and the Mountain form of the ‘“‘ Manna Gum” (£. amygdalina, Labill. and #. viminalis, Labill.). These trees have some points of resemblance, for the young trees have opposite sessile leaves ; and as the Messmate is not uniformly half-barked, they may be mistaken one for the other without careful observa- tion. The Messmate, however, differs in the ovate shape of the anthers, the divergent venation of the leaves, the crowded umbels of the flowers, and the usually inserted valves of the fruit. In the Manna Gum, the umbels have only three flowers, and the valves of the fruit are exserted or protrude. The wood of the Stringy Bark and of these Eucalypts is not esteemed either for practical purposes or for firewood. In the deeply shaded forests, Ceratopetalum apetalwm (Don), or as it is sometimes called ‘“‘ Gigantic Christmas Bush,” grows much larger than it does near Sydney, and under the name of ‘Coachwood” or “ Lightwood,” BY THE REY. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. li it is used for many industrial purposes. The same may be said of Acacia melanoxylon (R. Br.), and A. elata (A. Cunn.), which rise to a considerable height, and afford excellent timber for carpentry and cabinet work. Doryphora sassafras (Endl.) is often characterised as a beautiful aromatic tree. Its wood, indeed, is fragrant but not durable, and an infusion of its bark is used as a tonic. Quintinia Sieberi is also a fine ornamental tree, growing in company with the preceding trees, and its wood is useful for cabinet work. Hugenia Smithii (Poir.) or the “ Myrtle,” rises to the height of 40 or 50 feet in the chocolate soil: its timber is hard and close-grained, and useful for carpentry, handles, and staves. Myrsine variabilis (R. Br.), and Hedycarya angustifolia (A. Cunn.), though merely shrubs in many parts of the colony become trees of some size in the fertile soil of Mount Wilson, but their wood, especially that of the latter, is soft and of little value. ieldia australis, which Cunningham first noticed at Mount Tomah, is very abundant on Tree-ferns and other trees ; and the climbers of which he speaks in general terms appear to be Vitis hypoglauca (F. v. M.), Lyonsia straminea (R. Br.}. L. reticulata (F. v. M.), and Yecoma australis (R. Br.), Marsdenia rostrata (R. Br.), and T'ylophora barbata (R. Br.), are smaller and twining plants. Some of the climbers seem to kill the young trees on which they ascended to others, and hang down from lofty branches as if they had attained their position by some unseen agency. In the shady woods I noticed the “ Kangaroo Apple ” Solanum aviculare (Forst.), Coprosma Billardveri (Hook.), some- times called “Currant,” and Smilax australis (R. Br.), the * Australian lawyer.” Of the epiphytal Orchids, Dendrobiwm teretifolium (R. Br.), D. pugioniforme (A. Cunn.), and Sarcochilus Jalcatus (R. Br.) were the only species which I was fortunate enough to see, but no doubt many more remain to be observed. I picked up on the ground a fragment of Visewm articulatwm (Burm.) which must have fallen from one of the lofty trees, and also some leaves, as they appeared to be, of Lztswa dealbata (Nees.), Elwocarpus holopetalus (F. v. M.), and Banksia integri- folia (Linn.), but of these better specimens are needed for identifying the species. 12 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON. As Mr. P. N. Trebeck, in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Vol. I. pt. 2, (1886), has given a full account of the ferns of Mount Wilson, I need only add a few species which do not appear in his list. These are— Lomaria Capensis (Willd.) L. Patersoni (Spreng.) Aspidium Capense (Willd.) Pteris wmbrosa (KR. Br.) Lindsea linearis (Sw.) Polypodium serpens (Forst.) Trichomanes venosum (R. Br.) Tmesipteris Tannensis (Bernh.) Lycopod. In concluding this imperfect sketch of the Flora of Mount Wilson, I am aware that many species remain to be added to the list, and that there is yet a wide field for the discovery of minute Ferns, Lycopods, Mosses, Lichens, and Fungi. From what I saw of the lower Cryptogams, I believe that observers will add many species of the smaller forms to the lists already published by Baron F. von Mueller. CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, By Grorce MASTERS, Part VII. Family. CHRYSOMELID A. Sub-Family. SAGRIDES. MEGAMERUS. W.S. Macleay. 6229 Kiner W. S. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. App. II. 1827, p. 448; Boisd. Guer. Mag. Zool. 1835, Cl. 1x. t. 124; Lacord. Mon. p. 8. prionesthis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 530. Northern Qaeensland. DUBULAIA. Baly. 6230 FLAVIPENNIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 382. W. Australia. 6231 FruLva Baly, Cist. Ent. IT. p. 45. W. Australia. 6232 RuGosa Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 46. W. Australia. PRIONESTHIS. Lacordaire. 6233 ruNERARIUS Lacord. Mon. Mém. Soc. Lidge, III. 1845, p. 10. Australia. 14 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, CHEILOXENA. Baly. 6234 Westwoop1 Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. V. 1860, p. 255, t. 14, f, 1-2. N.S. Wales, and Victoria. CARPOPHAGUS. W.S. Macleay. 6235 Banksia W. S. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. App. II. 1827, p. 447, t. B. f. 1; Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. Ins. If. p. 126, t. 67, f 1; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 297 ; Lacord. Mon. p. 13. N. 8S. Wales. 6236 ExcavaTus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 382. W. Australia. POLYOPTILUS. Germar. 6237 Ericusoni Germ. Linn. Ent. ITI. 1848, p. 231. uber Newm. The Zoologist, 1851, p. cxxxix. canthurus Newm. The Zoclogist, p. CXXXIX. S. Australia. 6238 Lacorparre! Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 231. decolor Newm. The Zoologist, 1851, p. cx1. 8. Australia. 6239 pacuytorpEs Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 47. W. Australia. 6240 Pascori Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 47. W. Australia. 6241 WateERHOUSE! Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 46. W. Australia. DIAPHANOPS. Schonherr. 6242 WrsTERMANNI Bohem. Schénh. Gen. Cure, VIII. 2, 1845, p. 343. Rynchostomis curculionides Lacord. Mon. p. 15. W. Australia. 6248 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 15 MECYNODERA,. Hope... Baty Clark, Journ of Ent. IJ. 1864, p. 248, ¢. 12,£1; Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, II. 1864, p. 271. N. S. Wales. coxaLGicA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 535; Lacord. Mon. p. 17. picta Hope, The Col. Man. ITT. 1840, p. 182,t. 2, f. 6. Spinole Sturm. Cat. 1843, p. 357, t. 6, f. 7. var. Kingi Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. Ins. ITT. t. 67, f. 2. N.S. Wales. AMETALLA. Hope. SprnoLt® Hope, The Col. Man. III. 1840, p. 180, t. 2, £5; Lacord. Mon. p. 88. Swan River, W. Australia. STENODERA Lacord. Mon. Mém. Soe. Liége, ITI. 1845, p. 89. W. Australia. W-nicrum Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, IT. 1864, p. 272. W.. Australia. Sub-Family. CRIOCERIDES. LEMA. Fabricius. BIFASCIATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 120, 12; Oliv. Enc. Méth. Vi. p. 199; Ent. VI. 94, p. 734, t. 1, £. 11; Coqueb. fins. TE. p: 125, .%, 28, 42. L1. Australis Gmel. Ed. Linn. I. 4, p. 1721, 153. Australia. CAMELUS Duviv. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1884, Bull. p. cccx. Australia. FLAVOSIGNATA Jac. Ann. Mus. Gen. XX. p. 190. Cape York, N. Australia. FRONTALIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1862, p. 17. Lizard Island, N. E. Australia. 16 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6252 ocuLaTa Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 121; Syst. El. I. p. 458 ; Oliv. Enc. Méth. VI. 1791, p. 200; Ent. VI. 94, p. 735, t. 1, f. 13 ; Lacord. Mon. p. 541. Australia. 6253 pura Clark, Cat. Phyt. 1866, p. 27. immaculata Clark, Cat. Phyt. App. 1865, p. 38. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6254 ruFotinoTa Clark, Cat. Phyt. App. 1865, p. 36. N. 8. Wales. 6255 tocaTa Lacord. Mon. p. 343; W. 8. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 386. Australia. 6256 unirasciATA Fabr, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 120; Syst. El. I. p. 476 ; Oliv. Ene: Meth, VEE 1791, pj 9ojimt. VI. 94, p. 735, t. 1, f. 12; Lacord. Mon. p. 539. Australia. STETHOPACHYS. Baly. 6257 Formosa Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 194. N.S. Wales. CRIOCERIS. Geoffroy. 6258 BakeweLui Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. n. ser. 1859, V. p. 151. N.S. Wales, and Queensland. 6259 FuscomacuLata Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 249. N.S. Wales, and Queensland. 6260 muLtipuNcTaATA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IL, 1864, p. 249. N. 8. Wales. 6261 nicripEs Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 120; Oliv. Ene. Méth. VI. p. 199; Ent. VI. 94, p. 733, t. 1, £ 10; Lacord. Mon. p. 5738. Nove-Hollandia Gmel. Ed. Linn. I. 4, p. 1722. Australis Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 807. Australia. 6270 6271 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 17 MACROLEMA. Baly. virtaTa Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 275 t. 13, f. 1. Moreton Bay, Queensland. Sub-Family. CLYTRIDES. DIAPHROMORPHA. Lacordaire. CRYPTOCEPHALOIDES Lacord. Mon. Mém. Liége, 1848, p. 315. Australia. SEXNOTATA Fabr. Syst. El. IT. p. 31, 12; Oliv. Ent. VI. 96, p. 865, t. 2, f. 29; Suffr. Stett. Zeit. 1851, p. 216. Australia. Sub-Family. CRYPTOCEPHALIDES. LACHNABOTHRA. Saunders. BRAccATA Klug, Ent. Mon. p. 159, t. 6, f. 9, @¢; Suffr. Gen. Col. X. p. 192, note 1. S. Australia. Breweri Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 393. Swan River, W. Australia. pistincra Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 393. S. and W. Australia. Ye Dvusovtayi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 399. wi. W. Australia. Hope Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 1847, p. 295, t. 15, f. 5 ; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 85; Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1871, p- 392. Victoria. INTEGRA Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1871, p. 394. Adelaide, S. Australia. Saunpvers! Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 397. Australia. ial 18 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6272 Waternousel, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 396, Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6273 Witsoni Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 395. Adelaide, 8S. Australia. PRASONOTUS. Suffrian. 6274 restivus Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII, 1859, p. 14. Victoria. 6275 morBILLosus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 35 ; Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 75. W. Australia. 6276 ruFIcAUDIS Baly, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 35. N. 8. Wales. 6277 supMETALLIcUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 12. W. Australia. BUCHARIS. Baly. 6278 CuHapuisi Baly, Journ. Linn, Soc. XIII. p. 462. 8. Australia. 6279 cGRranuLosus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 462. Champion Bay, W. Australia. 6280 martius Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 463. Moreton Bay, Queensland. TAPPESIA. Baly. 6281 SaunpErs! Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 379. S. Australia. ELAPHODES. Suffrian. 6282 mNnEOLUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. LXxxIL. Australia. 6283 aLBouiRTUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 383. W. Australia. 6284 amictus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxil. Australia. BY GEORGE MASTERS. 19 cERVINUS Suffr. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 18. Victoria. CONVEXIUsCULUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Peak Downs, Queensland. Dourni Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Gayndah, Queensland. EPILACHOIDES Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxu. Australia. mMuRINUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 75. Rockhampton, Queensland. PILULA Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxximt. Australia. RUFOVARIUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxu. Australia. 2 ruTILUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxx11. Australia. SANGUINOLENTUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 75. Gayndah, Queensland. SCUTELLARIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxxu1. Gayndah, Queensland, SIGNIFER Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxx11. Gayndah, Queensland. TIGRINUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. uxxx111. Gayndah, Queensland. VITTIGER Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr, XIV. p. 75. Rockhampton, Queensland. VULPINUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 20. Australia. DITROPIDUS. Erichson. ABDOMINALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIIT. Bull. p. Lxxix. Australia. 20 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6300 acicutatus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. p. nxxvin. Australia. 6301 annipeNNIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 588; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 449. Australia. 6302 Axpertis! Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 337. Cape York, N. Australia. 6303 aMABILIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 383. Cape York, N. Australia. 6304 anaustirrons Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxx. Australia. 6305 ANTENNARIUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Gayndah, Queensland. 6306 anreNNARIUS Baly, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 382. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6307 ANTHRACINUS Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 234; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 34. Australia. 6308 apicirLAvus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvit. Australia. 6309 AuRICHALCEUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 32. Victoria. 6310 BAccmFormIs Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Gayndah, Queensland. 6311 sicotor Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Peak Downs, Queensland. 6312 pipLaciatus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 389. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6313 Boops Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 32. Melbourne, Victoria. 6326 BY GEORGE MASTERS, 21 CANESCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIIT. Bull. p. uxxv. Australia. CAVIFRONS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxr. Australia. CARBONARIUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 384. W. Australia. C@RULESCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxvuit. Australia. comaNns Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIIT. Bull. p. uxxv. Australia. comptus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xxv. Australia. CONCOLOR Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 4, 1847, p. 269. ater Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 4, 1847, p. 270. cistellus Germ. Linn. Ent. II, 1848, p. 242; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 28. Victoria and S. Australia. cornutus Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 384. Australia. costatus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxu. Australia. 23 COSTATIPENNIS Baly, Journ, Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 465. Champion Bay, W. Australia. CUNEATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxvi. Australia. CUPREUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvut. Australia. Dawisi Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 1847, p. 268, t. 15, f. 4. 8. Australia. 6327 pimipiatTus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 389. N. Austvalia. 22 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6328 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 DISTINGUENDUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxx1x. Australia. Dori Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 336. Cape York, N. Australia. Dusourayi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 385. Champion Bay, W. Australia. ELEGANTULUS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 381. Australia. FACIALIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 466. S. Australia. FASCIATUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1871, p. 390. Champion Bay, W. Australia. FRONTALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxx. Australia. FUGITIVUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxvit. Australia. FULGIDUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 28. Australia. FULVUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 388. W. Australia. GAGATINUS Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 234; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 35. Australia. GEMINATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xxix. Australia. GIBBULUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 41. Australia. GLoBuS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 589; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 449. saprinoides Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 47. Australia. 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 23, Goprrrroy! Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 77. Peak Downs, Queensland. HIRTICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 384. W. Australia, IMPERIALIS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 335. Cape York, N. Australia. Jacopy! Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 380. S. Australia. JANsoNI Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 466. Rockhampton, Queensland. LABIATUS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxx. Australia. LacorpatreEt Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. LXXV. Australia. Latus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 464. S. Australia. L&VIGATUS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 380. N. Australia. LAMINATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxrx. Australia. LATERITIUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Gayndah, Queensland. LENTULUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxt1. Australia, and Tasmania. MACULICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxv1. Australia. MACULIFRONS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvut. Australia. 6356 mAxiLLosus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 27. Victoria. 24 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6357 NiTIDULOIDES Chap. Journ. Mus. Godefir. XIV. p. 76. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. 6358 NoBILIs Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxxt. Australia. 6359 opsipIANuS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76. Gayndah, Queensland. 6360 oprusus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxvi. Australia. 6361 ocHropus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 233; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 40. Tasmania. 6362 OprEwAHNI Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 387. 8. Australia. 6363 opHTHALMicus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 45. Australia. 6364 opuLENTUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvu. Australia. 6365 ORNATUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 467. W. Australia. 6366 ovaruLus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxx. Australia. 6367 PALLIDIPENNIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxv1. Australia. 6368 Pascont Baly, Ann Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 381. Melbourne, Victoria. 6369 Ppastus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvit. Australia. 6370 PHALACROIDES Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 464. S. Australia. 6371 pictus Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 382. W. Australia. 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6384 6385 6386 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 25 PUBERULUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxv. Australia. PUBICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxv. Australia, PULCHELLUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII, p. 468. S. Australia. PUNCTULUM Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxx. Australia. PYRIFORMIS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 45. Australia. RUFESCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvr. Australia. RUFICOLLIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 4, TV. 1847, p. 269. Tasmania. RUFIPES Saund. Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 4, [V. 1847, p. 269. Tasmania. RUFOCUPREUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 386. Champion Bay, W. Australia. Scumeuzi Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 77. Peak Downs, Queensland. SEMICIRCULARIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 466. Australia. SEMINULUM Germ. Linn. Ent. ITT. p. 242 ; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 38. Adelaide, S. Australia. SERENUS Baly, Journ, Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 468. S. Australia. SPLENDIDUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvitt. Australia. stricosus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 385. Champion Bay, W. Australia. 26 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 5395 6396 6397 6398 6399 SUBHNEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p uxxrx. Tasmania. SUBCYLINDRICUS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 385. W. Australia. SUBMETALLESCENS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 383. Gawler, S. Australia. SuFFRIANI Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvir. Australia. TARSATUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 387. Champion Bay, W. Australia. TIBIALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxix. Australia. TRABEATUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76, Peak Downs, Queensland. XANTHOSTOMUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 36. Australia. PLEOMORPHUS, Chapuis. HISTEROIDES Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 31; Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 182. Australia. PALLENS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XVI. p. 77. Peak Downs, Queensland. puTRIDUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XVI. p. 77. Peak Downs, Queensland, COENOBIUS. Suffrian. LUCIDULUS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 340. Cape York, N. Australia. POLYACHUS. Chapuis. picoLor Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 386. Gawler, 8. Australia. 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 BY GEORGE MASTERS. Th GEMINUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. txxxt. N.S. Wales, and 8. Australia. MARGINICOLLIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 463. Swan River, W. Australia. CADMUS. Erichson. ALTERNANS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. ct. Australia. AMPLICOLLIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78. Rockhampton, Queensland. ARROGANS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xorx. Australia. AURANTIACUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xevitt. Australia. Austrauis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 584, t. 8, £ 15; Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 1846, p. 202, t. 15, £. 2; Saffr. Mon. XIII. p. 52; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444. Australia and Tasmania. BIFASCIATUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. [V. ser. 3, 1846, p. 198, teal: tt Australia. CANALICULATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. c. Australia. cariosus Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 342. N.S. Wales. coGNatus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. LV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 201, Q. quadrituberculatus Suffr. Mon, XIIT. p. 66, g. Australia and Tasmania. coLossus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p.c. Australia. 28 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6412 crucicoLiis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 585; Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 198; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. We: var. crux-nigra Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. LV. ser. 3, p. 199. var. Hope Saund. l.c. p. 199. Australia, and Tasmania, 6413 porsALis Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 204, (hed WS Ano var. Hwingi Saund. Le. p. 204. Australia, and Tasmania. 6414 EXCREMENTARIUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 57. Australia. 6415 FERRUGINEUS Fairm. Ann. Fr. 1843, p. 14, t. 1, f. 7-9; Suffr. Mon, XIII. p. 89. foveicollis Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, p. 206. Australia, and Tasmania. 6416 FLAvocinctus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 200; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 78, ¢. cinnamomeus Suftr. Mon, XIII. p. 76, 9. N.S. Wales. 6417 aigas Oliv. Ent, VL. p. 785, t. 4, f. 45. bifasciatus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 198, b.1D; fl Australia. 6418 uistRionycus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p.c. Australia. 6419 Kuve Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 206. Australia, 6420 LacErTINUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78. Rockhampton, Queensland. 6421 Liriciosus Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 155; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p- 95. N. 8S. Wales. 6432 6433 6434 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 29 2 Luctuosus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xevi. Australia. LUTATUS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 342. N. 8. Wales. MACULICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. ct. Australia. mMonocHROUS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 585, t. 8, f. 16; Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. [V. ser. 3, 1846, p. 201. Australia, orNATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcvm. Australia. PACIFICUS Suftr. Mon. XIII. p. 68. Australia. PURPURASCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. ct. Australia. QUADRIVITTATUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78. Rockhampton, Queensland. RINGENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg, X VIII. Bull. p. xcrx. Australia. RUBIGINOSUS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 587; W. S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444. gigas Suffr. Mon. XIIT. p. 62. rugicollis Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. XV. p. 148, t. 67, £.5; Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 201. N. 8S. Wales. RUFESCENS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 207. Australia. ruGosus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 71; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444. Australia. SALEBROSUS Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. 1830, p. 143. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 30 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 SCULPTILIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIIT. Bull. p. xcrx. Australia. scuTatus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xcrx. Australia. SERICEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xevit. Australia. STRATIOTICUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Buli. p. xcrx. Australia. STRIGILLATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xovuit. Australia. TasMANicus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 205. Tasmania. TRISPILUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. ct. Australia. vERRUCOosSUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79. Gayndah, Queensland. VIBRANS Suffr. Mon. XITT. p. 59. Victoria. PARACADMUS. Baly. LuciFuGUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 228. Australia. CYPHODERA. Baly. CHLAMYDIFORMIS Germ. (Cadmus) Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 244; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 84; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 25. S. Australia. CHARIDERMA. Baly. PULCHELLA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 29. W. Australia. CRYPTOCEPHALUS. Geoffroy. ACICULATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xem. Australia. 6448 6449 6456 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 31 GER Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcv1. Australia. ALBILINEA Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 145; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 104. margimicollis Saund. l.c. p. 145, Q. Australia, and Tasmania. ANTENNALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xcvr. Australia, APICALIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 154. Tasmania. ARGENTATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xc. Australia. ATER Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 145. Tasmania. ATTENUATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcvit. Australia. AUSTRALIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 56; Trans. Ent. Soc. IV, 2, 1845, p. 152, t. 9, f. 6. Swan River, W. Australia. BELLA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 225 (Idioce- phala). Cape York, N. Australia. BELLICOSUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xev. Australia, BIHAMATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xctv. Australia. Bynoer Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 146. Australia. CARNIFEX Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 93. Australia. cASTUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 120. W. Australia. 32 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6462 Cuapuisi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 224, (Idiocephala). Rockhampton, Queensland. 6463 cHRYSoOMELINUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xe. Australia. 6464 cLavicornis Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xevt. Australia. 6465 consors Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 588, t. 8, f. 17; Suffr. Mon. XITT. p. 101. Roet Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 143. Australia, (Swan River, &c.) 6466 convExIcoLLis Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xct. Australia. 6467 crassicornis Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcv. Australia. 6468 cYANIPENNIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 144. condensatus Suffr. Mon, XIII. p. 118 (Idiocephala). Australia. 6469 CYANIPENNIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcrtt. Australia. 6470 cYANOPHANUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78. Gayndah, Queensland. 6471 picHRous Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcrm. Australia. 6472 piscoipEus Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 77. Peak Downs, Queensland. 6473 ERosus Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 56; Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 153 (Ochrosopsis). 6474 ERupITUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 30 (Ochros- opsis) 8. Australia. 6484 6485 6486 6487 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 33 EUMOLPHUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xc. Australia. FASCIALIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78. Gayndah, Queensland. GRACILIOR Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xct. Australia. H#MATODES Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 586; Saund. Trans. Bint: Soc. DV.,2, 1845, p. 142. t. 9, £. 1 » Suftr. Mon: XIIT. p. 151. (Dicenopsis). HISPIDUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 72. Gayndah, Queensland. IRIDIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 344. Australia. gocosus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xcv. Australia. Jacksoni Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. 1830, p. 143. Port Jackson, N.S. Wales. LEVICOLLIS Gebler, Ledeb. Reis. II. 3, 1830, p. 205. var. arennensis Weise, Naturg. d. Insect. Deutsch. VI. 1, p. 159. Australia. MELANOCEPHALUS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 57 ; Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 153; Suffr Mon. XIII. p. 107 (Ochrosopsis). Australia. NIGRIPENNIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 459 (Idioce- phala). Rockhampton, Queensland. PARENTHETICUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 96. Australia, PERLONGUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. xcrv. Australia and Tasmania. 34 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 PEECILODERMUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII, Bull. p. xcv. Australia. PULCHELLUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 144; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 152, (Idiocephala). Australia. RUFESCENS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 154. subsulcatus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 116, (Ochrosopsis). Australia and Tasmania. RUGIFRONS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. xcut. Australia. SCABROSUS Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 807, t. 5, f. 74; Suffr. Mon. Spi 2. rugosus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 146, (Idiocephala). N.S. Wales. SIMILIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 147; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 115, (1diocephala). N. 8. Wales. SPECIOsUS Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. 1830, p. 143 ; Icon. t. 48, f. 7; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 587; d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444, (Physicerus). Australia. stioticus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 109. N.S. Wales. SUBFASCIATUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 153, (Idiocephala). Australia. TERMINALIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78. Gayndah, Queensland. VERMICULARIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 56; Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 152, (Ochrosopsis). VIRIDINITENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcrv. Australia. 6500 6505 6506 6508 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 30 viripIs Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 5, 1847, p. 294, t. 15, f. 6; Suffr. Mon. XIIT. p. 166. N.S. Wales. PARACEPHALA. Baly. FiLum Chap. Soc. Ent. XVIII. Bull. p. xev. Australia, PECTORALIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 223. Cape York, N. Australia. MITOCERA. Saunders. TRICOLOR Fabr. Syst. El. II. 1801, p. 51. N.S. Wales. VIRIDIPENNIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 54; Trans. Ent: Soe, 1845, p. 151, t. 9. £5; Suft. Mon, XIE, pe Lor. Swan River, W. Australia. EUPHYMA. Baly. ELEGANS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 143, t. 9, f. 2; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 103 (Idiocephala); Baly. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 224. axillaris Sturm. Cat. 1843, p. 304. N. 8. Wales. FLAVIVENTRIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 147; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 123 (Idiocephala) ; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 224. N.S. Wales. APOROCERA. Saunders, APICALIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 53; Trans. Ent. Soc: EVO. py TpOs tO) foe! N.S. Wales. BICOLOR Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 149, t. 9, fitor N.S. Wales. 36 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6509 6510 6519 CATOXANTHA Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 150. Port Essington, N. Australia. CHALYBEA Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 57; Trans. Ent. Soc. JV. 2, 1845, p. 150. Port Essington, N. Australia. RHOMBOSTERNUS. Suffrian. ANTENNATUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 460. N. W. Australia. cicaTricosus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. cr. Australia, GRACILICORNIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XITI. p. 461. N. W. Australia. PRETIOSUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 226. Australia. sARTOR Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 145. Australia. SaunDERsI Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. cr. Australia. SULPHURIPENNIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 459. S. Australia. suTor Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 143. Australia. SCHIZOSTERNUS. Chapuis. ALBOGULARIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xtiv. Australia. 6520 coccinrus Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79. Gayndah, Queensland. LOXOPLEURUS. Suffrian. 6521 mneoLus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p, xxxvui. Australia. 6533 6534 6535 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 37 @ReEvS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 131; Sturm. Cat. 1843, p. 304. Australia. ATRAMENTARIUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu. Australia. 4 auricuLatus Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIIL. 1859, p. 129. Australia. CHALCEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu. Australia. CHALYBEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg, XIX. Bull. p. xxiu. Australia. COLLARIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xxxix. Australia. conguGatTus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxrx. Australia, corruscus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu. Australia. CRASSICosTATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xm. Australia. D&MONIACUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XILI. 1859, p. 129. Australia. 2 Darwin Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. [V. 2, 1845, p. 148. subbrunneus Saund. l.c. p. 148 (Idiocephala). N.S. Wales. DIFFICILIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxix. Australia, ERYTHROTIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxvui1, Australia. GENIALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xi. Australia. 38 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6536 6537 6538 GipBus Chap, Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu1. Australia. GRAVATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu. Australia. IMPRESSICOLLIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 160; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 139. N. 8. Wales. L&VIUSCULUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xin. Australia. LIBERTINUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIIT. 1859, p. 127. Australia. METALLICUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XLX. Bull. p. xu. Australia. 2 niaRitus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xut. Australia, optusus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xut. Australia. PAUPERCULUS Germ. Linn. Ent. III. p. 241; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 135. S. Australia. / PAUXILLUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p, xuq1. Australia. PICEITARSIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxix. Australia. PLAGICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xxxvuu1. Australia. . PLAGINOTUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79. Rockhampton, Queensland. PECTORALIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79. Rockhampton, Queensland. 6550 postremus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxvui. Australia. 6551 6560 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 39 RUFESCENS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 161; Suffr. Mon. XTII. p. 13%: N.S. Wales. 2 sEMIcosTatTus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xu. Australia. Sturm Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxvu. Australia. SUBVIRENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xum. Australia. TasMANICUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 148 (Idiocephala) Tasmania. VERTICALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xxxvimt. Australia. DIANDICHUS. Chapuis. ANALIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 165. Australia Sub-Family. EUMOLPIDES. NODA. Chapuis. PROXIMA Bohem. Res. Eugen. 1860, p. 164. N.S. Wales. TasMANIcA Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 777, Tasmania. ALITTUS. Chapuis. FOVEOLATUS Chap. Gen. Col. X, 1874, p. 243, note 2. Port Denison, Queensland, TERILLUS. Chapuis. Dusovutayt Baly, Journ, Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 471. W. Australia. FOVEOLATUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 469. W. Australia. 40 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6563 6571 6572 6574 PERPLEXUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIIL. p. 470. W. Australia. porosus Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 54, Australia. ROTUNDICOLLIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 244, note 1. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. squamosus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 470. W. Australia. virratus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 471. Rockhampton, Queensland. COLASPIS. Fabricius. SEMISTRIATA Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 890, t. 2, f. 25. Australia. STRIATOPUNCTATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 581. Australia. AGETINUS. Chapuis. AvustRALIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 583 (Colaspis) ; Lef. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1876, p. 295. Australia. coRINTHUS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 582 (Colaspis) ; Lef. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1876, p. 295. Geloptera geniculata Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 284. Australia. JUGULARIS Hrichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 232 (Colaspis) ; Lef. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1876, p. 295. Tasmania. suBcostaTus Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 252, note 1 (Agetus). Adelaide, S. Australia. HYPODERES. Lefevre. DENTICOLLIS Lef. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 154. Geloptera vestita Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p- 473; Lef. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1884, Bull. p. xtvi. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6580 6581 6584 6585 6586 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 4] GELOPTERA. Baly. 5 Aupertisi Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 277. Cape York, N. Australia. Dusoutayi Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 417. Champion Bay, W. Australia. IGNEONITENS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 472. W. Australia. noposa Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 418. Champion Bay, W. Australia. TUBERCULATA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 284. Adelaide, 8. Australia. DERMORHYTIS. Baly. FEMORALIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX., 1884, p. 229. Australia, SPILOPYRA. Baly. sumpTuosaA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 25, t. 1, f. 3. N.S, Wales, and Queensland. TOMYRIS. Chapuis. 2 ELEGANTULA Lef. Mém, Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 64. Tasmania. PROXIMA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 233 (Odontionopa) ; Lef. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1876, p. 302. Tasmania. PULCHELLA Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 266, note 1, fCXEx! fag N.S. Wales (Sydney). PUSILLA Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 64. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. VIRIDULA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 232 (Odontionopa) ; Lef. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1876, p. 302. Tasmania, Paw a 42 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, SCELODONTA. Westwood. 6587 Simont Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1877, p. 251, Rockhampton, Queensland. RHYPARIDA.. Baly. 6588 apicaLis Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 207. Cape York, N. Australia. 6589 Basauis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1867, p. 168. Cape York, N. Australia. 6590 cLiypeata Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 204 Cape York, N. Australia. 6591 pipyma Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 107 ; Don. Epit. Ins. N. Holl. 1805,(t, 11.; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 789, t..4)'f 51 5; Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 252. var. fulvoplagiata Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX, p. 210. Cape York, N. Australia. 6592 pimip1ATa Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 286. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6593 FLAVA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 255 (Marseus) NS. Wales. 6594 FuLvo-LiMBATA Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. 1885, Cat. Eumolp. p- 95, note 1. Sydney, N.S. Wales. 6595 Howirti Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 41. Australia. 6596 macuxicoLus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 473. Rockhampton, Queensland. 6597 minuTA Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 208. Cape York, N. Australia 6598 morosa Jac, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 202. Australia. 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 43 NIGROCYANEA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II, 1864, p. 258 (Mar- seus). N.S. Wales. NITIDA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 252. N. 8. Wales. ruFA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 253 (Marseus), N. 8S. Wales. RUFICOLLIS Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 254 (Mar- seus). N. 8. Wales. RUFOFLAVA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 255 (Marseus). Australia. vittata Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, IV. p. 327, t. xix. f. 4 (Marseus) ; Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 252. Northern Queensland. EUMOLPHUS. Weber. VIRIDIENEUS Blanch. Voy. Pdle Sud, IV. Zool. p. 327, t. RIX, f.D. Rafile’s Bay, N. Australia. COLASPOSOMA. Castelnau. SELLATUM Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV. 1877, p. 254. barbatum Har. Col. Heft. XVI. 1879, p. 229; Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 446. W. Australia, and Queensland. THAUMASTOMERUS. Clark. viripIs Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IJ. 1865, p-. 419. Champion Bay, W. Australia. OCNIDA. Lefévre. PALLIDA Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV. 1877, p. 254 (Ocnus); Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolph. p. 111. W. Australia. 44 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 VIRIDIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1865, p. 461. Champion Bay, W. Australia. EDUSA. Chapuis, AUREOVIRIDIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, U. 1865, p- 419. Champion Bay, W. Australia. curysurA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 239 (Colaspis). Adelaide, S. Australia. EVANESCENS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 167. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. HISPIDULA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 420. Champion Bay, W. Australia. mutica Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 240 (Colaspis). Adelaide, 8. Australia. NIGRO-ENEA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, ser. 3, IL. 1865, p. 420. Champion Bay, W. Australia. PUBERULA Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 167 ; Chap. Gen. Col. X. p. 309 (Edusina). Sydney, N.S. Wales. sETosA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 419. Champion Bay, W. Australia. SUAVEOLA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 240 (Colaspis). Adelaide, S. Australia, SUTURALIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. p. 309, note 1 (Edusella). Australia. vaRIPES Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 581; Latr. Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 432. Australia. BY GEORGE MASTERS. 45 VIRIDICOLLIS Lef. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1875, p. 131. Australia. 2 vrripIPENNIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 167. Sydney, N.S. Wales. CLEPTOR. Lefevre. INERMIS Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 115. Queensland. RUFIMANUS Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 115. Port Denison, Queensland. NEOCLES. Chapuis. SULCICOLLIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 231, note 1. Sydney, N. S. Wales. TYPOPHORUS. Erichson. Austratis Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 162. Sydney, N. S. Wales. EURYDEMUS. Chapuis. GRANDIS Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 287 (Rhyparida) ; Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIV. 1877, p. 259. insignis Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 334; Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 156. Australia. CLEORINA. Lefevre. PULCHELLA Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 145. Cooktown, N. Queensland. COLASPOIDES. Castelnau. AustRALtIs Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 780. Queensland. SIMPLICIPENNIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1885, p. 20. Australia. 46 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6631 xanruopus Har. Col. Heft. XVI. 1879, p. 230. Queensland. Sub-Family. CHRYSOMELIDES. PLAGIODERA. Redtenbacher. 6632 Lown Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, 1863, p. 622. Sydney, N. S. Wales. CYCLONODA. Baly. €633 piLtuLA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IJ. 1864, p. 251, t. 12, £ 4 (Chalcomela) ; Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1878, XIII, p. 474. Swan River, W. Australia. 6634 suppuncTaTA Clark, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II, 1865, p. 417 (Chalcomela). Champion Bay, W. Australia. ZESERNOIDES. Jacoby. 6635 nicRroFasciatTus Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1865, XXI. p. 223. S. Queensland. CHRYSOMELA. Linné. 6636 cARBONATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 580. Australia. 6637 CUPRIPENNIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p- 261 (Micromela). Melbourne, Victoria. 6638 FULVILABRIS Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 238; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 247. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6639 Jansoni Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XV. 1865, p. 33. (Carystea). Swan River, W. Australia. 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 47 INORNATA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser 3, XV. 1865 p. 33. (Carystea). Swan River, W. Australia. MICANS Baly, Ent. Month, Mag. XIIT. 1876, p.80 (Carystea). Champion Bay, W. Australia, TRILINEATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 579: d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3ed. p. 427. Australia. CYCLOMELA. Baly. NITIDA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. LIT. 1856, p. 257, te 1489. Moreton Bay, Queensland. CHALCOMELA. Baly. EXIMIA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p- 260, t. 14, f. 7. Australia. ILLUDENS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1865, p-. 259. Australia. InsiGNIs Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1865, p. 259. Australia. ORNATISSIMA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 294. Queensland. suLcATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1856, n. ser. III. 1856, p. 258, t. 14, f. 8. Australia. CLIDONOTUS. Chapuis. cipposus Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, X. 1862, p. 25 (Australica) ; Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 414. N.S. Wales, and Queensland. 48 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, STRUMATOPHYMA. Baly. 6650 UNDULATIPENNIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser 3, II. 1865, p. 415 (Chalcolampra) ; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 400. Swan River, W. Australia. 6651 verrucosa Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 250, t. 12, f. 2 (Chalcolampra). N. Australia. PHYLLOCHARIS. Dalman. 6652 acroLEuca Baly, Journ. of Ent. 1862, p. 291. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6653 cyanicornis Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 99; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 541, t. 4, f. 46; Dalm. Ephem. eht. p. 21; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 5, 1855, p. 171. var. Klugi W.S. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. IT. 1827, p- 453 ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 574; Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, IV. Zool. p. 332, t. 19, f. 1. var. confluens Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XI. p. 225. Australia and Tasmania. 6654 cyanrpEs Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 98; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 541, t. 4, f. 50; Blanch. Voy. Pdle Sud, IV. Zool. p. 330, t 18, f. 18; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1855, p. 172; Phytoph. p. 282. var. callizona Dalm. Ephem. ent. p. 22. var. cyanipennis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1855, p. 174, t. 14, f. 1; Gerstack. Wiegm. Arch. 1856, I. p. 204. Australia. 6655 rLexuosa Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, pol: N. 8. Wales and Victoria. 6656 Exim1A Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, I. p. 39. Rockhampton, Queensland. 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 49 IMPRESSICOLLIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, IT. 1885, p. 24. Australia. JANSONI Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, I. 1878, p. 39. Australia. LEOPARDA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, polis: Moreton Bay, Queensland. MELANOSPILA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 290. Moreton Bay, Queensland. NIGRICORNIS. Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 98; Donov. Epit. Ins, N. Holl. t. 2; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 540, t. 4, £43; Baly, Trans Ent. Soc. n. ser. III. p. 175. Australia. ORNATA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 290. Moreton Bay, Queensland. DIPHYLLOCERA. Westwood. GEMELLATA Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. I, V. p. 214, t. 22, f. 1; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser, III. 1855, p. 176. N.S. Wales, and Queensland. STRIATA C. O. Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 206. Port Bowen, Queensland. CHALCOLAMPRA. Blanchard. NEA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 576 ; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. acervata Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 238; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, p. 184. convexa Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. Zool. p. 329, t. 19, f. 6. Australia, and Tasmania, CHALYBEATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, p. 185. ee S. Australia. 50 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 constricTa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, J. p. 230; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. n. ser. III. 1855, p. 182. strigipennis White, Stoke’s Voy. App. 1846, p. 512, t. 2, ou: Victoria, and Tasmania. LATICOLLIS Clark, Trans. Ent, Soc. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 416. Champion Bay, W. Australia. LUTEICORNIS Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 231. Tasmania. MARMORATA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XV. 1865, p. 35. Moreton Bay, Queensland. OCTODECIMGUTTATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 100; Donov. Epit. Ins. N. Holl. t. 2; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 375; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, p. 186 ; Phytoph. p. 281. Australia. pacirca Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 231. Tasmania. PARALLELA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 237; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. p. 183. S. Australia. PUSTULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. p. 181, t. 14, f. 6. Victoria. REPENS Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 237: Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. n. ser. III. p. 184. Victoria. RUFIPES Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XT. p. 225. Queensland. SIMILLIMA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n, ser. IIL. p. 185. Swan River, W. Australia. 6678 6679 6680 66386 6687 6688 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 51 THORACICA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. p. 183, 6 14 £ 4 Adelaide, S. Australia. EULINA. Baly. Curtis1 Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1854, p. 180, t. 14, £ 3. N.S. Wales. LAMPROLINA. Baly. ENEIPENNIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p, 574; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1855, p. 177; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. N.S. Wales. DISCOIDALIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. XV. 1865, p. 34. Moreton Bay, Queensland. GRANDIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIL. 1855, p- 178. N.S. Wales. IMPRESSICOLLIS Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 49. Rockhampton, Queensland. JANsoni Baly, Cist. Ent. IT. p. 48. Rockhampton, Queensland. PERPLEXA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, p. 261. Richmond River, N. 8S. Wales. PUNCTICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ITI. 1855, po tes: Richmond River, N, 8. Wales. SIMILLIMA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1855, pe Lis: Australia. UNICOLOR Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XI p. 225. Australia. 52 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 PARALEPTA. Baly. FOVEICOLLIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1878, XIIT. p. 475. N.S. Wales. CALOMELA. Hope. NEONITENS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 416 (Australica). Champion Bay, W. Australia. Bartoni Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ITT. 1856, p. 245 (Australica). Victoria. CINGULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 245 (Australica). W. Australia. circUMFUSA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p- 251 (Australica). Australia. caprrata Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, XXI. p. 224. Rockhampton, Queensland. COLORATA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 237; Gerstack. Wiegm. Arch. 1857, I. p. 372. Macleayi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 244, (Australica). S. Australia. CRASSICORNIS Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 99 ; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 529, t. 4, f. 44, a-b; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p. 249, (Australica). sinuata Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 427. Moreton Bay, Queensland. Curtis1 Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. XII. p. 473, t. 23, f. 12, (Chrysomela) ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 577; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 243. 6698 6699 6703 6704 6705 6706 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 53 pulchella De}, Cat. 3 ed. p. 426. var. punctipes Germ. Linn, Ent. II]. 1848, p. 236. 8. Australia and Victoria. Dieatest Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XV. 1865, p. 34. (Australica). Moreton Bay, &c., Queensland. ERUDITA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, X. 1862, p. 24. (Australica). Dawson River, Queensland. GENICULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p- 246 (Australica). N. Australia. INTERRUPTOFASCIATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, I. 1863, p. 620, (Australica). IOPTERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 246, (Australica). S. Australia. MacteAyi Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 577, (Chrysomela) ; Gerstaick. Wiegm. Arch. 1857, I. p. 372; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426. Australia. MACULICOLLIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 577, (Chrysomela) ; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p. 246, (Australica) ; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. If. 1860, p. 217 ; d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426. Victoria. NITIDIPENNIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 579, (Chrysomela) ; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426. Australia. PALLIDA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 248, (Australica). Australia, 54 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6707 6710 6711 671o PAROPSOIDES Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 251, (Australica). N. 8. Wales. PULCHELLA Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 250, (Australica). N.S. Wales. PYRRHOCEPHALA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 251, (Australica). Australia. RUFICEPS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 578, (Chryso- mela); Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser, IIT. 1856, p. 247, (Australica) ; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. IT. 1860, p. 201; W.S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426. Moreton Bay, Queensland. SAPPHIRUS Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 432; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 579, (Chrysomela), sapphirina Schinh. Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426. Australia, 2 SEXMACULATA Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XI. p. 224. Rockhampton, Queensland. SUTURALIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p. 25. Australia. TRANSVERSA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, I. 1863, p. 621, (Australica). Moreton Bay, Queensland. virtaTA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p- 250, (Australica). PLATYMELA. Baly. STICTICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 241. Melbourne, Victoria, UNILINEATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ITI. p. 242. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 6726 BY GEORGE MASTERS, 5D STETHOMELA. Baly. corNuTA Baly, Cist. Ent. IT. p. 50. Queensland. FRATERNALIS Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 49. Queensland. FULVICOLLIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, De aie Australia, LIMBATA Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 50. Australia. Parryl Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, ser. 3, IT. 1864, p. 227. Australia. POROPTERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p-. 253. Richmond River, N.S. Wales. PRASINA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p. 252. Australia. SUBMETALLICA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. p- 252. Moreton Bay, Queensland. AUGOMELA. Baly. ELEGANS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p- 256. Clarence River, N. S. Wales. HYPOCHALCEA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 236, (Chry- somela) ; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p- 255. Adelaide, 8. Australia; Richmond River, N. 8. Wales. IRIDEA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, n. ser. III. 1856, p. 254. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 56 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6729 6731 ORNATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. V. 1859, p. 156. Moreton Bay, Queensland. PRETIOSA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 256. Adelaide, 8S. Australia. PYROPTERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856 p. 254. Richmond River, N. S. Wales. ? PAROPSIS. Olivier. 2 ABDOMINALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71. Murrumbidgee, N. 8. Wales. ACICULATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68. Australia. HGROTA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 563. Australia. #MULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84. Australia. NEIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82. Rockhampton, Queensland. #QuALiIs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79. Gippsland, Victoria. #RARIA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72. Rockingham Bay, Queensland. AGRICOLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75. Tasmania. ALBICANS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80. Queensland. ALTERATA Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 232. Adelaide, S, Australia. 2 amicA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415. Australia. 6755 6756 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 57 Amana Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT, 1865, p. 405. Champion Bay, W. Australia. AMABILIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85. Queensland. AmaNuLa Chap. Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85. Australia. ANxIA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85. ‘King George’s Sound, W. Australia. apicatA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 405. W. Austraha. ARCULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90. Australia. . ASPERA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91. Sydney, N. S. Wales; Port Denison, Queensland. ASPERULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 95. Rockhampton, Queensland. ATOMARIA Oliv. Eft. V. 1807, p. 598, t. 1, £. 1, a-b. Australia. 2 atoMARIA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. TX. 1808, p. 286, t. 24, f. 3.; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 562; Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864. p. 300. Australia. ArTRopUS Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Australia. AusrraLasi@ Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 426; Oliv. Ent. V. ps OU et. 1, fon Y. Australia. BASALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. BASICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 88. Sydney, Clarence River, &c., N.S. Wales. 58 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6757 Beata Newm, The Entomol. 1842, p. 414. Victoria. 6758 BrpLaciaTa Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 173. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 6759 BipuNcticoLiis Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, 1877, XX. p. 70. Australia. 6760 Bimacuxara Oliv. Ent. V. p. 600, t. 1, f. 6. Australia, 6761 BRUNNEA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. LX, 1808, ps 291, t. 625; feo. Australia. 6762 caxicinosa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. Pave Port Denison, Queensland. 6763 cancELLATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, p. 95. Brisbane, Queensland. 6764 captiosa Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. Dead. 1865; p. 406. Champion Bay, W. Australia. 6765 carnosa Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 307. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6766 cassiporpEs Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 570. Australia. 6767 casTaNnEA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 292, t. 25, ae Australia. 6768 caTenaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93. N. 8. Wales and Victoria. 6769 cernua Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 6770 Cuaryzpis Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 466. Australia. 6781 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 59: CHLOROTICA Oliv, Ent. V. p. 604, t. 1, f. 13. Australia, 2 Crrcz Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 3 crrcumpAta Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415. Victoria. citrina Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79. Sydney, N.S. Wales. CLoELIA Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464. Australia. Croruo Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464. Australia. coADNUTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. COCCINELLOIDES Oliv. Ent. V. p. 601, t. 1, f. 7. Australia, COMPLEXA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74. Kclipse Island, N. E. Australia. CONFERTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81. Adelaide, 8. Australia. conJuGATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75. Adelaide, 8. Australia. CONSIMILIS Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 306. Adelaide, S. Australia. contracta Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 70. Rockhampton, Queensland. CONVEXICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93. Paroo River. CORIARIA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92. Melbourne, Victoria. 60 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6786 6798 6799 ‘6800 corruGATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96. Sydney, N. S. Wales. COSTIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. crocata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 564. Australia, DEBILIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. DECOLORATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81. N. 8. Wales, and Queensland. DEFECTA Chap. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86. Australia. DEFLORATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. DELICATULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 78. Tasmania and S. Australia. DEPRESSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87. Queensland. piFFusA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91. Australia. DILATATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 226 ; Gerstiick. Wiegm. Arch. 1867, I. p. 293. Tasmania. DIMIDIATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89. Sydney, N. 8S. Wales. DISCOIDALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82. Queensland. BLLIPTICA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. ERUDITA Newm. The Entomol, 1842, p. 415. Victoria. 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 61 EXARATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX: p. 93. Rockhampton, Queensland. EXPLANATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94. Swan River, W. Australia. FALLAX Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415. Victoria. FASTIDIOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81. Australia. FERRUGATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92. Tasmania. FESTIVA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83. Victoria. ) FLAVEOLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80. Port Denison, Queensland. FLAVITARSIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75. Tasmania. FORAMINOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73. Rockhampton, Queensland. FORMOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 69. Sydney, N. S. Wales. FRATERNA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86. Australia. | FULVOGUTTATA Baly, Journ, of Ent. II. 1864, p. 298. Adelaide, 8. Australia. FUSCITARSIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85. Australia. FusconorATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. FUSCULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85. Australia. GEMINA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76. Adelaide, S. Australia. 62 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6817 GENiIcuLATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 567 ; d'Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. GEOGRAPHICA Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 303. Adelaide, 8. Australia. GLOBATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71. Queensland. GLOBULOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71. Australia. GRANARIA Chap Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 95. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. GRANULOSA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 564: d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. GRaPHICA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96. Sydney, N. S. Wales. HAMADRYAS Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Tasmania. HASTATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. HECTICA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 569. Australia. HEMISPH#RICA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71. Australia. Hera Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Tasmania. IMPRESSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91. Sydney, N. S. Wales. INCARNATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 226; Gerstiick. Wiegm. Arch. 1867, I. p. 293. var. reticulata Baly, Journ. of Ent. I]. 1864, p. 299. Tasmania. 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 63 InceRTA Chap. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, XX., p. 80. testacea Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. TX. 1808, p. 289, t. 24, f. 10; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 567, (nom, preocc.). Adelaide, 8. Australia. incuRVA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p- 412. Champion Bay, W. Australia. INnFuscAaTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93. Australia. InsiGNita Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 414. Victoria. InspeRSA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415. Victoria. intacTA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 414. Victoria. INTERLITA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 414. Victoria. INTERRUPTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84. N.S. Wales. INTERSTITIALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80. Australia. INTERTINCTA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 411. Champion Bay, W. Australia. IRINA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82. Port Denison, Queensland. IRIs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74. Eclipse Island. N. E. Australia. tRRIsA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415. Victoria. IRRORATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 69. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. 64 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6845 sucunpA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84. Swan River, W. Australia. 6846 Lacuessis Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Tasmania. 6847 LaEsa Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 235. Adelaide, S. Australia. 6848 Lepripa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 230. Tasmania. 6849 tiaNEA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, [. p. 227. Tasmania. 6850 tinzATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 293, t. 25, f. 2; Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 118, note 3. Tasmania, 6851 xitieg1iosA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93. Port Denison, Queensland. 6852 tituRATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 292, t. 25, f.5; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 566, Sydney, N. S. Wales. 6853 tivipA Chap. Ann. Soc. Eut. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90. Adelaide, 8S. Australia. 6854 Lowne! Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 294. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. 6855 LucipuLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 81. N.S. Wales and Victoria. 6856 tuTEA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. [X. 1808, p. 286, t. 24, f. 4; Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 304. Australia. 6857 macuLicouuis Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 407. Champion Bay, W. Australia. * 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 65 MARMOREA Oliv. Ent. V. p. 599, t. 1. f. 4; Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 302. maculata Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. LX. 1808, p. 287, t. 24, f. 5; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 566. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. MEDIOVITTATA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 404. W. Australia. MELANOSPILA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92. N. 8. Wales and Victoria. MERA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74. Port Denison, Queensland. METALLICA Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. IT, 1860, p. 192, note 1. Australia, M-ruscum Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 174. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. MILIARIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 566; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. reticulata Chevrol. Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. minor Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. EX. 1808, p. 289, t. 24, f. 9; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 572. bifasciata W. 8. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. mits Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 83. Australia. MODESTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. MORBILLOSA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 562; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. » 66 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 MORIO Fabr. Mant. I. 1787, p. 66; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 511, t. 4, f. 48. Tasmania. MULTISERIATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90. Sydney, N. S. Wales. NAVICULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87. Australia. NERVOSA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 413. Champion Bay, W. Australia. NIGERRIMA Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 231. Adelaide, 8. Australia. NIGRITA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82. Adelaide, 8. Australia, NIGRITULA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 411. Champion Bay, W. Australia. NIGROCONSPERSA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 409. Champion Bay, W. Australia. nieropicta Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT. 1865, p-. 412. Champion Bay, W. Australia. NIGRoscuTATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68. Australia, NIGROSTILLATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77. Victoria. NiGRoviTTaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76. Australia. NOBILITATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 228. Tasmania. BY GEORGE MASTERS. 67 6882 noposa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96. N. S. Wales, and Victoria. 6883 noraTa Oliv. Ent. V. p. 604, t. 1, f. 14. Australia, 6884 NOTATIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77. Sydney, N.S. Wales. 6885 nuceEA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 227. Tasmania. 6886 oBLITERATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch, 1842, I. p. 229. Tasmania. 6887 oBLONGA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72. Port Curtis, Queensland. 6888 opovata Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 78. Tasmania. and Victoria. 6889 opscuURELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90. Paroo River. 6890 opsoLeTa Oliv. Ent. V. p. 600, t. 1. f.5; Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 288, t. 24, f. 8; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 568; Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. p. 309; De). Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. 6891 ocroLINEATA Gory, Guér. Je. regn, anim. 1845, p. 300, t. 49, £OGs Australia. 6892 ocromacuLATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1X. 1808, p. 294, t. 25, f. 10; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 572. Australia. 6893 ocTosigNaTA Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Australia. 6894 orBIcuLARIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, 1877, XX. p. 90, Sydney, N. 8. Wales. 68 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 orNATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. [X. 1808, p. 288, t. 24, f. 7. Australia. ORNATICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 75. Victoria. ORPHANA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 229. orphanula Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, 1877, XX. p. 78. Tasmania. PACHYTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80. Sydney, N.S. Wales. PALLIDA Oliv. Ent. V. p. 602, t. 1, f. 9. Australia. PALLIDULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89. Adelaide, S. Australia. PANTHERINA Fauyv. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand. VII. 1862, jee ere Sydney, N. 8. Wales. PapuHia Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464. Moreton Bay, Queensland. PAPULENTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91. papulosa Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465, (nom. preocc.). Tasmania. PAPULIGERA Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Australia. PAPULOSA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 228. Tasmania. PARDALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877. XX. p. 97. Australia. Parryl Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 296. Australia. PARTITA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82. Australia. 6909 6910 6911 6912 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 69 PEDESTRIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, LOM pik Wide Bay, Queensland. PERPARVULA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT. 1865, p. £13. Champion Bay, W. Australia. PERPLEXA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73. Adelaide, 8. Australia. PICEA Oliv. Ent. V. p. 599, t. 1, f.3; Latr. Encycl. méth. X. 1825, p. 11; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. II. 1860, ps £93. immaculata Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. LX. 1808, p. 291. t. 25, f. 4; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 565. Australia. PICEOLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92. Australia. picta Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74. Australia. pictipEs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68. Australia. PICTIPENNIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 173. Sydney, N.S. Wales. PICTURATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89. Australia. PLUVIALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. POLYGLYPTA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 232. Adelaide, 8. Australia. porosa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 226 ; Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 310. Tasmania. PROPINQUA Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 306. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 70 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6922 proxima Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80. Queensland. 6923 puLcHELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89. Australia. 0924 puncruLaTAa Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. TX. 1808, p. 292, t. 25, f£. 6; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 568. Australia. 6925 puncrutata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 571; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. 6926 puRPUREOAUREA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, 1865, p. 407. Champion Bay, W. Australia. 6927 puRPUREOVIRIDIS Baly, Journ. of Ent. If. 1864, p. 250. N, Australia. 6928 remota Germ. Linn. Ent. ITT. 1848, p. 234. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6929 rEeticuLATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 285, t. 24, f. 2; Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 299. sanguinipennis Germ. Linn. Ent. IIL. p. 233. var. guadrimaculata Marsh. l.c. p. 287, . 24, £. 6. Australia. 6930 rosEoLa Baly, Journ. of Ent. IL. 1864, p. 308. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6931 RuUBEOoLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6932 RruBIcINosA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 88. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 6933 RuBRosIGNATA Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 172. Sydney, N.S. Wales. 6934 RruFEscENS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 6935 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 BY GEORGE MASTERS. (fil RUFIPES Fabr. Syst. El. I. 1801, p. 430; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 60L tt. Lk 8: Australia. RUFO-NIGRA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 97. Australia. RUFITARSIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68. Australia. 8 rucosa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91. Gippsland, Victoria. RuGULOSA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 565. Australia. SANGUINEOTINCTA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT. 1865, p. 409. Champion Bay, W. Australia. scABRA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91. Australia. SCALARIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96. Gippsland, Victoria. SCAPULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87. Sydney, N.S. Wales. SCUTELLATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86. N.S. Wales. SEMIGLOBOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Hnt. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 97. Adelaide, 8. Australia. SEMIPUNCTATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72. Clarence River, N. 8. Wales. SERIATA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 234. Adelaide, S. Australia. SERPIGINOSA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 228. Tasmania. 72 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6949 6950 6951 sEXPUSTULATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. [X. 1808, p. 293. t. 25, f. 8; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. II. 1860, p. 193. Australia. SIDNEYENSIS Fauv. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand. VII. 1862, p- 179. Sydney, N.S. Wales. sigNATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 571; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p- 419. Australia. 2 sPECTABILIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 88. Paroo River. spILoTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94. Australia. SPLENDENS W. 8S. Macleay, App. King’s Surv. IT. p. 452. Australia. Srazi Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 70. Rockhampton, Queensland. sticticA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 290, t. 25, elle Australia. STILLATIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85. Australia. sTRIGOsA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 97. Paroo River. stycia Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73. Melbourne, Victoria. SUBHNESCENS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX, p. 84. N.S. Wales. SUBAPICALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86. Australia. supcosTaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75. Tasmania. 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6976 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 73 SUBFASCIATA Chap, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877; XX. p. 85. Adelaide, 8. Australia. SUBLIMBATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94. Adelaide, S. Australia. SUBLINEATA Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 174. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. SUBOVALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72. Gulf of Carpentaria, N. Australia. SUBSTRIATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84. Australia. susPIciosA Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 297. Melbourne, Victoria. SUTURALIS Germ. Linn. Ent. ITI. 1848, p. 235. Adelaide, 8. Australia, SUTURELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89. Australia, TASMANICA Baly, Journ, of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 294. Tasmania. 2 TENEBROSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73. Port Denison, Queensland. 3 TENELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83. Australia. TESSELLATA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 408. Champion Bay, W. Australia. TESTACEA Oliv. Ent. V. 1807, p. 602, t. 1, f. 10 ; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. IT. 1860, p. 194. Australia. TETRASPILOTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89. Victoria, and 8. Australia. 74 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 6977 TIGRINA Chap. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. 6978 TRANSVERSOMACULATA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT. 1865, p. 410. Champion Bay, W. Australia. 6979 TRirasctaTa Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 568; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419. Australia. 6980 TRIMAcULATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76. Australia. 6981 TRrr#nrata Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465. Tasmania. 6982 rrivittata Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76. Gippsland, Victoria. 6983 TuBERCULATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94. Australia. 6984 TrurBaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87. Champion Bay, W. Australia. 6985 umprata Chap. Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 70. Rockhampton, Queensland. 6986 ustuLata Oliv. Ent. V. p. 603, t. 1, £12; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 571. Australia. 6987 umBrosa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 6988 vaRtaBILIs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76. Adelaide, S. Australia. 6989 variicoLLis Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82. Tasmania, and Victoria. 6990 varrotosA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 285, t. 24, f. 1; Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848 p. 235; Baiy, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 293. Melbourne, Victoria. 6991 6992 6993 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 BY GEORGE MASTERS. ~I i) vENuSTA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 221. Tasmania. VENUSTULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84, Australia. VERRUCICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 95. Sydney, N.S. Wales. VERRUCIPENNIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 414. Champion Bay, W. Australia. verRucosA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 290, t. 25, ag Australia. vicina Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 570; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p- 419. Australia. VIRENS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83. Victoria. VIRIDULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. VITTIPENNIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 172. Sydney, N.S. Wales. VULGARIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 187/, XX. p. 78. Australia. WaTERHOUSE! Baly, Journ. cf Ent. IT. 1864, p. 296. Adelaide, S. Australia. WiLsonI Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 295. testacea Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 234, (nom. preocc.). Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68. Adelaide, 8. Australia. 76 7003 7004 7005 7006 7008 7009 7013 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Sub-Family. HALTICIDES. NISOTRA. Bally. BICOLOR Duviv. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1885, ps. 385. Swan River, W. Australia. Breweri Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 157. Rockhampton, Queensland. ARSIPODA. Erichson. ACUMINATA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 1, II. 1838, p. 132. substriata Waterh. |.c. p. 132 (Q). King George’s Sound, W. Australia. BIcoLoR Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, II. 1838, p. 132. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. BIFRONS Hrichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 236. Tasmania. CHRULEATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1877, p. 159. W. Australia. CRASSICORNIS Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, II. 1838, p. 131. Sydney, N. 8S. Wales. EricuHsoni Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, II. p. 232. Tasmania. FERMORATA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 440. Adelaide, 8. Australia. FLAVA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 261, t. 12, fi 6. N.S. Wales. FULVICOLLIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1864, p. 440. Adelaide, 8. Australia. “I ~I BY GEORGE MASTERS. FULVIPES Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 284. Rockhampton, Queensland. H#MATODERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 158. W. Australia. HOLOMELEHNA Germ. Linn. Ent. ITT. 1848, p. 243. Adelaide, S. Australia. Lowne! Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 441. Sydney, N. 8S. Wales. Macteayi Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 441. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. NITIDA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, II. 1838, pe lol: King George’s Sound, W. Australia. ovata Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, IJ. 1838, p. 133. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. PARVULA Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p. 34. Australia. PICEIPES Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1878, XIIT. p. 477. W. Australia. RUGULOSA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 442. Melbourne, Victoria. SMARAGDULA Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 704, t. 4, f. 65. Australia. VARIEGATA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 1, I. 1838, p. 133. Tasmania. CREPIDODERA. Chevrolat. DIMIDIATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 586. Australia. PARALLELA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 162. Sydney, N, 8. Wales. 78 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7028 7029 7030 7031 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 SEMINIGRA Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, 1885, p. 65. Australia. VESTITA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 162. S. Australia. PLATYCEPHA. Baly. EXIMIA Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1878, XIII. p. 476. W. Australia. SICYLLUS. Jacoby. SPLENDIDUS Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 928. Australia, HALTICA. Geoffroy. SPLENDIDA Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 691, t. 3, f. 41. Australia. LACTICA, Erichson. AvuSTRALIS Duviv, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 388. Queensland. LONGITARSUS. Latreille. SCUTELLATUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 177. Rockhampton, Queensland. DOCEMA. Waterhouse. COLLARIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 293, W. Australia. APHTHONA. Chevrolat. FULVICOLLIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p, 64. Australia. PHYLLOTRETA. Foudras. BiviTtraTa Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 133. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. FULVICOLLIs Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2. II. 1885, p. 60. Australia, 7039 7040 7041 1047 7048 7049 7050 7051 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 79 LABIALIS Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 133. (gen. dub.). Sydney, N. 8. Wales. PIcEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 133. (gen. dub.). King George’s Sound, W. Australia. CHAETOCNEMA. Stephens. Ausertisi Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p. 37. Australia. AUSTRALICA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 597, (Plectroscelis). W. Australia. BREVICORNIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 317. W. Australia. CARINATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 174. W. Australia. Ericusont Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 175. Tasmania. FUSCO-MACULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 174. W. Australia. LATICEPS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 315. W. Australia. LATICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 316. W. Australia. MEGALOPOIDES Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 174. Rockhampton, Queensland. PROPINQUA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 314. Adelaide, S. Australia. SUBMETALLESCENS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 175. S. Australia, 80 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7052 7055 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 WATERHOUSE! Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 315. W. Australia. Witsoni Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1877, p. 313. S. Australia. PODONTIA. Dalman. MACULATISSIMA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, LT. 1865, p. 431. Port Essington, N. Australia. NIGROVARIA W. 8. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austr. II. 1827, p- 453. Australia. (ZDIONYCHIS. Latreille. Howirrt Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. XIII p. 478. Sydney, N. 8S. Wales. SPHASROMORPHA. Baly. Simoni Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. XIII. p. 479. Rockhampton, Queensland. DIBOLIA. Latreille. NEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1838, p. 134. Sydney, N.S. Wales. HNEONIGRA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 135. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. Duspoutay! Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 182. W. Australia. OCHRACEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1838, p. 135. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. pygmHA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 135. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. SUBEZNEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 11. 1838, p. 135. King George’s Sound, W. Australia. BY GEORGE MASTERS. 81 PSYLLIODES. Latreille. 7064 Brewert Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 601. W. Australia. 7065 cHLoRoPHANA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 237. Tasmania. 7066 scureLLATA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1838, p. 134. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 7067 QuapRIpENTATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 601. — W. Australia. ENNEAMERA. Harold. 7068 ausTRALis Baly, Ent. Month. Mag. XIII. 1876, p. 82. Rockhampton, Queensland. Sub-Family. GALERUCIDES. e OIDES. Weber. 7069 Axzertist Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 788. Australia. 7070 antenNnatis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 52. Queensland. 7071 crrcumpata Baly, Journ. of Ent, I. 1861, p. 296 (Adorium). Moreton Bay, Queensland. 7072 porsostenata Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 258 (Adorium). N.S. Wales, and Queensland. 7073 Fry Clark, Journ of Ent. II. 1864. p. 258 (Adorium). Queensland. 7074 seminicra Clark, Journ. of Ent. IL 1864, p. 258 (Adorium). Australia, 6 82 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7075 sexvitrata Duviv. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XXVIII. 1884, Dp. CXXXIL Australia. AULACOPHORA. Chevrolat. 7076 anatis Weber, Obs. ent. 1801, p. 55; Fabr. Syst. El. I. p- 482; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 642, t. 3, f. 48. hilaris Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 555; W.S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 402. Australia. 7077 CarrEreti Guér. Voy. Coquille, Zool. 1830, II. Col. p. 150 Australia. 7078 cyanura Hope, Gray, Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 29. speciosa Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 403. Australia. 7079 metanura Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 625, t. 2, f. 26; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 548. Australia. 7080 nicrivEsTiIs Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 548. Australia. 7081 punotata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 556; ej. Cat. 3 ed p. 403. Australia. 7082 reLicTA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 557. Australia. 7083 scuTELLATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Ool. p. 558; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 402. Australia. AGELASTICA. Redtenbacher. 7084 HUMERALIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, IV. p. 108. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 7085 MELANOCEPHALA Baly, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, IV. p. 109. Australia. BY GEORGE MASTERS. 83 GALERUCELLA. Crotch. 7086 Avusrratis Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 176; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 401. Sydney, N. S. Wales. CYDIPPA. Chapuis. 7087 Baxyi Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 216. Australia. RUPILIA. Clark. 7088 RruFicotis Clark, Journ. of Ent, IT. 1864, p. 260, t. 12, f. 3. N.S. Wales. 7089 virm1a£NEA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 260. Queensland. ELLOPIA. Chapuis, 7090 pEpestris Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 234, (Galeruca) ; Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 218. Australia, and Tasmania. MENIPPUS. Clark. 7091 cynicus Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 257. Port Denison, Queensland. SYNODITA. Chapuis. 7092 Borret Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 232. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. MONOLEPTA. Erichson, 7093 croceicotiis Germ, Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p, 243. Adelaide, S. Australia. 7094 HUMERALIS Weber, Obs. ent. I. p. 56. humeralis Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 460: Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 629, t. 3, £. 33; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 551. Australia. 84 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7095 LABIHFORMIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 553. Australia. 7096 MELANOCEPHALA Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 119; Oliv. Ent. Wit. 6225 %. 15 £3, Australia. 7097 quapRipuNcTATA Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 460; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 664, t. 5, £, 88. Australia. 7098 sururALIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 556; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p- 407. Australia. Sub-Family. HISPIDES. LEUCISPA. Chapuis. 7099 OpEwaunnt Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 88 (Hispa); Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 266. Gawler, S. Australia. APROIDA. Pascoe. 7100 Batyi Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1863, p. 55, t. 2, f. 8. Pine Mountain, &c., Queensland. EURYSPA. Baly. 7101 ALBIPENNIs Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 246 ; Baly, Cat. Hispid. 1858, p. 86. Adelaide, S. Australia. 7102 Howirtt Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1869, p. 90. Melbourne, Victoria. 7103 normauis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 89. Queensland. 7104 virrata Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 86, t. 7, £..1. Australia. 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 BY GEORGE MASTERS, coy OXYCEPHALA. Guérin. TESTACEA Fabr. Syst. El. II. p. 25 ; Baly, Cat. p. 162. Australia, PROMECOTHECA. Blanchard. CALLOSA Baly, Ent. Month. Mag, XIII. 1876, p. 128. Australia. VARIPES Baly, Cat. Hispid. 1858, p. 88. N. Australia. ERIONISPA. Chapuis. BapEnI Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 302. Australia. MONOCHIRUS, Chapuis, AUSTRALICA Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. II. 1860, p. 239 (Hispa). Australia. coarctatus Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX. 1877, p. 48. N.S. Wales. FIMBRIATUS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX. 1877, p. 47. Tasmania, Gurmari Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX. 1877, p. 48. Gulf of Carpentaria, N. Australia. MULTISPINOSUS Germ. Linn, Ent. III. 1848, p. 246. Adelaide, 8. Australia. Sub-Family. CASSIDIDES. HOPLIONOTA. Hope. DORSALIS Waterh. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 424. Queensland. 86 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, ASPIDOMORPHA. Hope. 7115 Austratasim™ Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 537; Bohem.. Mon. II. p. 283. Australia. 7116 Bapent Wag. Mth. Minch. 1877, p. 64. Australia. 7117 Botspuvati Bohem. Mon. IT. p. 283. Australia. 7118 peusta Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 89; Oliv. Ent. VI. 97, p. 954, t. 1, f£. 17; Bohem. Mon. II. p. 333. angulifera Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, IV. p. 324, t. 18, f. 17. corallina Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 541; W. 8S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 398. Australia. 7119 Dover Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 110. Australia. 7120 intERRUPTA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 89; Oliv. Ent. VI. 97,. p. 953, t. 2, f. 34; Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 292. Australia. 7121 Macteavi Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 117. Australia. 7122 macuLatisstma Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 117. Australia. 7123 nicRoporsaTA Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 119. Australia. 7124 ramunopicta Wag. Mth. Miinch. 1877, p. 65. Brisbane, Queensland. 7125 sEpremcostaTa Wag. Mth. Minch. 1881, p. 49. Rockhampton, Queensland. 7126 rerrica Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. [X. 1856, p. 117. Australia. 7127 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 BY GEORGE MASTERS, 87 Westwoop! Bohem. Mon. II. p. 254. Australia. CASSIDA. Linné. DENTICULATA Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. TX. 1856, p. 137. Australia. MERA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 246. Adelaide, 8. Australia. NAVICELLA Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 331. Australia. PERPUSILLA Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 335. Melbourne, Victoria. COPTOCYCLA. Boheman. AUSTRALICA Bohem. Mon. III. p. 257. Australia. compuncTa Bohem. Mon. III. p. 290. Australia. Hotmcreni Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 465. Port Essington, N. Australia. SaprpHo Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 427. Ww Australia. Family. EROTYLID. Sub-Family. LANGURIDES. LANGURIA. §Latreille. ALBERTISI Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. III. 1879, p. 81. Australia. MILITARIS Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. III. 1879, p. 80. Australia. picEA Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. III. 1879, p. 66. Somerset, Cape York. vuteariIs Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. IIT. 1879, p. 90. Somerset, Cape York. 88 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 Sub-Family. EROTYLIDES. EPISCAPHULA. Crotch. AUSTRALIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 146 ; Lacord. Mon. p. 58; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 137. Australia. GRANULATA Lacord. Mon. Fab. Erotyl. 1842, p. 59. Australia. opaca Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 36. Sydney, N. S. Wales. PICTIPENNIS Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 35. Sydney, N.S. Wales. RUDEPUNCTA Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII, 1876, Revis. p. 34. Rockhampton, Queensland. THALLIS. Erichson. BIFASCIATA Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 23. Rockhampton, Queensland. compTa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 238; Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 244. Adelaide, S. Australia. Ericusoni Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 24. Sydney, N. 8. Wales. JANTHINA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 238. Tasmania. INSUETA Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 25. Queensland. 7150 vinuta Erichs. Wiegm. Arch, 1842, I. p. 238. Tasmania. 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 BY GEORGE MASTERS. 89 Family. ENDOMYCHID. MYCELLA. Chapuis. LINEELLA Chap. Gen. Col. XII. 1875, p. 105, note. Rockhampton, Queensland. DAULIS. Erichson. crmicoipDEs Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 242, t. 5, f. 5; Gerstack. Mon. p. 207, t. 2, f. 44. Tasmania. Family. COCCINELLIDA. COCCINELLA. Linné, CONFORMIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 604; Mauls, Spec. p. 261 ; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 457. Australia. Kinet W. 8. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. II. 1827, p. 404. Australia. LEONINA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 87; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 1059, t. 2, f. 21, a-b; Muls. Spec. p. 128. Tasmani, White, Voy. Ereb. Terr. XI. 1846, p. 23. Australia and Tasmania. TRANSVERSALIS Fab. Spec. Ins. I. 1781, p. 97. var. contempta Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 592. var. tricincta Erichs. Wiegm. Arch, 1842, I. p. 121. varians Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. 1798, p. 78. Australia and Tasmania. HALYZIA. Mulsant. Epwarpsi Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 158. Queensland. GALBULA Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 166. Australia. 90 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7159 Mettyr Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 160. Australia. 7160 Pascoxr Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 131. Australia. 7161 varicotor Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 154. Sydney, N. S. Wales. 7162 variecaTA Fabr. Spec. Ins. I. 1781, p. 99. 18-notata Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 1029, t. 6, f. 86. Australia. NEDA. Mulsant. 7163 Bourexorst De Kerville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6), IV. p. 70, t. 4, £. 7. Australia. 7164 pupLicata Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 161. N. Australia. 7165 princers Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 278 ; Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 169. Port Essington, N. Australia. 7166 TEsTUDINARIA Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 300. Australia. ALESIA, Mulsant. 7167 FLavovirrata Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 176. Melbourne, Victoria. 7168 FRreNaTA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 239; Mauls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 362. liturata W. S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 459. Tasmania, and Queensland. 7169 FuRcIFERA Guér. Voy. Duperrey, Zool. 1830, Cl. II. Col. p- 152; Jc. regn. anim, t. 51, f. 1; Muls. Spec. Trim, Securip. 1851, p. 130. Jlavolineata Muls. Mon. p. 113. Gauthardi Muls. Mon. p. 241. Australia. BY GEORGE MASTERS, 9T 7170 wingota Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 79; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 995, t. 3, f. 33; Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 176. striola Schénh. Syn. Ins. I. 2, p. 156; Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 367. var. strigula Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 601, t. 8, f. 27; Muls. Spec. Trim, Securip. 1851, p. 366. var. oblita Latr. Dej, Cat. 3 ed. p. 459. N.S. Wales. CHILOCORUS. Leach. 7171 Ausrratasi# De Kerville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) IV. pao t. 4,.£. 8. Australia, ORCUS. Mulsant. 7172 AvstraLasi& Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 593 ; Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 468; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p- 460. var. nummularis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 594 ; Muls. l.c. p. 469 ; W.S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 460. Australia and Tasmania, 7173 BituNuLatus Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 594; Mauls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 467; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p-. 460. Australia. 7174 cHatyseus Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 595; Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 471; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 460. cyameus W. 8. Macleay, Dej Cat. 3 ed, p. 460. Australia. 7175 cyanocePHatus Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 467. Port Essington, N. Australia. 7176 Larerrer Muls. Opuse. ent. III. 1853, p. 63. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 92 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 7177 quapRimacutatus De Kerville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), IV. | Oma eppivern) 24 Gao SCYMNUS. Kugelann. 7178 TENEBRICOSUS Bohem. Res. Eugen. 1859, p. 209. N.S. Wales. NOVIUS. Mulsant. 7179 carpinatis Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 906. Australia. 7180 sanacuINoLENTUS Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 943. Australia. HYPOCERAS. Chapuis. 7181 Mutsanti Chap. Gen. Col, XII. 1876, p. 226, note. Rockingham Bay, Queensland. RHIZOBIUS. Stephens. 7182 BasuLus Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1003. Queensland. 7183 BaKkewE ti Crotch, Revis. p. 297. Queensland. 7184 Bovucarpi Crotch, Revis. p. 297. Moreton Bay, Queensland. 7185 Brewerti Crotch, Revis. p. 298. Swan River, W. Australia. 7186 carniFEex Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1003. Soveiventris Muls. Opuse. ent. III. 1853, p. 129. Queensland. 7187 piscotor Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 240; Mauls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1004. Tasmania. 7188 ELoNGATULUS Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 298. Queensland. BY GEORGE MASTERS. 93 7189 Evans Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1006. Adelaide, S. Australia. 7190 urrreLius Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 298. Queensland. 7191 supMeETALLicus Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 298. Swan River, W. Australia. 7192 venrRALIs Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 239; Mauls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1005. Adelaide, S. Australia. 7193 xanrHurus Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1005. Victoria. PHARUS. Maulsant. 7194 srracuLatus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 240; Crotch, Revis. p. 299. Tasmania. EPILACHNA. Chevyvolat. 7195 Botspuvat Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 765. Australia. 7196 GuTTaToPUSTULATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 87; Oliv. Ent. VI. p- 1050, t. 3, £. 35; Muls. Spec. 1851, p. 716. var. Pandora Muls. Opuse. ent. ITI. p. 109. var. tasmanica Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 78. Australia, and Tasmania. 7197 surrusa Crotch, Revis. Coe. p. 78. Australia. 7198 unpEcimvartioLata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 591. stigmula Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 782. Tasmania. 7199 vicintiocropuNncTATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 84. recta Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 836. Australia. 94 GATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA. Family. CORYLOPHIDA:. CORYLOPHUS. Stephens. 7200 Frasciatus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 241. Tasmania. 7201 trHoracicus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 240. Tasmania. NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA. By F. Rarrs, Inc. pes Arts rt Manur., Paris. Licuas PALMATA Variety sINUATA, emend. from L. sINUATA, Lichas sinuata, Ratte, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W., 1886, Vol. I, (2 ser.), p. 1065. (Plate I, fig. 6.) At the meeting of November last, I announced the discovery of silicified pygidia of Zichas in the Upper Silurian Limestone of Wellington. During the printing of the paper it was suggested to me to name some of the fossils I had figured, as it was thought better to do so even at the risk of creating a synonym, than to leave them unnamed. I, therefore, decided to do so, provisionally, at least, for some of the fossils sufficiently represented, and in a footnote, (page 1065) I proposed the name of Lichas sinuata, in consequence of deep sinuses situated at the posterior angles of the four lateral ribs of the pygidium. I also remarked that our specimens strongly resemble Lichas hirsutus, Fletcher, and Lichas palmata, Barrande, both belonging to Upper Silurian Rocks. I indeed do not find much difference between these two species, at least from the descriptions given (1). In both, the margin of the pygidium is raised sufficiently to form a prominent pad which joins with the two extreme spines and with the four lateral ones which are produced beyond of the margin. This character, how- ever, is very slightly, if at all, indicated in our fossil. If any of the figures at hand, in the absence of any other works, (1) In fact Barrande says, p. 602 :—‘‘ La forme figurée par notre ami, M. ‘Fletcher, de Dudley, sous le nom de Lichas hirsutus, nous parait **identique avec celle que nons décrivons.” 96 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA, leave any doubt as to the distinction to be drawn, it is the pygidium of Lichas palmata represented in fig. 9, pl. 28 in Barrande. For this reason it would perhaps be wiser to consider the Wellington fossil only as a variety. In order to show the differences and affinities above alluded to, I give sketches of the outlines of the species concerned. It will be seen that the sinuses, which are very exaggerated in our variety, are very distinct, if not so deep, in Barrande’s above-mentioned figure. AcrpasPis sp. near A. Dormirzeri, Cord, Barrande, Syst. Sil. 1852, p. 728, Pl. 38, fig. 22. (Plate IT, figs. 1 and 1 bis.) The specimen here recorded is very nearly complete, and is remarkable for its minuteness, being exactly 5 mm. in length, not including the spines of the pygidium. It was found at Bowning by Mr. J. Mitchell, together with a great number of other trilobites, dc. Although nearly complete, and on that account deserving to be figured, still this specimen leaves doubt as to the ornaments of its frontal margin, as well as of some slight details in the pygidium, and in consequence of its minuteness it leaves also doubts about some other parts. As the figures of other species related to it can be seen in Barrande’s work I will only quote them here without commenting at any length. They all have nine segments in the body. Acidaspis Leonhardt, Barr. p. 720, pl. 37, fig. 1, length 26 mm. Acidaspis Hoernesi, Barr. p. 723, pl. 38, fig. 30, length 20 mm. Acidaspis Geinitziana, Cord. p. 725, pl. 39, fig. 45-49, length about 14 mm. Acidaspis Roemeri, Barr. p. 726, pl. 39, fig. 29, length 13 mm. Acidaspis minuta, Barr. p. 729, pl. 37, fig. 18, length 15 mm. — BY F. RATTE, ING. DES ARTS EV MANUF., PARIS. 97 Acidaspis ruderalis, Cord. p. 733, pl. 37, fig. 32, length 30 mm. With all of these, including A. Dormitzeri, our specimen exhibits some characters in common. Thus it resembles A. minuta in regard to the pygidium and in some degree the rounded outline of the head; while this species (A. minzéa), differs from all others mentioned by having three tubercles instead of one, on the pleural ridges, not including one at the origin of the pleural spines. The pygidium does not seem to agree perfectly with that of any | of those mentioned ; besides it is smaller, being at the utmost one eighth of the length, not including the spines; while in J. Dormitzert and A. minuta it is one seventh of the length, and in the other more than that proportion. (1) The drawings being sufficiently enlarged to show all the visible characters, I shall abstain from a lengthy description, and insist only on the principal features. The length of the head is less than one third of the whole length not including the spines. The median part of the glabella is narrow, its width being a little less than one-fifth of the width of the head. The distance between the false grooves which limit that median part and the eye is a little more than the width of the median part of the glabella, leaving ample room for the internal triangle of the fixedcheek. This triangle includes on the specimen four or five tubercles which are visible on both sides of the lateral nodules of the glabella (those nodules, two on each side, are bounded by the median, the posterior and the occipital furrows). In A. Leonhardi, A. Hoernesi, A. Geinitziana, the above-mentioned triangle is considerably reduced, and in LZ. Roemeri is completely absent or replaced by a groove instead of an elongated nodule. (1) In fig. 22, pl. 38 of Barrande, the pygidium is certainly more than one seventh, say one sixth of the length, but I quote Barrande’s text p. 728, ** La téte occupe un peu moins du tiers, et le pygidium un septiéme de la longueur totale.” As the author says totale, it is possible that in this case he included the spinal ornaments, although I doubt it. 98 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA, The eyes in our specimen are prominent and much brought forwards compared with those in other allied species. What is missing is the frontal margin, including the two triangular grooves, by which it is connected with the ocular ridges and the facial suture. This frontal margin, in some, is adorned with series of tubercles (A. minuta, A. Leonhardi, A. Roemert), while in others it is smooth (A. Hoernesi). Barrande says that the head of A. Dormitzert is similar to that of A. Leonhardt, but his (figure 22, pl. 38), of the former does not show tuberculations at the frontal margin. Further, the head of our fossil exhibits a more rounded outline than any of the other species considered. I will explain it simply. Jet us draw a straight line parallel to the axis of the body and passing by the origin of one of the genal spines. In Acidaspis Dufrenoyi, Barr., (Pl. 38, fig. 25), this line will form an angle with the external border of the movable cheek, which is nearly straight giving to the head the shape of a triangle. In some of the species mentioned such as A. Hoernesi, A. Dormitzer?, the angle will be smaller; in A. Roemerz still smaller; in A. minuta this angle will be reduced to nothing, as the line will be tangential to the head-border ; and lastly in our fossil, and still more so in A. Vernewilt, Barr., (Pl. 38, fig. 5), the border will be cut by the parallel line. That border is adorned by a regular line of tubercles, each of which gives rise to a very fine spine, the impression of which has been left on the stone. The genal spines are bent nearly in a direction parallel to the outline of the body. The body has nine rings ; each pleura is terminated by a spine progressively incurved from the first to the last, which is nearly parallel to the axis. The pygidium is rather difficult to understand in so small a specimen ; it is much adorned with tubercles and shows distinctly eight spines, but whether the principals are the second or the third in order, it is not easy to decide. In reswmé there are two strong characters in our fossil in favour of making it a different species from those represented in Barrande, BY F. RATTE, ING. DES ARTS ET MANUF., PARIS. 99 or with such figures as I could compare it ; Ist, the external outline of the movable cheeks, and 2nd, the proportion that the length of the pygidium bears to the length of the body, which proportion is smaller than in any of the species brought into comparison with it. It therefore remains to be named, or to be identified with some species unknown to me. All the species mentioned above are placed by Barrande in his “ Etage E, Faune ITI,” except A. Hoernesi, which belongs to his ‘“« Etage, F, Faune, IV,” and is found also in the next “ Etage.” On the same piece of rock with this minute Acidaspis is a hollow impression of Stawrocephalus with which I shall deal hereafter. AcipaspPis near A. LeEonHARDI, Barr. Barrande, Syst. Sil. 1852, p. 720, Pl. 37, fig. 1. (Plate II., figs. 2-4.) The remains of Acidaspis in the Bowning beds are rare indeed, compared with with those of Encrinurus, Phacops, Spherexochus, Calymene, and Bronteus. (1) For the above reason, I will exhaust the materials I have in hand and represent three more specimens, two from Mr. Mitchell, and another given by him to the Museum. They all include the median part of the head only, and cannot be properly identified, although the resemblance of one (fig. 4) to A. Leonhradi is rather strong. The chief difference is that in one of them especially (fig. 3), the internal triangle of the fixed cheek of (1) The earliest mention that I know of the genus in Australia is by Chas. Jenkins, Esq., of Yass, in Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. III. pl. 17, where he represents A. Brightii from the lower part of the Hume beds. I find A. Brightii, Murch. from the Wenloch limestone, Dudley, figured in Murchison’s Siuria, pl. 18. However, from these data only it seems hardly possible to ascertain this identification beyond doubt. (See also Barr. Sil, Syst. p. 752, and in Phil. and Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit. 1848, Vol. 2, part I. pl. IX). The pygidium of A. Brightii as represented by Mr. Jenkins, somewhat resembles that represented by me in Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. I. 2 ser. pl. 15, fig. 12. (Subsequently I have been given to understand that this gentleman did not intend to insist on the identification. ) 100 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA, which I have already spoken, is broader than in A. Leonhardi. It would therefore come nearer to A. Dormitzeri on that account, but, as I have already said (p. 98), although Barrande doves not describe the head of the last species on the ground of its similarity to that of the former, still he does not represent the frontal margin of A. Dormitzeri with the granulation which exists in A. Leonhardi. These three specimens might belong to two or even three different species. One of the specimens being very well preserved, as regards the granulation of the glabella, I have represented it increased four times, viz., twice as much as the others, in order to show more exactly all the details. STAUROCEPHALUS near 8. Murcuisont, Barr. Barrande, Sil. Syst. p. 812, pl. 43; Salter, Brit. Trilob. p. 84, pli. (Plate IT., figs, 5-9.) This genus was recorded from Australia, for the first time, by Prof. de Koninck, (in his Fossiles Paléozoiques Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1876, p. 47, pl. 1, fig. 8), when he dedicated to the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, a beautiful species from Rock Flat Creek (Monaro), whence the doubtful Lichas palmata which is spoken of by de Koninck, also comes. The specimens of Stawrocephalus I am about to record and repre- sent here are from Bowning, and have already been referred to in the Proceedings by M. Mitchell under the name of S. Murchisoni ; but he acknowledges himself that they do not perfectly agree with the representations of this fossil by Salter and Barrande. Out of the five specimens, three show only the head, not unlike that of S. Murchisont ; another specimen is a hollow cast of the head and pleure (fig. 5); and the last, which is nearly complete, has been recently handed to me by Mr. Mitchell (fig. 6). I do not see any remarkable difference between the heads repre- sented in our figures, and fig, 28 of Barrande’s plate 43, except that BY F. RATTE, ING. DES ARTS ET MANUF., PARIS. 101 the furrows of the glabella are not apparent in our specimens, and that the median part of the head seems also more slender, becoming narrower as it reaches the globular projection. The great difference is in the pygidium, which, although com- posed of the same number of pleure, is broader and has a nearly flat surface, and only shows the origin of appendages on the outer margin, where unfortunately the prolongations of these appendages are broken (fig. 6). The dimensions of the last specimen are as follows :— Length 17 mm. Breadth 10 mm. Length of head 64 mm. Length of pygidium 14 mm. Width of pygidium 3 mm. One specimen, (fig. 7) which was lent to me from the Depart- ment of Mines for comparison, shows only the head, which is 10 mm, in length, corresponding to about 26 mm. for the total length of the animal without the appendages of the pygidium, and 15 to 16 mm. in breadth. > EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (Plate I). DIAGRAMS OF PYGIDIA, FIGS, 1-6. Fig. 1.—Lichas hirsutus, Fletcher (= L. palmata, Barr.) Journ. Geol. Soc. SIO ip lmeNeNGV Me DIS pti) RX ee Fig. 2.—Id. id. Loe. cit., pl. XXVIL., fig. 6. x 2. Fig. 3.—Id.id. Loe. cit., pl. XX VIL, fig. 5. x 2. Fig. 4.—Lichas palmata, Barr. Systéme Silur. Bohem., pl. 28, fig. 1. Fig. 5.—Id. Loe. cit., fig. 9. This fig. is accompanied in Barrande’s work by the following remark :—‘‘ Pygidium isolé, dont l’axe est trés- prolongé, et dont les tubercules spiniformes sont tres-développés sur le contour.” x 2. Fi ~ g. 6.—Lichas palmata var. sinuata. x 3. 102 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA. (Plate II), Fig. 1.—Acidaspis near A. Dormitzeri, Corda. From Bowning (J. Mitchell, Esq.) x 10. Fig. 1. bis.—The same of natural size. Figs. 2 and 3.—Heads of Acidaspis, x 2. Fig. 4.—Head of Acidaspis near A. Leonhardi. x 4. Fig. 5.—Staurocephalus near S. Murchisoni, Barr. Hollow impression. S745 Fig. 6.—Stawrocephalus near S. Murchisoni, Barr. Complete specimen. oS PA, Fig. 7.—Head of same. (Coll. Geol. Surv. N. 8. W., from Bowning.). 53) Fig. 8.—Head of same. x 2, Fig. 9..—Head of same showing denticulated border. x 2. N.B.—Unless otherwise stated, the specimens of Acidaspis and Stawro- cephalus have been kindly lent by M. J. Mitchell, and are from Bowning. NOTE ON THE MODE OF NIDIFICATION OF A SPECIES OF PACHYCEPHALA, SUPPOSED TO BE P. GIL- BERTIT, FROM THE INTERIOR OF N. 8. WALES. By K. H. BEnneET?. Whilst riding across a portion of the Kilfern Station in the Western Division of the Colony, on the 24th of October last, my -attention was attracted by observing the tail of a bird protruding from the upper surface of an old nest of a Pomatostomus, placed in a small Mulga tree, some 12 feet from the ground. AsI rode beneath the tree the bird flew off, and perched on a neighbouring branch. Lat once recognised it as a bird that I had met with on two or three occasions previously in my wanderings, but which was extremely rare, and which I took to be a Pachycephala, but to what species referable I gould not say. Since then, however, I have examined the plates in Gould’s Work on the “ Birds of Australia,” and have also carefully examined the species of Pachycephala, in the Sydney Museum, and am of opinion that the bird in question is P. Gilbertii. Having never previously come across the nest of this bird I was curious to see the eggs, though at the same time I was very doubtful about eggs being there at all, as the situation of the supposed nest was so different from that usually chosen by this family of birds. Qn ascending the tree I found that the bird had actually chosen that situation for its nest, but to my disappointment the bird was only building, as was evidenced by finding a newly made, somewhat cup-shaped nest within the old one of the Pomatostomus, On the 3rd of November, having occasion to pass within a few miles of the same place, I determined to gratify my curiosity as regarded the eggs, and made a detour for this purpose. On reaching the tree I again observed 104 MODE OF NIDIFICATION OF A SPECIES OF PACHYCEPHALA. the bird’s tail projecting from the nest, and on ascending was gratified to find the nest contained three eggs ; these I took, and also the nest in its entirety, and have forwarded them to Dr. Ramsay, for exhibition. The eggs are of a light creamy white with irregular zones of spots of slate and grey dots at the larger end. FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By E. Havitanp, F.LS. No. 3.—P.Lants FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY DURING THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN LISTS FOR JULY AND AUGUST, MOST OF WHICH ARE STILL IN FLOWER. Dilleniaceze— Ficoideze— Hibbertia fasciculata. Tetragonia expansa. Cruciferzee— Leguminosze— Cakile maritima. Bossiwa microphylla Violaceze— Acacia stricta Viola betonicifolia. Pultencea flexilis Pittosporeze— a retusa Marianthus procumbens Pittosporum undulatum. Polygalesee— 5 Comesperma volubile. Tremandrese— Tetratheca juncea 5 ericowdes. Rutacesee— Correa speciosa var canensis Philotheca australis. Lineze— Linum marginale. Euphorbiaceee— Phyllanthus thymordes Breynia oblongifolia. Stackhousiaceze— Stackhousia muricata a vimined. Daviesia ulicina Gompholobium minus 5 latifolium Mirbelia reticulata. Myrtaceze— Leptospermum parvifolium of attenuatum Beckea crenulata », diosmifolia. Rhamnaceze— Pomaderris lanigera 3 elliptica Loranthacee— Notothixos subaureus. Proteaceze — Grevillea laurifolia 45 buaxitfolia Hakea dactylovdes. 106 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. Compositee— Helichrysum diosmifolium. Goodeniaceze— Goodenia barbata. Plantaginesee— Plantago debilis. Solanaceze— Solanum aviculare. Scrophularineee— Veronica plebeia. Labiatze— Plectranthus parviflorus. Epacrideee— Styphelia triflora Monotoca scoparia. Orchideze— Caladenia testace 53 alba Thelymitra ixiovdes Diuris elongata » punctata Caleana major Calochilus paludosus Glossodia minor Prasophyllum elatum. Trideze— Patersonia glabrata. Amaryllidese— Hypoxis hygrometrica. Liliacezee— Burchardia wmbellata. NOTES ON THE METHOD ADOPTED BY THE FEMALE’ OF THE COMMON FRESHWATER TORTOISE CHEZLO- DINA - LONGICOLLIS, IN THE EXCAVATION OF THE BURROWS IN WHICH HER EGGS ARE TO: BE DEPOSITED. By H. J. McCoory, Buayney. 1. Chelodina longicollis. This strange-looking Freshwater Tor- toise which has been compared to a snake threaded through a turtle, is at the present time, midsummer, engaged in the processes of nidification and deposition of her eggs ; and I have taken the opportunity of watching the proceedings with particular attention during the last fortnight, in the neighbourhood of Blayney, with the following results, viz. :— * (1st). The tortoises come out of the Balabula River and travel into the cultivation paddocks, a distance, in some instances, of fifteen chains to deposit their eggs. (2nd). They carry with them a supply of water which they vomit into the holes to soften the earth while they dig. They begin operations early in the morning by scratching a small hole about an inch deep, always using their hind claws. Into the depression thus made they vomit or squirt a quantity of water, and immediately resume the scratching process. Having cleared out the mud formed by the water, and being again on the dry surface, they again vomit water into the hole and again scratch out the mud, They continue in this. manner until the hole has been sunk to the required depth, viz., about seven inches. The quantity of water they use in the operation of sinking or burrowing out one of these holes is quite surprising. As far as I can make out fully a pint is used. If the ground be extra dry and hard, and their supply of water run 108 NOTES ON THE OVIPOSITION OF THE FRESHWATER TORTOISE. short, which in three instances I have known to occur, they will return to the river and next morning again make their appearance with a fresh supply and complete the unfinished hole. I shall be glad to learn if this water-carrying peculiarity of the Chelodina longicollis has been observed by any other naturalist. 2. Since my previous note on Chelodina longicollis, I found another in the act of using water in burrowing, and had an excellent opportunity of watching her. She chose a hard, dry, dusty road for her operations. A surprising quantity of water was used—a continuous stream being kept running into the hole while she dug. In fact the water overflowed the hole and ran from it about two feet. She must have used considerably over a pint of water. The situation chosen was about three chains from the river, on the side of a steep incline, more than thirty feet above the level of the water. It is worthy of notice that the tortoises always choose grassless situations for their nests, and such situations are, of course, always the hardest they could choose. This is evidently to avoid the grass. When the hole is scraped out to a depth of seven inches they lay six eggs, over which they throw a covering of fine dust. Next day they return and lay six more which they again cover over with fine dust. They continue laying six per day and covering them over, until thirty-six are laid. They then cover the nest up level with the surface ; but never above it. I have found as few as 15 eggs in their nests but never more than 36; and strange to say on three occasions I have tound exactly that number, viz., thirty-six. The eggs in the bottom of the hole or nest hatch first ; the young scramble out, and strike a bee-line for the nearest point of the river. Farmers in this district frequently plough up the nests and find therein a number of young, and unhatched eggs. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 109 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Smithurst exhibited the ulna, radius, and other bones of a gigantic Kangaroo from a deep deposit at Gulgong. Also, two specimens of Corals also from Gulgong ; one, Mavosites Gothlandica, the other, a species of Jsastrea evidently foreign to the district. Mr. Ogilby exhibited a coloured drawing by Mr. Irwin, of the beautiful fish Gvrella cyanea. Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited a gigantic flea which he identified as Pulex echidne, Denny. The specimen was found by Mr. Pedley on the Australian Echidna together with the small species recently described in the ‘ Proceedings’ as Echidnophaga ambulans. Mr. Masters exhibited a fine collection of Entomogenous Fungi, and read the following explanatory note :— “JT have put together in the drawer T now exhibit some of the most conspicuous Entomogenous Fungi in the Macleay Museum. No. (1) labelled New South Wales, shows some large Lepidopterous larvee, with the stipes, rising from the tail, as long and as thick as the Caterpillar, and terminating in a double or sometimes single large oblong somewhat compressed club. (2) Specimens of the well- known New Zealand Jsaria, the stipes springing from the head, and 10 inches in length. (3) Specimens from Ash Island of larvee of Rhyssonotus nebulosus in a similar state, the fungus rising from the head in a thin stipes and terminating in a small round club. (4) Some Cicada pupz similarly attacked (New South Wales). (5) Larva of an Elater with a number of thread-like growths on the sides of the body (New South Wales). (6) An Homopterous Insect, with fine thread-like growths from its tail (N.S. Wales). (7) Two Dipterous Insects from Cairns, with a short thick stipes terminating in a round club, springing from the base of each wing, evidently a Cordyceps. (8) Four different species of Hymen- optera from Cairns, but apparently attacked by the same fungus, which springs from all parts of the body in long, very thin, and 110 NOTES AND EXHIRITS. hair-like filaments. (9) An Homopterous insect from Cairns, com- pletely enveloped beneath in a growth of short barbed-looking spines. (10) In three Spiders, also from Cairns, shortish, thickish, and rather pointed growths spring from different parts of the body. (11) Two Wasps from Cuba have a longish stipes rising between the anterior legs. I shall endeavour to have some of the most interesting of these exhibits illustrated for a future meeting. Dr. Ramsay exhibited a number of rare birds from the late Mr. T. H. Boyer-Bower’s collection, for comparison with specimens of allied species from New Soath Wales :—Astur cruentus, Gould, W. A.; gotheles leucogaster, Gould, W. A.; Calamoherpe australis, N.S. W.; C. longirostris, Gould, W. A.; Lophophaps ferruginea, W. A.; L. lewcogaster, W. A.; Ephthianura aurifrons, N. 8S. W.; #. crocea, W. A.; Myiagra latirostris, W. A. ; Estrelda bichenovii, Gould, N. 8. W.; #. annulosa, Gould, W. A.; Poéphila acuticauda, W. A.; P. atropygialis, Cent), Aust.; P. cincta, Queensland. WEDNESDAY, 23rp FEBRUARY, 1887. (ee The Monthly Meeting of this Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, 23rd February, 1887. ‘The President, Professor W.J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.,in the Chair. Mr. T.S. Rigg, and Mr. J. R. Reid, Bengal Civil Service, were present as visitors. Mr. Henry J. Brown, Newcastle, was elected a Member of the Society. The President announced that the next Excursion had been arranged for Saturday, March 19th, Members to meet at the Redfern Railway Station, to proceed by the 8:13 am. train to the National Park. DONATIONS. * United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries.” Parts J.-IX. “Reports of the Commissioner” for the years 1871-81, (9 Vols.) ; ‘‘ Odontornithes: A Monograph on the Extinct Toothed Birds of North America.” By Prof. O. C. Marsh; ‘“ Key to North American Birds.” By Dr. Elliott Coues; “ Birds of the 112 DONATIONS. North-west: A Handbook of the Ornithology of the region drained by the Missouri River and its Tributaries.” By Dr. E. Coues; “ Birds of the Colorado Valley.’ By Dr. E. Coues. Part I.; “ Monographs of North American Rodentia.” By Dr. Coues and J. A. Allen ; “* Monographies de Mammalogie.” Par C. J. Temminck, (2 Vols.) ; “ The Parasites of Man, and the Diseases which proceed from them.” By Prof. R. Leuckart, Translated by W. E. Hoyle, M.A.; “ Report of the Commission appointed to inquire into the methods of Oyster Culture in the United Kingdom and France.” (1870) ; ‘‘ Reports on the Crab and Lobster Fisheries of England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland.” (1877) ; Also, Ten (10) Papers on Ichthyology. By Dr. Bleeker ; “The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III, No. 1, Jan. 1887. rom the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S., ke. “Forest Culture and Eucalyptus Trees.” By Ellwood Cooper ; “ Notes on Australian Plants,” (Continued), (2 leaflets) ; and “On two Species of Sterculia, discovered by R. Parkin- son, Esq., in New Britain.” By Baron von Mueller. From Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.RS., de. “‘Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.” Vol. [X., Part I. 1886. From the Society. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” IX. Jahrg. No. 240, 20th December, and Index 1886. From the Editor. “ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.” December 21st, 1886. From the Society. “ Plants Indigenous in the neighbourhood of Sydney.” By Rev. W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S. rom Prof. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S. “ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society,” 1885. No. 3. From the Society. DONATIONS. TS “The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 5. From the Natural History Society of Montreal. “The Victorian Naturalist” Vol. III., No. 10. Feb. 1887. From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “ A History of the Fishes of Madeira.”* By Richard Thomas Lowe, M.A. From Dr. Ramsay, F.R.S.E. “Revue Coloniale Internationale.” TomelV., No. 1. Jan., 1887. From TL Association Coloniale Néerlandaise & Amsterdam. “‘ Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums.” (Wien). Redigirt von Dr. von Hauer. Band I., No. 3. From the Director. “Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India:—Palontologia Indica.” Ser. X., Vol. IV., Part II., and Addendum to Part I. By R. Lydekker, B.A., F.G.8. From the Director. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 195, Ist Jan., 1887. From the Editor. ““Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’ Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIII., Nos. 17-21, 1886, and ‘Tables des Comptes Kendus, &c,” 2nde Semestre 1885. Tome CI. From the Academy. “Studies from the Biological Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore.” Vol. III., Nos. 6 and 7. May and June, 1886 ; “ University Circulars.” Vol. V., Nos. 49 and 50. May and June, 1886. From the University. “Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia.” Part I. Jan. to March, 1886. From the Academy. “‘ Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences.” Vol. V., Nos. 2-6. Nov. 1885 to March, 1886; “Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences.” Vol. LII., Nos. 9and 10, Dec. 1885. from the ee 114 DONATIONS. “Mémoires de L’ Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg.” VIL.™ Série. Tome XXXIII., No. 5, 1885. From the Academy. ? “Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern.’ Jahrg. 1870-1881, (12 Vols.), 1883, (Heft 2) to 1885, (Heft 2). From the Society. PAPERS READ. MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, No. III. THE SCARITIDA OF NEW HOLLAND. By Wiiiam Mac ray, F.L.S., &c. The Scaritidee (or Bipartiti of Latreille), are very numerously represented in Australia, and are certainly the most beautiful of all the groups of the Carabidee, their colours exhibiting infinite varieties of gem-like brilliancy and metallic lustre. It is perhaps also of all others the group which has been most completely worked up. Professor Westwood was the first to endeavour to throw some light upon these at that time very little known insects, he having described or redescribed all thespecies then known(19 species) of the genera Carenum and Scaraphites in the “ Arcana Entomo- logica,” Vol. I, 1845, andthe Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1849. In January 1863, I published a paper (1) on the Scaritide in which I added considerably to the number, and gave descrip- tions of all the species previously known, My next paper read in March 18¢4 (2), added 27 to the list of Australian Scaritide. In a third paper (3), read in March 1865, I added 30 to the list, and introduced the new genus Huryscaphus for the reception of some large species which seemed to be intermediate between Carenum and Scaraphites. I also at the end of that paper gave a tabular list of all the species of Carenum, subdivided into numerous sections founded upon easily recognizable differences in form and sculpture. In 1867 Count Castelnau (4) described over thirty new species, formed a new genus, Veocarenwm, for the reception of some insects of which my Carenum elongatum is the type, and 1) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol, 1, p. 55. 2) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. I. p. 134. ) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. I. p. 176. ( ( (3 (4) Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. VIII. p. 120. 116 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. restored Newman’s genus Hutoma for the group of which Carenum tinctilatwm, Newm. is the type. In 1868, Baron de Chaudoir (1) reviewed the genus Carenwm as it then stood, criticised the work done by Count Castelnau and myself, described six new species and formed three new genera—Monocentrum, Conopteruwm, and Carenidiwm. The Baron’s paper was followed in 1869, by a fourth paper from me (2) in which 21 new species were enumerated and described. Since then butlittle has been done in this group. In 1871 I described eight new species in the “ Insects of Gayndah,” (3) and formed the genus Philoscaphusfor the group of which Carenwm tuberculatum is the type, and in 1873, (4) I added eight more species to the list. In 1874, Bates described in the ‘‘ Entomologists Monthly Magazine,” nine species from West Australia, including anew genus, Zeratidium. In 1883, I added (5) five new species from Queensland, and in December 1886, the Rev. T. Black- burn (6) described two South Australian species of the genus ELuryscaphus. This makes the number of species in all 180, including a few which have accumulated in my collection since [ last wrote on the subject, and which I describe further on. My object in now reverting to this old and favourite subject, is because I find that the enormous increase inthenumber of the species of the group has so outgrown the old tabular arrangement of them which I made more than 20 years ago, that a fresh arrangement and classification has become very desirable if not necessary. I have been compelled in my effort to nake my revision of the group as distinct and intelligible as it is in my power to make it, to add considerably to the number of genera, so that by my present pro- posed arrangement the genus Carenwm of Bonelli, yields material for 14 genera. My definition of these, given below, is short 1) Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. Tom. XI. p. 137. 2) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8S. Wales, Vol. II. p. 58. 3) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. II. p. 96-99. 4) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. IT. 319. 5) Proc. Linn, Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. VIII. p. 411. 6) Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust. Vol. 1887. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 117 and not very definite, but that I find unavoidable, as there are very few marked distinguishing features in the group, and even these . . . 4 run into one another in the most puzzling manner. . Group, CARENIDES. Mentum large, flat, carinated in the middle, the median tooth very strong. Labium cut squarely in front, the paraglossz slightly passing it. Palpi more or less securiform. Maaille straight, rounded at the apex. Mandibles strongly toothed on the internal side. Labrum short. Antenne short, compresssed, moniliform or filiform. Thorax and elytra of variable form. Anterior tibie strongly palmate and toothed externally. Tarst simple in both sexes. Body apterous. This group I propose to distribute into the following genera :— Monocentrum, Teratidiwm, Carenidium, Conopterum, Neoca- renum, Hutoma, Carenoscaphus, Carenum, Calliscapterus, Platy- thorax, Laccopterum, Philoscaphus, Ewryscaphus, and Scaraphites. Genus, Monocentrum, Chaud, Of very narrow elongate form. Head large, antenne short, robust, compressed, submoniliform; labial palpi securiform. Frontal canals deep, diverging behind. Thorax much longer than broad. Elytra narrow, cylindrical. Anterior tibize unidentate externally. Ventral segments impunctate. Three species have been assigned to this genus, all from Northern Queensland. MM. megacephaium (Carenum megacephalum) Westwood, J, grandiceps, Chaud. and JZ. longiceps, Chaud. I have one specimen of the grandiceps from the Dawson River, the only one of the genus I have seen. 118 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. TII. Genus, TERATIDIUM, Bates. This genus seems not to differ from Monocentrum except in having the frontal canals very lightly impressed. The only species is 7’. macros of Bates from West Australia. I have never seen it. Genus, CARENIDIUM, Chaud. Head very large, frontal canals deep and diverging bebind, mandibles very strong, clypeus and labrum emarginate. Antenne short, slender, attenuated at the apex. Palpi very broadly securiform. Thorax broader than the length. Elytra oblong- oval ; anterior tibiz strongly bidentate externally. The abdominal segments with the two setigerous punctures except in C. gagatinwm. The insects referable to this genus are of large size and for the most part of great brilliaacy. Baron de Chaudoir founded the genus on my Carenum gagatinum, and more recent discoveries have added to it—C. Damelwi, Macl.; Spaldingi, Macl. ; Kreus- lerew, Macl.; lacustre, Macl. ; sapphirinum, Bates. My Carenuwm mucronatum will also fall into this genus, as well as Carenidiwm Darlingense, Chaudoiri, septentrionale and tropicale new species, the descriptions of which are given at the end of this paper. Genus, ConoprErRuM, Chaud. This genus only differs from Carenidiwm in the clypeus and labrum not or very little emarginate, the antennee less attenuated, the elytra more pointed towards the apex, and in having a strong erect horn springing from the inner tooth of the mandibles, most conspicuously on the left mandible. This genus was suggested by Baron de Chaudoir, but without any defined characters, for an insect from North Australia, to which he gives the specific name of zmszgne. He ascribes to the same genus two species described by Count Castlenau under the names of Carenum superbum and amabile. To this I have to add my Carenum Riverine and the following new species described hereafter—Conopterwm violaceum, littorale, Barnardi, and bicornutum. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. EES Genus, NEocARENUM, Castelna Of elongate form and parallel-sided. Labrum short not emar- ginate, palpi slightly securiform. Antennze submoniliform. Anterior thighs and tibie as in Hutoma, intermediate tibie strongly unidentate at the outer apex, and serrate above. A row of sublateral punctures on the elytra. Count Castlenau established this genus on my Carenum elon- gatum. The species since added are Neocarenwm cylindripenne, Bates; Mastersi, Macl.; retwswm, Bates; rugosulwm, Macl., and singulare, Casteln. Genus, Euroma, Newman. Very narrow and of cylindrical form. Head large, profoundly bisuleate in front; labrum not or scarcely emarginate, very short. Maxillary palpi triangular, labial securiform. Antenne submoniliform. Thorax longer than wide. Anterior tibie strongly bidentate externally ; anterior thighs notched and angled beneath near the apex. The species of this genus are numerous and distinguished for brilliancy of colouring; they are for the most part of small size and were originally classed as one. of the subdivisions of Carenwm. They may be divided into those with two impressed punctures on the elytra, and those with four. The first division consists of — LE. bipunctatum, Macl. EF. Mastersi, Mac. cavipenne, Bates. cupripenne, Macl. episcopale, Castein. Jiliforme, Casteln. glaberrimum, Macl. leeve, Casteln. Loddonense, Casteln. undulatum, Mac). Newman, Casteln. punctipenne, Macl. purpuratum, Casteln. splendidum, Macl. subrugosulum, Macl. substriatulum, Macl. tenctilatum, Newm. violaceum, Macl. 120 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. and a new species—Z. punctatum—from Dawson River described hereafter. Those with four punctures are Hutoma Digglesr, Macl. and £. magnificum, and brevipenne, the two last new species described hereafter. Genus, CARENOSCAPHUS. I propose this generic name for a number of species of Carenwm which seem to be intermediate between Hutoma and Carenwm proper. The form is elongated and parallel-sided, broader and rather flatter than in Hutoma, the labrum not emarginate, the palpi moderately securiform, the antennz moniliform, the frontal canals nearly parallel, the thorax longer or as long as wide, the elytra quadri-punctate, the anterior tibiz bidentate externally, the anterior thighs slightly notched. The species formerly placed in Carenwm, coming into this genus are— C. scaritioides, Westw. C. subquadratus, Macl. atronitens, Macl. striato-punctatus, Macl. oblongus, Macl. coracinus, Macl. intermedius, Westw. gawlerensis, Casteln. nigerrumus, Macl. devastator, Casteln. ambiguus, Macl. angustipennis, Macl. I also place in this genus, though they look somewhat foreign to it, C. quadripunctatus, Macl., and C, swmptuosus, Westw., and I describe further on a new species—C. /ucidus, which must also be placed in this group. Genus, CarENUM, Bonelli. Under this name I include the three groups of Carenum, of which C. Bonellii, C. marginatum and C. perplexum are respectively the types. The antennz are less moniliform than in the last, the labrum longer, the labial palpi less securiform, the frontal canals straight or nearly so, thorax broader than the length, the elytra and rather shortly oval convex, the anterior tibiz bidentate externally. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 121 1. Elytra with four punctures. C. Bonelliz, Brulle. C. Castelnaui, Chaud. affine, Macl. sexpunctatum, Macl. viridipenne, Westw. cyanipenne, Macl. anthracinum, Macl. opacum, Macl. interruptum, Macl. triste, Macl. obscurum, Macl. occultum, Macl. simile, Macl. ovipenne, Macl. Brisbanense, Casteln. submetallicum, Macl. ebeninum, Casteln. pusillum, Macl. Westwoodit, Casteln. purpureo-marginatum, n. sp. 2. Elytra with two punctures. C. marginatum, Boisd. C. convexum, Chaud. levigatum, Macl. Kingti, Macl. puncticolle, Macl. propinquum, Macl. punctulatum, Macl. nitescens, Macl. scitulum, Macl. viridi-marginatum, Macl. Murrumbidgense, Macl. politulum, Macl. laterale, Macl. planipenne, Macl. subporcatulum, Macl. subplanatum, Bates. striatopunctatum, Macl. Batesi, Masters. frontale, Macl. Terre-regine, Macl. carbonarium, Casteln. tanthinum, Macl. 3. Elytra without punctures. C. politum, Westw. C. subcostatum, Macl. perplecum, White. De Visi, Macl. levipenne, Macl. ineditum, Macl. Genus, CALLISCAPTERUS. Head large, frontal canals short, only slightly diverging, palpi scarcely securiform, antenne moderately slender not moniliform, labrum biemarginate; thorax broad and semicircular, elytra broadly ovate and convex, anterior tibie tridentate externally. This is a very showy and handsome group. The species hitherto classed with Carenwm which are referable to this genus are 122 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. Elytra with two punctures. C. coruscus, Mael. C. rufipes, Macl. smaragdulus, Westw. subcyaneus, Macl. elegans, Macl. dispar, Macl. distinctus, Macleay. ordinatus, Macl. campestris, Macl. parvulus, Macl. splendens, Casteln. porphyreus, Bates. Odewahnii, Casteln. brevifornvis, Bates. Elytra with four punctures. C. cyaneus, Fab. Genus, PLATYTHORAX. Head transverse, the frontal canals short and straight, the antenne slender, the palpi not securiform, the thorax very trans- verse and rectangular, anterior tibie less strong and palmate than in Carenwm and with several smallish teeth externally. I have formed this genus for a very curious insect described by me many years ago under the name of Carenwm rectangulare ; the Carenum transversicolle, Chaud., will also enter this genus. Genus, LACCOPTERUM. The type of this genus is Carenum Spencet, Westw. The species are all of rather small size. The antenne are submonili- form, the palpi are triangular, the labrum short, the thorax wider than long, the elytra oval and more or less covered with large fovere, the anterior tibie are strongly tridentate externally and the intermediate have a strong spine on the outer apex. The species are— L. deauratum, Macl. LL. variolosum, Macl. gemmatum, Westw. Darwiniense, Maci. foveigerum, Chaud. foveipenne, Macl. foveolatum, Macl. salebrosum, Macl. Spencei, Westw. lacunatum, n. sp. C. loculosum, Newm. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 123 Genus, PHILOSCAPHUS. Head broad, rather short, the frontal canals deep and short, the labrum a little emarginate, the palpi scarcely thicker towards the apex, antennee filiform. Thorax much broader than long, of semi- circular form. Elytra broad and tuberculate, with a sublateral carina. Anterior tibie tridentate externally, intermediate unidentate. The species are P. tuberculatus, Macl. P. costalis, Macl. Mastersi, Macl. carinatus, Macl. - P. lateralis, Macl. Genus, Euryscapuus, Macleay. Head large, the frontal canals short and parallel, the antennz rather long and filiform, the labrum large and transverse, the maxillary palpi very slightly triangular at the apex, the labial a little more so. Thorax transversal. Elytra as broad as Jong, convex, almost circular except at the base which is excised. Anterior tibie strongly bidentate externally, intermediate uni- dentate and serrate. All the species of this genus are of large size and broad convex form. They seem to be exclusively insects of the interior parts of New Holland. The species known are— £. affinis, Casteln. L.. Howittcvi, Casteln. angulatus, Macl. minor, Macl. bipunctatus, Macl. obesus, Macl. carbonarius, Casteln. Waterhousei, Macl. dilatatus, Macl. Tatei, Bates. Hopei, Casteln. subsulcatus, Bates. Genus, SCARAPHITES, Westw. The insects of this genus are also of great size. The head is large, the frontal canals very short or merely depressions, the labrum very transverse and rugose, the palpi filiform, and the 124 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IJ. antenne short and submoniliform. Thorax transverse; elytra rather longer than wide, and broadest near the apex. Anterior ‘tibie very strongly tridentate externally, intermediate very strongly unidentate. Species— S. Bacchus, Westw. S. latipennis, Macl. crenaticollis, Macl. Leneus, Westw. gigas, Casteln. lucidus, Chaud. heros, Casteln. Macleayi, Westw. hirtipes, Macl. Martin, Westw. humeralis, Casteln. Mastersi, Macl. intermedius, Macl. rotundipennis, De}. laticollis, Macl. Silenus, Westw. I subjoin descriptions of the new species. CARENIDIUM DARLINGENSE, n. sp Black, nitid, thorax margined with green, elytra dark violet margined with green. Head large, subnitid, eyes large, promi- nent, preocular angles prominent and rounded, frontal canals deep and moderately diverging behind, the clypeus narrowly and retusely emarginate in the middle, with a prominent tooth on each side bounding the labrum. The labrum itself is short, about one-fifth of the width, and a little emarginate, with six large punctures. A large setigerous puncture occupies the angle caused by the bifur- cation of the frontal canals near the clypeus, and two others are placed one above the eye, the other a little behind the first. The thorax is very slightly broader than the head, narrowly margined on the sides and base, about as long as broad, slightly emarginate on the apex, rounded and narrowed behind into a short basal lobe very slightly emarginate in the middle, and with the median line not reaching the base or apex. Elytra elongate-ovate, the length three times the width, narrower than the thorax, narrowly margined except at the base, with, on each elytron seven or eight almost obsolete punctured striz, a cluster of five or six punctures on the base, a deep puncture near the base about equidistant from the base, suture and humeral angle, and a similar one near the apex, BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 125 about equidistant from the suture and lateral margin. The anterior tibize are strongly bidentate, the intermediate are minutely toothed, each ventral segment has two setigerous punctures near the base, the apical segment has four. Length, 12 lines. Hab.— Bourke District, Darling River. CaRENIDIUM CHAUDOIRII, n. sp. Of less elongate form than the last. The upper surface entirely of a greenish blue, the under surface, legs, antenne, and the parts of the mouth piceous. Head large, of a very minute shagreen- like sculpture, eyes prominent, preocular angles less prominent than in C. Darlingense, and the frontal canals more diverging behind, clypeus much the same, the Jabrum short, semi-circular, and with four setigerous punctures. Thorax rather broader than the head ; decidedly broader than the length, broadly cordiform, rather broadly margined on sides and base, the basal lobe short and truncate, the median line well marked, but not reaching the base or apex, and the whole disk transversely scratched. Elytra oblong-ovate, a little narrower than the thorax, about twice as long as broad, minutely punctate and striate under a powerful lens, a cluster of about nine punctures at the base and a regular row of setigerous punctures along the lateral margins. The anterior tibiee are bidentate externally, the teeth as well as the spurs on the inner side very strong and acute, the intermediate tibiz are very strongly ciliated. Length, 13 lines. Hab.—Endeavour River. I dedicate this species to the memory of the late Baron Maximilian de Chaudoir, who was the founder of this genus, and whose works on the Australian Carabidz have been both valuable and voluminous, CarRENIDIUM Dame tit, Macl. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. II. p. 69: I described this species from a single specimen got at Cape York. I have since received a fine specimen from the Dawson 126 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO, III. River, and am enabled to give a fuller description than that originally given. A large species of a golden green colour, and of much broader form than C. gagatinum. ‘The labrum is of crescentic form, the clypeus largely emarginate and retusely declivous. The second puncture above the eye is distant from the first and nearer the centre. The elytra are oblong-oval, as broad as the thorax, obsoletely punctate-striate, with an impressed puncture near the humeral angle, another near the apex, seven punctures in a double row on the base, and a continuous row in the lateral margins. Length 16 lines. CARENIDIUM SEPTENTRIONALE, Ni. Sp. The under surface, head and legs black, the thorax and elytra greenish-black, with bright green margins. The head is a little narrower than the thorax, the frontal canals deep, curved and diverging behind, the eye prominent, with a deep canal immedi- ately above it, the two setigerous punctures above the eye close together, the clypeus slightly emarginate scarcely retuse, the labrum short, broad, andsubcrescentic with sixsetigerous punctures. The thorax is wider than the length, rather broadly margined, the anterior angles but slightly prominent, the sides roundly narrowed to the posterior angles, the basal lobe very short and recurved, the median line extending to the base, but not to the apex, the shallow depressions near the posterior angles distinctly marked. The elytra are narrower than the thorax, of a narrow oval form, extremely minutely punctured in equally minute striz, without any impressed puncture on the disc, but with a small transverse depression occupied by four punctures in a curved transverse line and one puncture above at the base, and a regular row of similar punctures on the lateral margins. The legs and under surface present no appreciable distinctive characters. Length, 104 lines. Hab.—Peak Downs. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 127 a CARENIDIUM TROPICALE, 0. Sp. Somewhat like C. Chaudoirz, but much smaller. The upper surface is brilliant metallic green, the under surface, legs and parts of the mouth piceous. The head is slightly narrower than the thorax, prominently angled in front of the eyes, the forehead near the clypeus with a transverse curved shallow depression, the clypeus broadly and shallowly emarginate with on each side a strong prominent conical tooth, the labrum slightly crescentic with six setigerous punctures. Thorax much broader than the length, the sides and posterior angles almost semi-circularly rounded, the basal lobe recurved and slightly emarginate. LElytra oval, broadest near the middle and there as broad as the thorax, rather thinly covered with minute punctures, no impressed punctures on the disc, a row of punctures in the lateral margins and a slight depression at the base occupied by four punctures in a transverse row and others above on the external side. Length, 9 lines. /Tab.—Endeavour River, Chaudoir’s genus Conopterwm is very doubtfully characterised, but there are some species resembling Conopterum insigne, Chaud., which can scarcely be placed in Carenidiwm, and differ still more from Hutoma and Carenuwm. For these I shall adopt Chaudoir’s name of Conopterwm, and the following are the chief distinctive characters. Head like Carenzdiwm but the labrum not deeply emarginate or declivous in front. Antenne like Care- nidum, but rather less attenuate towards the apex. Mandibles very strong with vertical horns. Elytra elongate, ovate, narrow- ing to the apex. CoNOPTERUM VIOLACEUM, 0. sp. Upper surface violet black with green borders, under surface and legs brownish black, the whole very nitid. Head large, scarcely so broad as the thorax at its widest part, the frontal canals deep and diverging behind, the clypeus and labrum 128 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. truncate, the latter with several setiform punctures, the inner tooth of the mandibles strong blunt and bifid, on the left side elevated into a horn. The thorax is rather broadly margined and is more than semi-circular, being narrowed a little at the anterior angles, the apex is emarginate, the basal lobe recurved and slightly emarginate in the middle. Elytra elongate-ovate, widest a little behind the shoulders, gradually narrowing to the apex, very feebly striate-punctate, the punctures large, but only visible under a lens, a strongly impressed puncture near each humeral angle and another near the apex, a cluster of seven punctures in a shallow depression on the base, and a row of rather distant ones in the margin. The legs are like those of Carenidiwm. Abdominal segments punctigerous. Length, 10 lines. Hab.—Mudegee district. CoNOPTERUM LITTORALE, N. Sp. Of rather more robust form than “. violacewm. Greenish black above with green margins, black beneath, nitid all over. Head like the last, but the inner tooth of the left mandible is elevated into a large blunt slightly recurved tooth or horn. The thorax is also similar to the last, but is slightly less transverse, and the basal lobe is not emarginate in the middle. The elytra are elongate- ovate, but more broadly so than in the last, and are narrowed to the apex, feeble striz are visible on them under a lens; there are no impressed punctures on the disc, an indistinct cluster of seti- gerous punctures at the base and a row of them on the lateral margins. In all else like the last. Length, 10 lines. Hab.—Richmond River. CoNOPTERUM BICORNUTUM, N.. Sp. In form this insect resembles Hutoma, but the antenne and mandibles are those of Conopterum. The colour is cyaneous above, black beneath. The head is as broad as the thorax, the frontal canals are deep and divergent behind, on each side of the BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 129 clypeus there is a large prominent conical tooth or horn, the labrum is rather prominent in the middle, and a little emarginate on each side, with four large setigerous punctures ; both mandibles have horns on the inner tooth, but that of the left mandible is much the largest. The thorax is broader than long, scarcely narrowed at the apex and rounded behind with the basal lobe almost truncate. Elytra elongate, almost parallel-sided, rounded in front and behind and not narrower at the apex than at the base, without any impressed punctures on the disc, with a cluster of six on the base, and a row of them in the lateral margins. Length, 9 lines. Hab.—Endeavour River. ConoPTeRUM BARNARDI, n. sp. Blackish-green, nitid, with the margin of thorax and elytra bright green. The frontal canals diverging much behind, and joined in front by a transverse depression, the clypeus moderately emarginate and declivous, a strong conical tooth sloping backwards on the left mandible. The thorax is about as broad as long, the anterior anglesalittle produced, the basallobe narrow and recurved. Elytra elongate oval, obsoletely striate-punctate, an impressed puncture near the humeral angle, and another near the outer apex, a number of punctures on the base and a distinct row of them on the lateral margins. The prosternum is rounded at the apex, flattened beneath, and irregularly impressed in the middle. Length, 11 lines. Hab.—Dawson River. CoNOPTERUM INCORNUTUM, Nn. sp, [have some doubt as the genus of this insect. It differs from Carenidium in the shape of the labrum and clypeus, and from Conopterum in having the mandibles not horned ; this however may be only a sexual difference. The colour is a nitid black with green margin, the tarsi, antennze and palpi piceous. The head is finely acuducted, with some transverse striae near the clypeus, that and the labrum are scarcely if at all emarginate. The thorax is like 9 130 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. that of the last species but more broadly margined. The elytra are as broad as thethorax at the base and narrowed to the apex, with a strong impressed puncture near the base, and another near the apex, both about equidistant from the sides and suture, two or three punctures on the base and a distant row of them on the sides. A longitudinal slit on the prosternum. Length, 12 lines. Hab.—Richmond River (Coll. Masters). EUTOMA PUNCTULATUM, 0. sp. Black, nitid, the margins of the thorax and elytra violet. Head as broad as the thorax, the frontal canals deep and diverging behind, the clypeus with two small projecting teeth in the middle, the space between emarginate, and a larger tooth on each side bounding the labrum which is short, broad, and deeply punctured. Thorax much longer than wide, truncate at the apex, and rounded at the posterior angles, with the median line rising a little distance from the apex in a distinct puncture. Elytra thrice the length of the width, narrower than the thorax at the base, and gradually widening a little to the apex, with a large puncture about 1/5 from the apex, a fovea with 3 or 4 punctures on the base near the humeral angle and a single puncture near the suture, and a distant row of punctures on the lateral margin ; very obsolete largish punctures in rows are discernible on the disk. Length, 8 lines. Hab.—Dawson River. EUTOMA MAGNIFICUM, Nn. sp. Entirely of a brilliant violet-blue above, black beneath. Head as in £, punctulatum. Thorax scarcely longer than the width, with the anterior angles slightly prominent, otherwise like punctulatum. Elytra less elongate, flatter than in punctulatum, BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 13] a with a puncture a little below the humeral angle, and another near the apex, and a line of punctures on the base extending along the lateral margins. Length, 7 lines. Hab—Peak Downs. EUTOMA BREVIPENNE, 0. sp. Entirely black, moderately nitid, the elytra slightly margined with purple, Head as in punctulatum. Thorax as in punctu- tatum. Elytra elongate-oval, not twice the length of the thorax, with a puncture a little behind the humeral angle, and another near the apex, a cluster of 3 or 4 punctures in a shallow depression on the base, and a few along the lateral margins. Length, 74 lines. Hab.—Moreton Bay. CARENOSCAPHUS LUCIDUS, 0. sp. Of elongate cylindrical form, and nitid black colour, with the thorax margined with green, and the elytra with a violet tint. Head large, transverse, the frontal canals deep and diverging behind. The clypeus emarginate and quadridentate. The thorax longer than wide, nearly truncate in front, the basal lobe short and rounded. Elytra very slightly narrowed at the base, three times longer than wide, a reflexed roundly pointed humeral angle, an impressed puncture behind the humeral angle, another near the apex, a row of punctures on the basal margins, beginning with a larger detached one near the suture, and a row of distant punc- tures in the lateral margin. The prosternum is longitudinally grooved. Length, 13 lines. Hab.—Dawson River. 132 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. CARENUM PURPUREO-MARGINATUM, N. Sp. Of broad sub-depressed form, black and sub-nitid with the thorax and elytra margined with bluish violet. The head has the frontal sulci almost parallel, and the clypeus thick and broadly and lightly emarginate. The thorax is transverse, slightly broader than the head, and rounded at the base and posterior angles. The elytra are broad and oval and faintly striate with two strong punctures on each elytron as in C. Bonelliz, a small cluster of punctures on the base near the humeral angles and a close row of them in the lateral margins. Legs very strong and much ciliated. Length, 11 lines. Hab.—Coonabarabran. LACCOPTERUM LACUNOSUM, N. Sp. Like Z. Spence, but smaller; the head as in that species; the thorax black bordered with bluish green, transverse, the posterior angles a little emarginate and the base distinctly lobed. Elytra scarcely so broad as the thorax, about twice as long as wide, squared at the base, the humeral angles prominent and the sides nearly parallel, with four rows of distinct foveze on each elytron, each row of about six foves, the sutural row of foveze smaller than the others, but all with a brilliant bright blue bottom, the rows are separated by slightly rounded cost, and there is a deep lateral groove occupied by a row of strong punctures. Length, 7 lines. Hab.—Coonabarabran. The other sub-family of Scaritide, that with curved and acutely pointed maxille, is not so numerously represented in Australia as the Carenides, and is moreover not so exclusively Australian. The described Australian species consist of 6 species of the genus (eoscaptus, a genus formed by Baron de Chaudoir for some insects closely resembling the true Scarites ; 3 species of BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 133 Dyschirius ; 8 species of Scolyptus, Putzeys ; and 33 of Clivina, almost all described by Putzeys; in all 50 species. In Mr, Masters’s Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera, the genus Gnathoxys of Westwood is included among the Scaritidz. It seems to me however, that that genus would be more correctly associated with the Cnemacanthide, and in the vicinity of Promecoderus. I subjoin the description of a very distinct and curious form of the Family which Mr. Froggatt lately sent me from Russell River in the Cairns District of Northern Queensland. Genus, STEGANOMMA. Mentum large, concave and corrugated on the lateral lobes, with a strongly carinated median tooth. Maxille arcuated, and acutely pointed. Palpi long, slender and almost cylindrical. Mandibles arcuated, rather acute, bluntly bidentate on the inner edge. Labrum short, transverse, with four deep impressions in front, Antenne short, submoniliform, the first joint large, the last oval. Head nearly square, the eyes not visible from above, two deep impressions between the eyes, a narrow bead along the anterior margin. Thorax almost square. Elytra profoundly striate, and widening a little to the apex. Anterior tibiz triden- tate, intermediate unidentate. STEGANOMMA PORCATUM, i. Sp. Of rather elongate form, black and nitid. The head is wider than long, the frontal impression large with radiating corrugations. Thorax longer than broad, truncate in front, parallel-sided and slightly rounded at the base, with a transverse punctured stria near the apex and a deep median line from that to the base. Elytra about as long as the head and thorax together, narrower than the thorax at the base, a little ampliated towards the apex, with six deep sharply punctured strie on each elytron with the interstices smooth, convex, and gradually lessening towards the 134 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III. sides, and with a lateral groove thickly and minutely punctate. Abdominal segments minutely punctured in patches with a strong puncture on each side of the centre. The anterior tibize are tridentate, the intermediate has one tooth near the outer apex. The prosternum is flat on the under surface and broad and truncate at the apex. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Russell River ; Cairns. FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By E. Havinanp, F.L.S. No. 4.—PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY DURING THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN Lists FoR JULY, AUGUST, AND SEPTEMBER. Ranunculacezsse— Ranunculus rivularis 3 lappaceus. Dilleniaceze Hibbertia diffusa + nitida. Polygaleee— Comesperma retusum. Rutaceze— Boronia serrulata aA pinnata » parviflora Asterolasia corretfolia Eriostemon myoporoides. Sterculiaceze— Lasiopetalum rufum 3 parviflorum Rulingia pannosa. Euphorbiaceee— Pseudanthus pimelocdes. Stackhousiaceze— Stackhousia linarifolia. Caryophyllezee— Polycarpon tetraphyllum Stellaria flaccida. Polygonaceze— Muehlenbeckia gracillima. Leguminosee— Oxylobium cordifolium Viminaria denudata Dawiesia corymbosa Gompholobium virgatum Pultenea scabra Acacia armata Bossvea prostrata Jacksonia scoparia Spherolobium vinineum. Myrtaceze— Leptospermum stellatum 2 lanigerum Kunzea capitata. Olacineze— Olax stricta. Proteaceze— Isuopogon anemonifolius 136 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. Proteaceze (continued)— Xylomelum pyriforme Lambertia formosa. Thymeleze— Pimelea spicata. Rubiaceze— Asperula conferta. Compositae— Vittadinia scabra Stylidexe— Stylidium laricifolium. Goodeniaceze— Goodenia bellidifolia. Gentianeze— Sebeea ovata. Convolvulacexs— Convolvulus Soldanella >} ) Acanthaceze— Ruellia australis. erubescens. Epacridee— Leucopogon Richer. Coniferze — Podocarpus spinulosa. Orchideze— Gastrodia sesamoides Caladenia Patersoni Galeola cassythoides Microtis porrifolia. Amaryllideze— Hemodorum planifolium, Liliaceee— Dianella revoluta Laxmannia gracilis Sowerbea juncea. Najadex— Triglochin striata. Xerotidexe— Xerotes filiformis. NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN FOSSILS. By Fewuix Rarrts, M.E. J.—SALisBuRIA PALMATA, emend. from JEANPAULIA or BAIERA PALMATA, Ratte. Jeanpaulia or Baiera palmata, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 2nd ser. Vol. [. p. 1078, pl. XVII. When I described the above I had been able to consult only the first two volumes of de Saporta’s “Terrain Jurassique” in “ Paléontologie Frangaise.” Tome III, of this work published in 1876-1879, deals with the Coniferous Plants. From the evidence here given, Jeanpaulia is no more to be considered as a fern. A great number of Jurassic species (1) have been described by M. Heer, and placed in the genus Salisburia, being, from their mode of fructification, generically identical with the actual Ginkgo biloba, Lin. (Salisburia adiantifolia, Sm.). Therefore this group of plants is dealt with by de Saporta under the heading Trib. I. SaxispurrZ, lc., p. 251. This author says, p. 253. ; ; 3 “ ainsi que le remarque avec raison Mr. Heer, le type ae ces Salisburia jurassiques s’écarte trés-peu, sauf par la dimension plus petite et la forme plus ovoide des graines du Salisburia vivant, tandis que les espéces wealdiennes et crétacées (Baiera), s’en écartent bien davantage, circonstance qui explique pourquoi les affinités légitimes de ces derniéres ont été si longtemps méconnues ” ; The figure given in Tome III. of Baiera (Jeanpaulia) Miinste- riana, Presl., the type of the genus Jeanpaulia, and which is very (1) From Cape Boheman (Zisjiord, —Isfjord.) 138 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN FOSSILS. abundant in the schistose sandstone of the Rhetic near Bayreuth, are considerably more nearly related to our Salisburia palmata, than those formerly given by the same author in Tome [., and by Prof. Schimper in ‘ Paléontologie Végétale.” Especially the figures represented in plates CLV., CLVI., CLVIL, (1) will compare favourably with it. The author, page 256, says: ‘ Malgré quelques traits spéciaux les Jeanpaulia les mieux caractérisés : Jeanpaulia Miinsteriana, Presl. (Baiera dichotoma, Fr. Br.), J. longifolia, Sap. (Dicropteris longifolia, Pom.), etc., sont trop conformes, par leur consistance, leur nervation, et le mode de partition de leurs feuilles aux Sadis- buria jurassiques et crétacés naguére désignés sous le nom de Lavera, pour ne pas leur étre reliés & un titre quelconque. Les seules différences sont les suivantes: les Bavera, du sous-type des Jeanpaulia ont des feuilles en coin (wedge) allongé, insensiblement atténuées a la base sur un pétiole plus court et moins distinct ; les segments sont moins divergents, plus allongés et plus étroits, en laniéres (straps) une ou plusieurs fois divisées par dichotomies successives, etc,” . . . And at p. 262: “Les genres Bavera et Salisburia ont prédominé tour 4 tour dans le terrain jurassique; le second a partir de l’ oolithe ; le premier dans le Lias, et surtout dans le Rhétien, ot les vestiges des Salisbwria proprement dits sont rares ou tout a fait incertains.” The two Permian genera Ginkgophyllum and Trichopitys, (Saporta, Comptes Rendus, t. LXXX. p. 1017, 1875,) repre- sented pl. CLIT. (1) are the prototypical Salisburiacew according to this author. It will be remembered that our S. palmata is from the Hawkes- bury-Wianamatta formation, now settled as Triassic. Further discoveries will be anxiously expected which will allow the flowers of this beautiful plant to be known. In the meantime it seems evident that Jeanpaulia bidens of T, Woods, from Burnett River, referred by this author to the Rheetic or Lower Lias, will have to be considered asa plant of the same group as Salisburia. (1) Saporta dc. t. 1. BY FELIX RATTE, M.E. 139 II.—Own tHE MUSCULAR IMPRESSION OF THE GENUS NoTOMYA (MonIa.) (Plate ILL.) Notomya (Meonia) elongata, Dana; Etheridge, Catal. Austr. Foss. p. 73; de Koninck, Foss. Pal. Nouv. Galles &ec. (1877),. Pt. 3, pl. 20, fig. 6, &e. The specimen of this fossil represented by de Koninck is from Illawarra, and those in the Museum from the same district, have been collected at Jamberoo. There, all the carboniferous marine fossils are in sandstone, and it is very rare to find their tests. However, de Koninck’s figure does not show the remarkable peculiarities of the casts of these shells. The principal of these peculiarities is the fringed outline of the anterior muscular impression which, according to Dana (Amer. Jour. Science, (1847), IV. p. 158) is a character of his original genus, as well as another small impression similar to that of Astarte. I give the figure of a good internal cast in the Museum, but as in this the fringed outline is rather defaced, I give separately the figure of the impression from another still better specimen. NOTE ON A REMARKABLE EXAMPLE OF FRACTURE IN KEROSENE SHALE. By Feurx Rarts, M.E. (Plate IV.) The figure that I give, of the specimen exhibited at this meet- ing will, I hope, afford material for the study of fracture. It involves questions of mineralogy, mechanics and geology. In minerals the form of the fracture depends generally upon ditferences of elasticity along different axes, and it is evident that, besides this, the greater the homogeneity of the mineral, the nearer the form of the fracture will be to that determined by theory. Some specimens of the so-called “Kerosene Shale” exhibit a perfect conchoidal fracture due to homogeneity. The fracture here represented is, no doubt, very complicated ; but I suggest that it might be due to vibration, the lines of fracture occuring along the nodal lines. I also suggest that, as some of the specimens of shale show a very distinct plane of easy fracture (stratification marked by fossil ferns), this might account for the existence of what is very nearly a plane of symmetry in the Specimen. In order to show how the fracture might have been determined by the nodal lines I have represented a cross-section exhibiting undulating curves and their intersections. Little is known of the analytical problem raised as regards non- crystallized solids unless homogenous, and direct experiments would certainly throw some light on the subject, as well as on the molecular constitution of Torbanite or ‘‘ Kerosene Shale.” NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Dr. Ramsay exhibited a collection of insects from New England, containing some rare and choice specimens, among which were noticeable two new species of Heteronympha, Heteronympha philerope, Epinephile Joanna, (Butl.), and Xenica lathoniella, and several apparently new Cicadw. Among the Coleoptera were some interesting species of Schizorhina, S. bakewellit, atropunctata, bassii, palmata, phillipsii, ocellata, frontalis, bestit, dorsalis, and a fine new species quite distinct from any other kind. Among the Buprestide were a bright blue and green Curis, a tine Melobasis, and some beautiful and rare species of Stigmodera, also two speci- mens of an apparently new form. Of longicorns there were Tragocerus lepidopterus, and a fine specimen of Bimia, which latter appears new. Mr. E. Haviland exhibited a specimen of the aquatic plant Ethulia conyzoides, found by the Rey. F. E. Haviland in a lagoon in the Richmond River district, and read the following extract from a letter from Baron von Mueller relative thereto :—‘ Your plant is a highly interesting addition to the Australian flora. It is the Hthulia conyzoides of Linnzeus, the son, who described it in 1762, from an Indian specimen. Since then it has been traced to many parts of tropical Asia; also to Madagascar and to Africa, from the entrance of the Nile to Senegal and Natal; but it has never been found in Europe. If there is no reason to suppose that the plant has been introduced through traffic or cultural circumstances, perhaps you will send a note to the Linnean Society of N. S. Wales on its occurrence near you. It is a good instance to show how valuable any sendings may prove for extending our knowledge of the geographical distribution of plants, and is also a proof of the manner in which aquatic plants become overlooked on account of their inaccessibility.” Mr. E. Haviland stated that, after careful enquiry, he is satisfied that the plant has not been introduced, but is indigenous to Australia. 142 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Deane exhibited fresh specimens of a new species of Orchid, Prasophyllum Deantanum, Fitzg., upon which he made the following remarks :—‘ No description of this species has yet been published, but it has been figured by Mr. Fitzgerald from a specimen obtained by me in 1885, and the plate will appear in the next number of the ‘ Australian Orchids.’ The species belongs to the section Genoplesium of R. Brown’s genus Prasophyllum, and it is remarkable for being closely allied to a plant named G. Bauert by Brown in his Prodromus, and of which Bauer obtained only a single specimen, which was however figured by him. Bentham in his remarks on G@. Bawert (see F. Aust. VI., 344) under P. rufum, throws doubt upon the actual existence of Bauer’s plant, and believes it to be an abnormal specimen of P. rufum, which Hooker referred to P. brachystachyum. The discovery of the species found by me at Gladesville, on the Parramatta River, proves the existence of a plant similar to that found and figured by Bauer, and it must be inferred that Bentham and Hooker’s views were incorrect and that Bauer’s species has a real existence. Mr. Fitzgerald has obtained a copy of Bauer’s drawing from the British Museum, and has reproduced it by the side of his figure of P. Deanianuwm by which its analogies can be seen, The specimen exhibited is, it is evident, quite distinct from its nearest allies, P. nigricans and P. rufum.” . Mr. Deane also read part of a letter from Baron von Mueller acknowledging the distinctness of the species. Mr. Deane also exhibited for Mr. Percy Williams ferruginous rib-like concretions found in pipe-clay at Mulgutherie, Lachlan River, evidently hardened remains of the shale whose decompo- sition produced the pipe-clay. Mr. Ratte exhibited a specimen of ‘“ kerosene shale” or torbanite, affording a good example of the mode of fracture, and remarkable for its fantastic shape. Mr. Masters exhibited specimens of the common opossum (Phalangista vulpina) from New South Wales, and several NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 143 specimens from other parts of the country of opossums which have been generally looked upon as local varieties ot that species. Mr. Masters pointed out the marked differences in three of those exhibited, leaving little doubt of their being distinct species. 1. A specimen from King George’s Sound of rather smaller size than P. vulpina, and with the tail shorter and the apical third white. 2. A Port Darwin Opossum, less than half the size of P. vulpina with the tail long, slender, and without conspicuous brush. 3. One from the interior of King George’s Sound, much smaller than P. vulpina, of much softer fur, darker and more uniform colour, and with the tail brushy along its whole length. Mr. Macleay exhibited, in connection with the paper read by him, a drawer of Australian Scaritidee containing as he announced the largest and most complete collection of that group of insects in the world. Dr. Oscar Katz exhibited pure test-tube cultures (in nutrient gelatine, and agar-agar) of pathogenic and saprophytic bacteria, cultivations of which he had recently obtained from Prof. Fliigge, University of Gottingen. Unfortunately other very interesting ones sent were, on arrival in Sydney, found to be no longer capable of development. A number of pathogenic micro-organisms ought to be obtainable in Sydney, as infectious and conta- gious diseases, both in man and in animals, are well represented here. The exhibited virulent cultivations were :—(1.) Staphy- lococcus pyogenes aureus, the commonest of the pyogenic micrococci, and thoroughly characterised by its cultivation-appearances and its pathogenic nature as regards man. (2.) Bacillus murisepticus (Koch), or bacillus of mouse-septiceemia ; a very minute microbe, which occurs here and there in putrefying liquids, and kills house- mice in about two days. Its cultures in nutritive gelatine offer a most beautiful aspect. (3). Bacillus of Swine-fever or pig typhoid ; this organism is the cause of that epidemic disease among swine in Europe, and is also fatal to mice, pigeons, and other animals. It resembles No. 2, in itsmorphological characters, and its pure cultures. (4). Bacillus crassus sputigenus (Krebohm), or bacillus of salivary 144 NOTES AND EXHIBITS, Septicemia (mice, rabbits), occasionally found in human sputa and coating of the tongue. It kills common mice in about two days. (5). Micrococcus tetragenus (Gaffky), the misrococcus of septicemia in white mice, occurring in human sputa, especially in cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. White mice inoculated with it die within 3-6 days. (6) Sarcina lutea and (7) Bacillus pyocyaneus, both non-pathogenic. The former is present in the air, whence it sometimes appears, as contamination, on gelatine-plates for cultivating bacteria. The latter, a very delicate bacterium, produces the green-blue colour, which sometimes makes its appearance on the material used for dressing purulent wounds. This pigment, called pyocyanin, is also produced by the micro- organism in its artificial cultivations. All the above exhibits were accompanied by diagrams, showing the microscopical appearances of the bacteria, as examined quite pure, or occurring in the blood ete. Dr. Foucart exhibited a large specimen of what in Australia is usually known as Meerschaum, from the Nambuccra River. It is a freshwater deposit of silicate of alumina, containing impressions of leaves. These appear to belong to the Cupuliferze, and are therefore in all probability of the Eocene or Miocene period. Mr. F. B. Kyngdon exhibited portions of shale from Mt. Piddington, near Mount Victoria, with impressions of 7hinnfeldia odontopteroides, &c. Also, a concretionary bezoar from the stomach of a spermwhale. Dr. Cox exhibited a basketful of the fruit of the Rose Apple Lugenia Jambosa, which is now in full bearing in several Sydney gardens. It has a very pronounced aroma and flavour of Conserve of Roses, and is used in the East Indies for sherbets and con- fectionery. Also a fine collection of Lepidoptera, made by the late Mr. Kunstler at Perak. Mr. Percival Waddy, of Maitland, communicated an account of the flowering of a plant of Oenothera Lamarckiana, which produced 278 blossoms, each averaging from 3} to 3} inches in diameter. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 145 The President exhibited for Dr. Ramsay a block of Shale from the Gosford Cutting, on which there appeared, besides Phyllotheca and two fine examples of Cleithrolepis, a tadpole-like form about one inch long, and a quarter in greatest width. The head is remarkably similar to that of Platyceps Wilkinsonii from the same cutting, as described at a recent meeting, though it is not distinct enough for absolute identification. There are evident indications of a dorsal fin extending backwards from the head ; and the posture of the animal compared with that of the accompanying fishes corresponds exactly with that of the other specimen. The whole aspect of the thing suggests the hypothesis that this is really an exceedingly early stage of some Labyrinthodont, perhaps of the very one previously described. 10 WEDNESDAY, MARCH 30ru, 1887. The President, Professor W.J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair. Mr. Riches, and Mr. G. Kyngdon were present as visitors. Mr. T. 8. Rigg was elected a Member of the Society. The President announced that the next Excursion had been arranged for Saturday, April 23rd. Members to meet at the Redfern Railway Station, to proceed by the 7:10 a.m. train to the National Park. DONATIONS. ‘Mines and Minerals.” By S. H. Cox, F.C.S., F.G.S., and F. Ratte. rom PF. Ratte, Esq. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. IL, No. 14. Feb. 1887. rom the Editor. “« Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society.” Vol. V. Part 6, 1886. From the Society. “ The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for the year 1886.” Part 4, Dec. 1886. From the Society. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg. Nos. 241-244 (1887). From the Editor. Australian Museum Publications :—(1.) ‘‘ Notes for Collectors.” (2.) “Descriptive List of Aboriginal Weapons, &c.” From the Trustees. DONATIONS. 147 “Report from the Trustees of the Sydney Free Public Library for 1885-6.” From the Trustees. ~“QOology of Australian Birds.” Supplement, Part 3. By A. J. Campbell. rom the Author. “A Catalogue of the Marine Polyzoa of Victoria.” By Dr, P. H. MacGillivray. From the Author. “Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année. No. 2. From the Society. “ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.” Jan. 18th, 1887. From the Society. ““Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India—Palzeontologia Indica.” Seri; Vol. LE, Part 1; Ser. x., Vol. Il, Parts 7 and 8. Vol. IV., Part 1 and Supplement; Ser. x11, Vol. 1V., Part 2 ; Ser. xt., Vol. I., Part 6; Title Page and Contents of Vol. I. of Ser. vit. and xiv.; “ Records of the Geological Survey. of India.” Vol. XX., Part 1, 1887; “ Catalogue of the Remains of Siwalik Vertebrata contained in the Geological Department of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.” Part 1, Mammalia. Part 2, Aves, Reptilia and Pisces. By R. Lydekker, B.A., F.G.S., &.; ‘‘ Catalogue of the Remains of Pleistocene and Pre-Historic Vertebrata, con- tained &e.” By R. Lydekker, B.A., F.G.S., &. From the Director of the Geological Survey of India. “ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome IV., No. 2, Feb. 1887. From LT’ Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. III., No. il, March 1887. From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.” Vol. IX., No. 4, Jan. 1887. From the Society. “ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” No. 2, 1886. From the Society. 148 DONATIONS. “‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,” 1800-1881 (33 Vols.) ; ‘Proceedings of the Geological Society of London.” Vols. I-IV. ; ‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London.” Vols. I.-XXXTV. (1845-78); “Transactions of the Zoological Society.” Vols. I.-V., Vol. [X., Parts 5, 6, 9 and 11., Vol. XI., Parts 5, 7, 8, 10, and 11; “ Annales du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle.” Tomes I.-XX. ; ‘‘ Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle.” Tomes I.-XX.; ‘‘ Archives du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle.” Tomes I.-X. ; Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, &ec.” Serie 2°, Tome VIII. (fase. 2), LX., (fase. 1) ; “Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale.” Tomes L.-X., Serie 2., Tomes I.-III ; “ Reports of the Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science,” 1831-83 (53 Vols.) ; “Challenger Reports,” Zoology. Vols. XV. and XVI. ; ‘ Ency- clopedia Britannica.” Vol. XXI.; “Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society.” Vols. I.-III., and Series m1., Vols. I. and II.; ‘‘The Freshwater Rhizopods of North America.” By Pro- fessor Leidy, M.D.; ‘‘The Botany of the Antarctic Voyage.” Part III. “Flora Tasmaniae.” 2 Vols. By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. ; ‘“‘Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.” Vol. CXII.; ‘“ Hand- book of the New Zealand Flora.” By Sir J. D. Hooker, K.C.S.I., F.R.S. ; “The Cyclopedia of India and of E. and 8. Asia.” By Surgeon-General E. Balfour. 3 Vols. ; “Die Klassen und Ord- nungen des Thier-Reichs.” Von Dr. Bronn. Bd. I. II. III. (Pts. 1-53), iv. (Pts. 1-12), v. (Parts 1-27)]; “British Ento- mology.” By John Curtis, (16 Vols.); ‘ Microbes, Ferments and Moulds.” By E. L. Trouessart ; “Notes from the Leyden Musenm.” Vol. VIII, Nos. 3 and 4; “ Zeitschrift fiir wissen- schaftliche Zoologie.” Band XLIV., Heft 1-3 ; “‘ On Cyrtandreae,” and “On Pterocymbium, with Observations on Sterculieae.” By Robert Brown; also six other Botanical Papers by the same author ; “ The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III., No. 2 From the Hon William Macleay, F.L.8., &e. DONATIONS. 149 “The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol. VIIL, No. 1, 1887. From the Editor. “The Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 5, Jan. 1887. From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. “Journal of the New York Microscopical Society. Vol. IL, No. 8, Nov. 1886. From the Society. ‘“‘ Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University.”’ Vol. I., 1885. From the University. “The Miscellaneous Botanical Works of Robert Brown, Esq., D.C.L., F.R.S.” Vols. I. and II., (1866-1867). (Published by the Ray Society). From Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., &e. “ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 196, Feb., 1887. From the Editor. Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences de Liége.” 2%. Série. Tome XITI., 1886. From the Society. “* Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita di Torino,” Vol. I., Nos. 16-18, 1886. From the University. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIII. (Nos. 22-26), Tome CIV. (Nos. 1-3), 1887. From the Academy. ‘“Trochidae and other Genera of South Australia, with their Synonyms.” Part I. By John Brazier, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., é&e. From the Author. * Journal de Conchyliologie.” 3° Série. Tome XXVI., 1886.” From the Director. “Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vic- toria,” Vol. XXIT. From the Society. 150 DONATIONS. “‘ Meddelanden af Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.” (12th Haftet, (1885), and 13th, (1886); ‘“ Acta Societatis pro Fauna et Flora Fennica,” Vol. {1. (1881-1885) ; ‘‘ Beobachtungen tiber die periodischen Erscheinungen des Pflanzenlebens in Finnland, 1883.” Zusammengestellt von Dr. A. Osw. Kihlman. rom the Society. “ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society,” 1887. Part I., February. From the Society. “Entomologisk Tidskrift,” Arg. VII., 1886. rom the Ento- mological Society in Stockholm. “ Report of the Trustees of the Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of Victoria for 1885.” rom the Trustees. PAPERS READ. NOTES ON THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY. No. III. By Dr. Oscar Karz. During the time from 30th December, 1886, till 17th March, 1887, I was able to carry out seventeen bacteriological examin- ations of Sydney Water, which was in all the cases derived from the tap in the Laboratory of the Linnean Hall. The results of these different tests, as regards the quantity of bacteria in the water under consideration, can best be seen from the following table :— Number of colonies Number of liquefying Date. Temp. of Water. in 1 ccm. colonies in 1 ccm. (1) Dec. 30,86 76° F.=24"C. = 177 62=35 p.c. (2) Jan. 4,’87 77 F.=25 © 32 18=56! p.c. faa 10 79 F.=26) ©. 159 88 = 5D, p.c. ing, 17 73 F.=227 © 9 222? pe. (5) =, 20 74 F.=23! © 11 5= on (Otis 25 76 F.=244 © 31 7 =223 pe. Ci 5 31 79 F.=261 0. 434 212 = 487, p.c. (8) Feb. 3 74 F.=23! ©. 26 10 = 38% p.c. Cas 8 74 F.=231 © 417 194 = 46} pe. Coy 13 75 F.=238 ©. 195 125 =64} p.c. GD =, 18 73 F.=22) C 37 8=21? pe. 1S) ao 715F.=22 ©. 369 172 = 468 p.c. (is) 26 73°5F.=23 C 21 6 = 284 p.c. (14) Mar. 2 76 F.=244 0. 164 80=48! p.c. a) nay A 755F.=241 ©.’ 188 72 = 382 p.c. (16)). seul 76 F.=244 C. 0 0 (A). Sse oe 72-5F.=221 ©. 528 204 = 381, p.c. 152 ON THE EXAMINATION OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY. These data yield, for 1 ccm. of the water in question within the above period, an average number of 165 colonies, 76 of which (=46 p.c.) caused liquefaction of the nutritive gelatine. Especially prominent or, so far as known, pathogenic microbes did not come under notice, nor so far could experiments be made in order to ascertain which, if any, of the cultivated bacteria belong to the group of the so-called ‘“‘water-bacteria,” distinguished from others by their power of multiplying in water in which no traces of organic matter can chemically be found. From the above it may be seen that the average number of bacterial colonies, namely 165, for the period stated, is by far lower than that obtained previously (cf. these Proceedings, 2nd series, Vol. I. 1886, pp. 913, 1205), and this is the more interest- ing as the temperatures of the water for that period were, of course, considerably higher than those noticed on former occasions (l.c.). CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS A KNOWLEDGE OF THE COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA. By A. Sipney O.tirr, F.E.S., ASSISTANT ZOOLOGIST, AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM. No. LV.—DEscrRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF OEDEMERID #4. The genus which I here describe is remarkable among the whole of the heteromerous Coleoptera for the peculiar construction of its antenne. It is allied to Nacerdes and Ananca, but ditters from them, as it does from every other member of the family Oedemeride known to me, in having certain joints of its antennz enormously dilated and the metasternum produced into two sharp spines posteriorly. The structure of the antennz is fully described below, but I would draw particular attention to the form of the seventh joint which is quite unlike anything I have observed before. In shape it is pyriform, cup-like, and of considerable depth ; but whether this structure is sexual or not is a question which cannot be determined at present. Unfortunately I have not been able to examine the mouth- organs and sexual characters as carefully as I could wish as I have only a single exponent of the species, which I captured, together with some new and interesting Clavicorns, at Longford, Tasmania, during January 1886, on the flowers of Leptospermum. ITHACA, gen. nov. Body elongate, finely pubescent. Head moderately large, transverse, broadly but not very deeply depressed between the eyes. Mentum transverse, narrowed behind, very feebly emar- ginate in front. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, rather robust, the 154 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF OEDEMERIDA, penultimate joint considerably shorter than the preceding one, the last joint dilated and obliquely truncated at the apex. Labial palpi short, 3-jointed. Eyes transverse, oval and entire. Antenne inserted near the front of the internal margin of the eyes, 11- jointed ; the basal joint longer than the two following ones together, joints 2-4 of nearly equal lengths, 5-7 enormously dilated externally—the 5th irregularly pyriform and concave, the 6th broadly transverse and concave, the 7th longer than broad, cup- shaped, rounded behind and truncate in front—8th joint much shorter and narrower, slightly dilated externally, 9th feebly dilated externally, 10th and 11th cylindrical, the latter about twice as long as the former. Prothorax longer than broad, narrowed behind ; the sides rounded in front. Scutellum rounded behind. Elytra elongate, parallel, rounded behind. Metasternum long, emarginate behind, with a sharp spine on each side of the emar- gination projecting over the posterior cox. Abdomen with five visible segments, the last segment bilobed. Legs: all the tibie with two apical spines ; the anterior and intermediate tarsi 5- jointed, the posterior tarsi 4-jointed ; the penultimate joint of all the tarsi strongly bilobed ; claws very slightly dilated at the base. ITHACA ANTHINA, Sp. 0. Elongate, parallel, dark fuscors, somewhat shining, moderately closely covered with fine grey pubescence ; prothorax and anterior legs pale testaceous ; head, first two, and the 5th and 6th joints of the antenne pitchy black ; the 3rd, 4th, 7th (except the margin), and the dilated portions of the 8th and 9th joints reddish testa- ceous. Head transverse, closely, irregularly and moderately strongly punctured, broadly depressed in the middle, testaceous between and in front of the antennz ; mandibles, except at the tips, and palpi testaceous ; mentum pitchy black. Antenne almost as long as the entire insect. Prothorax considerably longer than broad, narrowed behind, moderately strongly and irregularly punctured, . somewhat depressed both in front and behind, with an indistinct BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 155 fuscous spot near the anterior margin on each side of the middle ; anterior angles strongly rounded ; the sides slightly constricted behind the middle. Scutellum finely and not very closely punc- tured. Elytra more than twice as long as the head and prothorax together, closely and moderately strongly rugulose-punctate ; each elytron with three obscure cost; the external apical angles obtuse ; the internal angles rounded. Underside rather finely and closely punctured ; the prosternum testaceous ; the mesoster- num, metasternum, and abdominal segments dark fuscous with a steel-blue tinge ; the metasternum thickly clothed with long grey pubescence at the sides, the space between the posterior processes without pubescence and finely aciculate. Legs moderately long ; the anterior pair testaceous with the bases of the femora and the tips of the tibiz fuscous; the intermediate and posterior pairs fuscous with the knees and the tips of the tibie dark reddish testaceous. Length 9} mm. Longford, Tasmania. A single specimen captured settling on the flowers of Leptosper- mum. Except for its antenne this remarkable species has the facies of the Telephoride, but its heteromerous tarsi and spined metasternum are characters which at once distinguish it from the Malacoderms. 156 ON SOME ADDITIONAL LABYRINTHODONT FOSSILS, N. S. WALES, ON SOME ADDITIONAL LABYRINTHODONT FOSSILS FROM THE HAWKESBURY SANDSTONE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. SECOND NOTE ON PLATYCEPS WILKINSONII. By Proressor STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S. The fossils which Mr. Wilkinson, Government Geologist, has had collected at Gosford, in the beds from which Platyceps Wilkinsonit, described in the last Volume of Proceedings, was obtained, were brought to Sydney at the beginning of this month of March. The collection contains hundreds of specimens of fish, of many genera and families, among which is a possible Ceratodus, many Belonostomus of all sizes, Cleithrolepis, d&c., and many which are at present quite unknown to me. They are chiefly if not altogether Ganoids, and many quite new, at least to Australia. Some have been much broken in the quarry, others injured subsequently ; but all were otherwise in a wonderful state of preservation. They had evidently been all killed at the same moment, and immediately buried. Some are quite straight and in their natural posture ; others convulsed and distorted. One large fisb for example has the right pectoral fin thrown up on the same plane as the dorsal, with the underside of the head and fore quarter, and the right side of the rest of the body presented, showing both that the notochord was cartilaginous, and that the fish died suddenly in its struggles, Many others are twisted and bent double; and all seem to corroborate the speculation, advanced in a previous paper, that they were killed by a sudden influx of ice-cold mud or muddy water into the tepid lagoon where they had been living. There are also with them beautifully preserved ferns, Phyllotheca and the like, which had evidently undergone no decomposition before they were silted up, but had been buried at once in the mud of the torrent which had torn them away. Besides the fish and vegetable remains there are also two Labyrinthodont remains ; No. 1, almost entire, though not in good preservation, and No. 2, BY PROFESSOR STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S. 157 which gives an imperfect head, with some of the details in a good state. Example No. 1 is a little over a foot in length, broken off at the tail end, and apparently made up to some extent about the snout. For the collector, afraid that the soft and perishable nature of the stone might lead to the obliteration of important details, has applied a kind of black japan to the surface, doing no harm in some cases, but in others, as in this, quite destroying the outlines, which very probably were originally faint, or perhaps injured in the quarry. This renders the measurements from the snout doubtful, though they cannot be far out. The orbits are very distinct, and show that the fossil has been a little distorted by downward and forward pressure from the right, lying as they do to the other side of their true position, and with the right orbit a little in advance of and rounder than the left. The post orbital bones are in good relief, ending in acute angles towards the back of the head. A flattish medial depression in the parietals seems to indicate the place of the foramen, which may probably be deter- mined by careful use of the knife, but which I cannot at present distinguish. The super-occipital is completely ossified, extending as far back as the anterior portion of the thoracic plates, and closing the intervening space shown in Vol. XI. pl. xxir. of our Proceedings. The quadrato-jugals are prolonged far to the rear of their position in the younger specimen, (ibzd. p. 1182), and the branchial arches (if present) are obscurely indicated between these backward processes and the clavicular plates. The vertebral column is represented by an indistinct ridge extending about half- way down the whole length of the fossil, and pushed a little towards the left. I can see no traces of ribs, limbs, nor of any structure more than has been mentioned, except that the dermal covering of the head seems to be preserved, presenting an irregu- gularly pitted or granulated surface, the ‘grain’ averaging about lmm. across. As in the former example, it is the inner or upper surface of the thoracic plates that is presented, and the outer or upper surface of the head. It is curious that both this and the former specimen should have fared alike in this respect. Both of them preserve and expose the upper surface of the head, and both have lost all the structures overlying the Thoracic plates. The preservation of the head is no doubt owing to its more perfect ossification ; and the 158 ON SOME ADDITIONAL LABYRINTHODONT FOSSILS, N. S. WALES. stripping or disappearance of the dorsal region may I suppose be due to the cartilaginous condition of the notochord. It is strange that no vestiges of limbs can be made out. But they may have been detached with the aforesaid dorsal structures, and escaped observation when the stone was split in the quarry. No. 2, from the inversion of the orbit ring, which is deeply sunk, instead of projecting boldly as in the other specimens, appears to be a cast of the upper surface of the head. But the paint with which it has been covered renders it difficult to feel certain upon this point. Radiating sculpture marks the centres of four of the bones, but their sutures are not to be discovered. They may perhaps be the Maxillaries and Premaxillaries. The principal measurements are as follows :— DIMENSIONS OF HEAD. Bias jl. No. 2 Wen gGhes. ee escse-s Uncertain ; perh. about 65 mm. perh. about 72 mm, Breadth the dec encseececk Ditto, ditto 55 Ditto 62 Distance of orbit from base of skull...... 15 Ditto ay 2 Least width of interobital space .......... 10 6 WemethworcOLDlt rains cracsseteeeecesoneeresoenes 13°5 14 PUMItea Gator ceh ies cis vies tte caviessees cctpcsc +s. dicrsempet cachet eresnnes-tnmainameebios nceneper 27 Centre of radiating sculpture in advance of greatest breadth by... 7 Menothvotseachantenon marci ..c.ns-iy-cce- seer mack seneor es eesceneedses 32 enpGn Or (each pOSberiOr Margin ©. ..cspcc-s sess cr ces ese neweeeenes rosensereds 19 Laterals. Length from exterior angle (centre of radiation) to AMUGOLION AMAT GUN) - 5 6-u's.ece. xs pea knsineakpudee sacseseh pga cesmeseb es ee 4 Transverse breadth of the whole set from angle to ANGLE oe anun += 36 It is not absolutely certain that these two fossils belong to the same species as that first described. But they appear to show no other differences than such as are known to be brought about in other genera of Labyrinthodonts by length of life and increase in size ; and I therefore, provisionally at any rate, regard them as the same. ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE ON FOSSIL SALISBURLE FROM AUSTRALIA. By F. Rarrs, M.E. Jeanpaulia (?) palmata, Ratte, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S8.W., Vol. I. (ser. 2), p. 1078; Salisburia palmata, Ratte, emend. from Jeanpaulia ov Baiera palmata, Ibid. Vol. II. (ser. 2), p. 137. After the last meeting of the Society, when I suggested that the large palmate leaf found in the shale of the Wianamatta- Hawkesbury formation, should be referred to the genus Salisburia, I unexpectedly found in the French weekly paper “La Nature,” an interesting contribution on the subject, by Marquis G. de Saporta. From that paper and the woodcuts given, I find that this author, and also Professor Heer of Zurich, give the name of Salisburia to a number of plants with coriaceous and persistent leaves, which, for the sake of giving a brief outline of their characters and distribution, I will enumerate as follows :— rr Locatity. JURASSIC. | CRETACEOUS. a. Leaf entire, rhomboidal (transver- sally ). SALISBURIA ANTARCTICA. Sap........ Australia... | Lower Lias?| ...... 6. Leaf entire, reniform. SALISBURIA PRIMORDIALIS. Hr...... S.Greenland| _...... Chalk c. Leaf fan-shaped, with only a few UNCLSLONS. SALISBURIA INTEGRIUSCULA. Hr....| Cape Bohe-| Jurassic | ...... } man (Spitz- berg) ee EE NE Bal 70 0 eS MS es Se 160 ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE ON FOSSIL SALISBURIZ® FROM AUSTRALIA, Locality. JURASSIC. CRETACEOUS. d. Leaf confusedly quadrangular, wr- regularly, not deeply sinuated, di- visions broad, irregularly rounded at the apex. SALISBURIA DIGITATA (Brngt.) Hr. | Scarborough, | MiddleOolite| ...... and Cape Boheman e. Leaf distinctly divided into two prin- cipal symmetrical segments, more or less sinuated. SaLisBuRIA Hurroni (Sternbg.) Hr. | Scarborough | MiddleOolite| ...... S. pseupo-Hurroni (Hr.) Sap..... Kia jam n-,|Oolste, .\ a niaueter: dung (East . Siberia) f. Leaf palmate ; divisions numerous, deep, oval, rather broad; secondary sinuations not very deep. Apices rounded or rather acute (SN. Schmidtiana ). SALISBURIA PLURIPARTITA. Schimp.| Westphalia | ...... Wealden BS PRIMO AS NTS os. so o:s lua eanoe'see act S. Greenland SSa58e Urgonian SSCHMMDRUANA. (HT... .....tsapmins Hast Siberia | Oolite = | ...... g. Leaf palmate ; divisions numerous, deep, oval, elongate ; secondary divisions deep. Apices rather more acute than rounded. SALISBURIA FLABELLATA. Hr...... East Siberia | Oolite | ...... SWUPISIGITD, agi s ee er Kast Siberia | Oolite | ...... h. Leaf palmate, divisions numerous, 7 digitiform, broad, rounded at the apex. SAMISBURIA SiBinIcA. Hr.,......... East Siberia | Oolite | ...... S. sIBIRICA var. PUSILLA (Hr.) Sap.| East Siberia | Oolite | ...... k. Leaf palmate ; divisions numerous, digitiform, narrow. Apex rounded SALISBURIA CONCINNA. Hr.......... East Siberia | Oolite | ...... The last two forms are most nearly related to our fossil. But even now, after this fresh evidence, the generic affinity does not seem perfectly clear. There are, besides Batera, other genera BY F. RATTE, M.E. 161 (Phenicopsis, Trichopitys, and Czekanowskia), allied to Salisburia, about which I have no literature at hand; and Marquis de Saporta, in the above-mentioned contribution, (1) even doubts whether Salisburia concinna of Professor Heer, is really a Ginkgo, as its resemblance with the genus Lazera, might, according to this author, be due to a recurrence of form appearing in distinct and parallel groups, originally issued from a common ancestral stock. I will not follow the author in his sketch of the affinities and migrations of the different species ; I will simply quote, without translating, any paragraph dealing with the Australian fossil, Salisburia antarctica, or tracing the genus further back than our triassic species. At the same time, as a matter of reference, it will not probably be out of place to mention that Mr. Feistmantel has described three species from the Gondwana series (Foss. Flora Gondwana, Vol. IV. p. 49, pl. ILI. &c.) Now, from Marquis de Saporta, I give the following extracts : “Un fait singulier est venu dévoiler recemment |’ existence & Y autre extrémité du globe, sur le sol.australien, d’ un quatriéme point alors habité par le méme genre Salisburia. Le moment précis de cette colonisation, indice d’une trés-vaste diffusion antérieure due a la grande longevite du type, ce moment doit étre rapporté au lias ou méme au lias inférieur. On voit par la qu’ al exemple des Araucaria dans le passé et conformément d ce que le hétre (/agus) nous laisse voir maintenant, les Salisburia étaient repandus a la fois dans les deux hemisphéres, vers le milieu des temps secondaires, et quils s’ étendaient au-del& du tropique du Capricorne, aussi bien qu’ a I intérieur du cercle polaire arctique.” (Loc. cit. p. 157.) And further :— “T’Australie a fourni une seule espece, que nous nommer Salisburia antarctica.” (Loc. cit. p. 203.) ir This Australian species thus, it appears, comes back to us indirectly, and is still unpublished at the time de Saporta writes ; (1) G. de Saporta. Les Variations morphologiques dun type de Plantes. ** La Nature” 26 Aofit 1882, p. 203. 11 162 ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE ON FOSSIL SALISBURLE FROM AUSTRALIA. he only figures it (loc. cit. p. 204) ; and I think it belcngs to the Proceedings to have it represented ; I therefore give a drawing of it (Plate 11). The author does not state where his specimen comes from, and more light on the subject will be highly interesting. However our Salisburia palmata, if it ought to be considered as such, is not the oldest of its genus, as de Saporta has named Salisburia primigenia, a plant discovered by Professor Grand’ Eury in the Middle Permian of Jelovick, near Tchoussovskaia, in the Urals ; about which discovery he says :— “ Jusqu’ici les Gingkos ne dépassaient pas le rhétique, dans la direction du passé (in the past). En Europe le Salisburia crenata (Brauns) Nath., et,en Australie, le Salisburia antarctica, Sap., espéce encore inédite, marquaient les derniers jalons (land marks) qui aient été signalés.” [Sur quelques types de végetaux récem- ment observés a l’état fossile. M. G. de Saporta, in Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences, lr. Semestre, 1882, page 922.] Before ending this note I beg leave to point out the importance; for our geological record, of ascertaining the precise locality whence Salisburia antarctica, Sap. comes. Some clue to it might be found in Rev. T. Woods’s elaborate paper on ‘The Coal Plants of Australia,” as he places the Burnett River beds, where already Jeanpaulia (Baiera) bidens, T. Woods, has been found, as Infralias or Lower Lias (?) with a query. ON AN UNDESCRIBED SHARK FROM PORT JACKSON. By E. Prerson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. DoucLas-OGILBy. CARCHARIAS MACRURUS, N. sp. Form rounded, moderately tapering. Snout of moderate length, obtuse, thickly studded with minute pores. Eyes rather nearer to the end of the snout than to the anterior gill-opening. Cleft of mouth deep, its gape wide. A short, but deep groove behind the angle of the mouth. Nostrils obliquely transverse, much nearer to the mouth than to the tip of the snout. Teeth in both jaws serrated, in the upper oblique with the base swollen ; erect and smaller in the lower jaw. First dorsal fin situated much nearer to the tip of the snout than to the base of the caudal, and closer to the end of the base of the pectoral than to the origin of the ventral: second dorsal one-third of the size of the first ; the space between the dorsal fins being rather more than one-third of the distance between the end of the second and the base of the caudal : pectorals large and falciform, reaching to beneath the end of the first dorsal, its inner lobe two-ninths of the end of the outer. Ventrals small with the lower margin truncate, Caudal with basal pit above and below, its upper lobe one-fourth of the total length, and notched near the extremity. Skin rough. Colors— above plumbeous, below white ; tips of second dorsal, lower caudal lobe, and pectorals, black. MEASUREMENTS :— Total length “ae ; wee ae .. O42; MR. Depth at origin of first dorsal fine oee ae Rene aig Depth at root of caudal fin tr. ase nas iene tee Circumference of body... Ses oh Ee ese ed: Breadth of body... af eee os aes seat «eee 164 ON AN UNDESCRIBED SHARK FROM PORT JACKSON. MEASUREMENTS—continued :.— Breadth of head immediately in front of gill-openings, nearly : Breadth of snout Ramediately in front wfc eyes, rieaely ae Interorbital space ... sie : sf Distance between tip of snout nae Month Distance between tip of snout and nostril, nearly Distance between tip of snout and eye, nearly ... Distance between nostril and mouth - Se ae Distance between outer angles of nostrils Distance between eye and first gill-opening Width of mouth Depth of mouth... ape 500 Origin of first dorsal to the end of the base of nectoral ee End of first dorsal to the origin of ventral 50 ae Outer edge of pectoral .., ee sins sat Inner edge of pectoral Intradorsal space Diameter of eye o : Length of longest gill-opening _... This Shark is said to be not uncommon on the New South Wales Coast, where it is called the ‘“ Whaler,” and has been hitherto confounded with Dr. Giinther’s Carcharias brachyurus, from which however it may be recognised at a glance by the shape of the mouth and the obtuseness of the snout. Type specimen in Australian Museum, I. 1155. LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA, BY THE LATE T. H. BOYER-BOWER, Esa, WITH NOTES. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., &c. (Continued from Vol. I. (2nd ser.) p. 1100.) 1. GYPOICTINIA MELANOSTERNON, (Could. One specimen similar to the eastern form of this species. 2. Fatco tunuLatus, Latham. (Falco frontatus, Gould). One specimen is a rich slate-blue on the upper surface, and below has a deeper orange rufous tint than I have observed in any of the N.S. Wales examples. 3. Circus ASSIMILIS, Jard. & Selb. (Circus jardin, Gould). 4. Circus GouLpu, Lonp. (Circus assimilis, Gould). 5. ASTUR APPROXIMANS, Vig. & Horsf. Quite similar to the N. S. Wales examples. 6. ASTUR CRUENTUS, Gould. These are the first examples I have seen of this species, which is undoubtedly a very distinct form from A. approximans ; in plumage it closely resembles Accipiter cirrhocephalus. Total length male 13-5 in., wing 9°3 in., tail 7 in., tarsus 2°7 in. ; first joint of mid-toe 0°55 in. Female 15-5 in., wing 10 in., tail 8-5 in., tarsus 2°9 in. ; first joint of mid-toe 0°7 in. = 166 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA, 7. ACCIPITER CIRRHOCEPHALUS, P2eill. (A. torguatus, Gould). Similar to N. 8S. Wales specimens. 8. HALiastTuR INDUS, Vieidl. Var. GIRRENERA, Sharpe. 9. HALIASTUR SPHENURUS, Vieill. 10. Minvus arrinis, Gould. 11. Fatco MELANOGENYs, Gouwld. 12. HiERACIDEA OCCIDENTALIS, Gould. 13. HIERACIDEA ORIENTALIS, Schl. (H. berigora, Gray). 14, TINNUNCULUS CENCHROIDES, Vig. & Horsf. 15. PANDION LEUCOLEPHALUS, Gould. 16. Srrix DELICATULA, Gould. 17. NINOX CONNIVENS-OCCIDENTALIS, Rams. See P.L.S. N.S.W., Vol. I. (second series), p. 1086. 18, ANGOTHELES LEUCOGASTER, Gould. This bird is very variable in its tints of plumage, especially on the upper surface. 19. Popareus gouLpi, Masters. Ramsay, P.LS. N.S.W., Vol. I. (2nd series), p. 1097. 20. Evrosropopus aurratus, Vig. & Horsf. Ramsay, P.L.S. N.S.W., Vol. I. (2nd series), p. 1097. 21. Merops orna:vs, Lath. 22. Eurystromus paciricus, Lath. 23. DaAcELO CERVINA, Gould. 24. Hatcyon MACLEAYI, Jard. & Selb. 25. HALcyon PyRRHOPYGIUS, Gould. This bird seems to be universally dispersed over the whole of Australia. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E. 167 26. ARTAMUS CINEREUS, Viezil. 27. Cracticus Ppicatus, Gould. 28. Cracticus roBustus, Lath. (C. nigrogularis, Gould). 29. GRaucALUS MELANOPS, Lath. 30. ARTAMUS MINOR, Viei//. 31, ARTAMUS LEUCOPYGIALIS, Gould. 32. PARDALOTUS UROPYGIALIS, Gowld. 33. Cracticus Torquatus, Lath. (Barita destructor, Temm. ) 54. CAMPEPHAGA TRICOLOR, Swains. 35. PaCHYCEPHALA FALCATA, Gould. 36. COLLYRIOCINCLA BRUNNEA, Gould. 37, CoLLYRIOCINCLA RUFIGASTER, Gould. 38. RHIPIDURA PREISSI, Cab. 39. RHIPIDURA SETOSA, Quoy et Gaim. 40. SauLtoprocra PicaTa, Gould. 41, SersurRA NANA, Gould. 42, MyiaGra concinna, Gould. 43. MyIaGRA LATIROSTRIS, Gould. The one specimen obtained appears to be Gould’s WZ, latirostris, but may hereafter prove to be only a female of JL concinna. 44, GERYGONE ALBOGULARIS, Gould. Ramsay, |.c. p. 1098. 45, SMICRORNIS FLAVESCENS, Gould. 46. Perraca picata, Gould. 47. PacILODRYAS CERVINIVENTRIS, Gould, Notwithstanding that several specimens were obtained, this bird does not appear to be common anywhere. Ramsay, l.c. p. 1089. 168 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA, 48, MALURUS CRUENTATUS-BOWERI, amsay. (¢ Malurus cruentatus, Gould ; juv.) 49. Maturus coronatus, Gould. Many specimens of this beautiful species were obtained during the months of September and October ; judging from some young individuals they must have been breeding as early as June. During the first year the young males resemble the females in plumage with the exception of the ear-coverts. 50. Maturus LAMBERTI, Lath. These appear to be identical with the New South Wales birds. 51. CisTICOLA RUFICEPS, Gould. 52, CisTIcoLaA sp. (?C. LINEOCAPILLA, Gould.) 53. EPHTHIANURA CROCEA, Casil. & Rams. This species extends as far eastwards as the Gulf of Carpentaria, where it was originally obtained by Mr. Gulliver during his travels in that district. 54, CINCLORAMPHUS CRURALIS, Vig. & Horsf. 55. CINCLORAMPHUS CANTILLANS, Gould. See previous remarks on these species. amsay, l.c. p. 1098. 56. Prena:pUs RUFESCENS, Vig. and Horsf. 57. MrirRAFRA HORSFIELDII, Gould. 58. CALAMOHERPE LONGIROSTRIS, Gould. 59. Esrrinpa BicuENovil, Vig. & Horsf. 60, EstrILDA ANNULOSA, Gould. 61. EstrILDA CASTANOTIS, Gould. 62. EsTRILDA RUFICAUDA, Gould. 63. EstrILDA PHAETON, Homb. & Jacq. 64. DoNnACICOLA PECTORALIS, Gould. This bird was found to be plentiful near Port Darwin; Mr. Gulliver also obtained specimens in the Gulf District. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.RB.S.E. . 169 65. PoEPHILA ACUTICAUDA, Gould. Plentiful, many live specimens being also obtained. 66. PoEPHILA GOULDIE, Gould. 67. PoEPHILA MIRABILIS, Homb. & Jacq. See previous remarks, l.c. p. 1091. 68. CHLAMYDODERA NUCHALIS, Jard. & Selb. 2 2 Females only obtained. 69. PoMATOSTOMUS RUBECULUS, Gould. 70. STIGMATOPS SUBOCULARIS, Gould. 71. Srriamatops ocuLaRis, Gould. 72. Pritotis virrara, Cuv. [4 Se 73. PTILOTIS FLAVESCENS, Gould. 74. Prinotis notata, Gould. 75, STOMIOPERA UNICOLOR, Gould. This bird was originally obtained at Port Essington ; it has a wide range extending over the whole of the north, and north- western portions of the Continent. 76. ENTOMOPHILA ALBOGULARIS, Glouwld. 77. ENTOMOPHILA RUFOGULARIS, Gould. 78. PHILEMON ARGENTICEPS, Gould. 79. PHiLemon, juv. (sp. ?) 50. MyzoMELA PECTORALIS, Gould. 81. MELITHREPTUS ALBOGULARIS, Gould. 82 MeLiTHREPTUS LETIOR, Gould. 83. MyzaNnTHA LUTEA, Gould. 84. DicmuM HIRUNDINACEUM, Shaw. Universally dispersed over the whole Continent. 85. CLIMACTERIS MELANURA, Gould. 170 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA, 86. SrvrELLA LEUCOPTERA, Gould. 87, CucuLus pUMETOoRUM, (?) Gould. 88. CAcoMANTIS PALLIDA, Lath. (Cuculus inornatus, Gould). 89. CucuLUS FLABELLIFORMIS, Lath. 90, MesocaLius PALLIOLATUS, Lath. (Chalcites osculans, Gould). 91. Cuatcites BAsALIs, Horsf. 92, CHALCITES MINUTILLUS, Gould. 93, EUDYNAMIS CYANOCEPHALA, Lath. (Z. flndersi, Gould). 94. CENTROPUS MELANURUS, Gould. Probably only a variety of CO. phasianus, Latham. 95. CacaTuA GyMNOPIS, Sclater. 96. CACATUA ROSEICAPILLA, Vievll. 97. CALYPTORHYNCHUS STELLATUS, Wagl. (C. macrorhynchus, Gould). 98. CALYPTORHYNCHUS Naso, Gould. 99. CALOPSITTACUS NOVE HOLLANDIEZ, & mel. 100. Prisres coccinEoPTERuUS, Gould. 101. TrIcHOGLossUs RUBRITORQUIS, Vig. & Horsf. 102. TRICcHOGLOssUS VERSICOLOR, Vigor's. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E 171 103, Puaps HIsTRIONICA, Gould. 104. LopoPHAPS FERRUGINEA, Gould. This bird was found in immense numbers during the month of October, 1886. 105. OcyPHAPS LOPHOTES, 7'emm. 106. PHaps CHALCOPTERA, Lath. 107. GEOPELIA HUMERALIS, Z’emm. 108. GEOPELIA PLACIDA, Gould. 109. STicTOPELIA CUNEATA, Lath. 110. Synorcus ausrRALis, Lath. 111. Hemipopius vELox, Gouwld. 112. GEpicnemMus GRALLARIUS, Lath. 113. LoBIVANELLUS MILES, Bodd. 114. AieraLitis GEoFFROYI, Wagler. (Maticula imornata, Gould). 115. AUGIALITIS NIGRIFRONS, Cu. 116. ErytHroGonys cinctus, Gould. 117. Actiris Empusa, Gould. 118. Scua@nictus ALBESCENS, Zemm. 119. Limnocincta acuminata, Horsf. 120. GLAREOLA GRALLARIA, Zemm. 121. Toranus spP. 122. RECURVIROSTRA RUBRICOLLIS, Zemm. 172 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA. 123. HIMANTOPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gould. 124. GuLorris GLoTrorpEs, Linn. 125. GALLINAGO AUSTRALIS, Lath. 126. GERONTICUS SPINICOLLIS, Jameson. 127. THRESKIORNIS STRICTIPENNIS, Gould. 128. PLATALEA REGIA, Gould. 129. XENORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS, Lath. 130. ArpEA pacirica, Lath. 131. ARDEA NOV#-HOLLANDIA, Lath. 132. Heropias ALBpa, Linn. 133. Heropias MELANOPUS, Wagl. (A. garzetta, Linn.) 134. Heropias interMeptiA, V. Hasselq. (HZ. plumiferus, Gould). 135. Nycricorax CALEDoNIcus, Lath. 136. BuroroipEs FLAVICOLLIS, Lath. 137. PorPHyYRIO BELLUS, Gould. 138. TRIBONYX VENTRALIs, Gould. 139. Fuxica austRALIs, Gould. These birds should be compared with a series of South-east Australian specimens ; there are probably two distinct species. 140. TapoRNA RADJAH, Garnot. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E. 173 141. Anas casTANEA, Lyton. 142, CHLAMYDOCHEN JUBATA, Lath. 143. NeTTaPusS PULCHELLUS, Gould. 144. Denprocyana vaAGANs, Lyton. 145. MaALAcORHYNCHUS MEMBRANACEUS, Lath. 146. Popiceps GULARIS, Gould. 147. Popiceps AUSTRALIS, Gould. 148. Srerna aneiica, Mont. (Gelohelidon macrotarsa, Gould). 149. SreRNA FRONTALIS, Gray. (Sterna melanorhyncha, Gould). 150. PLoTus Novm HOLLANDIA, Gould. 151. GrscuLUS MELANOLEUCUS, J%eill. 152. GRACULUS STICTOCEPHALUS, Bp. 174 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Norton exhibited a specimen of one of the Myxomycetes, identified by Mr. Whitelegge as Stemonitis fusca, or ferruginea, ‘Ehrenb., found on the trunk of a tree at Springwood. Mr. Wilkinson exhibited a selection from the Gosford Collection of Fossils, now amounting to about 400 specimens, comprising a number of new and remarkable forms of Fishes, and he pointed out the importance of the evidence which is now accumulating in favour of the view that the Hawkesbury formation is of Triassic age. Dr. Ramsay exhibited (1.) An Egg of the Top-knot Pigeon Lopholaimus antarcticus, (Shaw), taken from the oviduct by Mr. McLennan. The egg isnearly perfectly oval, being only slightly pointed at the thin end, white, and without any gloss; length 1:85 x 1:25 inches ; (2.) Some very old diorite Stone Hatchets used by the Aborigines of the Lachlan district, where they were obtained by Mr. K. H. Bennett of Mossgiel ; (3.) Flint-flakes used by the Aborigines of Tasmania; (4.) Slabs of Shale with Fossil Ferns (Lhacopteris, dc.), from near Stroud, N.S. W. Mr. Palmer exhibited six silk egg-bags made by the same spider (species uncertain) at different times, and attached to a branch. Mr. Masters exhibited a living specimen of one of the “ Sleeping Lizards” Cyclodus nigro-luteus, Q. and G., sent by Mr. J. D. Cox from Mt. Wilson—a species which is rare so far north, though common in Victoria and Tasmania. Mr. Steel exhibited a specimen of Bombyx from Fiji, quite overgrown by a fungus, springing from all parts of the body. Mr. Ogilby exhibited a living example of a rare Toad, Vota- den Bennettii, Gunth., recently forwarded from Cobar to the Australian Museum. Also an example of the rare snake Brachyu- rophis australis, Krefft, hitherto only recorded from the Clarence and Burdekin Rivers. The locality of the present specimen is unknown. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 175 Mr. Maiden exhibited « collection of Legwminose indigenous in New South Wales, comprising 25 genera and 75 species. Of the plants collected in the immediate neighbourhood of Sydney may be mentioned Acacia hispidula, A. lunata, A. decurrens A. oxycedrus, Aotus lanigera, Zornia diphylla, and some interesting species of Pultenwa and Oxylobium. Some of the rarer Acacias* from the Western Districts were also exhibited, together with some rare species of Pultenea, Bossiwa, Oxylobium, &c., collected near the Victorian border, by Mr. Bauerlen. Each Species was mounted on cardboard and full particulars given. Also plants of Myriogyne minuta, Less., a composite plant with numerous synonyms, and known in the Southern Districts as “ Sneezeweed.” Dr. Woolls, a few months ago, drew attention to this plant as a remedy in ophthalmia. Mr. Maiden said he would be able to give specimens of the herb to those who desired to test its properties in the direction indicated. Mr. Fletcher exhibited for Mr. A. G. Hamilton, of Guntawang, a large and remarkable frog, at present undetermined, recently captured by his son Charles, at Hartley, Blue Mountains, where it was found buried in the sand in the bed of acreek. It differs from any Australian frog at present described, by having a row of spines on the dorsal surface of each of the first three fingers, the seventh and last spine on the first finger of each hand being conspicuously larger and more formidable than the others. At the close of the regular business the President drew the atten- tion of Members to a communication receivedfrom Baronv, Mueller, in which, referring to the interesting Botanical discoveries made by Messrs. W. Sayer and A. Davidson on Mount Bellenden Ker, he suggests that the Society, or Members of the Society, should make an exploration of Mount Sea-view ; stating further that he had himself as far back as 1859 sent Dr. Beckler into the Hastings River district for that purpose. This attempt proved ineffectual owing to the absence of settlement in the neighbourhood. The Council of the Society, though not able to take action at once in the matter, applied to the best authorities for information. At 176 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. present the principal points ascertained are, by the kindness of Mr. E. Herborn, L. 8. 52 Castlereagh Street—That there are two mountains called Sea-view, one so-marked on the Government Maps at the head of the Hastings, the other marked as “ Kippara” near the headwater of the Yesabah Creek. Mr. Herborn had heen within a few miles of the former, and on the summit of the latter, which he considers to be, probably, the highest summit in the New England Range. He is not aware that the Hastings River mountain has ever been ascended, and would not advise that the attempt should be made except by a party of experienced bushmen. It was not likely that any effort in this direction could be made during this autumn, especially after so extraordinary a rainfall as we have had. But all information on the subject would be thankfully received. Pugl , PL.S.n.s.w. Vout (2° Ser) F Relle del « lith. i 0 i has a“ oat OL ae =) AM Z : ea y ae Pi.2 ae ve er a. ee VY —= a A s ie = = 2 4 3 3) > ON = < | 2 iS z “wo a [ois PL.S.vsw. Vorlt(2™ Ser) ntarcelicds 5, = ao 2 F. Ralte del, & ce "he . be . ’ | * ‘ Ms . , o , . \ Se ctron Quon - ° ? i Pi.4 ) L.S.ncs.w. Voril (2° Ser F. Ratle del 2 Lili. =) ry " * WEDNESDAY, 271TH APRIL, 1887. The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair. Mr. F. H. Thatcher, and Mr. Duncan Anderson were present as visitors. MEMBERS ELECTED. The following gentlemen were elected Members of the Society :— Mr. Hugh Dixson ; Rev. W. H. H. Yarrington, West Maitland ; Dr. Metcalf, Norfolk Island. The President announced that the next Excursion had been arranged for Saturday, May 14th. Members to meet at the Railway Station, to proceed by the 8:15 a.m, train to Brooklyn, Hawkesbury River Railway Terminus. Steamer and Refresh- ments will be provided. In order to facilitate arrangements, Members intending to be present are requested to notify the same to the Director by the preceding Thursday. DONATIONS. “The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society.” Vol. XLITI., Part 1 (1887). From the*Society. Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année, Nos. 3 and 4. From the Society. 12 178 DONATIONS. “ The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for the year 1886.” Part 5. From the Society. “ Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg.” Vol. V., Nos. 9-11 (1886). De la part du Comité. “ Mémoires (Sapiski) de la Société des Naturalistes de la nouvelle Russie.” Tome XI., No. 2 (1887); “Sapiski Matema- tischeskago” &c., T. VII. From the Society. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. III., No. 12 (April, 1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “ Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.” Vol. I., Part 1 (1886). From the Director. “ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” Nos. 4 and 5 (1885). From the Society. “ Bulletin of the Brookville Society of Natural History.” No. 2. From the Society. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 197 (March, 1887). From the Editor. “Zoologischer Anzeiger.” No. 245 (28th Feb., 1887). From the Editor. “ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome 1V., No. 3 (March, 1887). De la part de Association Coloniale Neéerlandaise a Amsterdam. “Observations Publiées par L’Institut Météorologique Central de la Société des Sciences de Finlande.” Vol. I., liv. 1, Vol. IL, liv. 1. From the Finland Society of Sciences. ‘‘ Annalen des k.-k. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums (Wien).” Redigirt von Dr. von Hauer. Band I., No. 4 (1886), Band II., No. 1 (1887). From the Director. DONATIONS. 179 <‘ Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.” Tome XXL, liv. 2me. (1886), et 3me. (1887). De la part de la Société Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem. “Bulletin de la Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique.” Tome XXV., fase. 2 (1886). From the Society. “‘ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.” 15th Feb., 1887. From the Society. ‘“‘Notarisia Commentarium Phycologicum.” Nos. 1-5. From the Publisher. “On the Fossil Mammals of Australia.” Part III. By Pro- fessor Owen, F.R.S., &c. From Dr. J. C. Cox, F.LS., &e. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 4-7 (1887). rom the Academy. “Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 1884.” Parts 1 and 2. Wrom the Insti- tution. “ Verhandlungen der k.-k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien.” XXXVI. Band (1886). From the Society. “‘ Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern,” Jahrg. 1885, III. Heft. Prom the Society. “ Bulletin of the California Academy of Sciences.” Vol. IL., No. 5 (1886). From the Academy. “Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History” Vol. XXIII., Part 2 (March, 1884 to Feb., 1886). From the Society. “‘ Bulletin de L’ Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Péters- bourg.” Tome XXX., No. 3, T. XXXI., No.1; “ Mémoires.” T. XXXIII., Nos. 6-8 (1886), T. XXXIV., Nos. 1-4 (1886). From the Academy. 180 DONATIONS. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 16 (April, 1887). From the Editor. “ Monatliche Mittheilungen des naturwissenschaftl. Vereins des Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt.” Jahrg. IV., Nos. 8 & 9 (1886), 10 (1887). From the Society, “ Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France pour I|’année 1886.” Nos.5&6. From the Society. “ Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel.” Band VII, Heft 1 (1886). From the Director. “Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania for the year 1886.” rom the Society. “ Report of the Trustees of the Sydney Free Public Library for 1886-87.” From the Trustees. “ Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum for 1886-87.” From the Council. PAPERS READ. NOTES ON THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES. By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. Douagias-OGILBy. Parr I. (Notes from the Australian Museum). In the following paper it is our intention to clearly point out the generic distinctions between certain groups of Australian Percoids ; and we wish to call special attention to the fact that, after an exhaustive examination of over fifty examples each of Lates cal- carifer and Lates colonorwm, we have arrived at the conclusion that these fishes are generically separable, and we propose therefore the name Percalates for the southern temperate form. We have also examined a number of small fishes from the Murray near Denili- quin, belonging to Count Castelnau’s genera Murrayia and Riverina, and are fully in accord with Dr. Klunzinger in consi- dering these names synonymous with Macquaria, Cuv. & Val., the characters which caused the Count to separate the fishes from that described by the latter authors, and excellently figured by MM. Lesson and Garnot in the “ Voyage of the Coquille” pl. xiv. fig. 1, having doubtless been overlooked by the authors of the “ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons”; whilst the presence or absence of an extra spine to the first dorsal, or of a few minute, and probably deciduous, palatine teeth cannot be considered as forming a valid reason for separating generically two species so exactly similar in all other characters as Murrayia guenthert and Riverina fluviatilis. It is worth mentioning that the Australian Museum possesses Castelnau’s types of Murrayia guentheri and Dules (Cteno- lates) auratus, both having been obtained from precisely the same locality as our specimens. 182 NOTES ON THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES, We hope at intervals to contribute further papers on the genera of Australian fishes. Six genera are differentiated in this part, namely, Perca (intro- duced), Percalates, Lates, Psammoperca, Ctenolates, and Macquaria. Their characteristics are as follows :— Genus PERGCA. Perca, sp., Artedi, Genera Piscium, 1738, Gen. 39, Syn. 66, sp. 74; Cuvier, Regne Anim. ; Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat.des Poiss. 1828, 11. p. 19. Branchiostegals seven : pseudobranchiz present. Body oblong- ovate, and somewhat compressed. Opercle spiniferous: preopercle serrated on the vertical limb, and with denticulations pointing forwards on the lower imb. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer, and palatines ; tongue smooth. ‘Two dorsal fins separated at their bases, the first with 13 or 14 spines; the anal with two. Scales. rather small, ctenoid, absent on the upper surface of the head. Pyloric appendages few. Genus PERCALATES. Percalates, gen. nov. Branchiostegals six: pseudobranchiz present. Body oblong- ovate, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with two spines: pre- opercle serrated on the vertical limb, denticulated on the angle and lower limb: preorbital and post-temporal bones serrated. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer, and palatines ; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin deeply notched, with 9 spines: the anal with three. Scales moderate, ctenoid, absent on the upper surface of the head, and on the maxilla. Pyloric appendages in small numbers. Genus founded on Lates colonorwm, Giinth. Genus LatEs. Lates, Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. 1828, ii. p. 88. Pseudolates, Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., p. 262, (1875). BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., ETC., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY. 183 Branchiostegals seven: pseudobranchie rudimentary. Body oblong, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with a small spine : preopercle serrated on the vertical limb, denticulated on the angle and lower limb. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer, and palatines; tongue rough. Two dorsal fins contiguous at their bases, the first with 7 or 8 spines: the anal with three. Scales moderate, finely ctenoid, extended on the head to immediately behind the eyes. Pyloric appendages few. Genus PSAMMOPERCA. Psammoperca, Richards., Voy. Erebus and Terror, Fishes, p. 115. Cnidon, Mill. and Trosch., Hor. Ichth., Hft. iii., p. 21. Branchiostegals seven : pseudobranchiz absent. Body oblong, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with a small spine: pre- opercle serrated on the vertical limb, and with a strong spine at the angle; lower limb entire. Teeth granular on the jaws, vomer, and palatines; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin deeply notched, with 8 spines: the anal with three. Scales moderate, ctenoid, covering the upper surface of the head to the snout: small scales on maxilla. Genus CTENOLATES. Ctenolates, Giinth., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 320. Branchiostegals seven : pseudobranchiz present. Body oblong- ovate, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with two spines, the lower of which is frequently sub-divided into two or more points : preopercle serrated on the vertical limb; angle and lower limb with patches of coarser denticles. Teeth villiform on jaws, vomer, and palatines; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin, moderately notched, with 10 spines: the anal with three. Scales small, ctenoid, present on the occiput. Genus MacquarIA. Macquaria, Ouv. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. 1828, v. Pocit: 184 NOTES ON THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES. Murrayia, Casteln., Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. 1872, i. p. 61. Rwerina, Casteln., l.c., p. 64. Branchiostegals six: pseudobranchie present. Body oblong- ovate, and somewhat compressed. Head with distinct muci- ferous channels. Opercle with two spines, either or both of which may be sub-divided into two or more points: edges of sub- and interopercles finely serrated, preopercle serrated on the vertical limb; angle and lower limb with patches of coarser denticles. Teeth villiform on the jaws and vomer ; palatines with a minute anterior patch; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin, moderately notched, with 11 or 12 spines: the anal with three. Scales moderate, ctenoid, present on the occiput. Bases of vertical fins scaly. Pyloric appendages in small numbers. FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By E. Havitanp, F.L.S. No, 5.—Puiants FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY DURING THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN FORMER LISTS. Violaceze— Myrtaceze— Hybanthus filiformis. Kunzea corifolia Hypericinese— Melaleuca thymifolia Hypericum Japonicum. 53 nodosa Rutaceze— 3 linaritolia Philotheca Reichenbachiana. Backhousia nyrtifolia Geraniaceze— Angophora cordifolia Geranium dissectum. Leptospermum scoparium Euphorbiaceze-— Beckea brevifolia Poranthera ericifolia. Callistemon salignus. Stackhousiaceee— Umbelliferze— Stackhousia monogyna. Actinotus helianthi Ficoideze-— Apium australe Mesembryanthemum cequi- » prostratum laterale. Hydrocotyle hirta. Leguminosee— Proteaceze— Pultenea paleacea Telopea speciosissima Desmodium varians. Persoonia salicina Saxifragese— ‘s ferruginea Ceratopetalum gummiferum Conospermum ellipticum apetalum RS tenutfolium. Callicoma serratifolia. Thymeleee— Halorageze— Wickstremia Indica. Haloragis teucrioides Rubiacee— if micrantha, Psychotria loniceroides 186 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS, Rubiacezee— Galium Gaudichaudi Morinda jasminoides. Compositaze— Cassinia longifolia Lagenophora Billardiert. Stylideze — Stylidium lineare. Goodeniaceze— Scevola microcarpa 45 hispida Goodenia stelligera. Gentianeze— Villarsia reniformis LErythrea australis. Primulaceze— Samolus repens. Myrsineze— Aigiceras majus. Jasmineze— Notelea longifolia. Asclepiadeze— Marsdenia swaveolens. Lentibularineze— Utricularia dichotoma. Labiatze— Scutellaria humilis a mollis Prostanthera denticulata Prunella vulgaris. Epacridexe— Melichrus rotatus. Orchideze— Lyperanthus ellipticus Cymbidium suave Thelymitra venosa Dipodium punctatum. Liliaceze— Dianella levis Bland fordia nobilis Thysanotus tuberosus Cesia vittata Geitonoplesium cymosum Tricoryne simplex. Xyrideze— Ayris complanata. Commelynacezee— Commelyna cyanea. J uncaceze— Aerotes longifolia » multiflora » Jrexrfolia. ON AN IMPROVED METHOD OF CULTIVATING MICRO-ORGANISMS ON POTATOES. By Dr. Oscar Katz. (With two Ficures IN Woop-cut). In the first number of the first volume of the “ Centralblatt fiir Bacteriologie und Parasitenkunde,” edited by Leuckart,. Loeffler, and Uhlworm, Jena (Gustav Fischer), 1887, pp. 26-27, Dr. E. Esmarch writes on the “ Preparation of the potato as a culture-medium for micro-organisms.” He calls attention to the universally recognised value of the boiled potato as a culture-soil for most vegetable micro-organisms, for the identification of some of which, especially the bacillus of typhoid fever (Eberth-Gaffky), it is, so far as known, an indispensable and the only reliable medium. The hitherto customary processes of preparing potatoes for this purpose are, as Esmarch rightly states, far from being satisfactory. He, therefore, proposes the following method. One or more small glass-capsules, of the appearance of the usual damp chambers for cultivating fungi, are sterilised by dry heat. A potato is then. peeled by means of a common kitchen-knife, and, after having been rinsed under the water-tap, divided by the same knife into. slices about 1 cm. thick, which are next adapted to the diameter of the glass-dishes and placed in the same. These potato-slices prepared in the above manner, are then boiled by steam in the steam-steriliser for from $ to 1 hour, and are shortly afterwards ready for use. This process in the preparation of potatoes, and their storage in small glass dishes with over-lapping lids is undoubtedly far superior to the old mode of preparation and _ preservation. 188 METHOD OF CULTIVATING MICRO-ORGANISMS ON POTATOES, Yet there remain still some inconveniences which relate to the use of such reservoirs for the slices of potato, and which would seem to leave an improvement in this direction to be desired. I would now recommend a method that recently yielded quite satisfactory results, when I was, some time ago, on a short stay in the Coast Hospital at Little Bay, near Sydney, where I was principally engaged in making a series of cultivations from dejections in cases of typhoid fever, and from organs of persons who died of this disease. I take a number of shallow but spacious test-tubes, of about 10:5 cm. height by 25cm. diameter, which, having been supplied with a sufficiently deep cotton-wool stopper (figs. 1, 2), are then sterilised in the usual manner. The preparation of the potatoes is the same as in Esmarch’s process. The potato-slices, cut out of medium-sized, oval-shaped, perfectly healthy potatoes, and about 1 cm, thick (p in fig. 1, front view; in fig 2, side view ; both natural size), are now placed, by aid of a clean pair of forceps, in the above described test-tubes, to the width of which they are made to fit. It is only advantageous if the slices press loosely by one or some points of their margin on the inner walis of the glass-tubes, and thus, resting either at the bottom of these or a little separate from it, they are sufficiently fixed inside those glass- vessels. Then comes the steam-steriliser, in which they remain for about 1 hour at 212° F. (100° C.); the potatoes are hereafter thoroughly boiled and sterile. It is evident that in this way we arrive at a culture-medium which, as regards simplicity in its manipulation, convenience in the process of inoculating, and safety in keeping the desired pure- culture uncontaminated during the course of examination and observation, shares the same advantages with the nutrient gelatinous substances and coagulated blood-serum, or with any culture-soil kept in glass-tubes. A desiccation of the surfaces of the potato-slices will not so soon make its appearance ; as after boiling in the steam-steriliser there is at the bottom of the culture-tubes a quantity of fluid large enough to keep the contents BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 189) of these, at an incubation of from 20°-25°C.° (68°-77°F.), sufficiently moist for a considerable length of time. At higher inige, Ile TGs 28 temperatures up to blood-heat the development of micro-organisms capable of cultivation of boiled potato is so much accelerated that. 190 METHOD OF CULTIVATING MICRO-ORGANISMS ON POTATOES. also in this case any apprehensions of the danger of desiccation must disappear. However, it is advisable, whenever we have a larger supply of such prepared potatoes, to put an indiarubber- cap on the opening of the tubes over the cotton-wool stopper, or to tie some indiarubber-tissue round it. One thing still needs mention, namely, that we are able to avail ourselves of both the surfaces of the potato-slices since these are mounted so as to occupy a middle position in the lumen of the test-tubes (p. 189, fig. 2). We can inoculate both these surfaces either with one and the same microbe, taken from one and the same colony or culture, or we can also easily cultivate on the one side one organism, on the other a different one. The latter mode may sometimes prove to be a matter of some convenience ; for instance: in cultivations on plates of gelatine after Koch, or in test-tubes with gelatine after Esmarch, made from stools of typhoid fever patients, there appear after some time different kinds of non-liquefying colonies which grow nearly at the same rate, exhibit under high powers of the microscope similar forms, and which it must be desirable to cultivate on boiled potatoes in order to find out which ones appertain to the bacillus of typhoid fever. In this case, then, we might transfer to the one side of the potato-discs a minute quantity of one colony, to the other side, while still holding the glass tube in our left hand, a little of another, somewhat different-looking colony. In conclusion I may add that test-tubes of the above description seem also well adapted for the cultivation on and in gelatine after Esmarch’s method (Zeitsch. f. Hygiene, herausgeg. von Koch und Fliigge, Band I., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1886, pp. 293-301). DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF TWO PLANTS ADDITIONAL TO THE FLORA OF AUSTRALIA, AND OCCURRING ALSO IN NEW SOUTH WALES, By Baron von MueEtter, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. GENTIANA QUADRIFARIA. Blume, Bijdr. 847 (1825). Annual, minute, glabrous ; stem leafy, very short ; leaves sessile, roundish-ovate, somewhat pointed, very thinly margined ; ftowers generally solitary and terminal, sessile or on very short stalks ; calyx cylindric-campanulate, to 4 or nearly 4 cleft in 5 or some- times 4 lobes ; its tube rather pale, membranous, slightly angular ; its lobes ovate, or narrow-semilanceolar-ovate, thinly margined ; corolla twice as long as the calyx, outside greenish, inside blue or white ; its tube gradually widened upwards ; its lobes about half as long as the tube, nearly semilanceolar-ovate, with minute deltoid pointed entire or sometimes bifid lobules intervening ; stamens about as long as the tube of the corolla; filaments filiform, dilated towards the bases; anthers erect, narrow-ellipsoid, quite blunt, basifixed ; ovary attenuated into a short style; fruit mem- branous, on a rather long stipes, cvate, compressed, at last deeply bivalved ; seeds very minute, pale-brownish, turgid-ovate; testa subtle-streaked. In the vicinity of the Genoa (W. Baeuerlen). Height of whole plant, according to Australian specimens, 3 inches. Leaves }-} inch long. Bracteoles none. Flowers } to hardly 4 inch long; the lobule from each sinus of the corolla usually much shorter than the lobes, but sometimes fully half as long. Stamens adnate to the lower portion of the corolla. Anthers free, bursting longitudinally ; pollen yellow, consisting of smooth ellipsoid longitudinally dehiscent grains. Stigmata two, 192 DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF TWO PLANTS OCCURRING IN N.S. WALES, almost oval, recurved. Fruit hardly } inch long; the stipes of nearly the same length. Seeds numerous, without any appendage. This species approaches G aquatica; it was hitherto known from Upper India, Ceylon, China and Java ; it is the second Aus- tralian G'entiana, the only other being G. saxosa, which is very variable, as shown in my “ Vegetation of the Chatham Islands,” pp. 40 and 41 (1864), it assuming in our alps and in our lowlands various forms of no specific value, just as in New Zealand, the Auckland and Campbell Islands and in the remotest South of America. G'. gquadriforia has with us probably been often passed unnoticed ; its extreme smallness and its external resemblance to some species of Lobelia tending to its eluding observation. In all probability it will yet be discovered in the Australian Alps, and in New England as a companion of Polygala Sibirica, Thesium australe, Lysimachia Japonica, and some other plants common to the cooler regions of Australia and of South Eastern Asia. The specimens sent by Mr. Baeuerlen are all very small, and thus resemble much the G’. sguwarrosa ; indeed they come also very near the Linnean G. aquatica. Incidentally may be here offered a few additional notes con- cerning Australian gentianeous plants. Sebaea albidiflora occurs at the entrance of the Barwon (J. Bracebridge Wilson) ; on the Wimmera (D. Sullivan); near Lake Bonney (Mrs. Dr. Well). S. ovata extends to the Upper Brisbane River (Dr. Prentice). Lrythraea australis is on the coast-meadows of Port Phillip, not rarely reduced to a one-flowered state, sometimes attaining only 14 inches in height. Canscora diffusa grows also on the Etheridge River (W. Armit), and near Trinity Bay (W. Sayer). The close affinity of Zimnanthemum, particularly in its section Villarsia, to Velleya, has already been pointed out in the Journal of the Pharmac. Soc. of Vict., 1858, p. 145. Limnanthemum Indicum has been found by Miss A. Edwards on the Richmond River; the leaves attain a circumference of three feet. ZL. Gunnii extends to New Zealand (Petrie), but has as yet not been noticed in the Australian Alps. BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. 193 JACKSONIA CLARKII, n. sp. Almost glabrous; branchlets rather slender, conspicuously angular ; flowers comparatively large; stalklets about half as long as the calyces ; bracteoles near the middle of the stalklets ; flower-buds almost blunt, minutely pointed; calyces divided to near the base, about as long as the corolla, the segments glabrous, except at the margin, soon deciduous; petals of nearly equal length ; anthers ovate-roundish; style setaceous, glabrous, deciduous ; fruit on a rather long stipes, lanceolar-elliptical, almost silky. On the Upper Hastings River (Dr. Herm. Beckler) ; on the Upper Delegate River (Mr. A. Clarke). Nearest allied to this plant is the Jacksonia scoparia, which however is always more or less silky, has much smaller flowers upwards acutely attenuated while in bud, the bracteoles nearer to the calyx, the latter never glabrous, but long or even permanently persistent, the anthers narrower, the style at least partially silky and not deciduous, and the fruit smaller. J. scoparia is now also known from the Nepean River (Dr. Cox), Trial Bay (Betche), Shoalhaven River (Weir). J. thesioides has more recently been gathered on the Boyne River (A. Wentw. Watson), at Glenroy (Stafford), Goode Island (Powell), Cleveland Bay (H. Gulliver). J. nematoclada occurs between the Murchison River and Shark’s Bay (F. v. M.). J. odontoclada grows also near the Lynd River (E. Palmer). J. Sternbergiana attains on the Greenough and Irwin River, a height of 40 feet. Pastoral animals browse on the branchlets ; wood of disagreeable odour. This species extends southward fully to the Serpentine River, northward to Port Gregory (F. v. M.). J. densiflora was found by the writer also near the Serpentine River, where the calyces attain a length of # inch; the Hon. John Forrest collected it at Mount Samson, 13 194 DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF TWO PLANTS OCCURRING IN N 8. WALES, J. hakeoides reaches the Arrowsmith River and Port Gregory (F. v. M.). J. pteroclada was found by me on the Upper Irwin and Greenough River in a narrower state. J. racemosa occurs near Israelite Bay (Miss Brooke), and near Fraser’s Range (Dempster). This is an apt moment for simultaneously giving publicity to another congener, discovered some years ago in Arnhem’s Land, but left undescribed till now. JACKSONIA FORRESTII, n. sp. Grey-silky ; branchlets thin, angular, nearly erect; flowers scattered along the upper part of the branchlets on very short stalklets ; calyx persistent, deeply divided into almost equal lobes ; style long-persistent, silky in its lower portion; fruit almost sessile within the calyx, oblique ovate-ellipsoid, rather turgid, conspicuously pointed, hardly longer than the calyx, generally one- seeded. In the vicinity of the Humbert River (Alexander Forrest). This new tropical species differs from J. cupulifera in stalklets much shorter than the calyx, in persistent calyx-lobes and style, in much smaller fruits not stipitate; from J. rhadinoclada already in silky vestiture, in more angular and not spreading branchlets, in not deciduous calyces, in somewhat longer and more pointed fruit ; from J. thesioides in dense and close indument, in more slender branchlets, in more deeply divided calyces with ampler tube, and probably also in the color of the petals, those of our new species being as yet unknown; from J. vernicosa already in neither glabrous nor streaked nor viscid branchlets, in remoter bracts, in smaller and silky calyces with shorter tube, in less elongated style, and smaller bracteoles. This seems also a favourable opportunity for recording the N.S.W. species which have been added to the lists of those published in the “Census” of Australian plants, and in its three supplements :— BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. Hedraianthera porphyropetala (F. v. M.) Atriplex conduplicata (F. v. M.) Kochia lobostoma (F. v. M.) K. spongiocarpa (F. v. M.) Aizoon zygophylloides (F. v. M.) Pultencea mucronata (F. v. M.) Templetonia aculeata (Bentham) Neptunia monosperma (F. v. M.) Acacia coriacea (De Candolle) Acacia Murrayana (¥. v. M.) Agonis Scortechiniana (F. v. M.) Eucalyptus Baileyana (¥.v. M.) Hydrocotyle Javanica (Thunberg) Viscum angulatum (Heyne) Grevillea Victorie (F. v. M.) Hakea Macreana (F. v. M.) Passiflora brachystephanea (F. v. M.) Nertera reptans (FE. v. M.) Lthulia conyzoides (Linné filius) Calotis anthemoides (F, v. M.) Helipterum laeve (Bentham) Ceratogyne obronordes (Turczaninow) Spartothamnus puberulus (F. v. M.) Najas major (Allioni) 195 A few others have recently been described in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. 196 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Dr. Ramsay exhibited living specimens of the following snakes from Louth, N.S.W.:—Aspidiotes Ramsayi, Macl., Dendrophis sp. (a beautiful snake with scarlet markings on the back), and a possibly new species of Hoplocephalus. Mr. Steel exhibited a number of specimens of a pond-snail (Physa gibbosa, Gld.) abundant just now in an iron tank supplied with city water on the roof of the Pyrmont Refinery. Mr. Haviland exhibited a sample of maize from Camden, com- pletely destroyed by the micro-fungus Ustilago carbo. Mr. Ogilby shewed a specimen of Solenognathus spinosissimus, presented to the Australian Museum by Mr. Dunlop, of Bondi ; and one of Macquaria Australasica referred to in the paper by Dr. Ramsay and himself. Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of 35 of the rarer species and varieties of indigenous plants of such natural orders as are contained in Vol. I. of the ‘ Australian Flora.’ The following note was read on behalf of Mr. John Mitchell of Bowning. ‘In Nicholson’s ‘Manual of Paleontology ’ it is stated that trilobites of the genus Aczdaspis have the eyes smooth and the facial suture continuous. Some of the species occurring in the Bowning series do not conform to this rule, for two species have the eyes distinctly facetted and the facial suture apparently discontinuous. In each of the cases in which the eyes are facetted, these organs are circular and highly convex (conoid).” Mr. Macleay exhibited specimens of Hoplocephalus nigrescens, Gunth., and Hoplocephalus collaris, Macleay, from Mount Wilson ; also specimens of the same snakes from elsewhere, showing the great dissimilarity of colouring in the same species from different localities. The range of H. nigrescens he believed to be very wide, but the present was only the second specimen of 7. collaris which he had seen ; the first, described by him some months ago in the Proceedings of this Society, having been taken in the neighbour- hood of Bega. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 197 Dr. Katz exhibited virulent preparations of the Bacillus of typhoid fever, obtained at Little Bay Hospital a short time ago. The exhibits consisted of pure cultures of this bacillus on and in nutrient gelatine, on nutrient agar-agar, and on potatoes. Occasion was also taken to demonstrate the process of cultivating in gelatine-test-tubes after Esmarch of Berlin. He showed also a drop-culture of this micro-organism in nutrient meat-broth under a high power of the microscope, where the active spontaneous movements of the bacillus could well be seen. In connection with the above subject Dr. Katz read the following note :— “The microbe which you have before vou in different preparations is that which must be considered as the cause of typhoid fever, as it is constantly present in this disease, and never found in others. According to quite recent investigations made with regard to the transmissibility of the bacillus of typhoid fever to animals—mice, rabbits, guinea-pigs, and dogs—there can be no doubt that this micro-organism is able to make these animals sick, and to kill them under certain circumstances. This holds equally true with experiments carried out with cultivations in which the bacilli are killed by heat, but their poisonous products preserved. Taking everything into consideration, one must believe, with Fraenkel and Simmonds, that somehow or other the microbe in question does cause pathogenic effects of some kind in the above-named animals, but is not infectious to them. Moreover, no animals, not even those which are always about man, are hitherto found to be liable to typhoid fever or to such-like diseases. With relation to the biology of the bacillus a good deal of work still remains to be done; and, a radical cure for the disease, or a possible protective inoculation being of course still a desideratum, special attention should be paid to the more prac- tical part of the life-history of this fungus, I mean especially to its behaviour in the dejections from typhoid-fever patients. These products naturally furnish, indirectly or directly, sooner or later, the principal sources of infection, and it is for this reason that the endeavours of experimenters should also be directed to this point.” 198 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Dr. Katz also exhibited under the microscope the bacillus of leprosy in a preparation derived from blood from a leprosy-tubercle of a patient at Little Bay Hospital, and made the following remarks. “This micro-organism is specific to leprosy in all its varieties ; it must be looked upon as the cause of the disease, although very little is known about its life-history. Cultivation experiments have, so far as I am informed, totally failed; nor have experiments on the transmissibility of the microbe from tissues of lepers been sufficiently successful. It is to be hoped that more information about the Bacillus lepre will soon be forthcoming.” The President exhibited a specimen of Archwocyathus sp., from Silverdale, near Yass. Mr. Brazier exhibited two specimens of Ceratella fusca, Gray, obtained at Coogee Bay, March 7th, after an easterly gale, one specimen being of a very dark brown colour, and 3 inches long, the other of a light yellowish brown, 24 inches long. WEDNESDAY, 25TH MAY, 1887. Dr. James C, Cox, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Rev. Alexander Nicolls, Mr. Boultbee, and Mr. Godfrey Rivers were present as visitors. MEMBERS ELECTED, Mr. T. G. Sloane, of Mulwala, N.S.W., Mr. F. A. Skuse, and Mr. Sutherland Sinclair were elected Members of the Society. The Chairman announced that there would be no Excursion during the ensuing month. DONATIONS. “Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg. Nos. 246-248 (1887). From the Editor. “The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. IIL, Nos. 3 and 4 (1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay. Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année, No. 5. From the Society. 200 DONATIONS. “Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.” (1st and 15th March, 1887). From the Society. “ On Tertiary Chilostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand.” By A. W. Waters, F.G.S. From the Author. “ Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg.” Vol. VI., No. 1(1887). De la part du Comité. “ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg.” IX. Band, Hefts 1 and 2. From the Society. ‘Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 5-9 (1887) ; “Tables des Comptes, &c.” Premier Semestre (1886). Tome CII. rom the Academy. “ Abstract of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania.” (19th April, 1887). From the Society. “ Journal of the New York Microscopical Society.” Vol. IT., Nos. 9 and 9a (Supplemental Number), (Dec. 1886). rom the Society. “ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.” Vol. XIII., No. 2 (Dec. 1886). Prom the Director. ‘Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 198 (1887). rom the Editor. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 1 (May, 1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. ‘«‘Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society.” Vol. XIV., Part 2 (1887) ; “ Proceedings.” Vol. VI., Part 1 (1887). From the Society. DONATIONS. 201 “ Report of the Committee of Management of the Technological, Industrial, and Sanitary Museum of New South Wales for 1886.” From the Curator. ‘‘The Annals and Magazine of Natural History.” 2nd Series, Vol. IX., No. 52 (April, 1852), Vols. XI.-XX.; 3rd Series, Vols. J.-VIII, Vol. IX. (Nos, 49-53), Vol. X. (Nos. 55, 56, 58, 60); “ Rhopalocera Africae Australis. A Catalogue of South African Butterflies.” By Roland Trimen. (Two Parts); Twelve Pamphlets on Ornithology. By E. L. Layard, C.M.G., &e. ; “ Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte Bartgeiers der Centralalpenkette.” Von Dr. A. Girtanner. rom the Hon. E. L. Layard, C.I.G., EAS. - “Société Géologique de Belgique.—Procés-verbal de L’ Assemblée Générale du 21 Novembre 1886.” rom the Society. “ Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.” Vol. I., Part 2 (1887). From the Director. “Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the Royal Society of South Australia.” Vol. IX. From the Society. “Plants Reputed Poisonous and Injurious to Stock.” By F, M. Bailey, F.L.S., and P. R. Gordon. From the Chief Inspector of Stock, Queensland. “Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.” Vol. XXIII. From the Society. “ List of Members of the Geological Society of Australasia, &c.” From the Society. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 17 (May, 1887). From the Editor. 202 DONATIONS. “ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome IV., No. 4 (April, 1887). From L’ Association Coloniale Néerlandaise & Amsterdam, “ Abstract of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania.” (10th May, 1887). From the Soctety. PAPERS READ. BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT THE LITTLE BAY COAST HOSPITAL. By Dr. Oscar Karz. It was not alone on account of my desire to obtain pure-cul- tures of the bacillus of typhoid fever (Bacillus typhi abdominalis, Eberth-Gaffky), with the view of having them for some intended experiments on this micro-organism (1), but also for the sake of putting forward, by means of the demonstration of its constant occurrence in typhoid fever, fresh proofs of the etiological meaning of this microbe in a country where such experiments have not yet been made known, that I applied to Dr. H. N. MacLaurin, Medical Adviser to the New South Wales Government, to permit me to make a short stay in the Coast Hospital at Little Bay, a place admirably fitted for carrying out investigations of that kind. I gladly avail myself of this opportunity of tendering Dr. MacLaurin (1) Among a number of cultures of bacteria in agar-agar which Professor Fliigge had been kind enough to send to me at the end of last year, there was also the typhoid-bacillus. But unfortunately in this culture on its arrival life was extinct. In the test-tube it had only little expanded ; that it was no more alive may be accounted for by the fact that the tube, together with others, had been sent away (via Bremen) immediately after their having been supplied with culture-material, at a time (end of November), when a formation of spores could not be expected. The bacilli very likely died from want of air, which had no access to the interior of the glass-tubes these having been provided with tightly fitting india- rubber-caps. 204 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY, my best thanks. During the time of my residence in the above Hospital, Dr. W. Peirce, Medical Superintendent, and Dr. R. W. Young, Resident Medical Officer, rendered me every possible assistance ; I have much pleasure in gratefully acknowledging this once more. My endeavours to cultivate the typhoid-bacilli extended, in the main, to organs of persons who died of typhoid fever, and to dejections from typhoid fever patients. It is well to say in advance that in order to get and to isolate the micro-parasite in question, I made use both of Koch’s plate- process, and Esmarch’s method of cultivating in test-tubes. About the former nothing more requires to be mentioned. Of the latter which I took occasion to demonstrate at the last meeting of this Society, April, 1887, a detailed description by Esmarch is given in Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, Band I., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1886, pp. 293- 301; an abstract in Fligge’s Microorganismen, Leipzig, 1886, p. 656. This method was given the preference later on, because the working after the same is connected with less consumption of time, does not require much apparatus, and if properly done yields quite good results. According to my experience very satisfactory cultivations after this process can be obtained in the following manner. The test-tubes containing the liquefied inocu- lated gelatine (or agar-agar), which in the commonly used _test- tubes should not be more than about 6 ccm.—I always employed an 8 p.c. gelatine—are first supplied at the top as well as the bottom, with tightly fitting caps of indiarubber. (Thus the tubes when laid on a level surface are also nearly level). The solidification of the still liquid gelatine (or agar-agar) takes place by means of iced water or at least sufficiently cold water in an ordinary soup-plate, to the bottom of which the tube in its length is loosely pressed by one hand, and quickly turned round its long axis by the other. In a very short time the inner walls of the test-tube show a thin equal BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 205 layer of quite transparent solidified gelatine (or agar-agar). For stick-cultures I used a 6 p-c. nutrient gelatine ; for streak-cultures (on an inclined surface) the same, and occasionally a1 p.c. nutrient agar-agar. Now it need scarcely be mentioned that, from the mere behaviour of pure cultures in stick and in streak of the typhoid- bacillus, from the appearance of its colonies in diverse nutritive substances either on macroscopical observation or on being viewed with low-magnifying powers, and then from the image of the individual bacilli out of such cultures or out of organs under high powers of the microscope, an exact inference as to their undoubt- edly belonging to the Bacillus typhi abdominalis cannot be drawn. With regard to the last-named point I can confirm the statements of others, namely, that the dimensions of the rods are not constant, and that these variations depend in the main on the kind of the nourishing material, out of which cultures of the microbe are microscopically examined, Even the staining reaction of the typhoid-bacilli which become discoloured after the method of Gram (see Fliigge, Microorganis- men, p. 643, or any book dealing with the methods of investigation in Bacteriology) cannot be any more maintained as being diagnostic of these schizomycetes, as a bacillus isolated by Escherich from the feeces of young children, and called by him Bacteriwm coli commune (Fliigge, Microorganismen, p. 269) exhibits the same peculiarity if treated after Gram’s method. The only decisive means, so far as known, enabling us to distinguish typhoid-bacilli from all other bacteria, is rather their characteristic growth on slices of boiled potatoes ; in the repeatedly named work of Fliigge full particulars may be had. By subsequent study of the bacilli, however, it has been noticed by several investigators that these do not always grow on the potato-surface in the shape of a coherent, resisting membrane which was considered as typical by Gaffky, the first who worked with pure cultures of the bacilli, but that now and then they also 206 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY, form loose, somewhat visible vegetations, easily removable from the potato-surface. For such small deviations the quality of the used potatoes is made responsible; but it must also be borne in mind that the least possible quantities of seed-material should be taken with which to sow potato-slices. Similar deviations have come under my notice, yet in all such cases it cannot be difficult to arrive at a correct diagnosis, if, besides also all the other features exhibited by typhoid-bacilli, microscopical appearances, characters of cultures, and staining reactions, are duly considered. Quite recently Fraenkel and Simmonds have furnished some more data as to the cultivation of the typhoid-bacilli on potatoes ; these remarks seem to me to be sufficiently worthy of note that I give here a complete translation of them. They say (Zeitschrift f. Hygiene, Band II., Heft 1, Leipzig, 1887, pp. 140-141) :— “, . . . In continuing our investigations into the typhoid- bacillus, other far more important deviations have come under our notice, deviations which in the beginning made the purity of our culture appear doubtful tous. Sometimes when we had inoculated numerous potato-surfaces from one gelatine-culture at the same time, it happened that after three or four days some surfaces showed a quite peculiar appearance, besides other normal-looking potato-surfaces. There was on the surface an easily recognisable, grey, viscous coating, the margins of which were very distinctly visible. At those places which were not sown the potato exhibited a brownish colour, and the older the culture grew, the darker became the colour of the parenchym. No smell whatever was perceptible. On examination the normal-looking potato- surfaces were found to contain magnificent specimens of typhoid- bacilli with preference arranged in pseudo-filaments. The examination of the grey, viscous, easily removable cultures of the rest of the potatoes yielded, as result, the presence of an infinitely larger quantity of bacilli, yet these were so far behind their usual length and thickness that undoubtedly every observer, especially BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 207 by comparing the different modes of growth on the different potatoes with one another, would have thought of there being two absolutely distinct micro-organisms. Butstill a mistake could not have occurred, because one and the same gelatine stick-culture had been used in all cases of that kind for the inoculation of the potato-surfaces ; in fact, any mistake was excluded, as something of those grey cultures being transferred to other potatoes resulted in yielding again ordinary, invisible cultures which microscopically showed again normal bacilli and pseudo-filaments. By and by we learnt to distinguish the different sorts of potato, and were thus able, now and then, to anticipate which ones would show invisible and which ones visible colonies. Thus, by mutual transmissions of cultures of one kind of potato to another kind we could occasionally obtain those cultures. All this proves most certainly that with the technic no fault was to be found. We might be permitted to state that in our experiments on animals we worked with the two different looking cultures separately, but the results being always alike in either case we considered later on such a separation as superfluous, and in our subsequent annotations these differences of the culture are no more taken notice of. We Want purposely to lay special stress on these striking deviations of the potato-cultures, because, in disregard of this demeanour perhaps many an observer might have arrived at wrong conclusions. By this the value of the potato-culture for the identification of the typhoid-bacillus is by no means lessened, only it is advisable in all such-like cases where a growth corresponding to the one above-described makes its appearance, to transfer the questionable potato-culture to several other potato-surfaces before a decisive opinion should be formed.” Such mal-formations are probably brought about in consequence of the use of bad, watery potatoes ; the quality of a potato which it is intended to take as nutrient soil for the cultivation of typhoid-bacilli or of any kind of micro-organisms, can easily be 208 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY, found out by the mode of preparation about which I supplied some data in these Proceedings, April, 1887, pp. 187-190. I would now state the results of my experiments in cultivating the typhoid-bacillus from organs of persons dead of typhoid. Unfortunately for my purposes, but reflecting no little credit on the mode of treatment in the Hospital, the rate of mortality from typhoid fever was here for the last season, in general, exceptionally small, although the number of cases was by no means insignificant. For this reason I was only able to examine the organs of three corpses. The patients had died during the third week of the com- plaint ; the bacteriological examination of different organs—spleen, liver, mesenteric glands—always took place when these were still fresh. The search for typhoid bacilli yielded positive results in each of the three cases, in so far as there appeared, after less time than is commonly the case, (1) in or on the culture media colonies or vegetations of a micro-organism which was decisively proved by the potato-culture to be the Bacillus typhi abdominalis (Eberth- Gaffky). In two of the three cases there was besides this no other micro-organism found ; in the third case where merely a puncture of the liver was possible, in addition to the numerous colonies of the typhoid-organism a few sulphur-yellow colonies of Sarcina developed. Whether these were attributable to some unintended contamination (the whole manipulation was done rather in a hurry) or not, I was unable to trace; in fact, it seems a matter of no importance. I should have been glad to have had the opportunity of examining more than these three typhoid cases; but there is not the least doubt that the result would have been always the same in cases of true typhoid fever, (Abdominaltyphus of (1) The temperature rose on a few days up to somewhat more than 25°C. {77° F.) BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 209 the Germans), and provided the patients had succumbed before the ulcerations of the small intestine had completely disappeared, or before any such ulcerations were at all met with. The latter phe- nomenon, I am told, is often observed in severe epidemics, when the sick are carried off very rapidly. In a publication of recent date on this subject, Fraenkel and Simmonds say (Zeitschr. f. Hygiene, Bd. II., Heft 1, 1887, p. 138) that they have now come to look upon the results of the bacteriological examination of the abdominal viscera (spleen) as conclusive in all cases where the macroscopical features of the abdominal organs are insufiicient to secure the anatomical diagnosis. They furnish a characteristic instance where the clinical observation admitted of a diagnosis other than typhoid, and also the result of the post mortem was in no way decisive until the disclosure of typhoid-bacilli put an end to every doubt. They give also as instance a striking illustration of a case which clinically looked very much like typhoid, and for which the post mortem failed to allow an undoubted answer as to its nature, till consequent upon the absence of colonies of typhoid- bacilli in gelatine-plates sown with spleen-pulp, this answer could be given in a negative sense. I now wish to say some words about the results of experiments made on dejecta from typhoid-patients with the view of finding, and isolating the typhoid-bacilli. I have carried out a good number of such experiments ; the evacuations coming from patients in different stages of the disease were examined quite fresh. Everybody who has made similar examinations knows that the diseased intestines contain enormous masses of bacteria, both in quantity and quality, and that for this reason only minute parts of the raw-material should be started from. I generally mixed a medium-sized platinum-loop full of the dejection with about 10 ccm. of a ‘6 p.c. sterilised salt solution in a test-tube, thence preparing two attenuations in nutritive gelatine by taking abcut three platinum-loops each time. The contents of the second gelatine-tube afterwards proved to be mostly fit for examination. 14 210 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY, Now it will not, I think, be surprising to hear that among the different colonies—they developed in a comparatively short time (see above)—such as belong to typhoid-bacilli could not always be detected. It must be remembered that, first, a plentiful occurrence of typhoid-bacilli in the contents of the small intestine, and conse- quently in the fseces, depends on a certain phase in the course of the disease; that, secondly, the data of the patients with regard to the beginning of the fever are not always quite reliable; and that, thirdly, after what Dr. Peirce was good enough to tell me, perhaps not all the cases under treatment, which furnished me with material, might have had to do with typhoid proper. I myself witnessed in the above Hospital a post mortem examination made by Dr. Young on a man who had been sent to that institution as suffering from pneumonia, presumably secondary to typhoid-fever ; the ileum, however, failed to show any traces of there having lately existed alterations of a typhoid character. In gelatine and agar- agar sown with pulp of spleen grew two kinds of colonies of micrococci which were not further examined. As already indicated in several cultivations, especially when the disease was in middle stages, colonies in more or less considerable numbers were found which actually proved to be the bacillus of typhoid fever. I may abstain here, just as I did above, from entering into a detailed description of the characters exhibited by the bacilli under cultivation in the different nutrient media, etc.; those who are more especially interested in the matter will find every information in Fliigge’s Microorganismen, Leipzig, 1886. What is besides necessary to know about variations in their mode of growth on boiled potatoes has been dealt with above (pp. 205-207). Time did not permit me to study the behaviour of the other bacteria from the dejecta more than was required for the in tended isolation of the typhoid-bacillus. Asa rule such colonies as were liquefying the gelatine were quantitatively very few in comparison with non-liquefying ones. Among the latter group, BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 211 perhaps the commonest of all were colonies of bacilli which bore a certain resemblance to those of the typhoid-bacilli, and which are probably the same as Bacillus Neapolitanus (Emmerich) (1). The potato-culture each time revealed their non-identity with the Bacillus typhi abdominalis. As a matter of curiosity rather than interest I may mention that I once found, on a plate of gelatine, a non-liquefying colony of slender bacilli which grew in the shape of a beautiful, greyish net work of delicate, much elongated ramifications ; such colonies bear a strong resemblance to those of Micrococcus viticulosus (Fligge- Microorganismen 1886, p. 178); the mode of growth on an inclined surface of nutrient gelatine is also similar. There was no opportunity for me to extend the search for typhoid-bacilli to blood from typhoid-patients. During my stay at the Hospital no well-marked cases of roseola-formation having occurred, I preferred to leave this kind of examination in suspenso. However, I tried some blood from a roseola-like spot with one patient, but without success. My wish to obtain some exact data as to the disinfecting and destroying powers of the commonly used disinfectants for typhoid dejections—carbolic acid, carbolised chalk, sulphate of iron, and some others; and further to ascertain how the typhoid germs in such dejections are acted upon by pure lime and slaked lime, the efficiency of which substances on cultures of cholera-spirilla and typhoid-bacilli has lately been experimentally proved by Liborius (Zeitschrift f. Hygiene, Bd. II., Heft 1, 1887, pp. 15-51), has equally to be put off to some later date. (1) Fliigge, Le., p. 270-272. It is much to be regretted that a pure-culture of this bacillus sent to me by Professor Fliigge, with other cultures, did not survive the voyage. It is to this microbe that Emmerich attributes or attributed the cause of Asiatic-cholera. According to other observers, however, this microbe is a common appearance in the contents of the intestines of man and animals. 212 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY. Before concluding this report I may as well point out in a few words, that I commenced to go to see the leprosy-patients in the Asylum at Little Bay. In blood taken from three of them— two Chinamen, one native of Java—from spots which were free from leprous macule or tumours, no bacilli were found, whereas in blood or serum derived from tubercles cut across, bacilli of leprosy, either single or aggregated in dense masses or bundles, were abundant. I hope to be able by-and-by to contribute a little to the knowledge of the biology of this interesting micro-parasite. THE INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND. By Wituiam Mac say, F.LS., &c. In the following pages I give descriptions of some of the novelties contained in a collection which I recently received from Cairns and its neighbourhood. The collection was made during last year by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, the Naturalist of the New Guinea Expedition of the previous year ; and it contains a large number of species of all Orders of Insects hitherto unnoticed and unnamed. It is my intention to name and describe from time to time such of these novelties as I can find time to work up, and in doing so I shall take the groups and families in the order I find most convenient. On the present occasion I confine myself to some of the Geodephaga, Lamellicornes, and Malacodermes. All the species named are from the Cairns. district, and the special localities assigned to some of the insects, such as Barron River, Mossman River, Mulgrave River, and Russell River, are all more or less in the vicinity of Cairns. GEODEPHAGA. CICINDELID &. 1. CICINDELA FROGGATTI. Of an opaque bronzy hue, with golden green reflections. Head densely acuducted. Eyes prominent and distant. Antennz with the first four joints golden-green, the remainder dull; the labrum of a pale yellow colour, rounded in front, with about 10 setigerous punctures; the tips of the mandibles and terminal joints of the palpi green. The thorax is scarcely longer than wide, minutely and densely granulose-punctate, with two deep transverse depres- sions, one near the apex, the other near the base. The elytra are 214 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, covered with minute variolose punctures (each puncture showing a green centre), and have a long lunulate spot (the concavity inwards) on the humeral angle, a narrow lateral strip, and the margins of the broadly rounded apex, all yellow, there is also a round yellow spot on the disk about one-fourth of the length from the apex, and nearer to the side than to the suture, and a larger round spot of the same colour about the centre of the disk, placed in the middle of an obscure blackish longitudinal patch. In one of my specimens there is above this last spot, a rather indistinct golden one. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 2. DYSTIPSIDERA FLAVIPES. Black, with coppery or brassy reflections. Head large, trans- versely acuducted behind and in front, longitudinally between the eyes, a transverse semilunar depression between the eyes, the first joint of the antennze, a spot below the insertion of the antenne, the outer side of the base of the mandibles, the middle of the labrum, and the palpi with the exception of the apical joint, yellow. Thorax about as wide as long, very deeply transversely divided near the apex, less deeply so near the base, the middle portion very transverse, and rounded on the sides ; the whole transversely striolate. Elytra broader than the thorax and more than twice the length, punctate and transversely striolate and rugose, with the base, a median somewhat wavy fascia not reaching the suture, and the apex, yellow; the suture terminates in a minute spine. The legs, with the exception of a portion of the outer sides of the thighs, yellow or reddish yellow. Length, 8 lines. Hab.—Cairns. This species resembles D. undulata, Westw., a species found in Northern New South Wales and Southern Queensland. JD. undulata is, however, much coarser in the puncturation and sculpture generally. The legs are nearly black and more clothed with white seta, and the yellow markings on the elytra are quite differcnt. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 915 3. DiIsTYPSIDERA PASCOEI. Cyaneous-black, the head and thorax a little coppery. Head as in the last-described species, but rather more hollowed between the eyes, without the yellow spot below the insertion of the antenna, the striolation generally finer, and the outer side of the mandibles white nearly to the tip. The thorax is shaped like that of D. flavipes, but much more smoothly sculptured. The elytra are transversely rugose and thinly punctured. A round spot on the base near the suture, larger humeral spots with a lunulate extension towards the middle of the disk, and two spots about one third from the apex, narrowly joined together, one touching the lateral margin, the other not reaching the suture yellow. The apex of the suture is slightly pointed. The thighs are reddish yellow with a brownish tint on the outside and towards the apex, the tibize and tarsi are all somewhat brownish. Length, 74 lines. Hab.—Cairns. This species seems to resemble Mr. Pascoe’s species, D. Grutzi, from Lizard Island, but Mr. Pascoe’s description differs in some respects so much from the present insect, that they cannot possibly be the same. I have named it after that distinguished Ento- mologist. 4, DISTYPSIDERA PARVA, Brassy-green on the head and thorax, darker and bluish on the elytra, and cyaneous beneath with yellow legs. The head is large, finely acuducted, and less depressed between the eyes than in the other species ; the eyes are very large and prominent ; the labrum is strongly toothed and white except an unusually narrow stripe on each side; the palpi are entirely whitish-yellow. The thorax is much narrower than the head, longer than broad, and trans- versely divided as in the other species, but the central section less rounded and nearly parallel-sided. Elytra broader than the thorax and twice the length, transversely rugose and rather densely punctate, rounded at the apex and slightly broader than at the shoulders, the basal third of a dull reddish-yellow, and about the 216 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, middle a slightly bent nearly uniformly thick yellow fascia, nearly but not quite reaching the suture. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Cairns. I find that in 1883 a M. Doukhtouroff published at St. Peters- burgh in a production of his own, named “ Revue Mensurelle d’Entomologie,” descriptions of two species of this genus said to be from Cape York. Those I have now described may possibly, though not probably, be identical with M. Doukhtouroff’s species, but that cannot be determined without seeing his descriptions, and they are inacessible to Australians. If M. Doukhtouroff had published his descriptions of Australian Insects in any of the Scientific Societies’ Journals of St. Petersburgh or Moscow, as was done by his countrymen Baron de Chaudoir and Motschulsky, there would have been no difficulty in getting access to them, but as he has chosen as his vehicle of publicity an entirely unknown and unprocurable book, he must not feel aggrieved if his work is altogether ignored by Australian Entomologists. CARABIDA. 5. HELLUOSOMA VIRIDIPENNE. Piceous-black, nitid, elytra metallic-green, tarsi beneath piceous- hairy. Head thinly punctate, the clypeus and labrum smooth. Thorax rather broader than the head, transverse, cordiform, coarsely punctate, deeply impressed near the posterior angles, the base truncate. Elytra broader than the thorax and three times the length, punctate striate, the interstices broad, nearly flat, and rather rugosely but not densely punctate. The legs and all the upper surface of the insect clothed with a thin whitish pubescence. Length, 9 lines. Hab.— Cairns. The nearest species to this is 1. cyanipenne of Hope. It differs from it in having broader elytra, a less dense but coarser punc- turation, and in the colour of the elytra which is bright metallic ~ green. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 217 6. HELLUOSOMA LATIPENNE. Entirely piceous-black, with a thin whitish pubescence. Head thinly punctate and largely smooth in front. Thorax cordiform, roughly punctate, an oval longitudinal space on the median line bounded on each side by an irregular elevation. Elytra broader than the thorax, three times the length and _paralled-sided, densely punctate and deeply striate, the interstices much more convex than in H. aterrimuwm, Macl., the species it most nearly approaches. Length, 9 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 7. GIGADEMA ATRUM. Black, nitid, elytra somewhat opaque. Head smooth, without punctures, deeply impressed on each side, terminal joint of palpi triangular, the labial almost securiform. Thorax cordiform, deeply marked on the median line, finely acuducted transversely. Elytra broad, long and flat, striated, the interstices broad and _ little convex, without distinct puncturation, but two rows of extremely minute punctures each bearing a very short decumbent seta or setiform scale, may be traced on each interstice ; the elytra are scarcely truncate behind. Length, 12 lines. Hab.—Russell River, Cairns District. This insect departs considerably from the typical species of the genus. The absence of puncturation, and the triangular palpi constitute its chief peculiarities. 8. DEMETRIAS RUFESCENS. Entirely piceous-red or yellow, excepting the elytra which are piceous-brown, and very nitid on both surfaces. Head longer than broad, narrowed a little behind, an irregular longitudinal impres- sion on each side between the eyes, with a small impression in the middle, both palpi pointed but not acutely. Thorax rather 218 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, narrower than the head, longer than broad, not or scarcely nar- rower at the base than the apex, both truncate, anterior angles a little rounded, the sides a little rounded anteriorly and emarginate before the posterior angles which are very acute, the median line deeply marked, the lateral margins narrow. Elytra broader than the thorax and nearly three times the length, striate, the striz very minutely punctate, the interstices small and nearly flat, without punctures, but with a punctiform impression on the third towards the apex, which last is truncate in the middle and emarginate on each side. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Cairns. This insect is undoubtedly a Demetrias, a genus hitherto unknown in Australia, if we except Chaudoir’s species D. brachioderus, which I am inclined to believe should be placed in the genus Xanthophoea. 9, CoLPODES MUCRONATUS. Flat, elongate-ovate, bluish-black, very nitid. The elytra of a brilliant bluish-purple. Head longer than broad, not narrower behind the eyes than in front. Eyes prominent, an irregular longitudinal impresssion on each side between the eyes, the antenne hairy from the middle of the fourth joint. Thorax broader than the length, the apex a little emarginate, the anterior angles rounded; the sides rounded, widest in the middle and broadly and flatly margined, the base truncate and as wide as the apex, and the posterior angles acute and rectangular. 'The elytra are wide and flat, with about 8 very fine strize minutely punctate, the interstices quite flat and smooth, the sides margined and the apex emarginate on each side, and pointed with an acute spine at the suture. The under surface is piceous-black, the tibie and tarsi pale piceous. Lengih, 4 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., WC. 219 10. ScopoDES FASCIOLATUS. Coppery-bronze, with a more or less metallic lustre over the whole upper surface; legs and palpi yellow. Head irregularly foveated in front. Thorax as wide as the head with the eyes, much wider than long, a little narrowed at the posterior angles, truncate in front and lobed behind, a little angular on the sides behind the anterior angles the angle marked by a_ setigerous puncture, and a fovea on the disk on each side of the median line. Elytra broad and flat, striate, with the interstices convex, and a few small foveze on them; a broad yellow lozenge-shaped fascia behind the middle, joining or nearly joining a larger one on the basal portion, occupy nearly the whole of the elytra. Length, 14 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 11. HoMALOSOMA OPACIPENNE. Elongate, narrow, black, very opaque. Head smooth and nitid ; a deep short impression on each side between and a little in front of the eyes, and a smaller and lighter impression on each side of the clypeus. Antenne and palpi piceous. Thorax rather longer than wide, the sides with a broad and thick reflected margin ; anterior angles rounded and produced, sides rounded and narrowed at the base, which is very slightly rounded; the posterior angles not acute but nearly rectangular. Elytra narrower than the thorax, slightly widening from the shoulders to behind the middle, and conjointly rounded at the apex, each elytron having besides a sutural costa three sharp ridges with wide flat interstices and a double row of punctures on each; the first and third of these forming a junction near the apex, the second a little abbreviated, a very broad double groove occupies the lateral margins ; the base of the second costa forms an obtuse reflected tubercle at the humeral angle. Under surface nitid, black ; palpi, antenne and tarsi piceous. Length, 10 lines. Hab.—Muigrave River. 920 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, 12. HoMALOSOMA OBSCURIPENNE. Elongate-ovate, black, head and thoraxnitid, elytra opaque. Head long, very smooth, a longitudinal impression on each side between the eyes, the clypeus equal in length to the labrum, with a deep puncture on each side. Thorax subcordiform, slightly broader than the head, and longer than broad, considerably narrowed at the base, moderately margined, with a transverse. impression near the apex and base, a well-marked median line and a broad shallow depression near each posterior angle. Hlytra elongate-ovate, widest in the middle, the humeral angles rounded, nowhere broader than the thorax, with seven faint impunctate striz on each elytron, the interstices costate and of equal size and the ridges almost sharp. The legs, antenne and palpi are piceous black. Length, 12 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. These are not by any means all the new species of Carabide in the Cairns collection, but the others are chiefly Meronide, and I am unwilling to add to the already overwhelming numbers of that group, until some more explicit and intelligible system of subdi- vision is devised for them. LAMELLICORNIA. Family COPRID4. 13. CEPHALODESMIUS CORNUTUS. Shortly ovate, longer than broad, moderately convex, black, sub-opaque. Head broad, hemispherical, roughly-punctate, each puncture furnished with a minute cinereous scale ; the clypeus large, with the margin recurved, and a large horn about } the length of the head, of flattened shape and slightly emarginate at the apex, springing from the centre of the apex, curving outwards and upwards, and with, one on each side of it, the clypeus sharply toothed and indented. Thorax transverse, convex, deeply emar- ginate in front to receive the head, the anterior angles rather BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 221 rounded and flattened, the sides nearly straight, the base slightly rounded, a conspicuous puncture about the middle of the sides, and finely punctured all over, the punctures with minute scales as on the head. Elytra as broad as the thorax and broader than long, with about seven extremely fine strize on each, the interstices broad, perfectly flat, and irregularly marked with rows of extremely minute punctures, from which spring short decumbent setigerous scales. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 14. MERODONTUS SQUALIDUS. Of a dirty black or grey appearance all over, longer than broad. Head transverse, two minute tubercles between the eyes, the clypeus very slightly emarginate with three very minute teeth on each side. Thorax a little broader than long, much elevated in front by two ridges rising perpendicularly from the middle of the apex, on each side are two abbreviated ridges, and on the posterior part of the thorax six similar ones: the anterior angles are much enlarged and flattened. The elytra are flat, longer than broad, and about the width of the thorax, the apex at the suture terminates in a square prolongation of each elytron, while the posterior angles are roundly prolonged in a similar degree, leaving four deep narrow emarginations along the apical margin, the lateral edge presents a somewhat scolloped appearance, the disk is furnished with four rows of small velvety-looking tubercles on each, most numerous on the sutural rows, and least so on the lateral row, those on the other two rows are generally larger than the others. The spur on the under side of the posterior thigh is in this species in the middle, and the hind tibiz are less curved than in I. calcaratus. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Cairns. . 15, TEMNOPLECTRON POLITULUM. Broadly ovate, convex, black, very nitid. Head smooth, semi- circular in front with a narrow reflexed margin, two very minute teeth in the middle of the apex, and a small sharp notch on each 222 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, side under the eyes. Thorax much broader than the head and broader than long, smooth, convex, emarginate in front and rounded behind, showing under a lens a very minute puncturation, and with a short longitudinal impression near the middle of the sides. Elytra very slightly broader than the thorax, convex, about as broad as long, and rounded behind, with distant faint striz, and flat punctate interstices only traceable under a powerful lens. The pygidium is exposed and somewhat rounded. The legs are piceous and rather strong, the hinder tibize are much curved, the anterior are serrated above the teeth. In one of my specimens the elytra are piceous. Length, 24 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 16. EpImLissus GLOBULUS. Ovate, convex, black, nitid, the humeral angles obscurely piceous. Head smooth, very minutely punctate, the clypeus broadly rounded in front, with a small emargination in the middle, and a small tooth on each side of it. Thorax transverse, emarginate in front, rounded behind and on the sides, and minutely punctate, with a short impression near the middle of each side. Elytra wider than the thorax and widest in the middle, very convex and scarcely longer than wide, and very finely and faintly striate and punctate. Length, 14 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 17. OnrtHoPHAGUS FRoGGATTI. Black, very nitid, the head and thorax having a faint greenish tint. Head finely punctate, clypeus large, more densely punctured than the head, of triangular form, the apex slightly recurved and rounded, the back of the head produced into a broad plate from the apex of which rise two longish horns, parallel, close together and curving forwards. Thorax transverse and perfectly smooth, the anterior angles acute, the sides much bulged out in the middle, the base rounded, the anterior portion behind the head horns perpendicular and slightly retuse, with two small obtuse tubercles on the summit of the retuse portion. Elytra not so broad and BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 223 rather shorter than the thorax and flattish on the back, with 7 or 8 rows of distinct but rather small punctures on each elytron, the punctures on the 6th row the largest. The pygidium and under surface cinereo-villose. Legs clothed with reddish hair. Length, 34 lines. Hab.—Cairns. This species most resembles O. /urcaticeps, Masters. 18. OntTHOPHAGUS WALTERI. Black, nitid, the head and thorax coppery-green. Head densely punctate at the ocular angles and on the clypeus, in the male a little triangular in front, and with a rather acute tubercle on each side of the forehead near the eye, in the female a strong transverse ridge immediately above the eyes. The thorax is very large, convex, rounded on the sides and transverse, and very minutely punctured in the male; the apex is slightly retuse, and above it are two strong obtuse tubercles with a rather deep emargination between ; in the female there is less retuseness and no tubercles ; the median line is visible in both sexes. The elytra are not so broad as the thorax and slightly shorter, and are each marked with 9 punctured striz, with the interstices slightly convex. Pygidium coarsely punctate, under surface thinly cinereo-villose. Length, 3} lines. Hab.—Cairns. 19. ONTHOPHAGUS PARALLELICORNIS. Black, subnitid. Head finely punctate in front, smooth behind, extending into a square lamina truncate in the middle, with two upright parallel horns, one at each angle; the clypeus is large, roughly punctate, and roundly pointed, and reflexed. Thorax transverse, smooth, nitid, finely punctate, without excavation or tubercle in front, the anterior angles advanced and acute, the sides much bulged out, with a fovea in the middle, the base largely rounded. Elytra scarcely so long and not so broad as the thorax, 224 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, striate-punctate ; the interstices broad and rugose with numerous longitudinal scratches. Under surface lightly villose. Club of antenne yellow, Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 20. ONTHOPHAGUS LOBICOLLIS. Black, very nitid, the head and thorax greenish-black. Head finely and rugosely punctate, in front broadly rounded, the clypeal suture raised, and a transverse ridge, triangularly emarginate in the middle and triangularly raised and curved outwards, near the back of the head. Thorax smooth, in front a large and prominent tubercle, emarginate in the middle of its apex, which is bisinuate, the sides jutting out into two strong pointed tubercles, and strongly striated behind, with a deeply excavated space on each side, The elytra quite smooth with fine strize rather thinly punctate, in other respects resembling the previously described species. The pygidium and under surface rather densely cinereo-villose. I have numerous specimens resembling this species in some respects, though very different in others, which may be females. In the absence of proof I cannot accept them as the females of this species, and it would be still worse without proof to describe them as distinct. Von Harold who has devoted much attention to the genus Onthophagus, has I regret to say neutralised much of the good work he has done, by his frequently forming new species out of his unmatched females. Length, 4 lines. Hab.— Cairns. 21. ONTHOPHAGUS EMARGINATUS. Black, the head and thorax bronzy black, nitid, the elytra sub-opaque. Head sparingly punctate, the clypeus rounded, except at the apex which is a little emarginate, on the back of the head a transverse crescent-shaped ridge, the horns rather strong and sub-acute. Thorax slightly retuse in front, the anterior BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 225 angles advanced and rather acute, the sides not much bulged out, the base and posterior angles rounded, and the whole surface finely and rather thinly punctate. Elytra about as wide as the thorax but rather shorter, striated, the strie very fine and minutely punctate, the interstices opaque, flat, and very indistinctly punc- tate except near the sides, the humeral angles and the apical callus indistinctly rufopiceous. Pygidium coarsely and thinly punctate. Under surface very sparingly villose. Length, 24 lines, Hab.—Cairns. Family MELOLONTHID. 22. PHYLLOTOCUS VITTATUS. Of rather elongate form, subdepressed, black, opaque. Head coarsely and thinly punctate, the clypeus narrowed and recurved in front. Thorax nearly square, subsericeous, thinly and coarsely punctate, the anterior angles acute and prominent; the sides almost angled before the middle, then running in a straight line to the base, which is almost truncate. The elytra are little broader than the thorax, and about twice the length, strongly punctate- striate ; the interstices convex and smooth, the alternate ones a little larger ; a ferruginous vitta occupies the disk of each elytron, broad at the base and narrowing towards the apex which it does not quite reach. The legs and antenne are yellow, the hind tibie black. Long thinly placed hairs extend along the lateral margins of the whole upper surface, the under surface is thinly clothed with the same. Length, 2 lines. Hab.—Mossman River, Cairns. The two following species are to all appearance of the genus Scitala, but cannot be placed in that genus on account of the very different antennz. Scitala is described as having 8-jointed antenne, the first joint long and much and suddenly swollen at the apex ; the 2nd rather thick and turbinate ; the 3rd somewhat long; the 4th variable, sometimes as long as the 3rd; the 5th ——__ 15 x Al 226 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, very short; the 6th, 7th, and 8th forming the club. In the genus which I now propose to name Platydesmus, the 1st joint of the antenne is large and abruptly swollen at the tip; the 2nd is globular ; the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th are very short, and the club which is more elongate is composed of the 7th, 8th and 9th joints. In no other respect does it differ from the characters given to Scitala. 23. PLATYDESMUS SULCIPENNIS. Oblong oval, black, sub-opaque ; elytra dull red. Head densely and roughly punctate, the clypeal suture indistinct, the clypeus in front rounded and narrowly recurved, the palpi and antennz piceous, the club of the latter as long as the rest of the antenne and slightly sinuate. Thorax transverse, a little convex, thinly punctate, the anterior angles acute, the sides a little rounded, and the base wider than the apex and a little rounded. Scutellum of rounded triangular form, and dull red colour. LElytra a little wider than the thorax, and more than twice the length, slightly rounded and ampliated on the sides, broadly rounded at the base, deeply striated, the striee punctate, and the interstices convey and very sparingly minutely punctate. Legs strong, the hind tibize broad and spinose; the fore tibie tridentate. Body beneath piceous and slightly cinereo-villose. Length, 4 lines. Hab.— Mossman River, Cairns. 24. PLATYDESMUS FLAVIPENNIS. A larger and more convex species than the last, and very nitid. Head black, thinly punctate, the clypeus densely punctate, rounded as in the last species, with the suture more distinct, the palpi and antenne piceous red, the triphyllate club of the latter of great length and much curved. Thorax thinly punctate, trans- verse, in form like the last. Scutellum rounded behind. Elytra about the width of the thorax at the base, a little ampliated towards the apex which is very round, about three times the length of the thorax, of a pale luteous colour, lightly striated, the BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 227 strie punctate and the interstices almost flat, and irregularly and faintly punctate. Legs and under surface piceous red, in every other respect like P. sulcipennis. Length, 54 lines. Hab.—Mulgrave River, Cairns. 25. LeprpioTA FROGGATTI. A very large convex species, of a nitid black colour, but so densely clothed with short setiform scales as to give it an opaque dirty grey appearance. Head transverse, the eyes large and half- concealed by the thorax, clypeus very much broader than long, largely rounded at the angles and marginate and reflexed at the apex. Thorax transverse, much broader than the head, very densely scaled, emarginate on the anterior border which is ciliated with long hairs, a little rounded on the sides which are slightly crenulate, and bisinuate at the base which is broader than the apex. Scutellum transverse, rounded behind. Elytra as broad as the thorax at the base and gradually becoming wider towards the apex, where they are jointly a little emarginate, three times the length of the thorax, and rugosely punctate, with four rather smooth raised lines on each elytron, the two nearest the suture joining and forming a callus near the apex. The pygidium is rugosely punc- tate and moderately scaly. The sterna are clothed with cinereous hair, the abdominal segments with short setiform scales. The legs are strong, very coarsely and rugosely punctate, and armed with strong setee, the anterior tibie are strongly tridentate, the claws of all the tarsi are armed on the middle of the under surface with an acute strong curved tooth. Length, 17 lines. Hab.—Barron River. Family RUTELIDi. 26. PoPILIA FLAVOMACULATA. Ovate, moderately convex, brassy green on head and thorax, reddish-brown and very nitid on the elytra and legs. Head finely punctate and clothed with a short yellowish decumbent pubescence, 228 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, the clypeus broad, rounded at the angles and slightly so in front and reflexed a little. Thorax transverse, smooth, densely pubescent on the sides, all the angles acute and the base broader than the apex and slightly bisinuate. Elytra rather broader than the thorax, and twice as long, irregularly striated, coarsely punctured in the striae, the interstices very narrow, and adorned with numerous patches of yellow decumbent pubescence distributed on the base, apex, and in two bands of round spots crossing the elytra near the middle. The pygidium is densely pubescent or scaly, the legs and under surface less so, the anterior tibi are strongly bidentate externally. Length, 34 lines. Hab.—Barron River. This is the only species of Popilia as yet described from Australia. Family DYNASTID #%. 97. ISODON GLABRICOLLIS. Oblong oval, black, nitid. Head small, finely punctate towards the clypeal suture; the clypeus rather rounded in front and reflexed, with a minute tubercle at the apex; the mandibles strongly tridentate externally. Thorax scarcely broader than long, quite smooth and convex, the sides and apex thickly margined, the anterior angles acute and prominent ; the posterior rounded, and the base broader than the apex and slightly rounded. Scutellum broadly triangular, impunctate. Elytra not broader than the thorax, and nearly twice the length, covered with rows of square punctures, the first 7 rows from the suture having the punctures much larger and thinner than those on the sides and apex. The anterior tibie are very strongly tridentate, the posterior very thick and spinose. The sterna are fulvo-villose. Length, 53 lines. Hab.—Mulgrave River. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 229 . 28. CHIROPLATYS INCONSPICUUS. Oblong-oval, convex, black, subnitid. Head rugosely punctate, unarmed. Clypeal suture aimost straight, clypeus broadly rounded with a slight emargination in front. Thorax transverse, convex, rounded on the sides and punctate in front, with a large semi- circular excavation in the middle, and a short strong rather acute horn on the anterior edge of the cavity, nearly alike in both sexes. Scutellum of rounded triangular form, scarcely punctate, the median line marked on it. Elytra convex, not broader than the thorax and twice the length, marked with a deep sutural stria, rather crenulate-punctate, and a number of rows, scarcely forming strie, of small punctures. Legs very powerful. Length, 74 lines. Hab, —Cairns. MALACODERMES. Family LYCIDAS. 29. METRIORHYNCHUS ELONGATUS. Entirely black, except the thorax and elytra which are red. Head nitid, the rostrum not longer than the width, the antenna broad, dentate and compressed. Thorax distinctly 7-areolate, nearly square, the posterior angles laterally rather prominent. Scutellum red, smooth, depressed in the middle and emarginate at the apex, the angles pointed. Elytra scarcely broader than the base of the thorax, parallel-sided, separately rounded at the apex, and six times the length of the thorax, with four larger and five smaller costz on each, the smaller ones alternate with the others and most distinct near the base, the intervals transversely punctate, under surface very nitid, the abdominal segments longitudinally scratched. Length, 7 lines. Hab. —Barron River. 230 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, 30. MrrTRIORHYNCHUS CENTRALIS. The coloration of this species exactly resembles the last exceptthat it is perhaps of a more ochraceous red, it is also a broader looking species. The rostrum is more hirsute at the extremity, and the maxillary palpi are longer and more pointed, these being in the last species very short and stout. The thorax also is more rounded in front and more rugosely punctate in the areolets than in M. elongatus, and the central areolet which is rounded in front is blackish. The elytra are five times the length of the thorax and quadricostate, the intermediate smaller coste being less distinct than in the last species, the intervals transversely punctate. Length, 8 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 31. METRIORHYNCHUS SERRATICORNIS. Black, thorax and elytra red, the latter with the extreme apex black. Rostrum elongate, reddish on the sides, the palpi nearly of equal thickness throughout, and the joints of nearly equal length. Antenne compressed, each joint acutely produced at the inner apex ; the third joint longest, the rest about equal. Thorax as long as wide, the 7 areolets deeply marked, the anterior 4 rugosely punctate, the apex and interior angles rounded, the sides gradually widening to the base with a tooth-like angle a little behind the middle, and the base bi-emarginate, notched in the middle and acutely angled. Elytra elongate, quadricostate, the intervals densely packed with two rows of transverse quadrangular punc- tures, separated by minute ridges. Thighs red, in the anterior four to the knee joint, in the posterior at the base. Length, 64 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 32. METRIORHYNCHUS FOLIATUS. Black, the thorax and elytra reddish-yellow excepting the middle of the thorax and the scutellar region which are black. Rostrum elongate, the palpi a little tumid at the apex, the BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 231 antenne serrate, but the joints longer than broad, the third largest ; the basal joints have a reddish-brown tint, caused by a very short sericeous pubescence. The thorax has a broad recurved lamellate lateral margin ; the anterior angles are acute and prominent, the apex emarginate on each side and roundly lobed in the middle, from the acute anterior angles the foliated sides extend outwards and upwards to an angle behind the middle, whence they run straight to the posterior angles, which are scarcely acute. The base is biemarginate as usual, the disk is black from the base to the central anterior areolets ; the 7 areolets are less deeply and more rugosely marked than in the last described species. The description of the elytra is the same. Length, 54 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 33. METRIORHYNCHUS HIRTIPES. This species differs very much from all the species of Metrio- rhynchus I have seen. Black, excepting the elytra and the foliated lateral margins of the thorax, which are red. Rostrum long, nearly cylindrical, maxillary palpi swollen at the apex. Antenne long, the 3rd joint much longer than the 4th ; from the 4th to the 10th the inner apical angles are much produced. Thorax widely foliated on the sides and in form an exaggerated resemblance to NM. foliatus, but with the apex of the anterior angles rounded ; the anterior central areolets are rather confounded with the discal one, which is large and deep. The scutellum is black. The elytra are long and taper towards the apex ; the sculpturation like that of the other species. The legs are clothed beneath with long fulvous hair. The sides of the abdominal segments are whitish. Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 34, XYLOBANUS FUMOSUS. Entirely of a smoky brown. Antenna broadly serrate, com- pressed, the third joint not longer than the fourth, the last joint the longest. Thorax a little broader than Jong, distinctly 7- areolate, the apex and anterior angles rounded, the sides almost 232 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, parallel ; the posterior angles scarcely acute, and the base lobed in the middle. Elytra long and rather pointed at the apex, with the sculpture of the genus, but with the small intermediate cost more distinct at the base. The legs are short, much compressed, and have a slightly sericeous appearance. Length, 23 lines. Hab.— Cairns. 35. XYLOBANUS LONGICORNIS. Black, with the thorax and basal fourth of the elytra bright yellow. Antenne long (reaching nearly to the apex of the elytra) serrate, the third joint not longer than the others and all much longer than wide. Thorax transverse, 7-areolate, the areolets rather lightly marked, the anterior ones punctate, the apex rounded and slightly elevated, the sides widened gradually to the base, the posterior angles acute, and the base minutely lobed and notched in the middle. Scutellum oblong, emarginate in the middle of the apex, black with the tips of the apex yellow. The elytra are rather broad and well rounded at the apex, the sculpture presents nothing remarkable. The legs are less flattened than in X. fumosus, and the terminal segments of the abdomen are whitish on the sides, Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 36. XYLOBANUS MINIATICOLLIS. Black, with the thorax cinnabar-red, that colour extending a little on the coste of the elytra. Antenne very broadly serrate, the joints wider than long, the third not longer than the others. Thorax transverse, distinctly 7-areolate, the 4 anterior areolets with a deep impression at their base, the apex slightly rounded, the anterior angles nearly rectangular, the sides parallel, the posterior angles a little produced laterally, and the base lightly lobed in the middle. Elytra very deeply sculptured, the four costee well-defined and without trace of intermediate costa. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Barron River. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., Wc. 233 37. XYLOBANUS AMPLIATUS. Of an opaque black, with the exception of the thorax and basal fourth of the elytra which are reddish-yellow. Antenne long, serrate, the third joint rather longer than the fourth, the terminal joint longest and acuminate. Thorax broader than long, rounded in front, widened behind, the anterior angles obtuse, the posterior acute, 5-areolate, the discal areolat narrow and extending to the apex. Elytra of the usual quadricostate sculpture, and considerably widened towards the apex. Legs short and moderately stout, the sterna and the base of the four anterior thighs are yellow. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Barron River. 38. XYLOBANUS ATER. This species might be more properly placed in another genus. The colour is entirely opaque black. The head is small, and shows distinctiy in front of the thorax, the eyes are very prominent, the antenne are strongly serrated, the third joint scarcely longer than the fourth, The thorax is transverse, the apex almost truncate, the sides widening towards the base, the posterior angles very acute, the discal areolet raised and well marked, the other areolets indistinct, but their positions marked with depressions, and the colour is of a somewhat nitid black. The elytra are strongly quadricostate, with the transverse lines also distinct. The legs rather slight. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Barron River, 39. XYLOBANUS FROGGATTI. Black, the thorax and elytra orange-red. Antenne serrate, the third joint equal to the fourth, all longer than broad and nearly truncate. Thorax as long as wide, the apex and base nearly truncate, the latter much wider, the posterior angles very acute, the discal areolet joined to the anterior margin by a carina, the rest of the disk uneven. Scutellum witi the posterior margin truncate and thick, with a deep impression in front of it. Elytra 234 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, quadricostate with intermediate very fine coste most distinct towards the base. Legs flattened, the coxze and extreme base of the thighs reddish-yellow. A trace of black sometimes shows on the extreme tip of the elytra. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Cairns. Mr. Waterhouse would probably place this species in his genus. Lulenides, 40. XYLOBANUS ATRIPENNIS. Opaque black, the thorax red. Antenne serrate, the third joint a little larger than the fourth, all much flattened and longer than broad. Thorax transverse, rounded in front, notched and rounded at the anterior angles, widened a little on the sides towards the base ; the posterior angles acute, the base lobed in the middle, with a notch in the middle of the lobe ; the discal areolet only marked,, the rest of the surface unequal. Elytra widening to the apex, quadricostate with two rows of punctures in the interstices. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Barron River. 41. CLADOPHORUS POSTICALIS. Black, the thorax and basal two-thirds of the elytra red. Antenne serrate, in the male flabellate, the third joint not longer than the fourth; all the joints except the apical are broader than long. Thorax broader than the length, rounded in front, not or scarcely wider at the base than the apex; 7-areolate, the middle one lanceolate extending from base to apex, the others very faintly defined. The elytra have the usual sculpturation, but it is of a less deep and rough character, and the intermediate lines in the interstices between the coste are more distinct. The legs are short and flat. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Cairns and Barron River. 42, CLADOPHORUS TESTACEICOLLIS. Of a dull brownish-black colour, with the thorax testaceous red. Antenne with the branches from joints 3 to 10 very much longer BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 235 than the joints themselves. Thorax slightly transverse, a little rounded in front, a little constricted in the middle, expanded into an acute angle at the posterior angles, lobed in the middle of the base, and 7-areolate on the disk, the middle one confined to the basal half, the others not very perfectly defined. The elytra are strongly quadricostate and punctured. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 43, CLADOPHORUS MINIATUS. Black, the thorax and elytra deep red. Antenne strongly branched, the branches quite twice the length of the joints. Thorax transverse, rounded in front, not widened behind, biemarginate and lobed at the base, 7 areolate, the middle one lanceolate, almost reaching the anterior margin, the others rather distinctly defined. Elytra with numerous fine cost, the alternate ones larger, the interstices closely punctured, the punctures somewhat quad- rangular. Length, 45 lines. Hab.—-Barron River. 44, TRICHALUS ANGUSTULUS. Black, nitid, narrow, the thorax, elytra, cox, and base of thighs yellow. Antenne scarcely serrate, the joints longer than wide, rostrum short. Thorax rather longer than wide, almost truncate in front, sides gradually widening to the base with acute angles, a short narrow median areolet, aud a deep depression on each side of it. Elytra narrow, strongly costate, four coste on each elytron at the base, three only on the apical three-quarters, with the interstices minutely costulate and quadrangularly punctured. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Barron River. Family TELEPHORIDZ. 45. TELEPHORUS MOSSMANNI. Head, thorax, elytra, prosternum, the basal part of each abdominal segment, the coxee and base of thighs and the palpi 236 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, reddish-yellow ; all the rest of the body, the legs and the antenna, black. The antennz are inserted almost under the eyes; all the joints from the second are of about equal size; the front of the head is vertical and broadly but lightly depressed in the middle. Thorax nearly twice broader than long, quadrangular, margined on all sides, the apex truncate, the base a little rounded, and all the angles rather rounded, with two fovez on each side, and without a median line. Elytra about five times the length of the thorax, and scarcely wider than it, parallel-sided, broadly almost semi- truncately rounded at the apex, densely clothed with a very minute silky yellow pubescence, (which is found on all parts of the insect, but less dense) and minutely and densely rugose-punctate, with a few obsolete longitudinal lines. The body is thick, the feet slender, the eyes small and prominent. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 46. TELEPHORUS RUBRICEPS. Head, thorax, elytra excepting the apex, and the prosternum reddish-yellow, the rest black. Head without frontal depression, antennee taking their rise between the eyes ; the first joint large, the third shorter than the fourth. Thorax broader than long, the margins more expanded and the angles more rounded than in 7’ Mossmanni, and the fovee on the sides less distinct ; the median line is distinctly marked. The elytra are rounded and tipped with black at the apex, sculpture and clothing are much the same as in T. Mossmanni, but the puncturation is still more minute and obsolete. Length, 34 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 47, TELEPHORUS RUFIVENTRIS. Of broad robust form, the head, thorax, elytra excepting the apical fourth, the abdomen, the sterna and the coxe and base of the thighs reddish-yellow. The head is longitudinally impressed in front, the antennz are inserted almost beneath the eyes, are thick and rather short, the third joint shorter than the fourth, the BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 237 mandibles are large and tipped with black. The thorax is very like that of the last species, 7’. rwbriceps, but the median line is not so continuously canaliculate. The elytra are less densely pubescent, and more deeply tipped with black than in the preceding species, the minute rugose puncturation is more distinct and the whole surface more nitid. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 47. TELEPHORUS FROGGATTI. Black, the thorax red, the elytra lurid brown. Antenne inserted almost under the eyes, slightly serrate, the apex of each joint truncate, the third about equal in length to the fourth. Head nearly covered by the thorax. Thorax much broader than long, quadrangular, margined, and deeply impressed on the median line. Elytra blackish at the base and apex, with a yellowish brown tinge towards the suture and a sericeous pubescence and dense minute puncturation over the whole. The coxz and the sides of the abdominal segments are of a yellowish colour. Length, 23 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 48. SELENURUS APICALIS. Head black, elongate, perpendicular, forming a short snout ; the antennee, inserted in front of the eyes on a yellow patch, filiform, the third joint much shorter than the fourth. Thorax testaceous yellow, rather narrower than the head with the eyes, much longer than broad, margined all round, not wider behind than in front, rounded at the angles, rounded and reflexed at the apex and _ base, and unevenly foveated on the disk. Scutellum with a small black depression at the apex. Elytra rather wider than the thorax at the base, and narrowing to the apex where they are nearly acute and very dehiscent, rather shorter than the wings and body, of a yellowish-brown on the basal region, and a duli black behind, with a yellow apex to each elytron; the sculpture is rough and exceedingly minute, and there is a very small longitudinal ridge 238 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND. along the middle of each. The meso- and metasterna are black, the cox and half the thighs are yellow, the rest black; the abdomen is a nitid black with the apex of each segment bright yellow. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 49, SELENURUS ANNULATUS. This species much resembles the last. The chief differences are as follows :—The antenne are inserted each on a yellow spot; the thorax has a large square black or brown patch in the middle of the anterior half. The elytra are black at the base, yellow for some distance behind, the yellow colour extending backwards along the suture, black for some distance further, and yellow on the tip of each elytron ; the dehiscent apices are more rounded and less acuminate than in the preceding species. The abdomen is ringed and spotted on each side with yellow. The legs are long, slender and ringed with yellow. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Mulgrave River. 50. SELENURUS VIRIDIPENNIS. Head black, minutely striolate, a small yellow tubercle at the insertion of the antennz, a slight depression on the forehead, and a deep corrugated impression between the eyes. Thorax red, flatter than in the last species and not so much longer than broad, and uneven on the surface with a black patch in the centre of the disk. Elytra broader than the thorax, narrow and dehiscent at the apex, nearly as long as the body, of a dark, dingy green colour, and very densely and minutely punctate, with a very fine raised longitudinal line in the middle of each elytron. The legs, the middle of the sterna, and the apical segment of the abdomen are black, the rest of the under surface is yellow. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Russell River. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF £PIMACHUS, FROM THE ASTROLABE RANGE, 8. E. NEW GUINEA, By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., &. EPIMACHUS MACLEAYANA, sp. nov. Adult Male.—Total length, 3ft. 6in. ; tail, 2ft. 7-3; wing, 7:2; tarsus, 2°2; bill from forehead, 3:2 ; from gape, 31 ; along the curve of the culmen from the forehead, 3°3 ; height of bill at base, 0:3; width at gape, 0°6; at nostril, 0-4 ; the longest side chest plumes, 4°7 by 2°1 in breadth at the tip ; flank plumes, 6:2; the long decomposed flank plumes, 8°6 inches. The head, throat, back, wings, rump, and all the upper surface velvety black, all except the neck, wings and rump, with rich metallic glossy scale-like feathers with steel-blue, green, and violet reflections ; rump and upper tail-coverts velvety black with steel-blue tips to the feathers, two centre tail feathers, long, narrow (3°5 in width), black, with blue and purple reflections, the others black without any sheen or gloss. The chest, breast, and all the under surface olive-brown, with rosy mauve reflections, plumes on side of the chest, brcadly margined with steel-blue green and violet reflections, in shape somewhat triangular, being greatly expanded at the tips, the lower side-plumes shorter, margined and tipped with rose-mauve, puce and violet reflections, the longer plumes nearest the flanks with the outer webs only, mauve ; the loose and somewhat decomposed elongated flank-plumes reaching to beyond the under tail-coverts, light brown or of a pale fawn-brown tint, thighs black ; upper tail- coverts and tail below, black; legs, feet, and bill black ; there is a rich sheen of rosy-mauve over the whole of the under surface from the lower part of the neck to the flanks, which shows a rose-lilac tint in certain lights, and is slightly deeper in tint on the lower side-plumes. 240 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF EPIMACHUS. This fine species which was obtained at the foot of the Astrolabe Range, is in some respects allied to £. magnus, but is very distinct from that species in the length of the tail, in the colour of the under surface, and in the rosy tint of the side and flank-plumes. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES. By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., anp J. Doucias-OcILpy. (Notes from the Australian Museum ). CHEROPS MACLEAYI, Sp. nov. Devs Trae Me Lidge Peetee C.-L: Wi, lab. 29): L. trans. 4/10. Length of head 3%, of caudal fin 5, height of body 34 in the total length. Hye—Diameter 32 in the length of the head, 1} io that of the snout, and 2 of a diameter apart. The interorbital space and upper profile of the head are convex, the cleft of the mouth small, not quite reaching to the front margin of eye. Preopercle minutely serrated (probably entire in large examples). Teeth—Four strong curved canines in front of each jaw ; lateral teeth confluent, the extreme tips only being free; no posterior canine. Fins—The dorsal commences above the opercular flap ; its spines are strong, the last the longest, 3 of the length of the head, but not so high as the rays; the base of the soft dorsal is 2 of that of the spinous. The anal commences beneath the 10th dorsal spine ; its last spine is the longest, 4 of the length of the head. The ventral fins do not quite reach to the vent. The pectorals, which are rounded posteriorly, reach to opposite the 11th scale of the lateral line, and are 3 of the length of the head. Caudal rounded. Scales—Large, thin, cycloid, and adherent on the body ; small and non-imbricate on the cheeks ; opercle with four rows ; base of dorsal fin scaly, that of anal not so. Colors— Uniform reddish-brown. The specimen from which the above description was taken measures nearly 54 inches, and was obtained in Port Jackson, a 242 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES, locality very far south of the usual tropical habitat of the genus. We have taken this opportunity of naming the species after the Hon, William Macleay, a gentleman who has done so much towards the elucidation of our Australian Fish Fauna, and the promotion of natural science in general ; and in whose collection the type specimen is contained. LABRICHTHYS CYANOGENYS, Sp. nov. iBoevi.: D. O/Ll 2) AevanOee Vi. 1/b2 APT Voc Ch ace. Tat. 25: L. trans, 3/9. Length of head 32, of caudal fin 54, height of body 3} in the total length. Hye—Diameter 53 in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of the snout, and 1? apart. Interorbital space convex: upper profile of head abruptly convex before the eyes: jaws equal; maxilla extends to beneath middle of orbit. Teeth—Lower jaw with a row of strong conical teeth, the anterior pair very large, the others growing smaller posteriorly, 13 on each ramus ; a row of similar, but much smaller, teeth behind these : upper jaw with a similar dentition, except that the two posterior teeth in each ramus are rather larger than those immediately preceding them, and the hinder row is irregularly duplicated : posterior canine strong. &ims—Dorsal spines rather weak, the last the longest, 7 of the length of the head, and much shorter than the rays. Anal commences beneath the second dorsal ray, the third spine is the longest, about } of the length of the head, and half that of the longest ray. Pectorals sinuous posteriorly, reaching to cpposite the 8th scale of the lateral line, and ? of the length of the head. Ventrals about equal in length to the pectorals, and reaching to the vent. Caudal rounded. Scales—Large, thin, cycloid, and adherent. Cheeks with two vertical rows of small scales behind the eyes. None at the base of the vertical fins. Gll-rakers—Short, broad, and divided at the tip; their length 3 of the diameter of the eye. » Js ee Bt step OaRLOnO LABIATH - vee ee TE Com EUPHORBIACEE ase ee ea) oh) RHAMNACEX ae ane en bile rome) STERCULIACEX ne ie ign LO Seal LAURACEE ... oat aun my! 7 to l The following species are extremely local in their occurrence here :—FPittosporum undulatum, Acacia amena, Eucalyptus glob- ulus, Sambucus xanthocarpa, Solanum stelligerum, S. campanu- latum, Nicotiana suaveolens, Woodwardia caudata at Mulla- muddy ; Pittosporwm phillyroides, Geijera salicifolia, and Prostan- thera linearis at Two Mile Flat; Acacta lunata, Corysanthes Hamiltonii, Pterostylis striata and Caladenia arenaria, in the Beau- desert Hills; Baeckia Cunninghami and Pterostylis clavigera at Biraganbil ; Dodonca lobulata, Exocarpus strictus, and Grevillea Hloribunda at Cullenbone ; and Acacia triptera and Melaleuca nodosa at Reedy Creek. Cooyal has about 92 species not found else- where in the district. Doubtless there are many more species both at Cooyal and all over the district which I have not succeeded in collecting, but if I should meet with such I will include them in a supplementary paper at some future time. If any member of the Linnean Society would compile a list of the indigenous plants round Wellington and Dubbo, it would be very interesting to compare with the above, and would undoubtedly be of great service in making out the geographical range of Aus- tralian plants. More would be learned from a comparison of two local floras not far removed, than in the comparison of two with such a wide gap between them as those of Cumberland and Mudgee. THE INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND. Parr II. (Continued from page 238 ). By Witiiam Mac teay, F.1.8., &c. HETEROMERA. Family TENEBRIONIDS. Sub-Family HELAKIDES. 51. PTEROHELZUS PUSILLUS. Ovate, moderately convex, black; the legs, palpi and antennz piceous. Head subnitid, showing under a powerful lens minute punctures ; the clypeus large, somewhat elevated and convex at the apex, and almost semi-circular behind, with the suture rather indistinct except at the sides. Thorax subnitid, very minutely punctured, twice as broad as long, narrowly beaded all round, semi-circularly emarginate in front, the anterior angles produced, the sides roundly widening to the base and largely and rather flatly margined, the posterior angles acute, the base lightly bisinuate and fitting exactly to the base of the elytra, with a short transverse depression on each side of the middle near the base. Elytra of a dull black, very little wider than the base of the thorax, and about thrice its length, coarsely punctured; the punctures placed very irregularly in generally double rows with some of the interstices slightly elevated ; the foliate recurved lateral margins without punctures but minutely rugose. The abdominal segments are nitid and longitudinally rugose, the terminal segment is piceous. Length, 43 lines. Hab.—Barron River. 308 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, Sub-Family CYPHALEIDES. 52. PLATYPHANES ELONGATULUS. Oblong, very nitid, brassy-black. Head densely and finely punctate, the clypeus rounded in front except a slight emargination in the middle, and a little thickened and recurved at the sides and without distinct suture. Thorax less densely and finely punctate than the head, broader than long, largely emarginate in front ; the anterior angles slightly prominent, the sides rounded and widening a little to the base, the posterior angles a little acute, and the base broadly lobed in the middle with on each side of it a circular depression. Elytra wider than the thorax, more than three times the length, and convex, with on each elytron 10 rows and an abbreviated scutellar one of large deeply impressed punctures, becoming smaller and indistinct towards the apex The basal portions of the metasternum and abdominal segments are rugosely punctate. The last joint of all the tarsi is longer than the other three combined. Length, 8 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. This species seems to approach nearest to Platyphanes oblongus of Waterhouse. . Genus PARAPHANES. Eyes free from the thorax. Prosternum sharply and prominently keeled along its entire length. Mesosternum deeply and semi- circularly incised in front. Epipleurz of the elytra incomplete. Antenne of medium length, the joints from the 5th to the apex broader than the others. In other respects like Platyphanes. With all my anxiety to avoid adding to the number of genera in a group already, as I feel inclined to think, overloaded with them, I am compelled to form this genus for the insect described below. Mr. Pascoe, who has given much attention to the Cyphaleides, has sub-divided them into genera founded upon certain anatomical differences, and accepting, as I do, his plan of sub-division as correct, and his sub-divisions as of sufficient generic BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 309 value, I had no alternative but to add another genus. Beyond the characters given above of the genus, there are other pecu- liarities in the insect, which might claim to be of generic import- ance, but I am and always have been averse to limiting too much the range of a genus by giving it a too limited definition. But all these peculiarities are included in the following specific description. 53, PARAPHANES NITIDUS. Oblong, convex, brassy-brown, very nitid. Head finely punc- tate ; eyes large, transverse, touching, but not covered by, the thorax, not approximate in front, the clypeal suture almost straight, the clypeus transverse, broadly and slightly rounded in front and recurved on the sides where it is produced a little over the eye ; labrum short, transverse. Antenne longer than the head and thorax united, the first joint rather large, the second about one- third the length of the third, the third nearly twice the length of the fourth, the rest of about equal length but broader and flatter. Thorax transverse, minutely punctate, much emarginate in front, the anterior angles produced and rounded, the sides slightly rounded and margined, the margins flattened out at the anterior and posterior angles where they are coarsely punctured, the posterior angles very acute and the base broader than the apex and lobed in the middle. Scutellum curvilinearly triangular, depressed in the middle and minutely punctate. Elytra of the same width as the base of the thorax, and more than three times the length, convex in the middle, besinuate at the base, narrowed a little to the apex, and covered with numerous rows of small rather irregular punctures becoming less distinct towards the apex and with a deep impression near each side a little behind the humeral angle. The under surface is nitid and minutely punc- tate, and very minutely rugose. The legs are moderately stout, the thighs much swollen towards the apex, the tibie densely punctate, the punctures setigerous ; the last joint of the tarsi as long as all the others united. Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 310 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, 54. CHARTOPTERYX GLABER. Oblong, very nitid, black, elytra amethystine black, legs piceous. Head finely punctate, clypeus short and broad, labrum large, palpi strongly securiform. Antenne elongate, slender, these and the palpi piceous. Thorax about twice as broad as long, very smooth, anterior angles very prominent, posterior acute, sides slightly rounded and broadly margined, the base a little wider than the apex, broadly lobed in the middle and slightly emarginate on each side of the lobe. Scutellum rounded behind. Elytra broader than the thorax and nearly four times the length, convex and covered with rows of rather large irregular punctures, some running into one another, and some of the middle rows joining others a little short of the apex. The epipleure of the elytra are very coarsely punctured. There is a deep depression immediately beneath the mentum. The abdominal segments are very finely rugose. The incision on the apex of the mesosternum is V-shaped. The hind tibiz are long and slender, and the first joint of the posterior tarsi is scarcely as long as the other three united. Length, 7 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 55. DECIALMA STRIATOPUNCTATA. Of rather elongate form, moderately convex, nitid, black, the elytra purplish black. Head minutely punctate, rounded in front ; eyes distant. Antenne short, yellowish-red, the last six joints broader than long. Thorax broader than Jong, minutely and rather thinly punctate, the anterior angles very little produced, the sides lightly rounded and narrowly margined, the posterior angles square, and the base slightly broader than the apex, and lightly biemarginate and lobed. Scutellum small and triangular. Elytra of the width of the thorax and three times the length, the base fitting exactly the base of the thorax, with a short sutural and eight distinctly punctured strize on each elytron. The prosternum BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 311 has an elongate oval groove along its whole length, there is an impressed line in the middle of the metasternum, the abdominal segments are finely punctate, the tarsi and tips of the tibiz are yellow and pubescent. ‘ Length, 43 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 56. DECIALMA VIRIDIPENNIS. This species very much resembles the last. It is much smaller, rather more convex, and is elongate-ovate. The head is black and densely and finely punctate, the clypeus nearly as long as the head and smooth ; the antenne reddish and like those of D. striato- punctata. Thorax transverse but less so than in the previous species, in other respects resembling it. Elytra dark metallic green with purplish reflections, very nitid, 8-striate, the striz regularly punctate, a short sutural stria. The under surface like D. striatopunctata, the tarsi less yellow and less pubescent. Length, 34 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. Sub-Family CNODALONIDES. 57. CHOLIPUS ATROVIRIDIS. Oblong, narrow, black, very nitid, the elytra brilliant greenish black. Head very minutely punctate, the clypeal suture semi- circular, the clypeus truncate in front, and rounded on the angles with a short transverse depression in the middle near the suture, labrum transverse, thickened in front. Antenne not quite reaching the base of the thorax, of a piceous colour, the last six joints broader and more compressed than the others Thorax very minutely and thinly punctate, rather convex, nearly square, the ante- rior angles rounded, the sides slightly so, and margined,—narrowly in front and on the sides, and rather strongl yon the base—with a broad transverse depression near the base, and _parallel-sided. Elytra broader than the thorax nearly three times the length and 312 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, striate-punctate. The prosternum is broad and _ prominent between the fore legs, declivous in front and not produced, and depressed aud broad behind, the surface marked with two deep strie. The legs are rather short and strong, the thighs swollen, the tibize a little curved, the posterior ones much bellied above the middle,the tarsi reddish pubescent. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. Family CISTELID At. Genus SYNATRACTUS. Head produced, narrowly necked, clypeus large, square, emar- ginate in the middle, labrum a littie transverse, emarginate like the clypeus. Eyes very large, not approximate. Antenne extending to the first third of the elytra, the first joint large, the second short, the rest all of the same length till the apical one, which is elongate and thrice the length of any of the others; the maxilliary palpi are acutely cultriform. The thorax is of the width of the head, a little longer than wide, rounded at the anterior angles, not broader behind than in front, with a deep constriction at the base, and with the margin behind it sharply reflexed and showing a minute tooth on each side. Elytra much wider than the thorax, and widening somewhat to near the apex. Legs slender, the tibize not spurred. 58. SYNATRACTUS VARIABILIS. Of elongate and rather flattened form. Head with some irregular depressions between the eyes, the clypeal suture deeply impressed and nearly straight, the labrum narrower and shorter than the clypeus. Thorax entirely smooth. Elytra four times the length of the thorax, widening from the humeral angles back- wards, densely punctate striate, with a short scutellar stria. The colour varies very much, from yellowish-red all over to reddish- brown, the elytra sometimes even dark brown or varied with BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 313: brown blotches, the legs also of all shades of red and brown, and the antenne similarly variegated. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Mossman River, Russell River, Cairns. 59. ATRACTUS FLAVIPES. Elongate, oval, brownish-black, opaque, the elytra nitid brassy- brown, the legs yellow. Head finely granulate, a slight semi- circular depression between the upper portion of the eyes, the clypeus short, the labrum nearly square, the palpi and antennze reddish, getting darker towards the apex. Thorax dark brown, longer than wide, very slightly widening to the base,—both that and the apex truncate,—and finely granulate. Elytra wider than the thorax, narrowing towards the apex, punctate-striate, the inter- stices minutely rugose-punctate. The thighs are tumid and of a pale yellow, the rest of the legs are of a reddish yellow. One male specimen. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 60. ATRACTUS VITTIPENNIS. Elongate, narrow, acuminate behind, nitid throughout. Head black, finely punctate, clypeus broad, thick-edged and short, the clypeal suture nearly straight, the labrum large, widest at the apex, slightly emarginate, setigerous, and separated from the clypeus by a yellow membrane, the apex of the palpi and mandibles and the antenn excepting the three basal joints, and the third from the apex which are yellowish, black. Thorax reddish-yellow, very smooth and nitid, much longer than broad, not wider behind than in front, parallel-sided, the angles rather rounded, and the apex and _ base truncate. Elytra of the same reddish-yellow nitid colour as the thorax, but the suture and lateral margins more or less broadly margined with black, the whole rather finely punctate-striate- The under surface is black, as well as the legs excepting the thighs 314 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, to the knees and the anterior two-thirds of the tibiae which are yellow. Some small specimens, which I take to be males, are of a darker colour throughout, there being no reddish colouring on the antenne, and the red of the elytra being reduced to a small vitta in the middle. Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 61. HyBRENIA SUBVITTATA. Oblong-oval, dark brown, sub-opaque, cinereo-pubescent. Head minutely punctate, the clypeal suture close in front of the eyes and deeply impressed. Thorax finely and densely punctate, trans- verse, broader at the base than in front, the anterior angles rounded ; the posterior square, and the base and apex truncate. Scutellum small and triangular. Elytra moderately convex, rather wider than the thorax, pointed at the apex, and densely and rugosely punctate with eight striz on each elytron, the suture, and the 5th and 8th interstices of a dark brown, the rest reddish brown. Posterior tibize with a hooked spur at the inner apex. Length, 7 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 62. HYBRENIA LATICOLLIS. Elongate-oval, moderately convex, black, nitid. Head very thinly punctate and carinated between the eyes, which are very large and close together. The antenne are long and slender at the apex, the four apical joints reddish and pubescent, the last longer than the preceding. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; thinly punctate, not broader at the base than in front, the anterior angles round, the posterior square and acute, the basal margin grooved and very roughly punctate ; the median line very deeply impressed with the disk convex on each side of it. Scutellum rounded behind. Elytra wider than the thorax, five times the length and pointed towards the apex, with eight complete striz and one scutellar abbreviated one on each elytron deeply marked, and with BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 315 convex interstices, each stria marked with large square punctures on the basal half. The legs are piceous, the tibiz roughly punc- tate and setose, the sterna thinly punctate, the last abdominal segment large and deeply excavated. This last is no doubt a sexual character. Length, 10 lines. One specimen, a male. Hab.— Mossman River. 63. HYBRENIA ANGUSTATA. Of narrower form thar the last described species, black, sub- nitid, palpi and tarsi reddish. Head punctate, eyes contiguous, palpi very broadly triangular, the last joint of the antennae not larger than the preceding one. Thorax about as long as broad, densely punctate, rather convex, rounded at the anterior angles, rectan- gular behind, narrowly margined and uearly truncate at the base and with three shallow transverse depressions close to the base. Elytra a little wider than the thorax, pointed at the apex, elongate, with eight deep striz on each elytron and a short sutured one (shorter than in A. laticollis), each stria tilled with deep square punctures most deeply marked on the basal portion. The under surface is more densely punctate than in Z. laticollis. Length, 74 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 64. HyYBRENIA SUBLZEVIS. Oblong, oval, black, nitid. Head finely but not densely punc- tate, eyes close, not contiguous. Thorax about as broad as long, very thinly punctate, rounded at the anterior angles, square at the posterior, lightly transversely impressed near the base, and bisinuate at the base. Elytra broader than the thorax and four times the length, convex, irregularly and rugosely punctate, with eight lightly marked fine striz on each elytron ‘The legs are densely punctate and shortly setose. Length, 7 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 316 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, 65. ALLECULA FLAVICORNIS. Oblong-oval, brown, covered with a short yellowish pubescence, the antenne, palpi, clypeus, labrum, tibiz and tarsi, yellow. Head finely punctate, the eyes large and rather approximate. Thorax densely punctate, slightly transverse, widening much from the apex to the base, that slightly sinuate. Elytra at the base the width of the base of the thorax, ampliated a little to behind the middle and punctate striate. The under surface finely and thinly punctate, the thighs black. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. This species ought perhaps to be placed in the genus Hybrenia. Family LAGRITD/. 66. LAGRIA RUFICEPS. Oblong, red, nitid, elytra dark metallic green. Head punctate with a round depression between the eyes, the antennz brownish from the third joint. Thorax oblong, scarcely wider at the base than the apex, roughly punctate with an indistinct transverse impression near the apex, and another near the base. Scutellum reddish, triangular. Elytra much broader than the thorax, rather squarely shouldered, ampliated behind, irregularly and rugosely punctate, and clothed with a thin short whitish pubescence. The under surface and the thighs are reddish, the knees, tibize and tarsi brown. Length, 33 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 67. LAGRIA ALBOVILLOSA. The legs, antennz and all the upper surface brown and sub- nitid, with a slight bronze lustre, the under surface piceous red, the whole upper surface densely and rugosely punctate, and clothed rather densely with long soft whitish hair, the under surface BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., Wc. 317 smooth and nitid. The antenne are proportionally shorter than in the last described species, and the elytra are more ampliated. It most resembles the Lagria tomentosa of Western Australia. Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 68. LAGRIA PURPUREIPENNIS. Like Z. albovillosa, but smaller, less roughly punctate, and less thickly villose. The head and thorax are of a dark metallic green, the elytra of a ruddy purple, the under surface of a dark red and smooth. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Mulgrave River. Family MORDELLIDA. 69. MoRDELLA PULVERULENTA. Black, sub-opaque, subsericeous. Head clothed with a very short whitish pubescence Thorax margined in front with white pubescence and with several irregular small spots on the middle and hinder parts. Elytra covered with many small white spots, some of them joining so as to form a small fascia near the apex. The pygidium is rather strongly pointed, the abdo- minal segmenis and sterna are slightly dusted with whitish pube- scence. The anterior legs are piceous. Length, 2 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 70. MoRrDELLA NOTABILIS. More elongate than the preceding, black, opaque, subsericeous. Head whitish-pubescent except on the vertex. Thorax margined with a white pubescence except on the middle of the apex, a little behind the anterior angles a transverse semi-circular line of the same colour, and in the same line near the centre small spots, ~ 318 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, with smaller spots behind, the base more deeply white at the emarginations. Elytra each with a white spot at the scutellum, another behind nearer the side, a third at the middle near the suture, a fourth between that and the apex and further from the suture ; pygidium very acute and long. Flank of thorax and abdomen white-spotted. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Barron River. 71. MorDELLA OVALISTICTA. Black, opaque, sericeous. Head bordered behind except in the middle with whitish pubescence, thorax with a rather faint trans- verse band of white nearer the apex than the base, two short longitudinal lines behind it, and a broader band along the basal border. Elytra each with an oval oblique spot near the base, a shorter oval spot near the suture about the middle, and a smaller one behind further from the suture. The pygidium strongly and bluntly pointed, the flanks white spotted. Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 72. MorDELLA UNDOSA. This species is of a rather short oval form, the thorax less transverse than usual and the pygidium strongly but not largely pointed. The thorax has four narrow lines of white pubescence, two of them lateral. The elytra have three very thin wavy fasciee of the same kind, one at the base not reaching the sides, one about the middle complete from side to side, the third near the apex incomplete. All the rest jet black. Length, 1 line. Hab.—Mossman River. 73. MorDELLA HAMATILIS. Also a short oval form, black, subnitid. Base of thorax mar- gined with whitish pubescence. On each elytron an elongate BY WILILAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., XC. 319 whitish spot behind the scutellum, a long hook-shapod spot on each side, four distinct round spots placed transversely about one- third from the apex and two similarly placed near the apex, white. Pygidium short and acutely pointed. This might be a Zomazia, Length, 14 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 74. MorRDELLA NIGRANS. Oval, black, subnitid, sericeous. Head and thorax scarcely pubescent. Elytra without distinct mark, but showing in some lights a very faint oblique longitudinal vitta. Under surface unspotted. Thorax scarcely transverse. Length, 2 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 75. MoRDELLA OBSCURIPENNIS. Of oblong form, sericeous, subnitid, reddish yellow with the elytra and abominal segments brown. The antennz are rather long and very slender and filiform, the head has a small smooth line on the vertex only visible under a lens, and the pygidium is long, slender and very acute. Length, 1} lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 76. MorDELLA FLAVICANS. Of a more oval form than the preceding, entirely pale reddish- yellow, with the exception of the apex of the elytra which is brownish, sericeous, and sub-opaque, the antenne are thicker and more dentate than in M. obscuripennis, the pygidium slight and acute. Length, 1 line. Hab.—Mossman River. 320 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, 77. MORDELLA SUBVITTATA. Elongate-ovate, chocolate brown, subnitid, Thorax as long as broad; elytra with a broad not well-defined oblique vitta of whitish pubescence extending from each humeral angle to the apex where they meet. The pygidium is long and very slight and acute. Length, 14 lines. Aab.— Russell River. 78. MoRDELLA ELONGATULA. Elongate, black, opaque. Head covered with a golden pubes- cence, excepting a broad space on the top of the head. Thorax broader than the elytra and of a bright golden pubescence excepting a broad median vitta, almost interrupted in front of the middle. Elytra with a large rounded triangular patch occupying the middle of the base, excepting a spot on each side of the suture, and a spot behind common to both elytra, a broad golden fascia behind the middle and the apical portion golden. The under surface golden pubescent, and the pygidium long and acute ; the anterior legs red. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. I believe there are other species of Mordella in the Cairns Collection. The number of species throughout all Australia, and particularly from the north, is wonderful. I have not been able to study the group sufficiently to qualify me to pronounce with any certainty between what are species and what are not, and therefore I have, in giving names in my Cabinet to those of the group received from the Cairns District, carefully avoided describing any specimens which J had not satisfied myself were distinct and undescribed. The whole Family however, wants revision, but, as it is a Family numerously represented in other parts of the world besides Australia, I am very much indisposed for a task requiring such extended research. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 321 Family RHIPIPHORID. 79. EMENADIA CUCULLATA. Black, subnitid. Head much elevated on the vertex into a narrow transverse ridge, in front vertical and densely punctate, between the antenne a smoothish impression, a deep median impression on the clypeus and labrum. Thorax very minutely and densely granulose punctate, with a tubercle on the basal lobe from which a fine carina extends along the median line and back of the head up to the elevated vertex. Elytra with the usual sculp- ture of the genus, but short, acute and dehiscent, the colour black, with inconspicuous piceous red spots on the apical third. Beneath nitid and minutely punctate. Length, 4 to 7 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 81. PELOCOTOMOIDES MARMORATUS. Brown, covered with a rather short decumbent cinereous pubes- cence. Head punctate, eyes large, approximate in front, receding behind, snout produced. Thorax about as long as the width at the base, Elytra of the width of the thorax at the base, more than three times the length, and gradually narrowed to the apex, the pubescence is interrupted in several transverse patches, giving a fasciated appearance. The under surface is thinly pubescent. Length, 5 to 7 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 82, PELOCOTOMOIDES AUREOTINCTA. Of a light chocoiate-brown above and beneath, and clothed with a rather thin silky pubescence. Head with the pubescence golden, the eyes rather distant. Thorax lobate and emarginate on each 21 322 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, side of the lobe at the base, with the posterior angles very acute and produced backwards. Scutellum rounded behind and parallel- sided. Elytra not broader than the thorax and more than twice the length, the pubescence along the middle having a distinct golden tinge. Undersurface sparingly pubescent, the apex of the abdominal segments ciliated. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. 83. PELECOTOMOIDES SERRATICORNIS. This insect is almost identical with the preceding, the difference may possibly be only sexual. It is of a darker brown and more densely sericeo-pubescent, the scutellum is more elongate, the antenne more strongly serrate, and the under surface more densely pubescent and of a reddish colour. Length, 3 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. Family PEDILID A. 84. EGESTRIA HIRTIPENNIS. Very dark brown, subnitid, very roughly punctate and clothed with soft, erect, cinereous hairs. Head square, eyes prominent, labrum very short, antenne slender, the last joint longer than the others, maxillary palpi long, the joints triangular with the apical angle pointing inwards, the last joint largest. Neck narrow and well-defined. Thorax transverse, rounded at the anterior angles, truncate behind. Elytra broader than the thorax, and more than three times the length. Base of thighs, tibiz, tarsi and palpi yellow. Length, 2 lines. Hab.—Russell River. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 323 85. EGESTRIA RUBICUNDA. Head, thorax and under surface black, legs and elytra piceous. red and nitid, the whole upper surface roughly punctate and clothed with soft cinereous hair. Head large, square, labrum very short and slightly emarginate, palpi thicker and shorter than in £. hirtipennis. Mandibles prominent, acute and unarmed. Antenne rather long, slender, compressed, the last joint much the longest. Neck much constricted. Thorax elongate, of globular shape, not broader than the head. Elytra broader than the thorax, about three times the length and parallel-sided. Sterna and abdomen nitid and slightly pubescent. Length, 33 lines. Hab.—Cairns. Family CANTHARID A. 86. PAL&STRIDA CONCOLOR. Elongate, black with the back of the head, the thorax, and the elytra deep red, finely punctate and of a plush-like lustre, and the parts of the mouth and the prosternum yellow. Head small, eyes small and prominent, the space between the eyes depressed and of a blackish colour. Maxillary palpi rather long, the last joint slightly securiform. Antennz rather broadly compressed, serrate, the joints slightly longer than broad, the second very small, the third and fourth joints equal, the last elongate-oval. Thorax about as long as broad, rounded on the sides, not broader behind than in front, with three broad longitudinal impressions, and raised interstices, these last showing a few small nodular- looking irregularities. Scutellum black, nearly square. Elytra broader than the thorax and five times the length, a little 324 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, ampliated towards the apex, finely and densely granulate-punctate and pubescent with three rather indistinct coste on each elytron. The legs, which are short, meso- and metasterna and the abdomen are nitid and very slightly punctate and pubescent. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 87. PALAHSTRIDA FLABELLICORNIS. Black, opaque, densely granulose-punctate, the back of the head, the thorax, the base of the elytra and the sterna, orange with a plush-like lustre and texture. The head resembles that of P. concolor, but the antennz are more elongate, reaching to the apical third of the elytra, and from the outer apex of each joint from the third to the tenth, a branch extends of greater length than the joint itself. The thorax also resembles the last species, but the width is slightly more.than the length. The scutellum is orange. The elytra are broader than the thorax, and five times the length and ampliated behind with three rather indistinct coste on each elytron. The bases of the thighs are reddish yellow. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Russeil River. 88. PALASTRIDA NIGRIPENNIS. Entirely black, excepting the thorax, prosternum and labrum. In sculpture it resembles exactly the two foregoing species, the antenne however are not branched asin P. flabellicornis, and are more acutely serrated than in P. concolor. The thorax also in this species is not broader than long. The scutellum is black. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Mossman River. These three species clearly belong to the same genus, but whether they actually belong to the genus Palestrida may be doubtful. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F\L.S., &c. 325 The genus has never been properly characterized, but the original species P. bicolor seems to resemble them much. 89. ZoNITIS PALLIDA. Entirely pale yellow above, black beneath. Head very minutely punctate, antenne and palpi black, the latter with the last joint not widened at the apex. Thorax minutely punctate, longer than broad, slightly broader behind than in front. Elytra broader than the thorax, four times the length, and very densely and minutely transversely punctate, with three obsolete longitudinal lines on each elytron. Legs entirely black, excepting the claws of the tarsi, which are reddish. Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Barron River. Family G2DEMERID Ai, 90. ANANCA LATERALIS. Pale yellow, covered with a dense short pubescence, densely and minutely punctate, and clouded a little with brown on the top of the head and on the thorax, and with an indistinctly defined vitta of the same colour on the elytra near each lateral margin. The thorax is longer than broad, and broader in front than behind, with two large shallow depressions on the anterior half. Elytra broader than the thorax at the base, and four times the length, with four obsolete longitudinal lines on each elytron. Under surface yellow excepting the four first abdominal segments which are black or dark brown. Length, 5 lines. Hab.— Mossman Riven 326 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, Family EROTYLID A. 91. LaNGURIA AUSTRALIS. Black, very nitid, the thorax and head bright red. Head quite smooth and nitid. Thorax smooth and nitid, much longer than broad, scarcely wider than the head, the base and apex of equal width and the sides a little rounded in the middle. Elytra at the base not wider than the middle of the thorax, gradually narrowed to the apex, about four times the length of the thorax, a deeply impressed stria on each side of the suture and eight very fine striz densely and finely punctate on each elytron, the inter- stices smooth. The under surface is very finely and thinly punctured, the sterna reddish. Length, 43 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 92. EPISCAPHULA GIGAS. Oblong-oval, black, subnitid. Head very thinly punctate, semi- circularly impressed between the antennz on the clypeal suture, clypeus rounded and thickened at the apex, labrum very short, rounded in front, the third joint of the antenne twice the length of the fourth. Thorax transverse, strongly margined at the sides, emarginate in front, bisinuate behind, the anterior angles acute and prominent, the posterior square, a large shallow depression at the base on each side of the median lobe, filled with coarse punctures. The colour is black with a dark red broad zig-zag fascia occupying the sides and most of the centre. Scutellum transverse, rounded behind. Elytra very little wider than the thorax and about four times the length, faintly striate-punctate, black with a patch at the base surrounding the humeral angles, and a fascia near the apex, not touching either the side or suture, of a deep dullred. The under surface is black, and very sparingly BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 327 punctate, the prosternum is flat, triangular and acutely pointed in front, the apex of the tibiz and the tarsi beneath clothed with golden hair. Length, 9 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 93. EPISCAPHULA BIFASCIATA.. Oblong-oval, black, nitid. Head very finely punctate, clypeal suture not visible, the third joint of the antenne longer than the fourth. Thorax less transverse than in the last species, anterior angles acutely produced, base slightly bisinuate, a small fovea on each side of the middle lobe, and a large red spot at the apex on each side of the median line. Elytra of the width of the base of the thorax and about three times the length, moderately convex and narrowing to the apex, and finely striate-punctate, with a yellow wavy fascia near the base and another near the apex, neither reaching the suture. Under surface black, legs pitchy red. Prosternum not pointed in front. Length, 4 lines. Hab.—Russell River. 94, EpIsSCAPHA FROGGATTI. Oblong. Head black, minutely punctate without transverse impression, clypeus convex and rounded. Thorax much broader than long, the anterior angles slightly prominent, the base and sides thinly and coarsely punctate, of a red colour with a large square black spot in the middle of the base. Elytra about the width of the base of the thorax, a little narrowed towards the apex, finely striate-punctate, and of a red colour, with a square spot on the humeral angle, a larger one at the scutellum, a broad median fascia, a smaller one not reaching the suture between that and apex, and the apex black. Under side red, legs, meso- and metasternum black. Length, 34 lines. Hab.—Cairns. 328 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND. 95. THALLIS BIZONATA. Oblong, black, nitid, with a red fascia near the base and another near the apex of each elytron. Thorax nearly square, strongly margined on the sides and very finely punctate. Elytra scarcely tapering behind, very faintly striate-punctate. The scutellum is transverse and rounded behind. Length, 2 lines. Hab.—Barron River. NOTES ON THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY. No. IV. By Dr. Oscar Karz. Having been interrupted for about six weeks I was not able to take up again the bacteriological examination of Sydney water until the 29th of last April. From this date up to the 26th inst., however, I examined sixteen samples of this water, derived again in all the cases from the tap in the Laboratory of the Linnean Hall. The following table will best convey an idea of the results obtained so far as the quantity of bacterial colonies, referred to 1 ccm. of the water under consideration, is concerned. Number of colonies Number of liquefying Date. Temp. of Water. aalariesinulkGcin (LE) Apr 29,701 00), Ba 182 C. 140 35=25 p.c. (2) May 2 662 F. =19} C. 461 48=102 p.c. (3 no 50 SY dme—nl (HOR OF 465 66 =14} p.c. (3) wasn ¢LO 62, B= 162..C 125 22172 pie. (3). Get bo) Fi= 15 4. 4] p= 2bep.cs (6) ,, 19 58! F.=142 C 17 i= Aline: Chi) £435,412 58 F.=145 C 108 4= 32 p.e (8) ,, 26 GY A= 16 re: 73 16 = 214 p.c. (9)." 5°30 Gla = 16st! 148 2. Dye (10) June 3 6h RS = l6s"C. 92 13) pc. CE es ait Ad OG) 8. — 1s, 6 212 ide ne. 0) rem i Doe Seeley 491 pa — TL pe: {ESPws) 14 54; F.=122 C 164 To — 1c. Cid) eens 52) R = 1st i) 10—105 pe: (15) 3, 22 oye. — 145 152 36 = 232 p.c. (116) 4,726 Boe Bogen, 25 6=24 p.c. 330 ON THE EXAMINATION OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY. The mean number of colonies out of these figures, for 1 ccm. of water, is 176, among which there are 23 or 24 colonies — to about 132 p.c., which caused liquefaction of the nutrient gelatine. Save a few interruptions these bacteriological examinations of Sydney Tap-Water extend now over nearly one year (see these Proceedings, September 1886, December 1886, March 1887), and taking into consideration the average numbers of bacterial colonies obtained each of the four times, we arrive at a mean of 246 for one cubiccentim., out of which 67, or about 27} p.c., were such as liquefied the gelatine. At the beginning it was my intention to describe all kinds of bacteria met with; but by-and-by the number of these became so large that from want of time and opportunity I had to give the idea up. In order to have a practical bearing, the investigation of every kind of bacterium found in potable waters has to deal with its principal biological properties, and, as already mentioned previously, it has to be ascertained which of the forms cultivated are so-called “ water-bacteria,” and which ones must be looked upon as merely accidental. But without having been able to do this I trust that the results of my examinations, in the form offered, will not be quite devoid of interest. The bacillus of typhoid fever I have not yet come across in Sydney water, although now and then bacteria came under notice which were not unlike it in several points. By that I do not mean to say that the true microbe of typhoid fever might not occasionally be present in this water ; it must be borne in mind that, after all, the chances to obtain it from this source will be bat slight in face of the fact that comparatively only minute portions of it, up to 1 ccm., can be taken for each individual test. However, when there is a strong suspicion of its being grossly contaminated with the germs of typhoid fever, the chances to actually demonstrate these out of the water, naturally increase, and on such occasions the carrying out of bacteriological examinations will prove to be of special value. PRELIMINARY REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER. By Dr. Oscar Katz. Influenced by a memoir recently published by Dr. Fischer, on a light-producing bacterium found in sea-water near the Danish Island of St. Croix, in the West Indies (1), and also by his state- ments on another kind of fission-fungus derived from dead marine fish out of the Baltic Sea and the Berlin Aquarium (2), I com- menced to look for phosphorescent schizomycetes which might occur in the sea-water of our vicinity (Sydney). My endeavours have hitherto proved so far successful that up to now I have been able to obtain three kinds of this very interesting group of micro- organisms, which are capable of cultivation in various nutritive substances, which can be transferred to marine animals (fish, crus- taceans), so as to show what often happens spontaneously (so- called self-phosphorescence of fishes, &c.), and which on being added to common sea-water are able to render this luminous in such a way that it produces an effect similar to certain kinds of what is known under the general name of phosphorescence of sea-water. (1) “ Bacteriologische Untersuchungen auf einer Reise nach Westindien ” von Dr. Fischer, Marinestabsarzt. II. ‘ Ueber einen lichtentwickelnden in Meerwasser gefundenen Spaltpilz, Zeitschrift f. Hygiene, Bd. IL., Heft 1, Leipzig, 1887, pp. 54-92. (2) Addendum to the above publication, pp. 92-95. A paper by Dr. O. Hermes on, as I must believe, the same bacterial species, which he has. named Bacterium phospherescens, I have not yet seen. A short note of it is. given in ‘‘Nature,” February 17, 1887, p. 377. 332 REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER, i, The first kind appertaining to the above group of bacteria was derived by me indirectly from sea-water, inasmuch as I obtained it from dead marine fish, which were procured fresh at the Sydney Fish Markets, and which after some time became luminous by themselves. From sea-water itself I have not succeeded yet in cultivating it ; its regular appearance on various marine fish which are being kept moist and at a moderate temperature, goes to show that its habitat is sea-water. This microbe to which I have given the name of Bacillus smarag- dino-phosphorescens, forms, in its adult state, short thick rods of about ‘001 mm. width, and is about double as long as wide. The extremities are rounded off. It is not motile and does not show filaments so far as I could see. After treatment with aniline dyes the bacilli are very distinctly seen to be stained only at their peripheral parts, while a central spot, similar to a “vacuole,” remains unstained. They grow on and in nutrient gelatine without liquefying it. Full particulars relative to their mode of growth will be given at another time, here I may state that they spread themselves on the gelatine but little, the ultimate size of their colonies being not very considerable. The temperature at which this micro-organism develops best is about 20° C. (68° F.), ora little higher, and it is then that the light which its cultures emit is strongest. The colour of this light is a wonderful emerald green. At temperatures between 13° C. and 15° C. (55;°-59° F.) the bacillus grows rather slowly, and the emitted light is then less conspicuous and intense than that of cultures kept at the above temperatures. Whether this bacterial species is identical with that described by Dr. Fischer (l.c., pp. 92-95), and the Bacteriwm phosphorescens of Dr. Hermes (l.c.), is still doubtful ; a satisfactory answer can be arrived at when more information in consequence of continued observations shall be available. BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 333: 1b The second kind of phosphorescent bacteria, to be named Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens, was repeatedly obtained by me from sea-water at Elizabeth Bay, Port Jackson, Sydney. On gelatine, after having been mixed with 10 drops of this water, there would appear, among a considerable number of other colonies, an average number of no more than two luminous colonies which belonged to the above-named species. Under high powers of the microscope it exhibits slender rods, which are tapering at their extremities and commonly slightly curved. Intheir adult state they measure about ‘0025 mm. in length, and are about three times as long as broad. They are motile, and form, so far as I can judge, no filaments. For alkaline methylene-blue they seem to have little affinity; for they do not take up this dye so eagerly as is done by most bacteria. Aniline-fuchsin or aniline-gentian-violet yield better results. On and in nutrient gelatine they develop to characteristic colonies of which a detailed description will be given shortly. They do not liquefy the gelatine, and spread themselves on it far more than can be noticed in the case of Bacillus No. I. Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens grows best at temperatures of from 14° to about 23° C., and between these limits there is also the optimwm of its luminosity, this optimum, however, inclining rather to the lower than to the upper of these temperatures. The light, emitted by its cultures in the dark, is of a mild, silvery appearance, and less brilliant than that of Bacillus smaragdino- phosphorescens and of the following one. RET. The third kind of bacteria alluded to, which I propose to name Bacillus cyaneo-phosphorescens, 1 obtained, on the 6th of this month (June), from sea-water at Little Bay, 10 miles to the south of Sydney. Ina tube of nutritive gelatine mixed with 10 drops of this water, and solidified after the manner of Esmarch, I noticed a few days afterwards, besides a good many other colonies, two luminous ones, which were made up of the above bacillus. 334 REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER, This kind is represented by straight rods, measuring about ‘C026. mm. in length, and being about 2% times as long as broad. They are rounded off at their extremities; they show spontaneous movements, and are often found as diplo- bacillus, not so often in chains. These are commonly bent, attaining here and there a considerable length. With alkaline methylene-blue they stain fairly well, but a small central portion of them remains unstained. Yet this appearance is not so striking as in Bacillus smaragdino-phosphorescens, which shows the differen- tiation between a well-coloured peripheral and an uncoloured inner part in a very characteristic manner. Bacillus cyaneo-phosphorescens grows rather slowly on and in nutritive gelatine which gradually becomes liquefied by it. In this regard it differs widely from the two other kinds which, as mentioned, cause no liquefaction of the gelatine. It thrives far better on nutrient agar-agar, where after a comparatively short time, it forms a substantial, greyish-white, sticky layer. The optimum of growth as well as of luminousness for this microbe is between 20° C. and 30° C. ; a temperature fluctuating between 13° and 15° C., however, does not seem at all unfavour- able to its propagation or deleterious to its power of luminosity, although higher temperatures as above intensify both growth and phosphorescence. The colour of the light emitted in the dark or at least in sufficiently dark surroundings is of a decidedly bluish tint, and seems to stand, as regards its degree, between those of Bacillus No. I. and No. II. Comparing Dr. Fischer’s description of the West Indian Bacillus phosphorescens with what I have already ascertained about the bacillus from Little Bay, I am almost inclined to consider these two organisms as identical. However, I hesitate to pronounce a definite opinion until I have made a larger number of individual observations. In giving, as has been done above, a few preliminary remarks on these three kinds of light-producing bacteria from sea-water—a BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 335 more elaborate paper on this subject I am going to prepare for a future Meeting—I wish to call attention to this interesting subject, as the question of the cause of certain kinds of phos- phorescence of sea-water, for the explanation of which nothing certain as yet has been advanced, will now, it is to be hoped, soon besolved. Pfluger (quoted from Dr. Fischer’s Treatise, le., p. 55), already suggested, a number of years ago, that micro-organisms of the group Bacteria participate in the production of phosphorescence of sea-water, and the experiments recently made by Fischer with pure cultures of luminous schizomycetes on ordinary sea-water, convinced him of the striking resemblance which an artificially produced luminosity of sea-water bears to that magnificent phenomenon described by English writers as ‘milky sea.” The direct proof, he says, that such an appearance is brought about by bacteria of the above nature, is still a desideratum, but by means of continued researches it is sure to succeed. For my _ part I have not the least doubt that this will be the case, to judge from what I have read and heard about “milky seas”—I have not yet been fortunate enough to come across such a phenomenon—and from experiments made by me on sea-water with pure cultures of the three species of bacteria mentioned. A systematic or occasional search for such like sea-water bacteria at different places of the globe, may no doubt add to the number of kinds already found, although I believe the number of them will not become very large. Those forms which are now known belong to the aérobic class of micro-organisms, that is to say, they neither grow nor emit light without the presence of air (oxygen). Whether or not phosphores, cent bacteria of the anaérobic class, propagating only with the exclusion of oxygen, may be detected in sea-water, either directly or indirectly (in marine animals), and whether or not such micro- organisms may play a part in certain kinds of phosphoresence of sea-water, all this is still an open question. There is on record the statement by two investigators, Bancel and Husson, (1) (1) Sur la phosphorescence de la viande de homard. Comptes rendus, 1879, Vol. 88, pp. 191-192. 336 REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER. namely, that besides an aérobic form at the mucous surface of luminous lobster-flesh, they found inside this mucus an anaérobic one of extremely small dimensions, a micro-organism which, they say, produces carburetted and phosphoretted hydrogen, by the combustion of which phosphorescence is produced. Then Lassar (1) suggested the idea that perhaps the phosphorescence of some of the numerous phosphorescent marine animals might be brought about by parasitic micro-organisms. It is after all not impossible that anaéorbic forms may be found to be the cause of the luminosity of a number of luminous marine animals, which would then contribute only mediately to the phosphorescence of sea-water. (1) Quoted from Fischer, l.c., p, 92. NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA. By T. WHITELEGGE. (Notes from the Australian Museum). In the British Museum Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa, Part IT. (1854), the late Mr. Busk, F.R.S., described two species of Polyzoa from the Philippine Islands, which he referred to the genus Lunulites, at the same time remarking that they were “ curious forms and would appear to constitute a peculiar group.” In the years 1879, ’80, and ’81 the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, Mr. W. A. Haswell, and the Rev. T. Hincks published papers describing several species which are closely allied to those described by Mr. Busk. The various species have been assigned to four or five genera. I intend in this paper to show that the undermentioned species form a very distinct group having little in common with those with which they have usually been associated except habit or form :— Lunulites Philippinensis, Busk. ig cancellata, Busk. Cupularia crassa, Tenison-Woods. Conescharellina depressa, Haswell. Lunulites angulopora, Tenison-Woods. Conescharellina conica, Haswell. Lunulites incisa, Hincks. Eschara umbonata, Haswell. Flabellopora elegans? VOrb. Mr. A. W. Waters in a paper on some fossil Polyzoa from New Zealand (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Feb. 1887, p. 71), states that he had received recent specimens of the last-named species from N.S. Wales, “ which is either Zunulites canceliata, Busk, or very closely allied to it.” 29 338 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA, The published descriptions and figures show that the species in the above list have not as yet been fairly understood, nor has the opercular-bearing aperture, or the very exceptional method of growth been fully described. Nearly all the figures representing zoceocial characters are the wrong side'up, whilst the peristomial orifice has been described as the true oral aperture, and a special pore situated above the mouth has been mistaken for the sinus in the lower lip. Mr. Woods figures the oral aperture in Cupularia crassa but he omits to mention details in his description. Mr. Waters (Quart. J. Geol. Soc. 1882), gives figures of Lunwlites cancellata in which the oral aperture is shown, but these are also the wrong side up, and in his description he simply refers to it as a secondary orifice with a proximal sinus. It is in my opinion clear that he did at the time recognise the true significance of this ‘‘ secondary orifice.” Another prominent feature which is figured by Mr. Woods, and well-described by Mr. Haswell as “a narrow semi- lunar slit with the concavity directed outwards” has in most cases been overlooked, and its true import hitherto unnoticed. The facts as to the actual structure of the species already men- tioned have been derived from an attentive study of specimens in the collection of the Australian Museum, Mr. Woods’s types in the Macleay Museum, and some lent to me by Mr. J. Brazier. The structural features presented by the various species of this group are of such an exceptional character that it will be necessary to remove them altogether from the family Selenariade in which most of the species have been placed. In fact they appear to possess characters which are either unknown, or rarely found in other species of polyzoa ; and possibly when they have been fully investigated they may form the nucleus of a new family. The method of growth (not habit or form) or increase in size of the zoarium by the addition of new zoccia is intercalary taking place on the surface between cells already formed, and not at the outer margin as in most other known Polyzoa. The only instances BY T. WHITELEGGE. 339 of intercalary growth, as far as I have been able to ascertain, are recorded by Mr. Hincks, but in these cases it is confined to the ovicelligerous cells of Schizoporella hyalina, and S, linearis. The formation of new zoccia does not appear to be confined to any particular part, but may take place at any point between the centre and the margin; when near the latter the zocecium is formed in the space intervening between two, and when nearest to the former in the intervening space bounded by four zocecia. The direction of the zoecia is also apparently reversed, from the fact that the free distal edge of the operculum is nearest to and directed towards the apex in those of a conical form, and to the apparent base in those which are flattened ; while the hinged end or proximal is nearest to the outer margin of the zoarium. The manner in which the peristomial orifice is formed appears to be just the opposite to what obtains in other peristomiate Polyzoa, and there is a special feature of an important character which, if not new to the class is exceedingly rare, and so far I have searched in vain for the record of a similar structural element. The first indication of the formation of a new zoccium appears on the upper surface of the zoarium as an elevated or depressed round spot bordered on one side by a thin layer of epitheca. At this point the “semilunar slit with the concavity directed out- wards” is formed, and by the gradual extension of this slit to a circular form a piece of the calcareous lamina is cut out, the resulting opening being that of the peristome, and at a short distance below the true oral aperture is seen to be also in a fully formed condition. It is the rule to speak of the opercular-bearing aperture as the primary, and of the peristomial as the secondary orifice ; but in this case it appears doubtful which ought to rank as primary or secondary. In a median line above the mouth close to or upon the margin of the peristome there is a circular or subcircular pore usually covered by a membrane. It is this pore, when in an imperfect or broken state, that has been mistaken for the proximal sinus in the lower lip of the oral aperture ; but the true oral sinus is much wider, and at the opposite end of the mouth to that of the pore. 340 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA, The shape of the oral aperture generally approaches that of Cellepora eatonensis as figured by Busk in the “Challenger” Polyzoa, Pl. XXIX., fig. 5b, but the sinus varies in width so much that in some cases the aperture might be described as oval with two lateral denticles at the base. It is evident that the seven species already enumerated are closely allied to each other, and can no longer remain in the various genera to which they have been referred. They do not belong either to the genus Lwnulites or to Cupularia; and the genus Conescharellina as at present defined would not admit them ; the same may also be said of Flabellopora. Mr. A. W. Waters in referring to Lunulites imcisa H. says it ‘is a species of the Schizoporellide.” Nevertheless to whatever family they may ultimately prove to be related, at present J venture to make a new genus for their reception. BIporRA, n. g. Zoarium uni-or bilaminate, conical, or forming lobate or flab- ellate expansions ; growth intercalary ; zocecia immersed, erect, side by side, with their bases resting on a cancellated lamina, forming alternating rows directed to the primary part of the zoarium ; oral aperture with a well-marked sinus in the lower lip. A special pore above the mouth ; peristomial oriftce formed by the gradual extension of a narrow slit and the removal of a portion of the calcareous lamina. Ocecia external, globose. (1.) Breora CANCELLATA, Busk. Lunulites cancellata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. Polyz. 1854, Part II, p. 101, pl. CXITI, figs. 4-5-6-7. Zoarium conical, plane or slightly convex beneath ; zocecial apertures rounded above, with a distinct sinus below ; peristome elevated above, depressed below, with a circular pore on its upper border ; an avicularium on each side of the mouth, with a sub- circular mandibular space. BY T. WHITELEGGE. 341 I have examined several fossil examples of this species which appear to agree with Busk’s description and figures, and which may be identical with the form figured as Z. cancellata, Busk, by Mr. Waters in his paper on Fossil Bryozoa from Bairnsdale, but, both in this species and in the next, the identity can only be definitely settled by comparison with the types. Loc.—(living) Philippine Islands; (fossil) Muddy Creek, Victoria. (2.) B. Puinrprinensis, Busk. Lunulites Philippinensis, Busk, op. cit. Part II, p. 101, pl. CXIII, figs. 1-2-3. Zoarium depressed, conical, plane or convex beneath, usually about 4 of an inch in diameter ; zoccial orifice elongate, rounded above, and with a wide rounded sinus below ; operculum oval ; peristomial orifice ovate, the margin produced above at the sides then suddenly depressed below, with a subcircular pore on the upper border ; an avicularium with a subcircular mandible on each side and sometimes one in front below the mouth, a number of similar avicularia on the under surface of the zoarium, some on rounded elevations and others in circular depressions. Ovcecia external, globose, smooth, with a faint fimbriated stigma in front. Loc.—Port Jackson. This species is frequently to be met with in some parts of Port Jackson, and I have examined a fair number of specimens. The surface of the zoarium is covered with a thin yellowish epitheca ; and the semilunar slits which indicate the growth of new zocecia are to be seen in all stages of development, especially in the young. It is by a careful examination of this species that I have been enabled to work out the structure of the others. The zoarium, when seen in longitudinal section shows the concave side as having a cancellated layer of varying thickness, from which the zocecia take their origin ; each zocecium is narrowed at the base and very slightly bent inwards; its direction from this point is outwards, with a gentle curve upwards, at nearly right angles to the cancellate layer. 342 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA, When the zocecia are seen in transverse section the outline of each zocecium is irregularly pentagonal. The anterior pore, when seen from within, appears as a flask- shaped projection on the cell-wall, and is about as long as the shorter diameter of the mouth ; in some there appears to be an opening, and in others the base is well rounded without any opening ; it may possibly be the retreat of a protrusible sensitive organ, but in no case have I seen anything at the upper extremity which would indicate the presence of an external vibracular organ. The cancellate structure, which exists more or less in all the species, may originate by the lower portion of the zowcia being continually partitioned off as the zoarium increases in size. In some of the specimens lent by Mr. Brazier the occia are fairly abundant, but, except the zoarium is broken into two halves or set on its edge, the orifice cannot be seen. From this fact it will be evident that they are in the usual position above the mouth, and nearest to the primary part of the zoarium. (3.) B. pepressa, Haswell. Conescharellina depressa, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1880, Part I, Vol. V, p. 41, pl. IT, fig. 4. Zoarium biconvex, slightly flattened beneath ; oral aperture elongate, rounded above, with a sinus below, about half the diameter of the mouth ; or ovate with a sub-triangular denticle on each side near the base. Operculum ovate with a very slightly thickened border and two circular spots on the upper half , peristome much elevated above, and on each side to below the mouth, then suddenly depressed ; an avicularium with an elongate triangular mandible situated on a low elevation on one side of the mouth. “Under surface of zoarium perforated by close-set circular pores, each occupied, either at the surface or at a varying depth, by a thin translucent covering perforated by several minute porules, usually with a rather larger one in the centre.” Loc.—Port Denison. BY T. WHITELEGGE. 343 I have only seen some 5 or 6 specimens of this species, all of which are immature, and probably when obtained in the adult state the zoarium will be found to be concave beneath. I have seen one specimen in which the base is concave, but it is too imperfect to be certain as to its identity. The figure given by Mr, Haswell is upside down, but the outlines of the peristomial orifices are correct. The outer row of zocecia are very prominent, and without avicularia. (4.) B. crassa, Tenison-W oods. Lunulites (Cupularia) crassa, Ten.-Woods, Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, 1879-80, p. 5, pl. I, figs. la, 1b, le. I have examined the type specimens in the Macleay Museum, which resemble the last species in the peristomial characters, the margin being produced, and very much thickened at the sides, hiding to a great extent the oral aperture, which lies in a depression below. The avicularia however have a subcircular mandible, and the pore over the mouth is large. I have no doubt of its being a good species. Mr. Waters when speaking of the plates which accompany Mr. Woods’s paper mentions the fact that the whole of the species figured are the wrong side up, which is certainly true of all the species except two; but even these were intended to represent the same aspect as the others. The figure of B. crassa is after all the right side up, and gives an accurate view of the oral aperture with the special pore above. It is also probably the first published figure which exhibits the form of the true opercular-bearing aperture. I have no doubt Mr. Woods saw the important structural difference between this species and those belonging to the Selenariade. Loc.—Off Cape Three Points, and Port Stephens (70 to 80 fathoms). (5.) B. ANcULoporA, Tenison-Woods. Lunulites angulopora, Ten.-Woods, op. cit., p. 7, pl. I, fig. 3a-3c ; Conescharellina conica, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 344 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA, 1880, Vol. V. Part I, p. 42, pl. ILI, figs. 7-8; Lunulrtes incisa, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, Vol. VIII, 5 series, p. 127, pl. IV. figs. 1-3. Zoarium conical, plane or slightly concave beneath ; zoccia in alternating rows, sometimes with an incomplete row of four or five cells near the base ; oral aperture immersed, rounded above and a sinus below which is about 4 the diameter of the mouth ; oper- culum ovate, constricted (?) near the base, with two circular spots on the upper half; peristome elevated on each side, depressed below the mouth, orifice ovate with a pore on the upper margin ; avicularia forming elevated rows between the zocecial orifices, mandibles triangular with an acute point ; under surface of zoarium when perfect covered by a calcareous lamina, with a number of avicularia some on elevations and others in circular depressions ; on the summit of the zoarium there is usually a cluster of irregular avicularia bearing cells with long acute mandibles. Loc.—Holborn Island, Port Stephens, and Bass’s Straits. The question of priority in this species is I think in Mr. Woods’s favour. His paper was read in September 1879, aud would probably be published early in 1880. Mr. Haswell’s was read in January 1880, and would probably be issued in April or March, while that of Mr. Hincks did not appear until August 1881. The figures of the zoccia given by Mr. Haswell, and those also of Mr. Hincks, are, I think, upside down, judging from the shading and the very narrow sinus shown, but which is really more like the pore above the mouth than the true oral sinus; the latter is in perfect specimens about } the diameter of the mouth. The zocecial apertures in Mr. Woods’s figure are badly drawn ; still it is the right side up, and shows a correct view of a “semilunar slit with the concavity directed outwards,” and an avicularium below pointing downwards. It will also be interesting to note that it is on the elevated ridge which carries the avicularia ; and further it shows the intercalary method of growth, as well as the formation of an incomplete row of zoecia. Altogether this figure gives the general features of what really takes place in the species. BY T. WHITELEGGE. 345 The slit which indicates the formation of a new cell invariably has an avicularium below, with the mandible pointing downward at first, but as growth goes on this is usually forced to one side of the mouth, though occasionally it remains in front. (6.) B. umponata, Haswell. Eschara umbonata, Haswell, op. cit., p. 41, pl. Il, figs. 5-6. Zoarium free, bilaminate, flat, simple or forming trilobate ex- pansions, “surface ornamented with numerous rounded knobs of various sizes,” zocecia immersed, directed towards (what appears to be the base) the primary part of the zoarium. Oral aperture rounded above, and a wide sinus below ; peristomial orifice nearly round, margin slightly elevated, with a subcircular pore on the upper border ; an avicularium on each side of the mouth, frequently a third one in front, mandible triangular generally pointing up- wards. Loc.—Holborn Island, (20 fathoms). There are three specimens in the collection of the Australian Museum, one a flat piece } of an inch by } of an inch: the other two have each three lobes ; the central one in the larger specimen is § from base to summit, and the lateral lobes $ of an inch in length, and nearly as wide ; all the lobes taper a little outwards. The “semilunar slit” is not seen in any of the specimens, but the peristomial opening is, I believe, formed in the same manner as in the others ; several of the zocecial openings are closed by a calcar- eous plate, and have the appearance of young zocecia ; the plate is seen to be thinner at the margin ; probably the slit-like opening is not formed. Mr. Haswell’s description of the mouth of this species clearly shows that it was the anterior pore which he mentions as the sinus in the lower lip. He says “ mouth varying in form, the lower lip sometimes straight, sometimes with a small sinus, sometimes with a rounded central lobe.” This exactly describes the appearance of the anterior oral pore in various stages of perfection. The peristomial orifice with the pore broken down closely resembles the 346 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA, figure given on pl. 45, fig. 3, in Hincks’s “ Brit. Marine Polyzoa,” of Schizoporella hyalina, and it was only after repeated examination that I saw the true oral aperture, owing to a belief that the pore and the opening represented it. Although the true aperture is not deeply immersed, it is difficult to see at first on account of the peristome obstructing the view, but when once seen it presents a well formed sinus in the lower lip at the opposite end of the mouth to that of the pore. It is from the apparent double character of the mouth that the name Bipora is given to the genus. (7.) Bipora (7) ELEGANS. Flabellopora elegans, @’Orb., Waters, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Feb. 1887, p. 71. Zoarium free, bilaminate, flabelliform in large examples, } an inch wide by 2 of an inch deep, with a projecting nodule in the centre on the concave side; zocecia wholly immersed, erect, side by side, their bases separated by a thin cancellated layer, forming alternate rows, and directed towards the projecting nodule ; oral aperture rounded above, with a rather wide sinus below ; peristome slightly higher above the mouth than below ; orifice nearly round with a median pore above, a depressed avicularium on each side, usually below the mouth, occasionally another in front ; mandibles subcireular pointing upwards and outwards, a number of irregular avicularian cells on the nodular projection similar to those on B. angulopora. Loc.—Port Jackson. If this species should prove to be different (as I think it will) from the fossil form described by d’Orbigny as //abellopora elegans, it can remain as B. elegans, Waters. D’Orbigny’s figure (Paleeont. Frang. Bryoz. Tom. V. pl. 661) certainly resembles the recent form. The same may be said of B. wmbonata, which comes nearest to d’Orbigny’s species ; if it were not for the elevated nodules, the last-named might pass for the fossil species. Ihave examined about nine specimens in all, two of them being less than 4 of an inch in their greatest diameter, which when placed on their convex edges and BY T. WHITELEGGE. 347 viewed from above greatly resemble B. angulopora, and if a little less compressed might be mistaken for that species at first sight. The avicularian cells are present in both specimens on the nodular projection, and the similunar slits on various parts of the zoarium. The slits can be seen even in very old specimens scattered about on the surface. It is not difficult to trace the stages by which the conical form might be changed into the flabellate, and afterwards into the lobate form, and which has probably taken place. If we imagine the internal cancellated layer to become less developed, accompanied by a gradual compression, and the addition of a few more rows of zocecia towards the outer margin, we can easily see that we should have a form like B. elegans, which is in reality only a flattened cone with the base widely extended, and in B. wmbonata the flabellate form is changed into a lobate one by the non-devel- opment of a portion of the colony. Sc that the broad non- divided end of the last-named species and the nodular portion of the former correspond with the apex of the cone. Postscript.—Since the foregoing was written I have been fortu- nate in obtaining some living examples of Bipora Philippinensis, Busk, which I have had under observation for three days. Nearly every specimen possesses a pair of tubular filaments inserted on each side of the zoarium, about mid-way between the margin and the summit on the upper surface; each tube is about $ an inch long, and in some cases attached to the tubes of an annelid, and oO) in others to fragments of shell. Some of the specimens have begun to form new attachment tubes which are about three times the height of the owcia. Each tube is seen to be lined with a layer of sarcode similar to that seen in the growing offshoots in Victorella pavida, S. Kent, consisting of granular and fisiform bodies which form a kind of net-work. The tube appears to grow out of an avicularium either at the side or in front of the zoccial orifice. After repeatedly counting the number of tentacles, I find that they vary from 13 to 15. The pore above the mouth is covered by a membrane, and the marginal row of zoccia have the peristome produced below into an acute triangular hyaline point. 348 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By E. Havitanp, F.L.S. No. 6.—List oF PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SyDNEY DURING THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN FORMER Lists. Rutaceze— Lentibularinezee— Eriostemon hispidulus Utricularia lateriflora Euphorbiaceee— " cyanea Monotaxis linifolia Campanulacese— Dilleniaceze Isotoma fluviatilis Hibbertia saligna Xyridexe— Myrtaceze Xyris operculata Tristania nereifolva Labiatze— Angophora lanceolata Prostanthera linearis Myrtus tenurfolia Urticacere— Leptospermum arachnoideum Trema aspera Eucalyptus obtusifolia Scrophularineee— Proteaceze— Gratiola pedunculata Persoonia hirsuta ~ Liliacesee— Grevillea sphacelata Blandfordia nobilis Lomatia silaifolia Dianella cerulea Compositze— Orchideze— Olearia dentata Prasophyllum flavum Cotula australis Caleana minor Stylidexe— Philydracese— Stylidium graminifolium Philydrum lanuginosum Najadez — Triglochin procera NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES. Parr I. By J.J. FuetcHer AND A. G. HAMILTON. (Plate v). This paper is a preliminary one inasmuch as it does not deal with the anatomical characters of Australian Land-Planarians. This is intentionally the case because to have rendered this part of the subject at all complete would necessarily have delayed its publication, whereas we are anxious to profit by the eminently favourable season for acquiring additional material. Owing to the prolonged damp weather land-planarians are more than usually abundant this year, and by calling the attention of members of this Society living in country districts to this fact, and offering a résumé of what is known of this much-neglected group, we hope that some of the more local species which are in danger of exter- mination, may be obtained for examination and description. During the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Beagle’ Mr. Darwin collected Land-Planarians at the various places visited, and among them a species from Tasmania. A general account of them is given in “The Voyage of a Naturalist ”’ (p. 26), and they were subsequently described in the “ Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.” (Vol. XIV. 1884, p. 244), the Tasmanian species under the name Planaria Tasmaniana. Mr. Moseley likewise during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ assiduously collected Land-planarians as opportunity offered, three species being obtained from the neighbourhood of Parramatta and Camden, N.S.W. These were afterwards described (Quart. Jour. Micro. Sc. 1877, p. 285), anew genus Cenoplana being instituted for them. 350 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, These four species, we believe, include all the Australian Land- planarians at present described. For some time past we have, both jointly and independently, collected planarians from the neighbourhoods in which we reside, and from such places as we have been able to visit during vacations. In this way we have obtained specimens from various places in the County of Cumberland, from the Blue Mountains as at Springwood (1,200 ft.) Hartley Vale and Mount Wilson (3,400), from near Capertee (2,600 ft.), and in the Capertee Valley, from various localities in the Mudgee District where one of us is resident, and from Burrawang (2,000 ft.). Though we have been able to go further afield than Mr. Moseley’s short visit permitted him to do, yet relatively to the area which planarians may reasonably be supposed to inhabit even supposing this to be chiefly the coastal districts, we have, after all, only been able to glean in a few places. Nevertheless we have now obtained sufficient material to enable us to describe a number of new species, to announce the occurrence of a second genus characterised by the possession of two eyes, hitherto unrecorded from Australia, and to adduce reasons for merging the genus Cenoplana of Moseley in Geoplana, F. Mill, In addition the Hon. William Macleay has kindly allowed us to examine the planarians in his Museum ; Mr. Olliff has given us specimens of two species from the Hunter River district, and Mr. Froggatt specimens of another species from Victoria, so that we are able to add some particulars about geographical distribution. Finally we have to thank Mr. Masters for a quantity of material obtained from one of the Sydney nurseries. Of the sixteen species of which we have now examined examples, not one of them can be referred to the genus Cenoplana of Moseley. Six of them are characterised by the possession of two instead of many eyes, and, pending histo- logical examination to which we have not yet been able to attend, they are referred to the genus Rhynchodemus of Leidy. The other ten may be referred to the genus Geoplana as at present defined. BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 351 Eight of these are new, but the remaining two species agree so well as regards their external characters with the descriptions of Cenoplana cerulea and C. subviridis of Moseley, except in the matter of eyes on the anterior extremity, that we cannot but think that they are identical with them, but that Mr. Moseley, possibly from an insufficient or indifferent supply of material, or from the study only of spirit specimens overlooked the presence of eyes on the anterior extremity. That Mr. Moseley had too much to occupy his attention during his short stay here to permit of studying the Australian planarians in the living condition is very probable from the fact that, in the same volume of the Journal which contains the paper already referred to, there is an earlier one, “On the Colouring Matters of Various Animals, and especially of Deep-Sea Forms dredged by H.M.S. Challenger” (op. cit. p. 11) in which the following passage occurs: “ At Parramatta, near Sydney, N.S.W., two large species of Rhyncho- demus are tolerably common, one of which is of a uniform Prussian blue colour, whilst the other is a uniform red.” From this passage it would appear that when this earlier paper was written Mr. Moseley had investigated ouly the colouring matters of the Australian planarians, otherwise he would not, even provi- sionally, have referred these two many-eyed species to a genus characterised by the possession of two eyes; the descriptions of Australian planarians were thus probably drawn up at a later period, and therefore from spirit specimens. This being so, we can from our own experience with spirit specimens readily under- stand how the oversight might have occurred ; as though we have spirit specimens of some species in which the eyes on the anterior extremity are perfectly visible with a lens, we have others in which without having seen living or better preserved specimens should be very sorry to be obliged to give a decision on this point. In his description of the Tasmanian form Mr. Darwin says : “ocelli scattered round the entire margin of the foot, but most frequent at the anterior extremity.” In his description of Ceenoplana Mr. Moseley says : “‘ eyes absent from the front of the anterior extremity, but present in lateral elongate crowded patches 352 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, placed just behind the anterior extremity and scattered sparsely on the lateral margins of the body for its entire extent.” Accordingly in the list of the known genera and species of land- planarians given in Mr. Moseley’s valuable paper, he places the planarian described by Darwin among the species of Geoplana, with the remark that ‘this (species) will possibly prove allied to the Australian genus Cenoplana.” Further in the same paper in his description of Geoplana Traversii from New Zealand Mr. Moseley says : “ numerous eye-spots are present ; these are placed in a single row composed of twelve or more along the front margin of the head and in an elongate patch on either side of the head made up of two or three rows placed one above another and containing about forty eye-spots. Eye-spots are further scattered more sparsely on the lateral margins of the body, along its entire length posteriorly to this patch.” Now in all our species with numerous eyes this is substantially the condition that we meet with. Thus in a young specimen of one of our species, (. 5-lineata, shortly after its emergence from the cocoon, and when it measured about 4 mm. long and | mm. broad, it was easy to count all the eyes, of which there were about 40 in each of the crowded patches, two, three or even four deep, and these were connected anteriorly by a single closely set row of about 16, of which 7 were on the very tip of the anterior extremity ; posterior to the patches there were about 20 on each side scattered at more or less considerable intervals (1). The total number of eyes, as well as the numbers of eyes and of rows of them in the crowded patches vary with the the size of the animal, and appear not to be of specific importance. They are very numerous in the adults of this species, which sometimes show six or seven or even more rows of eye- spots in the crowded patches extending upwards on to the (1) The actual number of eyes that can be counted just on the tip itself varies of course with the amount of contraction of the body ; when fully extended the anterior extren:ity of even a large planarian will hardly if at all exceed 1 mm. in width, and then there may be only from three to five eyes in this space. ff BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 300 dorsal surface and lying dorsad of the outermost dorsal stripe, The eyes are readily discernible with a lens both in living and usually in well-preserved specimens of most of the species ; in the blue-tipped variety of G. cerulea, and in G. rubicunda, however, they are more difficult to make out even in living specimens, though under a low objective they can be seen to have the usual arrangement. In G. rubicunda the eyes are more inconspicuous, smaller, and in the crowded patches in the specimen examined only about two rows deep. In the other species it is the dark colour of the back-ground which makes it difficult to see them. If our supposition be correct that Professor Moseley from the examination of indifferent spirit material overlooked the presence of eyes on the anterior extremity of the Australian land-planarians examined by him, it seems unnecessary, in the present state of our knowledge, to separate these forms as a distinct genus Cenoplana on purely anatomical grounds (the arrangement of the muscles, and of the lateral organs). No doubt eventually it will be found necessary to take anatomical characters into account in defining the genera, and in establishing his two new genera Ce@noplana and Dolichoplana Mr. Moseley did so. But we cannot find such defini- tions of Geoplana and Rhynchodemus. Moreover, the genus Geoplana already comprises 28 species (26 of which are enumerated in Moseley’s Catalogue, with G. Whartoni, Gulliver, from the Island of Rodriguez, and G. Moseleyi, Hutton, from N. Zealand, since described) whereas the anatomy of only about two species is satisfactorily known (1). Under these circumstances therefore, and as all the many-eyed Australian species we have met with (1) Speaking of the whole family Mr. Moseley says: ‘‘ Of the Geoplanide the complete anatomy including that of the generative organs is known as yet only in the case of certain species of Rhynchodemus and Bipalium from Ceylon, and in Geoplana Traversii of New Zealand. The arrangement of the muscles and of the lateral organs (nervous systems or primitive vascular systems?) of the Rhynchodemus of the Cape, of a Geoplana of Brazil, of the Australian Cenoplanas, and Manilla Dolichoplanas has been determined, and it appears that the Geoplanide form a very natural family ” (lc. p. 291). 23 354 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, may be referred to the genus Geoplana as at present defined, we venture to express the opinion that the retention of Cenoplana is unnecessary. Of the habits of Australian planarians we have as yet been able to learn very little. Thirty years ago Fritz Miiller, writing to Schultze about Brazilian planarians, says: ‘‘ They like moderately moist places, under wood, bark, and stones, and between leaves of the Bromeliacezee. They appear to rest by day, and to crawl about during the night.” (1) Omitting the reference to the Bromeliacez these remarks are applicable to Australian planarians, and we have little to add to them. Mr. Moseley, both in Ceylon and in Brazil, found planarians under fallen leaves and resting beneath the sheathing leaves of the banana plants ; in Brazil also crawling on palm stems in the daytime in very rainy weather, but in places where there was very little light; at the Cape on American Agayes ; and in Australia ‘‘ they were found during the day coiled up in cavities under fallen logs, and at night observed with a lantern, crawling on the trunks of Eucalypts, especially about wounds from which sap was exuding.” Most of our specimens have been obtained by turning over logs, pieces of wood and bark, and stones, when the planarians were found either on the ground, or adhering to the undersurface of the logs, &c., sometimes in the cracks and crevices even of charred logs. Once at Mt. Wilson towards the close of a wet day we discovered a specimen of G. cerulea crawling across the road. On another occasion we found a specimen crawling on a dead tree under loose bark ; several times crawling over stones in damp weather, and in one case a specimen of G. viridis on a blade of grass exposed to sunshine ; but we have not yet met with them abroad at night. In dry weather they probably burrow in the ground. We have frequently found them in the soil, and at first in trying to keep living ones in confinement one of us tried placing them in inverted (1) Abhand. der Naturf. Gesell. in Halle, Vol. IV, 1857. Translated in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx, 1857, p. 3. BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 355 glasses pressed down on earth in flower-pots, from which at night- time they invariably escaped without difficulty by burrowing. The situations in which we have found them are various. On the Blue Mts., at Mt. Wilson (3,400 ft. above the sea), as well as near Guntawang, we have found them on the tops of ridges, on the slopes leading down to gullies, and in the gullies ; on the banks of the Cudgegong River, and on the edges of swamps; frequently on the edges of clearings, on lightly timbered land, or in scrub land ; but we do not know yet whether they live in the thick brushes, where if they do occur the sheathing fronds of ferns like Platycerivm, or Asplenium nidus might furnish them with resting places. On the summits and slopes of the ridges and in the more open gullies where there is no vegetation of this sort but only the ordinary forest trees and scrub, they seem to adopt them- selves to circumstances and manage very well without it. Some of the species are pretty widely distributed, one extending to Queensland and another to Victoria ; others as far as we know at present are very local. We have not had them from further inland than the Mudgee district on the other side of the Dividing Range, and we should be glad to knowif they are to be found in the interior. From the County of Cumberland we have obtained specimens belonging to six species, all occurring elsewhere ; from Springwood six species, of which one G. rubicunda has not been found by uselsewhere, but there are some examples of it in the material given us by Mr. Masters ; from Hartley Vale six species, three of which are local ; from Mt. Wilson six species of which one has been found nowhere else; and in the Mudgee district seven species of which three are local. Individually, except in favoured localities or under very favourable circumstances, plana- rians cannot be said to be very abundant, and it usually involves a considerable expenditure of time and trouble to obtain many specimens. Nevertheless, in the Mudgee district one of us believes that he could sometimes have obtained a hundred speci- mens without much trouble. Elsewhere however, we have had to be content with a dozen specimens for a day’s work. But,asa 356 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, rule, our experience is that, anywhere where logs and pieces of wood are plentiful, provided there is moisture, one may expect to find them. Of the nature of their food we know absolutely nothing. Darwin was of opinion that the planarians he observed were vegetable feeders and fed on rotten wood. Schultze and Moseley, however, doubt this, and believe them to be carnivorous, the former having found the palate and jaws of a snail in the alimentary canal of a planarian which he examined. Fritz Miiller also describes a species, G. swbterranea, which lives in company with a species of earthworm and he says, . . . ‘the earthworms are devoured, or rather sucked by the planarians. That this was the mode of nourishment, was easy to see, from the colour of the contents of the intestine. But I have also met with Geoplane which were holding a young ZLumbricus with their protruded probosces, and whose intestines were beginning to be filled with fresh blood ” (l.c. p. 6). It is quite possible that the nature of the food may be different in different species. If ours are carnivorous it is difficult to understand what animals furnish them with food, as often no traces of earthworms or snails are seen where planarians occur, though both may sometimes be found. On the other hand planarians are certainly to be found under logs which are not rotten, and in gardens and bush-houses where there is a scarcity of rotten wood in the immediate vicinity, so that one is led to wonder whether, like earthworms, they are able to extract nutriment from the soil. But whether Darwin’s opinion be correct or not, we know of no better plan than his of keeping these creatures in confinement, namely, of putting them in a tin or jar with damp rotten wood, and not unnecessarily exposing them to the light. At the present time we have several specimens which have been kept in this way for from one to nearly two months, and which seem none the worse for it. Possibly, as has been suggested to us, under these circumstances they may obtain some nutriment from Myxomycetes which probably develop in the damp wood. BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON 307 Those belonging to the genus Rhynchodemus seem to be much more delicate than the species of Geoplana; it is much more difficult to keep them alive for any length of time, and even when handled in the most careful manner, using a feather in moving them, they frequently break up into pieces in the most provoking manner when touched, or on exposure to the light during examination, while in dealing with the species of Geoplana we have had little or no trouble. Though they evidently dislike exposure to strong light, yet sometimes when the tin in which we keep them has been incautiously left uncovered for a short time they have braved the consequences in their efforts to escape. Some have got right away, while others were found by following up their slimy tracks, a few feet off, dried up on the table partly through the dust on it. We know nothing definite concerning the enemies whose attacks they have to withstand. In turning over logs in search of planarians, one cannot help noticing the numbers of centipedes, scorpions, spiders, ants, and predaceous beetles which are exposed to view, and of suspecting some or all of them of being at enmity with the planarians. Nearly all our species of Geoplana, like many found elsewhere, are conspicuously marked, and some of them brightly and variously coloured. Thus one is blue with a white stripe, two are red, one is grass-green with reddish stripes, another bright yellow with dark stripes, and so on. This is the more remarkable in that they are essentially nocturnal animals. Darwin himself points out that in the case of hermaphrodite creatures such as planarians “ the colours do not serve as a sexual attraction, and have not been acquired through sexual selection” (Descent of Man, p. 260). Nor, avoiding the light as they habitually do, is it clear how their colours can be of use to them as a protection either by assimilating them to the colour of their surroundings, or as in the case of gaudy caterpillars by serving as a warning to their enemies that they are distasteful, or that they are provided with defensive structures in the shape of urticating organs (rod cells). On the 358 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, other hand all the Australian species characterised by the possession of two eyes are dull-coloured and very inconspicuous, yet they live under similar conditions, and in similar and often in the same situations as the many-eyed species of Geoplana ; we have found examples of both genera under the same log. The anterior portion of the body when the animal is crawling, is raised from the surface on which the animal rests, and its under surface is distinctly arched or concave ; in some of them from the edges of the concave portion sensory, papilla-like prolongations are frequently put forth, which touch the surface on which the animal is crawling, just as is the case with the inferior margin of the cheese-cutter-shaped extremity of Bipaliwm. In spirit specimens the arching disappears, but the margins of the under surface then show a slight but noticeable ridge on each side of a different colour ; we hope later to investigate these structures by means of sections. Mr. Moseley was the first to describe the cocoons or egg- capsules of land-planarians, which were previously unknown, from specimens brought to him by Mr. Travers of Wellington, N.Z., during the first week of July. His description of them is, “ they were perfectly spherical and varied in diameter from 6mm. to 43 mm., being as large as an ordinary pea. Their walls were firm and resistant, and of very dark brown or almost black colour. The walls are composed of a thin continuous sheet of a dark brown chitinous substance, which is highly elastic, and rolls up into scrolls when torn into fragments. The brown substance shows no definite structure, but only fine granules partly scattered evenly through a homogeneous base, partly gathered into patches in it. The egg capsules were found to contain from 4 to 6 embryos which lay quite free within the cavities of the capsules and closely packed together, being curved up to accommodate themselves to confinement” (l.c. p. 279). Australian land-planarians also breed during the winter months, and fabricate similar cocoons. Thus we have met with cocoons from the first week in April up till the present time (end of June). Some of these were deposited by specimens living in confinement, but quite recently one of us in BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 359 the Mudgee district on one occasion found a cluster of ten under a piece of wood, and on another occasion twenty-four cocoons from all but one of which however the young had hatched. These were the capsules of G. quinquelineata, the only species of which we have yet seen the newly-hatched young, but we have a few cocoons of other species which are still under observation. The cocoons met with vary slightly in size and shape; usually they are spherical, and 3 or 4 mm. in diameter ; others have one axis longer than the other, about 5 x 3mm. When freshly de- posited they are yellow or orange-coloured, but in the course of a day or two the colour changes to a dark reddish-brown or even black. The number of young which come out of a cocoon is about three or four. In two instances the young hatched out in five weeks or a day or two longer, after the deposition of the cocoons. The latter usually rupture and when empty collapse, but in one case the young emerged from a small circular hole without the cocoon rupturing or collapsing. Sometimes the cocoon ruptures a few days before the animals leave it ; at other times they come out very soon after. The newly-hatched young of G. quinquelineata, vary slightly in size, from 2°5 to 4 mm. long and 1-5 mm. wide, or even longer when fully extended ; they are striped just as are the adults, except that the outermost stripe on each side is either very faint, or altogether absent ; both stripes and ground-colour are in some cases brighter and pinker than is usually the case in adults, but the colours are extremely variable in this species, though it is perfectly well characterized, by its five dorsal, linear stripes. As yet we have not met with the young ones of any other species. In addition to the sexual mode of reproduction, planarians frequently divide spontaneously by transverse fission into portions which are capable of acquiring the characters of complete animals. Mr. Darwin gives an interesting account of an experiment he made with one of the Tasmanian planarians, which he cut into two nearly equal halves ; these, in the course of twenty-five days, were all but indistinguishable, when the increased heat on approaching the equator put a stop to his observations (Voy. of a 360 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, Nat. p. 27). We have frequently noticed specimens in various stages of constriction, and after the division had taken place. The volume of the Journal containing Mr. Moseley’s paper is, at the present time, wanting in most of the scientific libraries in Sydney accessible to students, and quite beyond the reach of any one in the bush. We, ourselves, have found it a serious inconvenience to have to journey to the Public Library to consult it, instead of having it always at hand for reference. In what follows, therefore, we have included the descriptions of Mr. Darwin and Professor Moseley, partly for the sake of making the list complete, but chiefly because we hope to enlist the co-operation of some of our country members in collecting and observing these interesting animals, as the species are readily determinable from the descriptions. Such large tracts of country have now been, and are being yearly cleared and burnt over, a procedure which means extermination to animals of feeble locomotive powers, like planarians, that unless residents in the country help in this matter it is almost certain that some of the more local species will never otherwise be rescued from oblivion. Insects, land mollusca, and other terrestrial invertebrates have been collected from very early times in the history of the colony, and before whole districts had been more or less completely modified by the clearing of the land, and the wholesale destruction of the timber; but this is not the case with planarians. The northern coastal river districts of this colony especially will probably yield a very rich harvest to any one in a position to search for them systematically. We shall be glad therefore to receive any information on the subject, or specimens sent alive by post, or put while alive into good methy- lated spirit (1). (1) In sending living planarians by post, as we find by experience can be done, the best plan is to put them in a small (not too small however) tin box with a geranium leaf and a small piece of damp cotton-wool or moss, fixed under the leaf so as not to shake about. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 415 bacteria, which he had put up in the adjoining Laboratory. He showed cultivations on various gelatinous nutritive substances, in meat broth, and on boiled marine animals (fish, crustaceans). Those on fishes (whiting, bream) especially, offer a most beautiful aspect, and the light emitted by them is very intense. He also demonstrated that ordinary sea-water can be rendered phosphor- escent by adding to it cultures of the above micro-organisms. There were three ie two containing between 11 and 12 gallons each, and one 23 gallons of sea-water. These quantities of sea-water became highly phosphorescent by the addition of mass-cultures of the luminous organisms, so as to resemble what is known under the name of “ milky sea.” Mr. Masters exhibited for Mr. Prince a specimen of a very beautiful Wood Moth of.an undescribed species of Pielus taken at Lawson (Blue Mountains) a short time ago. The Insect is five inches across the wings, the upper wings reddish-brown with bright silver markings, the underwings deeply purple. Dr. Lucas remarked that he had seen a specimen of this Insect from Gipps—_ land, Victoria. HOONE BF 27 WEDNESDAY, 271TH JULY, 1887. The Hon. James Norton, M.L.C., in the Chair. Mr. C. T. Musson was present as a visitor. Mr. W. Kershaw, Melbourne ; and the Hon. W. H. Suttor, M.L.C., Bathurst, were elected Members of the Society. The Chairman announced. that the next Excursion had been arranged for Saturday, August 13th. Members to meet at the Redfern Railway Station to proceed by the 8°15 a.m. train to the watering-station beyond Berowra, Hawkesbury Line. DONATIONS. “ On the Honeydew of Coccide and the Fungus accompanying these Insects ;” “‘ Further Notes on New Zealand Coccide ;” “On the Freshwater Infusoria of the Wellington District.” By W. M. Maskell, F.R.M.S. From the Author. “ Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 13-17 (1887). From the Academy. “ Jaarboek van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam,” 1885; ‘‘ Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Konink. Akad.” Derde Reeks, Deel II. From the Academy. “The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society.” Vol. XLIIL., Part 2 (No. 170, May 1887). From the Soccety. DONATIONS. 417 “ Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg, 1887.” Tome VI., Nos. 4 and 5. From the Committee. “ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,” (17th May, 1887). From the Society. “* Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom naturwissenschaftlichen Vereine zu Bremen.” IX Band, Heft 4 (1887). From the Society. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X Jahrg. Nos. 252 and 253 (1887). From the Editor. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 200 (June, 1887). From the Editor. “The Scottish Geographical Magazine.’ Vol. II., No. 6 (June, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay. “Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia, New South Wales and Victorian Branches.” 2nd Sess. (April to Dec., 1884), Vol. II]. From the Society. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 3 (July, 1887) ; “Seventh Annual Report 1886-7, List of Members,” etc. From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. ‘Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome IV., Nos. 5 and 6 (May and June, 1887). From Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam. “Elements of Pharmacology.” By Dr. Oswald Schmiedeberg, Translated by Thomas Dixson, M.B. From Dr. Dixson. “ Verhandlungen des Vereins fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unter- haltung za Hamburg, 1883-5.” Band VI. From the Society. “ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou.” Année 1887, No. 2. From the Society. ‘Nieuwe Naamlijst van Nederlandsche Schildvleugelige In- secten.” By Dr. Ed. Everts. From the Dutch Society of Sciences in Haarlem. 418 DONATIONS, “ Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae.” Tome XX (1886). From the Society. “The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for the year 1887.” Part IJ. (June). From the Society. “ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887.” Part 3, (June). From the Society. “ Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1884-6.” Prom the Academy. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 19 (July, 1887). rom the Editor. “The Sydney University Calendar, 1887.” rom the University. “ Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indié.” Deel XLVI, (1887). From the Kon. Natuurkundige Vereeniging im Ned.-Indié. PAPERS READ. REPORT ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF PLANTS FROM THE AIRD-RIVER, OBTAINED BY MR. THEODORE BEVAN DURING HIS RECENT EXPEDITION ; SusmirreED BY Baron von Muewter, K.C.M.G., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., &c. (Plates vi and VII.) Among the plants entrusted to the writer's examination, two prove new to science, and of these two now the descriptions are offered. Besides species of the following genera occur in the collection :—WMWyristica, Pittosporum, Quercus, Mucuna, Manilloa, Voacanga (Orchipeda ), Dischidia, Fagrea, Selaginella, Trichomanes, Davalia, Asplenium, Aspidium, Poiypodium. The Manilloa is the M. grandiflora of Scheffer. Mr. Bevan remarks, that it attains about 15 feet in height, that the stem is bare, that the colour of the floral leaves is salmon-pink, and that they bend downwards in bell-shaped masses. MussAENDA BEVANI. (Plate v1.) Branchlets glabrous ; leaves nearly orbicular, only along their costate nerves hairy ; racemes few-flowered, almost corymbose ; peduncles, bracts, pedicels and calyces rather densely beset with appressed brownish hairlets ; lobes of the calyx often isomorphous, during anthesis longer than the tube, deltoid-semilanceolar, acumi- nate, early deciduous, the fifth calyx-lobe (if changed) extremely large, conspicuously stalked, pale, ovate-orbicular, almost glabrous ; 420 ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF PLANTS FROM THE AIRD RIVER, corolla many times longer than the calyx, rather densely short- hairy outside, its lobes narrowly semi-lanceolar, hardly half as long as the throughout slender tube, inside minutely papillular-hairy ; stamens reaching nearly to the summit of the corolla-tube ; filaments extremely short ; anthers linear, pointed, almost half as long as the tube of the corolla, narrowly but conspicuously bilobed at the base ; stigmas setaceous-linear, thrice shorter than the style ; ovary short. Near the Aird-River (Theodore Bevan, Esq.). The small branchlet obtained bears only one leaf, which evi- dently is diminutive, so that the rounded form may not be normal ; the inflorescence may also, perhaps, become more elongated, than shown by our material. The broader calyx-lobes but narrower corolla-lobes, further the shorter filaments, the longer anthers and the extremely narrower stigmata distinguish this new Papuan species already from all forms of J/ussaenda frondosa, the only congener hitherto recorded from New Guinea. The form of the leaves (so far as known), the shortness of the tube of the calyx at flowering time, the whiteness of the vestiment of the corolla-tube upwards inside, and the not ovate corolla lobes separate our new plant easily from JZ, Forsteniana. Close affinity to any other species could not be traced out. I most gladly connect with this beautiful and probably fragrant plant the name of the explorer, through whose bravery and skill the regions of the Aird-River system have now become opened up to civilization and commerce, with the additional hopeful prospect of ready access to high and likely salubrious main ranges for mining and rural enterprises. BEGONIA SHARPEANA, (Plate vii.) Leaves large, obliquely cordate-orbicular, slightly acuminate, at the margin and beneath along the nerves minutely fringed, above imperfectly conspersed with minute depressed papillular corpuscles, on both pages subtle-dotted, and when young partially red-tinged ; SUBMITTED BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G. 421 petioles densely beset with lax spreading compressed hair ; cyme dichotomously branched, many-flowered, glabrous ; bracteoles comparatively large, quite petaloid, roundish, situated closely under the calyx, entire, deciduous, as well as the calyx-lobes and petals rosy-red; lobes of the calyx petaloid, renate-orbicular ; petals of the staminate flowers two, of the pistillate flowers one ; lanceolate- or ovate-elliptical; stamens rather numerous (25-30), anthers roundish with cuneate base ; filaments connate only near their base; styles three, very short, almost free; lobes of the stigmas much twisted ; fruit three-celled ; membranes from two of its angles almost dimidiate-orbicular, the membrane from the third angle nearly as broad as its own length, almost truncate at the summit, but thence outward not acutely protracted, all three appendages somewhat rigid, extending at both ends beyond the fruit-cells, but only slightly decurrent; placental plates two in each cavity of the fruit; seeds very minute, almost ovate, pale- brownish, somewhat furrowed. In the vicinity of the Aird-River (Theodore Bevan, Esq.). This handsome plant, which should readily enter into horticul- ture, has been chosen to perpetuate in the vegetation of the great Papuan Island also the memory of the Rev. Mr. Sharpe, who recently succumbed as a martyr of Christianity, while carrying the gospel to the wild regions of New Guinea. Begonia Sharpeana agrees with 2. sinwata to some extent in the form of its leaves, in its inflorescence, in the size of its flowers and in the form of its anthers ; but the petioles are not glabrous, the leaves are larger and far more inequilateral, the petals of the fruit-bearing flowers seem always reduced to one, the styles are three in number and so the fruit cells, the appendages of the fruit are much more unequal, reach beyond the cavities and are angular at the summit ; besides all this the occurrence of a pair of broad petaloid bracteoles under the flowers is quite unusual in the genus Begonia. This new species should systematically be placed in the section Knesebeckia near B. scutata. The characteristics of the stem and root remain as yet unknown, so the stipules and the 422 ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF PLANTS FROM THE AIRD RIVER. manner of fruit-dehiscence ; the dried leaves are tender-mem- branous and not much paler beneath. This seems an apt opportunity to record some other plants, previously unknown from New Guinea, though not obtained through Mr. Bevan’s Expedition :—TZriumfetta rhomboidea, N. Jacquin; Zristania suaveolens, Smith; Notothixos subaureus, Oliver; Panax fruticosa, Linné fil.; Alsomitra Muelleri, Cogniaux ; Scaevola oppositifolia, Miquel; Ipomoea chryseides, Ker. ; Hria Kingti, F. v. M. ; Cyperus digitatus, Roxburgh ; Mono- gramma dareocarpa, Hooker; Lepidozia Wallichiana, Gottsche ; Phragmicoma Novo- Guineensis, Stephani; Marasmius crinis-equt, Bove aL. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (PLATE VI.) MusSAENDA BEVANI. Fig. 1.—Expanded flower. Fig. 2.—Portion of corolla-tube laid open. Fig. 3.—Calyx with style and stigmas. (Somewhat magnified). (PLATE VII.) BEGoNIA SHARPEANA. Fig. 1.—Front-, side-, and back view of stamens. Fig. 2._Styles and stigmas. Fig. 3.—Transverse section of fruit. Fig. 4.—Seed. (All magnified, but not to the same extent). GENERAL REMARKS ON PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONTA. By Dr. Oscar Katz. Having been requested by a Member of this Society at its last meeting to turn my attention to the movement that is going on in Queensland, and I may add, to no less extent in this country, as to the subject of protective inoculation for bovine pleuro- pneumonia at large, and a satisfactory and practical modus of such a procedure in particular, I have tried to put together in the following lines a concise general review of what may be gathered and followed from our knowledge about the subject in its present state. Touching the history of the practice of inoculating cattle as a preventive treatment against lung-plague, or, as it is more com- monly called, pleuro-pneumonia, I may mention that it was first introduced by Dr. Willems, of Hasselt (Belgium), as far back as 1852. To my knowledge it represents the first case in which a kind of vaccination was ona large scale applied to animals. Since that time an almost universal attention has been and is still directed to this specific prophylactic ; there is, in fact, every reason for attempting to suppress and to get rid of this plague which at the present day is met with more or less in every part of the globe, and has involved and continues to involve most serious pecuniary losses. For instance, since the supposed introduction of the disease into Australia in 1858, the damage caused by its devastation and by the measures employed for mastering it, amounts to something enormous. Queensland alone which possesses about four million 424 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA, head of cattle, that is nearly as much as the other Australian colonies together, is estimated to have participated therein to the extent of £5,000,000, and the annual losses entailed are calculated to be about £500,000. In looking at the position which protective inoculation for this cattle disease occupies at present in those countries where the latter is prevalent, and the rearing and preservation of stock a matter of vital importance, we find that most of them are in favour of this treatment being adopted. These are principally : Scotland, Bel- gium, The Netherlands, France, South Africa, and last but not least, the Colonies of Australasia. I may be permitted to quote some figures. As the result of an official inquiry in 1875, into the state of preventive inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia in New South Wales, it turned out, that a strong majority of graziers pronounced a favourable verdict. Of 282 cattle-owners who were in the habit of inoculating, 234 were favourable, 19 opposed to the measure, 2.e., in proportion 12 or 13 for, to 1 against it, while 11 entertained doubts, and 7 stated nothing. Among 272 owners who did not practise inoculation, 54 were for, 50 against, 13 being doubtful, and 155 offering no opinion. These figures, supporting so decidedly as they do, inoculation, claim our full consideration, so much the more as some of the operators must undoubtedly have encountered greater difficulties in carrying out the operation than there would have been, could it have been performed by experienced veterinarians, or perhaps under more favourable circumstances. Thus the prospect of success must, after all, have been smaller in the former case than in the latter. But still the method of inoculation has its opponents, who rather incline to the adoption of other preventatives such as the so-called ‘‘stamping-out system.” In one point, however, there seems to be a general agreement, namely, that a cure of the disease BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 425 is altogether objectionable from a practical standpoint as well as from an economical one, and that consequently, all therapeutics have to be thrown overboard. Nothing then remains but the employment of prophylactic measures, of which protective inocu- lation is one. We have now to enter upon a consideration of the nature of this subject, and to see whether the results of such a consideration can be brought into harmony with the seemingly favourable results claimed by the advocates of the system. The notion “ protective inoculation ” in connection with any disease, hence also in the cattle disease under notice, pre- supposes that it belongs to the group of infectious diseases which by means of a “contagium,” are capable of transmission from individual to individual, at least under certain circumstances. That bovine pleuro-pneumonia is one of this kind, or in other words, that it presupposes a contagium in the shape of an organised something, of a microscopic being, is regarded as a settled question, to judge from the present standpoint of science, and from practical experience. For a full understanding of the disorder, as well as for the mode of combating it (taking special reference to protective measures), it must, however, appear very important to know at the very outset, how the disease spreads. There are two principal possibilities. (1) It may be caused by germs which represent so-called ob/igate parasites, that is to say, which for their propagation need the body of cattle (or perhaps of some other animals). These germs again might be of two descriptions. On the one hand they might lose their power of infecting by having been exposed to external agencies, thus resembling, as it were, the pathogenic factors in human syphilis, in regard to which we are compelled to accept the view that it cannot be communicated but by immediate contact. On the other hand they might also, after having left the animal body, but if so without being able to propagate, possess the faculty of infection. An instance of such a kind we have in 426 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA, tuberculosis, the microbes of which represent the vehicles of both direct and indirect infection, the latter taking place by germs (their spores) which exist in our surroundings, and hold out there for a considerable length of time. (2) The disease, as such, might be attributed to so-called facultative parasites, z.é., micro-organisms which feed, multiply, and may form resting stages on or in various dead organic substances, but transferred to the living animal body manifest themselves as parasites. The best known instance of such a case is furnished by anthrax or splenic fever. The pathogenic agents of this infectious disease, the anthrax bacilli, are not necessarily bound to live in animals or in man ; on the contrary they are originally harmless saprophytes, but, when occasionally gaining access to the blood-system of living beings, they unfold a most pernicious activity. It is evident that a decision of which of the above conditions is fulfilled with regard to bovine pleuro-pneumonia, must have a legitimate bearing on the question of the kind of protective means to be adopted against the disease. If this is inaugurated after the manner of syphilis, and therefore, the scope of its spreading very much limited and easily traceable, then it would be most questionable whether some preventive vaccination should be pre- ferred to other prophylactics. If on the other hand there are far more dangerous doors open to the propagation of the disease, and if we have reason to suppose that it depends on a contagium like that of tuberculosis or of splenic fever, then, of course, the subject of protective inoculation claims a greater interest. Unfortunately our knowledge of the exact manner in which pleuro-pnetmonia makes its appearance and spreads, is as yet far from being certain ; nor are we warranted in arriving at a satisfac- tory answer so long as the causal factors of the plague are not yet thoroughly recognised and their biological properties studied. What we may gather from practical observations is not sufficient BY DR OSCAR KATZ. 497 for a final decision, since opinions differ widely as to that point. Yet we are warranted in saying a priori that, in a similar way as it has been pronounced by von Pettenkofer for epidemic cholera, the outbreak of an epidcmic of pleuro-pneumonia must have been preceded by an infection en masse. Infection of this description could best be brought about by micro-organisms of the type of Jacultative parasites (see above). In epidemics of anthrax and of typhoid fever we cannot but trace such a course of things ; besides, the statistic observations on the mode of spreading of cholera, anthrax, and typhoid-fever, are altogether in concordance wiih the results of laboratory experiments on the infectious matter of these diseases. On pleuro-pneumonia we fail to bring to bear such powerful help; for it is premature in this direction to draw definite conclusions from the results of investigations by Poels and Nolen, who have designated a certain micrococcus as the vera causa of that bovine disease (Zhe Veterinarian, March 1887, pp. 143-157). In the interest of the matter itself their experiments require expansion, and the results as yet obtained corroboration. ‘Returning after this digression to our subject proper we must fe) 5 try to obtain a definite view of its essential characters. fn its present shape protective inoculation for bovine pleuro- pneumonia occupies a peculiar position among the other modern inoculations or vaccinations. It is a matter suz generis. The procedure is as follows: when the disease is stated to be present in a herd, the vaccin is procured by killing one or more of the sick individuals, and collecting the serwm out of the diseased lungs, or the pleural exudations. A definite portion of such liquids is then transferred—the modus operandi differs—to the subcutaneous connective tissue near the end of the tails of healthy, or we have reason to add, apparently healthy individuals. This operation gives rise to a localised swelling which is considered to be a repeti- tion in a milder form of what takes place in lungs and pleure in the 428 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA, virulent form of the disease. After this local affection is over, the animals are said to be proof against lung-plague. From this generalising report on the mode in which protective inoculation for the cattle-disease under treatment is being prac- tised, you will at once perceive its peculiarities. Take as object of comparison the ideal of the modern preventive inoculations, vaccination against variola. Vaccination in the human species is admittedly followed by the intended result only when it is carried out before the disease (variola, small-pox) has taken possession of the individuals that are to be protected. It is a genuine preventive treatment which will not admit of the incursion of the diseases The same principle is adhered to in the preventive inoculations for certain animal plagues, for anthrax or splenic fever in sheep and cattle, for symptomatic anthrax (or “ black-leg” or ‘“quarter-ill ”) in cattle, for fowl-cholera, and swine-fever. In all these cases the employment of the preventive precedes, must precede the appear- ance of the respective disorder, and not the other way. The ordinary method of protecting cattle against “ pleuro,” however, does not always seem to be guided by that principie. We have briefly mentioned that inoculation will be performed after the plague has already commenced its work. ‘This being the case we are well justified in assuming that, besides quite normal and healthy indi- viduals, some, be they few or many, which have already taken up the virulent agents of the disease, will be inoculated. Such an event could have occurred without having set up any reliable symptoms. It must be remembered that, the auscultation of a bovine chest being in itself no easy task, especially for non-experts, the difficul- ties must accumulate when a cattle-owner has to inoculate, say, 1,000 head. The risk of inoculating individuals already but inperceptibly infected, is moreover enhanced by our not knowing anything exact about the period of incubation, and the precise course of the disease. Yet it would appear as if the period of incubation is BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 499 subject to considerable fluctuations, thus rendering the question of making a correct diagnosis a matter of considerable embarrassment In view of such facts, the above factor in connection with inocu- lation for ‘pleuro” is pre-eminent ; it must be looked upon as a very strong objection to the measure in its present state, unless experiments can show beyond every doubt that immunity through inoculation is also bestowed upon such animals as are already infected. Otherwise the manipulation, instead of pre- venting the ‘disease from spreading, would tend to preserve and propagate it, by allowing vaccinated but previously affected indivi- duals to pass as being safe. It is true that in the most modern protective inoculation, namely Pasteur’s treatment of hydrophobia, we find an instance which seems to correspond to a postulate of the above kind. Pasteur applies his method not until his patients have been bitten by a rabid animal, and, consequently are already impregnated with the deadly virus. For the present, however, it is advisable to view with some reserve Pasteur’s results so far as rabies is concerned. Another point that calls for our attention is this. How is it that in pleuro-pneumonia the material to be inoculated has the shape of a virus, taken directly from the diseased organs, and in this condi- tion applied to the subcutaneous cellular tissue of the tail, that is to say, to spots which have nothing to do with the chief seats of the malady? With one exception (see below), there is no analogy to this extraordinary case in the other protective inoculations which have been made known. Here vaccins are used which although morphologically very similar to, or, as a rule, quite the same as the virulent agents, are weakened, partly naturally, partly artificially, to such a degree that they are no longer able to kill the individual species for which they are intended. The vaccine-lymph for small-pox vaccination represents the virulent material of vaccine or cow-pox, but such a material or, if you like, bacterial life and its products, although extraordinarily alike to 430 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA, that of variola or small-pox, cause, when transferred to man, only slight alterations, after which any attack of the virulent factors of this disease will be frustrated. With regard to protective inocu- lations of animals we may take as example that of anthrax. Here the generally used cultures of micro-organisms are attenuated by means of higher temperatures, so as to have lost their power of infecting, while at the same time their morphological characters do not differ from those of the virulent bacilli. Experience has further shown that the inoculation-material prepared in the des- cribed manner, must enter into acommunication with those organs or tissues which are the principal seat of the disease present, and in which they have to call into existence symptoms, analogous to those exhibited in the virulent form of the disease, but only modified and often scarcely perceptible. The attenuated anthrax- virus is transmitted through the subcutaneous connective tissue to the blood, which is the seat of splenic fever. Nothing similar seems to take place with reference to pro- tective inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia. In this case boti: the kind of virus employed, and the part of the body where it is applied, are altogether contrary to those facts. There is, how- ever, one cattle-disease, namely symptomatic anthrax (‘quarter-ill,” *‘ black-leg ”), in which we find something analogous to pleuro- pneumonia. With regard to the former it has been proved beyond doubt that, by means of direct injections of unweakened virus (e. g. sap of diseased muscles) into the veins of healthy individuals, these can be rendered immune, although the blood-system as such is not the place where the contagium of the disease (the symptomatic anthrax bacilli) settles, and carries on destruction. (The usual way, however, in the practice of inoculation against this plague, is by means of artificially weakened virus, applied subcutaneously). It stands to reason that the same may possibly hold true with the mode of protection against pleuro-pneumonia, for a liquid carrying the infective matter in the shape of microscopic organisms, has, if inoculated underneath the skin, every chance to be taken up by the blood, and thus carried to the lungs and other organs. Bui in BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 431 symptomatic anthrax we have a well-studied disease, the etiology of which is perfectly known. Not so in bovine pleuro-pneumonia. For this reason we have to be careful not to generalise without further information, and it must rest with future researches to decide upon this hitherto dark question in the mode of inoculation against pleuro-pneumonia. Even if, for the sake of argument, we admit that inoculation against pleuro-pneumonia in the customary shape does protect, we are not yet thoroughly informed as to how long the protection will last. This is, of course, an important factor, which must necessarily influence the discussion of the whole question, Human vaccination is known to bestow a long-continuing immunity, and re-vaccination is held to be a powerful aid in securing the intended effect. The question of the period of immunity after inoculation against animal-plagues, is as far as we know, more uncertain than in the case of human vaccination. For instance, the protective power of anthrax-inoculation in sheep extends to about one year, while for cattle the period of protection is as yet uncertain. Such an uncertainty has, among other things, rendered the last-men- tioned kind of inoculation, and others objectionable, and it is, therefore, not to be wondered at, if the present practice of inocu- lation against ‘“ pleuro” is for the same reason judged in a similar manner, In addition to the above statements I must point out ina few words that opinions do not agree as to whether inoculated animals are able to infect uninoculated ones or not. This point, of course, is one of paramount importance, and if it could be unmistakably proved that the inoculation in its present shape can yield the means of infection to unprotected individuals, the whole procedure must appear in a most doubtful light. Now, what might happen if a herd of fresh-inoculated cattle, travelling from one end of the Australian: Continent to the other, came on their road in contact with other herds that were not inoculated ? Well, they would no doubt give a fair chance to these to contract pleuro-pneumonia, which had not existed there before, and the 28 432 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA, latter herds, in their turn, or at least the vaccinated members of the same, would repeat the same play. It might seem as if I am somewhat exaggerating, by reporting things which are not yet actually demonstrated ; but I only state here what we want to know with certainty ; and the importance of the whole question of protective treatment requires us to take an unprejudiced view of it. When the Netberiands Government introduced inoculation for the disease, they ordered the inoculated cattle to be isolated for some time, thus preventing their mixing so soon with others not inoculated ; everybody admits that this was a wise act, and people at that time knew about protection against pleuro-pneumonia not much less than they do now-a-days. Whether the scheme adopted by the Netherlands, could with advantage be imitated by Australia, I cannot tell. Finally it is an acknowledged fact that, when the plague has appeared in a herd, and inoculation has to be resorted to, owners often experience difficulties in finding the proper vacczn, in pre- serving it for some time, or by lacking the manual skill required for performing the operation. Thus consequences may result, as they in fact do, which were not intended. The story of tailless cows and oxen is too well-known to Australians to need its relation on this occasion. It simply shows how miserably a measure, otherwise and in itself of a harmless nature, can be abused in the hands of ignorant persons, who may even do more harm by imparting diseases, e. g. tuberculosis, to originally quite healthy animals. Although, in my opinion, not too much weight ought to be attached to this obstacle in the practice of inoculation, because care and experience can reduce it to a minimum, yet the whole procedure is, from the above reason alone, liable to become discredited in the same way as human vaccination has been, and is still to some extent, discredited by the very fact, that it has been oceasionally the means of introducing a host of anything but desirable skin and other diseases. Let us now briefly review what has been dealt with above. We see that, on the one side, a majority of men and countries advocate BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 433 and encourage protective inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia ; while on the other side, by analysing its proper nature, we cannot admit of its being free from objections. These are partly, as has been shown in the foregoing lines, of a serious character, and thus by no means compatible with the verdict given by that majority. But I repeat distinctly that the objections raised relate to the protective arrangement such as it is found to exist at present. One thing is clear. The prophylactic measures employed in one country against the invasion of animal-plagues need not necessarily be the same in others, and what may be the case with the treatment of bovine pleuro-pneumonia in one part of the earth, need not hold good for that adopted in another one. Countries in which the disease is little prevalent, the relative number of cattle inconsiderable or at least where large herds do not exist, and where, I may add, the means of communication, as for instance railway traffic, are well- developed, may reasonably arrest the spread of the disorder by the “ stamping-out system,” and subsequent sanitary measures. But to adopt this system in Australia would be absurd, nor could or would its most tenacious defender recommend its being applied here, as things noware. It has been tried in Australia, with what success. you may perceive by looking at the prevalence of the plague for the last years. If at present such a system was adopted here, which means not only the destruction of the infected individuals, but also a wholesale slaughter of all those which have been exposed to these, it would be equivalent to the loss of half the present stock of cattle. Even then the measure would turn out to be utterly futile, unless the whole of the Continent acted in a uniform manner, and then again there will be no full guarantee of success until the origin and spread of the disease is traced beyond every doubt. At all events the colony of Queensland has done well by admitting that a reform in the way of protective means against lung-plague of cattle is absolutely necessary, and it is also easily understood that, as a preventive treatment by means of a rational inoculation seems to promise good results, the principal attention has been directed to this point. 434 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. The whole question, then, amounts to this. The necessary steps will have to be taken for a thorough investigation of the subject, in order to place it on a more scientific basis. What has already been done in this direction is scarcely more than a mere begin- ning, and a great many more experiments will have to be made, until we are entitled to say the etiology of the disease is as clearly known as, for instance, that of anthrax, and the question of protective inoculation against the disease regarded as solved. The present movement here and in Queensland evidences that these countries have come to the conviction that they will have to go and follow up their own way, instead of waiting till other countries are pleased to lay the desired remedy before them. ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S.W. By Joun MItTcHELL. BRONTEUS LONGISPINIFEX, n. sp. (Plate xvi. figs. 1 and 2.) Head-shield semicircular as far as can be judged from the specimens obtained, much granulated, the granulations of varying sizes. Glabella greatly dilated in front, axial and neck furrows distinct, the front lateral groove feeble, second one strongly marked, facial suture from the eye lobe to the outer margin about parallel with a line drawn longitudinally through the centre of the shield. No spine visible on the genal angle, but from the character of the pleure it is probable that it may bear one. The greatest transverse measurement of the glabella about equal to the length of the head. The eye is slightly pedunculated. Length of head-shield one and a-third times (}) that of the pygidium. The thorax is the most remarkable feature of this species, the axis being very wide, moderately distinct and slightly arched ; axial furrows visible and intensified by an increase of thickness at the base of each segment, and an opposing tubercle at the base of of each pleura ; the segments have a decided curve forward ; width at the fifth segment °1354 inch (j3 in.), and this is probably the greatest width. From the sixth the width gradually diminishes, and the last is only about half the width of the filth and sixth segments. The side lobes are very narrow, the pleure being only about one-quarter as long as the axis is wide at its fifth and sixth segments. From each pleura projects a flat spine more than three times its own length; these curve backwards more and more until the last three are parallel or nearly so with the axis; along 436 ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S..W., the centre of each is a row of fine punctations not visible to the unaided eye. The granulation of the thorax is not nearly so marked as that of the buckler and pygidium ; but each pleura bears two conspicuous granules, one on each extremity, the one on the basal extremity helping as before stated to make the axial grooves more marked. The pygidium is shorter than the cephalic shield, much granulated, and sub-semicircular ; that is, if it be transversely sected so as just to remove the part bearing the rudimentary axis, the remainder forms a semicircle. Along the margin are several (6 are visible with a lens) concentric, or nearly concentric striz, similar in character to those on the pygidium of B. Partschi, Barr. The ribs are thirteen in number, separated from each other by well-defined sutures. The medial rib is a little wider than the united width of the three adjoining ones on either side of it at their junction with the rudimentary axis, and about as wide as the other three together. The second from the medial rib is very narrow. ‘The length of the medial rib equals about {ths that of the one (first) which runs by the side of the thorax. Each rib, except the medial one, is traversed longitudinally by a central ridge, and the medial one by two such ridges, one on each edge. Each of these carries a row of tubercles of larger size and more regularly placed than the others. In this feature the spines of the pleurze of the thorax resemble the ribs of the pygidium. The number visible with a lens in each row on the spines is 5, and on most of the ribs of the pygidium about the same number. These tubercles are plainer on the cast than on the fossil. The medial rib ter- minates in a somewhat spear-shaped point, the shaft oblong. The line of articulation of the pygidium with the thorax is straight. The rudimentary axis may be ranked semicircular, rather convex, its axial furrow visible. The whole pygidium is slightly convex. Dimensions—Head long § in. (4 mm. nearly). Thorax: axis wide at 5th and 6th segments jj in. (3°385 mm.). Length of six segments attached to the pygidium equal to the width, and, as 5th and 6th segments are each about twice as wide as the last segment and wider than either of the posterior segments, it is probable that BY JOHN MITCHELL. 437 the four anterior and missing segments of my specimen would have a length equal to the six that are present, which would make the axis twice as long as wide. Pleure long ¢.ths in. (781 mm.). Length of spine jjths in. (2°6 mm.). Pygidium long {ths in. (2°86 mm. nearly), wide {ths in. (3°6 mm.). Rudimentary axis wide ;, (about) or + the total width of pygidium. Total length of specimen ¢jths in. (12.4 mm. nearly). The subrudimentary character of the pleure of the thorax, their long spines, and the great proportionate width of the axis are the striking features of this species, and distinguish it from all I am acquainted with, and certainly from either of those yet recorded from Australia, The specimen here described, which is of immature growth, has six segments of the thorax with pygidium attached nearly perfect. The four front segments have been obliterated by the head which has been turned backwards upon them. Some heads which I have obtained have double the dimensions of this specimen, and would therefore belong to individuals more than 1 inch long. The test of the thorax and pygidium of this species must have been of a delicate character, for though heads are numerous, it is rare to obtain even a fragment of these two parts. This fossil occurs in the lower Trilobite Bed of the Bowning Series, associated with representatives of the genera Acidaspis, Encrinwrus, Proetus, Cromus, Harpes, dc. Two of the associated species have been identified by F. Ratte, Esq., as Actdaspis Vernewili (7), and Proetus Ascanius (?), vide Proc. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W. 1886, pp. 1066-7. (1) Locality.—Bowning. From a specimen in my collection. (1) When I submitted the fragments of A. Vernewili, which are here described by Mr. Ratte, I had not obtained a pygidium that beyond doubt belonged to the same species as the head and fragment of thorax here referred to; but since then I have obtained several pygidia attached to fragments of the thorax of this species ; and they agree in character with the descrip- tion given of the pygidium of A. Vernewili by Barrande. Hence the doubt which Mr. Ratte had on account of the absence of a pygidium, must I think, be set at rest; and Mr. Ratte’s identification of A. Vernewili for the species, be confirmed. 438 ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S.W., CypHasPis BowNINGENSIS, n. sp. (Plate xvi. fig. 3.) The specimen here described is nearly complete, and was obtained by me from the upper Trilobite Bed of the Bowning group. Head-shield apparently semicircular, though as the specimen is slightly contorted, and one of the free cheeks is absent, that is not certain. The glabella is pyriform, very convex, circumscribed lobe small, axial furrow distinct and deep in front ; anterior portion of the facial suture directed outwards at an angle of about 30°, the posterior portion cuts the side lobes in about the middle. The eye is crescentic. The genal angles terininate in spines about ,) in. long (1-6 mm. nearly) ; limb strongly curved downwards in front, and the edge upwards. The thorax is about as wide as long, the axis very prominent, with 11 or 12 segments ; its greatest width ,} in. (1°6 mm. nearly) across the first three segments, from thence it gradually diminishes to about one-half of that width at its articulation with the axis of the tail. The side lobes as wide, or a little more, as the axis, strongly curved at the sides. Medial suture of pleure visible, and not extending exactly to the ends, Axis of tail very prominent, first two segments well-defined ; first two pleure of side lobes similarly well-defined, and the sulcus visible. Contour of tail semicircular or triangular, and twice as wide as long. No granulation distinguish- able, but this may arise from imperfect preservation. Dimensions—Head 3% in. (4:233 mm.) long ; glabella long 9 in. (291 mm.); thorax long g in. (66 mm.); tail long 4 in. (1°83 mm.). Total length } in. (12-7 mm.). This species is found associated with two species of Acidaspis, one of which bears a resemblance to A. Leonhard ; two species of Proetus ; two species of Phacops, like P. fecundus and P. caudatus ; several species of Orthoceras ; and some lamellibranchs and gaster- opods not yet made out. Locality.—Bowning. From a specimen in my collection. BY JOHN MITCHELL. 439 Proerus BowNINcENsis, n. Sp. (Plate xvi. figs. 4-6.) Head evidently semicircular. Glabella large, semi-conoid and not distinctly marked off by the axial grooves, the lateral furrows feebly present, neck furrow shallow and wide, width between the eye lobes nearly equal to the length of glabella, fixed cheeks rudi- mentary, facial suture rather straight cutting the outer margin nearly at right angles, and the posterior margin rather near to the glabella. The glabella and tail are about equal in length. Eye crescentic. Of the thorax I have only distinguished fragments. In these the sulcus is strongly marked, and terminates short of the extremity. Pygidium semi-elliptical, about ? as long as wide, the axis very conspicuous, sides rather perpendicular, top arched or convex, with 7 or 8 rings visible, those towards the extremity indistinct. The 8 rings are only seen in the largest specimens. Side lobes 14 times as wide as axis at widest part; they are fairly convex on some pygidia, and in others rather flattened (but I think that the convex is the normal character), margin fairly large. Four pleure of the pygidium strongly indicated in which the sulcus is wide and shallow, I give some of the dimensions of one of the specimens figured (fig. 4), which is fairly complete ; but unfortunately it has the head turned back on the thorax and almost covering that part. Glabella long {in. (6°35 mm.) ; pygidium long % in. (6°35 mm.), wide 9 in. (9‘5mm.). Another pygidium (fig. 5) has a length of 3 in., and width of 4, so that the proportion of length to width is variable, arising probably from different degrees of compression suffered by the different specimens. This species is obtained from the lower Trilobite Bed of Bowning, associated with several species of Phacops, Acidaspis, and a Cyphas- pis, probably identical with the one described above. One of the first-named is either P. longicaudatus or very closely allied to it. Note.—Since writing the above description I have examined a larger pygidium of the Bronteus, and find that the second rib from amen 440 ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S.W. the medial one is not narrower than the adjoining rib. The compressed state, therefore, of this rib in the specimen described, may be only characteristic of young specimens. In conclusion I have to express my obligations and thanks to Mr. R Etheridge, F.G.S., who has kindly helped me with sugges- tions and advice. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Fig. 1.—Bronteus longispinifec—Pygidium and 6 segments of thorax (x3). Fig. 2.-— Fig. 3.—Cyphaspis Bowningensis ( x 2). + 5 Head and one free cheek. (Nat. size). Fig. 4.—Proetus Bowningensis—Pygidium and head, the latter turned back on the thorax. (Nat. size.) Figs. 5 & 6.—Proetus Bowningensis—Another head and pygidium. (Nat. size. ) CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO- MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS. By A. J. Nortu. Under this heading I purpose to describe the eggs of such species from the above-named regions, as I may consider of sufficient interest to Oologists; such will necessarily be from various sources, and in the present instances I am indebted to the courtesy of the Trustees of the Australian Museum, the Hon. Wm. Macleay, and Messrs. Ramsay Bros. of Dobroyde, for access to their collections. STRIX LULU, Peel. This egg was obtained by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau ; it is similar in form to that of the Australian species, S. delicatula, pure white, shell slightly rough. Length, 1:53 x 1:22 inch. MACROPTERYX MYSTACEA, Less. A single egg of this species taken at New Britain by Mr. Parkinson, is oval in form, pure white, shell smooth, but without any gloss ; long axis 1°3 inch, short axis 0°83 inch. The parent birds were also procured. Meroprs ornatus, Lath. Specimens of this bird together with the eggs procured at New Britain by Mr. Parkinson, are similar to the Australian forms, differing only in their smaller admeasurements. Eggs rounded, white and glossy. An average egg measures—long axis 0°85 inch ; short axis 0:77 inch. Haucyon sacra, G'mel. This bird was found by Mr. J. A. Boyd, breeding freely at Ovalau, tunnelling in the nests of the white ants. Eggs five in number for a sitting, globular in form, pure white, the texture of 442 OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS, the shell being fine, but without any gloss. Length (A), 1:07 x 0°93 inch ; (B), Linch x 0°87 inch; (C), 1°13 x 0:91 inch; (D), 1:1 x 0°92 inch ; (KE), 1:03 x 0°88 inch. LauaGE TERAT, Bodd. Nest similar to that of the Australian species, Z. tricolor. Eggs two in number for a sitting, of a deep bluish-green, streaked all over with irregularly-shaped markings of wood-brown, and light purplish-brown, a few nearly obsolete clouded blotches of the latter colour appearing beneath the surface of the shell. Length (A), 0°87 x 0°67 inch; (B), 0°86 x 0°67 inch. Taken at Ovalau by Mr. Boyd. PACHYCEPHALA ICTEROIDES, Peel. This species was found breeding in the New Hebrides by Mr. J. A. Boyd. The eggs are remarkably handsome, being of a rich cream colour, with a band of large irregularly-shaped confluent blotches of rich umber-brown around the centre, and obsolete markings of the same colour appearing beneath the surface of the shell; the remaining portion of the surface is sparingly dotted with a paler tint. Length 1:09 x 0°75 inch. MYIAGRA RUFIVENTRIS, Z/iot. A nest of this species taken by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau, is cup- shaped in form, outwardly composed of thin wiry grasses, and beautifully ornamented on the outside with lichens; there is a slight lining of fibrous roots inside. Exterior diameter two inches and a quarter, depth one inch and a-half; internal diameter one inch and seven eighths, depth one inch. Eggs two in number for a sitting, white with a zone of light purplish-brown and greyish lilac spots encircling the larger apex of the egg. Some of the markings appear as if beneath the surface of the shell. Length (A), 0°75 x 0°57 inch; (B), 0:75 x 0:58 inch. PIEZORHYNCHUS CHALYBAEOCEPHALUS, Garn. These eggs, together with the birds, were procured by Mr. Parkinson when on a collecting tour in New Britain ; they are two to three in number for a sitting, oval in form and rather BY A. J. NORTH. 443 pointed at the smaller end, of a pale greenish-grey becoming darker towards the larger end, where they are encircled with a well-defined zone of small black spots, and clouded slaty-grey blotches, the latter colour appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell. Length (A), 0°86 x 0-61 inch ; (B), 0°87 x 0°57 inch ; (C), 0°84 x 0°6 inch. MonarcHa LEssoni, Homb. et Jacq. A nest of this species taken at Ovalau by Mr. J. A. Boyd, is cup-shaped, outwardly composed of shreds of bark and mosses, and neatly lined inside with dried grasses and very fine fibrous roots ; external diameter two inches and a-half, depth two inches ; internal diameter one inch and three quarters, depth one inch and a-half. Eggs three in number for a sitting, oval in form, white, with a broad band of very minute bright reddish spots. Length (A), 0-71 x 0°57 inch ; (B), 0:74 x 0°54 inch ; (C), 0°73 x 0°57 inch. MUuNIA MELAENA, Sclat. This bird was found breeding freely at New Britain by Mr. Parkinson, who obtained a number of specimens as well as the eggs. Eggs six in number for a sitting, oval in form, pure white. Length (A), 0-67 x 0:5 inch ; (B), 0°64 x 0°5 inch ; (C), 0°65 x 0°49 inch ; (D), 0°62 x 0:47 inch; (E), 0°63 x 0-42 inch. PITTA NOVH-HIBERNLE, Ramsay. These eggs were procured and also the birds at the Duke of York group by Mr. Parkinson ; they are four in number for a sitting, varying in form from slightly swollen into lengthened ovals, of a pale creamy-white, blotched all over with irregularly-shaped markings of light purplish-brown, and obsolete spots of purplish- lilac and bluish-grey, the latter colour appearing beneath the surface of the shell. Length (A), 1:13 x 0-87 inch ; (B), 1:13 x 0°88 inch ; (C), 1:2 x 0°85 inch; (D), 1:19 x 0°86 inch. CALORNIS METALLICA, Z'emm. ; (var. nitida, GRAY.) Eggs closely resembling those of the Australian species (C. metallica), of which this bird is only an insular form. They 444 OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS, are from three to four in number for a sitting, varying in form from swollen to elongated ovals, of a greenish-white, minutely spotted, and heavily blotched with light purplish-red markings, chiefly towards the larger end; one specimen (A), has only a few indistinct spots on the larger end. Length (A), 0:97 x0-77 inch ; (B), 1:09 x 0-76 inch ; (C), 1:09 x 0°73 inch. From the Duke of York Island, PHILEMON COCKERELLI, Sclat. A very handsome set of eggs procured, together with the birds, by Mr. Parkinson at New Britain, are in form pointed ovals, of a deep reddish salmon colour, heavily blotched all over with irregularly-shaped markings of a darker tint, but more particularly towards the larger end, intermingled with others of a light purplish-grey, which appear as if beneath the surface of the shell. Length (A), 1:31 x 0°93 inch ; (B), 1°38 x 0-93 inch ;(C), 1°34 x 0-94 inch. CINNYRIS CORINNA, Salvad. A nest of this species taken at New Britain, is a dome-shaped structure with a small entrance in the side, over which a hood is formed, from the top of which the nest gently tapers to a point ; it is outwardly composed of the dried skeletons of leaves, bark fibre and spiders’ webs neatly woven together, and lined inside with the white down from the seeds of a cotton plant ; it is attached to the thin stems of a climbing plant, and measures as follows—total length of nest nine inches, height of aperture one inch and a-half, width one inch, length from top of the nest to lower portion of the hood four inches and a-half, from the lower portion of the entrance to the extremity of nest three inches; width two inches and a-half. The eggs were two in number, of a light greenish-grey richly covered with minute markings of wood-brown, which at the larger end form a broad clouded zone. Length (A), 0°67 x 0°46 inch ; (B), 0°65 x 0-45 inch. CENTROPUS ATERALBUS, Less. Specimens of this bird, together with a single ezg, were received from Mr. Parkinson when at New Britain. Egg dull white, shell slightly roughened. Long axis 1°6 inch, short axis 1:23 inch. BY A. J. NORTH. 445 ECLECTUS POLYCHLORUS, Scop. An egg of this species in the Australian Museum Collection, taken by Mr. Goldie in New Guinea, on the 26th of April, 1880, is pure white, rather pointed at the end, the shell being slightly rough, and without any gloss. Length 1:7 inch x 1:7 inch in breadth. CARPOPHAGA LATRANS, Peel. Eggs of this species taken by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau, are oval in form swelling gradually towards the centre, pure white, shell smooth without any gloss. Long diameter 1°77 inch; short diameter 1:28 inch. CHRYSOENA LUTEOVIRENS, Homb. et Jacq. Eggs two in number for a sitting, white, elongated in form. Length (A), 1:26 x 0°85 inch; (B), 1°32 x 0°83 inch. Taken at Ovalau by Mr. Boyd. PTILOPUS MARIA, Gray. Two eggs of this species taken at Ovalau by Mr. Boyd, are in form elongated ovals, pure white. Length (A), 1-26 x 0°86 inch ; (B), 1:15 x 0°81 inch. DEMIEGRETTA SACRA, Gmel. Eggs of this species are of a uniform pale greenish-white. Length 1:°95x 1:3 inch. Taken by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau on the lst of September, 1879. ARDEA JAVANICA, Horsf. An egg of this bird taken at Ovalau, is oval in form, of a pale bluish-green. Length 1°45 x 1:05 inch. PHLEGOENAS STAIRI, Gray. This species, which feeds so largely upon chilies that its flesh is scarcely palatable, lays one egg only, pure white, elongated in form. Length 1:22x0-9inch. Taken at Ovalau, November 11th, 1879. 446 OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS. TANTHENAS VITIENSIS, Qwoy et Gaim. Eggs of this species taken by Mr. J. A. Boyd at Ovalau, are pure white, in form of a lengthened oval, the texture of the shell being fine, and the surface slightly glossy. Long diameter 1:6 inch ; short diameter 1:15 inch. AMAURORNIS MOLUCCANA, Wallace. A set of the eggs of this species, taken by Mr. Parkinson while at New Britain, are ovalin form, of a dull white thickly spotted with small irregularly-shaped reddish-chestnut markings, intermingled with others of a deep bluish-grey appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell, which predominate chiefly towards the larger end. Length (A), 1:57x 1:15 inch; (B), 1°64 x 1-15 inch; (C), 1-6 x 1:17 inch ; (D), 1°67 x 1:14 inch ; (E), 1.65 x 1-16 inch. Specimens of the birds were also procured at the time of taking the eggs. GALLINULA RUFICRISSA, Gould. A single egg of this species in the Dobroyde Collection, is of a dull white ground colour, finely freckled all over with light chestnut- red markings, a few nearly obsolete spots of the same colour appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell more particularly towards the larger end. Long axis 1°6 inch, short axis 1:2 inch. TADORNA RADJAH, Garnot. A set of the eggs of this species taken from the hollow branch of a tree, are five in number, of a rich creamy-white, the texture of the shell being fine and the surface smooth. Length (A), 2°2 inches x 1°63 inch; (B), 2:2 inches x 1°58 inch ; (C), 2:2 inches x 1:59 inch; (D), 2°13 inchesx 1°61 inch; (E), 2°17 x 1:58 inch. (Dob. Mus.) (To be continued ) NOTES ON A SPECIES OF RAT (MUS TOMPSONT, RAMSAY), NOW INFESTING THE WESTERN POR- TION OF N.S.W. By K. H. BEnNeErT. These rats made their appearance in the Ivanhoe district in February of the present year, but at that time only as scattered individuals. By the middle of April the whole country west of the main road from Booligal to Wilcannia was swarming with them, all travelling in a southerly direction; and so numerous were they that on loose sandy spots, and along dry dusty roads (trending south), the tracks of horses, sheep, and vehicles were nightly as compietely obliterated by the foot-prints of the passing swarms, as if the surface of the soil had been swept with a broom, On one occasion at an out-station on Kilfera Run, a large number of sheep had been put through a gate near the house on the afternoon of my arrival, and of course thousands of tracks or foot-prints of sheep were visible on the dry dusty soil through and around the gate ; but the next morning not a track was to be seen, and the whole ground was as smooth as if swept by a broom or a strong wind, although the night was perfectly calm. A close inspection, however, soon revealed the cause which was entirely owing to the swarms of rats that had passed during the night, millions of tiny foot-prints completely smoothing the dusty soil. These journeys were always performed during the night, the rats hiding in the day time in rabbit-warrens, deep fissures in the ground, or amongst dense masses of herbage. Their food consists chiefly of seeds of various kinds, and the soft succulent stems of a plant locally known as “ pigweed,” which owing to the good season is extremely plentiful; but I am inclined to think that their diet is not exclusively confined to vegetable substances, as I have been 29 448 ON A SPECIES OF RAT INFESTING PORTION OF WESTERN N.S.W., informed by several rabbiters that they devour the young rabbits caught in their traps. For this reason and from the fact that in many places more rats than rabbits are caught in the traps— although the latter animals are numerous—they are held in detestation by the rabbiters. When I left the Ivanhoe district about the middle of May, the main body had passed on in a southerly direction, but numerous stragglers still remained. On my arrival here (Tilpa, Middle Darling) towards the end of that month, I found them tolerably numerous along the river, and for some short distance out, but in the back country towards Cobar they seem to be almost unknown. Within the last few days (July 12th) I have returned from a trip in that direction, and I find that they have become much more numerous along the river, and spread further out. Whether this is another invasion taking a more easterly direction than the preceding one, I am unable to say. I notice here that, in addition to living in deep fissures, masses of herbage, &c., they have constructed numerous burrows as if they intended to remain for some time, and they have already proved a great pest in the way of destruction to stores, &e. For some months previous to their appearance at Ivanhoe I had heard of their advance in a southerly direction from Western Queens- land. At the time of their arrival on the Darling that river was in high flood, and the water extended out for miles, but strange to say this did not stop the onward march, for they soon appeared on the opposite side, much to the grief of some rabbiters who, thinking to pass off their skins for those of young rabbits, were detected in the fraud, and sentenced to a long term of imprison- ment. At the time of their appearance at Ivanhoe the Willandra Creek—an anabranch of the Lachlan River—was also in high flood, but this did not stop them ; and when I left they were in full march for the Lachlan. In the year 1864—a similar season to the present—there was a similar invasion of rats throughout this same country—the Darling being then in high flood—but although I then saw numbers of them, after this lapse of time I am unable to say whether they were identical with the present species or not ; though in one respect they certainly seem to differ, for in addition BY K. H. BENNETT. 449 to making numerous burrows like the present animal, they also constructed large heaps of sticks, the rotting remains of which are after so many years still observable. Beneath these heaps they made large nests of soft dried grasses, the nests being placed in a shallow central hollow on the surface of the ground which was reached by burrows or tunnels from the outside beneath the pile of sticks. This invasion was accompanied by hundreds of hawks (Zlanus scriptus), and various species of owls, which preyed on the rats. On this occasion neither hawks or owls have accom-. panied them. In 1874 whilst on an exploring trip in search of sheep country in the Barrier Ranges, I come across numbers of these heaps tenanted by rats, and on setting fire to them as many as a dozen rats would run out, but as I did not take much notice of them I am unable to say whether they were identical with the present species or not. The hawks (Z. scriptus) and owls were there in great numbers. 450 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS, Mr. Fletcher exhibited a specimen of Peripatus from Gipps- land, and in reference to it read the following note :— “Until its rediscovery in Queensland last year, the Australian species of Peripatus seems to have been known only from the type specimen (or,specimens) described by Sanger in 1869; at any rate subsequent writers who refer to it do not lead one to suppose that they had seen specimens of it. Sanger’s paper even to the explanation of the plates, is in the Russian language, but in the abstract of it in Archiv fiir Naturgesch. (XXXVII Jahrg., II. Bd.) the locality for P. Leuckartii is vaguely given as New Holland. Following closely on the discovery of Peripatus in Queensland, its occurrence in the S.K. portion of the Continent is of sufficient interest and importance to be recorded as showing its wide distri- bution, at any rate in Eastern Australia. The specimen which I exhibit this evening was given to me a fortnight ago by my friend Mr. R. T. Baker of Newington College, who had obtained it a few days previously either in or under a rotten log at Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria. It has fifteen pairs of claw-bearing append- ages, and has nearly the same dimensions as are given in the abstract referred to; it is therefore in all probability an example of P. Leuckartu, Sanger. At present I have not been able to compare mine with Queensland specimens. At the April Meeting of the Royal Society of Queensland Mr. H. Tryon gave an account of the occurrence of -Peripatus in the northern colony, and from the abstract given in the Brisbane Courier for April 16th, 1887, it appears that specimens had been obtained both at Cardwell and Brisbane.” Mr. Masters exhibited specimens of Platycercus eximius, Vig, and Horsf., and P. Pennantii, Gld., and a specimen of what he believed to be an undoubted hybrid between these species. This bird, which was shot at Wingelo near Goulburn out of a flock of P. Pennantii, has the general plumage of P. eximius with the blue cheeks and broad bill of the other species. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 451 Dr. Ramsay exhibited the following birds : — Collocalia spodiopygia, Peale, with its nest, from New Guinea; Acanthylis Nove-Guinee, from the Aird River, collected during Mr. Bevan’s recent Expedition ; Pycnoptilus floccosus, Gld., from near Sydney ; and a remarkable variety of Amadina Latham, Gld., with the upper tail-coverts orange, also from the neighbourhood of Sydney. Mr. North exhibited the eggs of twenty-six species of birds, referred to in his paper. Mr. Macleay exhibited for the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, some specimens of edible birds nests from Culion, Calamianes Group, Philippines. The nests were the productions of a small swallow— Collocalia Philippina, and the collection of them for the Chinese market, formed an important industry of the races inhabiting these Islands. Also, a massive specimen of Stibnite (Sulphide of Antimony), procured by Mr. Tenison-Woods on the Island of Sado, North Borneo. Also, a fine collection of Coleoptera, Hemip- tera and Orthoptera from Perak, Malay Peninsula, and some gigantic specimens of Scorpions and Julus from the same locality. Mr. Macleay stated that these exhibits were all from extensive collections made by the Rev. J. KE. Tenison-Woods during four years of travel and exploration in Java, the Malay Peninsula, China, Japan, the Philippines and Borneo. He regretted to say that the reverend gentleman’s health had suffered very much from his prolonged stay in these unhealthy countries, and that he was utterly unable for the present to attend the meetings of this Society. Mr. Macleay also exhibited specimens of a species of Ascaris from the stomach of a Kangaroo. He stated that with the exception of the Ascaris tentaculata of Rudolphi, which inhabits the cecum of the American opossums ( Didelphys), no Ascaris had ever been described as parasitic in Marsupials, but Dr. Cobbold mentions having seen two undescribed species, procured from the stomachs of an Halmaturus and Macropus. It would be interesting to know if this Ascaris ever became parasitic in sheep and cattle. He would be glad to receive specimens of all Hntozoa found in any of the graminivorous animals. 452 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited a specimen of Zpidesmia tricolor, Westw., a rare moth which he had recently captured at Double Bay. On several occasions specimens of this moth have been taken in Mr. Macleay’s garden, at Elizabeth Bay, but Mr. Olliff said that he believed it had not been seen for some years past. Mr. Whitelegge exhibited a beautiful preparation of Zubularia gracilis, R. v. L., showing the polyps fully expanded ; and speci- mens of the stalked larve of an undetermined species of Comatula from Port Jackson. WEDNESDAY, 3lst AUGUST, 1887. The President, Professor Stephens, M.A., F.G.8., in the Chair. A letter was read from the Secretary of the Royal Society of Adelaide, expressing regret that the proposal to have Special Meetings and Excursions in Adelaide during this month (see our Abstract for 29th June) had been abandoned. Members of this Society able to visit Adelaide will nevertheless be cordially welcomed, and efforts will be made to make the ordinary Meetings and Excursions especially interesting. The President announced that two Excursions had been arranged for the ensuing month :— (1.) September 10th—Members to meet at the Redfern Rail- way Station, to proceed by the 8:15 a.m. train to the watering-station beyond Berowra, Hawkesbury Line. (2.) September 24th—Members to meet at the Redfern Rail- way Station, to proceed by the 9 a.m. train to St. Mary’s. DONATIONS. “ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society, 1886.” Nos. 4and5; Vol. XIX., No. 2 (1887). From the Society. “ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.” Vol. XITI., No. 4 (1887). From the Curator. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 18-23 (1887) ; ‘‘ Tables des Comptes,” etc., Second Semestre, 1886. Tome CIII. From the Academy. 454 DONATIONS. “The Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 6 (April, 1887). From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. “Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year 1886.” Part IV. “ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.” (7th and 23rd June, 1887). From the Society. ‘““Monatliche Mittheilungen des naturwissenschaftl. Vereins des Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt.” Jahrg. IV., Nos. 11 and 12 (1887). From the Society. “Jahreshefte des Vereins fiir vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg.” Jahrg. XLIII. (1887). From the Society. “Catalogue of Books added to the Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum, during the year 1886 ;” “ List of Donations (1886).” From the Library. “Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales.” Vol. XXI. Part 1 (1887), From the Society. Abstract Report on the Progress of the Geological Survey of New Zealand during 1868-9 ;’ ‘Report on the Geology of the District traversed by the New Zealand Midland Railway.” By F. W. Hutton, F.G.8. From Professor Hutton. “The Miscellaneous Botanical Works of Robert Brown, Ksq., D,C.L., F.R.S.” (Published by the Ray Society) ; “ A Voyage to Terra Australis ; undertaken for the purpose of completing the discovery of that vast country, and prosecuted in the years 1801, 1802, and 1803, in H.M.S. “ Investigator.” By Mathew Flinders. (Two Vols.). From John Sangster, Esq., through L. F. Heydon, Esq. “Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.” Tome XXI., Liv. 5me. (1887). De la part de la Société Hol- landaise des Sciences & Harlem. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 201 (July, 1887). From the Editor. “Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.” Vol. I. Part 3 (1887). Prom the Director. DONATIONS. 455» “Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X Jahrg., Nos. 254, 255 and 256 (1887). rom the Editor. * Results of Rain and River Observations made in New South Wales and Part of Queensland during 1886 ;” “ Notes upon the History of Floodsin the River Darling ;” ‘‘ Notes upon Floods in Lake George ;’ “Results of the Meteorological Observations made in New South Wales during 1885, under the Direction of Hy CO Russell BeAly EOR.S:, &e.” “By H. C. Russell, B.A.,, F.R.S., &. From the Government Astronomer. “ Report of Board of Trustees of the Queensland Museum for the year 1886.” From the Curator. “South Australia,—Report on the Progress and Condition of the Botanic Garden during the year 1886.” By R. Schomburgk, Ph.D. From the Director. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 4 (August, 1887) From the Field Nuturalists’ Club of Victoria. “ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania,” (14th June and 11th July, 1887). rom the Society. “Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., No. 1 (July, 1887). De la part de Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam. “Zehnter Bericht des Botanischen Vereines in Landshut (Bayern) (1886-7).” From the Society. “The Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society.” Vol. IL., Nos. 1 and 2 (1887). rom the Society. “Sinopsis de Familias y Géneros de Plantas Lefiosas de Filipinas; Introduccion 4 la Flora Forestal del Archipielago Filipino,” redac- tada por Don Sebastian Vidal Y Soler. (Text and Atlas). From the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S. “ Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita di Torino.” Vol IT., Nos. 19-26 (1887). rom the University. 456 DONATIONS. “ Bulletin de la Société Royale de Géographie d’Anvers.” Tome XI., 4e Fascicule (1887). From the Society. “The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III, No. 7 (July, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay. “Some New South Wales Tan-Substances.” Part I. By J. H. Maiden, F.R.G.S. From the Author. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II, No. 20. (August, 1887). From the Editor. “The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol. VIII., No. 3. (1887). From the Editor. ‘*The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 7 (1887). From the Natural History Society of Montreal. “The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.” Vol. X., No. 2 (1887). From the Society. “Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science Phila- delphia.” Vol I. (1887). From the Institute. “Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum, (Natural History).” Vol. III. (1887); “Catalogue of the Fossil Mam- malia.” Part IV. (1886) ; “Guide to the Galleries of Reptiles and Fishes,” (1887) ; ‘‘ General Guide,” (1887). Hrom the Trustees. “ Handbook to the Ferns of Queensland.” By F. M, Bailey. From Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S. PAPERS READ. NOTES ON SOME INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA. By J. H. Marpen, F.R.G.S., CURATOR OF THE TECHNOLOGICAL MusreuM, SYDNEY. SAGO. This sample of Sago meal or flour was brought by Mr. Theodore Bevan from Evorra village, Jubilee River, 16 miles north-east of Bald Head. This locality had never, in all human probability, been visited by a white man before. It is of course of native manufacture, and is from indigenous sago (? Sabal Adansonii which forms forests in New Guinea and New Ireland, or possibly Sagus Konigit and S. leve). Mr. Bevan took a photograph of natives engaged in the operation of making sago. (1) The following description, taken from Balfour’s Cyclo- pedia of India, of the process as carried on in the Archipelago, serves fairly for a description of that which obtains in the interior of New Guinea, as described by Mr. Bevan to me, and as depicted in the photograph alluded to. “A tree is cut down close to the ground, the leaves and leaf- stalks cleared away, and a broad strip of the bark taken off the upper side of the trunk. This exposes the pithy matter, which is of a rusty colour near the bottom of the tree, but higher up pure (1) At page 349, Vol. X. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Miklouho-Maclay says that sago Sagus sp. (‘* Buam”’), is regarded as a luxury on the Maclay coast, and is not used commonly as food. Mr. Bevan, however, reports sago to be plentiful in the district he visited, 458 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA, white, and about as hard as adry apple. The pith is cut or broken down into a coarse powder (1) by means of a club of hard and heavy wood, having a piece of sharp quartz rock (2) firmly imbedded into its upper end. By successive blows, narrow strips of the pith are cut away till it falls down into the cylinder formed by the bark, leaving only a skin not more than half an inch in thickness (3). These pith-strips are then put into a washing- trough made of the large sheathing vases of the leaves, and the strainer is the fibrous covering from the leaf-stalks of the young cocoa-nut. Water is then poured on the mass of pith which is pressed against the strainer, and kneaded until all the starch is dissolved (suspended, sago, like any other starch, being insoluble in cold water, J.H.M.), and passes through into a trough with a depression in its centre, into which it is deposited, the surplus water trickling away. When the trough is nearly full, the mass of starch, which has a slightly reddish tinge, is made up into cylinders, wrapped up in sago leaves, and is the raw sago or sago meal,” Notes on the above description (communicated to me verbally by Mr. Bevan) :— (1) Chips or small lumps would be better. The men form a heap, and the women gather it up. (2) No stone was used by the natives Mr. Bevan saw in the act of making sago, only wooden flails or adzes. The chopping is done by men; the women do the whole of the remainder of the sago- process. (3) The remainder of the process may be described thus.—A spathe of sago-palm or cocoa-nut is supported, the broad end uppermost, on a wooden fork. The women take the chopped pith (see 1) put into the funnel-shaped cavity of the spathe, knead it well with the hands, at the same time allowing water to pass through the mass to carry off the grains of sago which are set free by the operation of kneading. BY J. H. MAIDEN. 459 The following slightly different account of the operation of sago manufacture, as carried on in New Guinea, is taken from ‘“ A Voyage to New Guinea, &c,” by Capt. Thomas Forrest, 2nd ed., 1780, p. 39, et seq. “The sago or libby tree has, like the coco nut tree, no distinct bark that peels off, and may be defined as a long tube of hard wood, about two inches thick, containing a pulp or pith mixed with many long fibres. The tree being felled, it is cut into lengths of about five or six feet. A partof the hard wood is then sliced off, and the workman, coming to the pith, cuts across (generally with an adze made of hard wood called aneebong) the longitudinal fibres and the pith together, leaving a partat each end uncut, so that, when it is excavated, there remains a trough, into which the pulp is again put, mixed with water, and beat with a piece of wood ; then the fibres, separated from the pulp, float on top, and the flour subsides. After being cleared in this manner by several waters, the pulp is put into cylindrical baskets, made of the leaves of the tree, and, if it is to be kept some time, those baskets are generally sunk in fresh water to keep it moist.” Another allusion to New Guinea sago (and this refers to a spurious one) is in Hassall’s “ Food and its Adulterations,” in which occurs the passage :—‘“ Pareira also states that he received from Professor Guibourt samples of “ Sagou des Maldives de Planche, donné par lui, and, Sagouw de la Nouvelle Guinée donné par lui,” and that he found them to be factitious sagos prepared from potato starch. The grains of the New Guinea sago were bright red on one side and whitish on the other.” It is well-known that France and Germany first taught Europe how to manufacture “ pearl sago” out of potato starch, but the sample now before you is undoubtedly unsophisticated New Guinea sago, procured from a village the natives of which are probably ignorant of the arts of adulteration, which belong only to civiliza- tion. 460 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA, In appearance and texture it reminds one strongly of the ‘Bath brick” so much used in England by domestics for polishing purposes. It is of a light buff colour, crumbling readily in the fingers into a flour. On keeping, it becomes of a light brown, or even a rusty colour, on the outside. Mr. Bevan tells me the sample was moist and soft and capable of being cut with a knife when he received it. In that state it is ready to undergo the operation of granulating or “ pearling.” This refinement, introduced at Singapore in 1819 by Chinese workmen, but in use in Malacca for many years previously, was known to New Guinea natives at least as early as 1777, Captain Forrest then describing the process in use. Balfour (/oc, cit.) says that the Malays learnt the art from the natives of Bukit Batu (Siak). It therefore becomes interesting to learn how and when the operation became known to the natives of New Guinea, or whether in fact, the invention is owing to them. Every writer on the subject of sago speaks in superlative terms as to the value of the palms as a crop. The matter is so frequently referred to that there is no difficulty in getting particulars on the subject. I will content myself with quoting one recent and eminent authority, viz: Mr. W. B. Pryer, Her Majesty's Consular Agent for Sandakan (Borneo) and Resident in the Service of the British North Borneo Company, who referred to the matter on the 25th October last, at a conference at the Colonial and Indian Exhibition. After alluding to the fact that three trees yield more nutritive matter than an.acre of wheat, and six trees more than an acre of potatoes, he goes on to say :—‘¢ The main drawback to the investment of capital in sago planting is the length of time that elapses before the trees are ready to cut; but it must be under- stood that when they once commence yielding, they go on con- tinually without cessation, so that the only expense attending their cultivation, when once they are in bearing, is the upkeep of fencing to keep out pigs. It is also to be added that the expense of BY J. H. MAIDEN. 46h planting is very small compared to the returns when once they begin to come in. It has been calculated that a plantation of 2000 acres would give a profit of £15,560 a-year. Since this calculation was made the price of sago has declined, but there is no chance of its not yielding a good profit to the grower. It is also to be remembered that the sale value of a newly planted sago plantation would rise heavily yearly.” The soil and climate of Borneo are very similar to that of New Guinea. Does not everything point to New Guinea as suitable for sago planting? The systematic culture of sago and tobacco in this new colony is worth trying, I would suggest; and at present this seems to be the most feasible method of utilizing its resources. HycGroscopic Motsture. The mean of my experiments gives 13°29 as the percentage of moisture which can be driven off at a temperature of 100° C. STARCH. It contains 91-03 per cent of starch. The method adopted has been that of Siegert, and consists in the conversion of the sago-starch into Dextrose (Dextro-glucose) by treatment with dilute sulphuric acid, and the estimation of this sugar by means of Fehling’s Solution in the usual manner. Another method adopted was that of Bungener and Fries, which consists in boiling the sago with 1° solution of salicylic acid; in this way all the starch is dissolved out. This gave 95-16 of starch, there being left 4°84 per cent. of a brownish flocculent insoluble substance which was not further examined. This method cannot be considered so satisfactory as the dextrose process, and to ensure absolute accuracy the salicylic solu- tion should be treated with dilute acid and the dissolved starch converted into dextrose. Its simplicity however recommends it. The above experiments were determined upon the sago dried at 100° C. 462 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA, The only allusion to the quantity of starch in sago, I can find, is in Prof. Church’s ‘“ Foods,” in which he gives the percentage for sago (presumably ordinary pearl sago) tapioca, arrow-root, cornflour, and maizena at 83 (evidently an approximation, and only intended as such). This result refers to sago at the ordinary temperature of the air, and, taking 12 as the percentage of hygrometric moisture, we find the percentage of starch in ordinary sago to be 94°32 (calculated on the substance dried at 100° C). MICROSCOPE, This sago as seen under the microscope presents a very similar appearance to that depicted at fig. 116 of Hassall’s “ Food and its Adulterations.” The hilum is well marked, the rings though faint are evident, the shape of the grains oval, oblong-oval, truncate- oval, and a few sub-triangular. J cannot resist comparing the shape and markings of some of the granules to fragments of earthworms snipped off with a pair of scissors. TOBACCO. Obtained by Mr. Theodore Bevan the explorer, in April last, from natives belonging to the village of Tumut, 50 miles north of Cape Blackwood, Gulf of Papua, New Guinea. It is plentiful. It is wrapped in portion of a spathe of a sago palm, is sun- cured, and was prepared for local use or tribal barter by natives who, in all human probability, had never seen a white man. It consists of the leaves and petioles but of no other portions of the plant. I submitted the sample to Mr. Hugh Dixson, one of our mem- bers, than whom, I suppose, there is no higher authority on the subject in New South Wales. He says:—‘“The specimen is evidently, as you surmise, the same species as the tobacco of com- merce ; if it has been at all crossed by an indigenous speciesit is to an imperceptible extent. The variety is that grown in the Eastern BY J. H. MAIDEN. 463 Seas and China, of which the best is Manila (1) tobacco. It is essentially a cigar tobacco in contradistinction to a manufacturing tobacco, having a very decided cigar-tobacco flavour ; the strength of this flavour is remarkable, considering, as you say, and as it bears evidence of, being sun-cured. ‘As a merchantable article it is next to useless, but more than interesting as a specimen, as it is almost certain that where that grew, an article would grow that would have at least a fair market- able value in England and the Continent.” There is no doubt whatsoever that New Guinea, in common with some other islands of the Eastern Archipelago, is capable of growing tobacco of high quality. I may cite the Report on the specimens of raw tobacco exhibited by the colony of North Borneo at the Colonial and Indian Exhibition, because the climate and soil of Borneo are so very similar to that of New Guinea. The (1) East Indian, Manila and ‘Turkish tobaccos are the produce of Nicotiana rustica, Linn. American tobaccos are the produce of NV. Tabacum. The leaves of N. Tabacum are tapering oval-lanceolate and sessile, those of N. rustica being ovate, cordate and stalked. Of these two species the former seems much the hardier, and in most countries when it is cultivated to any extent, has become acclimatised, springing up in great profusion, self-sown. The latter form, on the other hand, is rarely found to do this, and is thus met only under cultivation. See Reports on the Colonial and Indian Exhibition, Art. ‘‘ Tobacco.” The species of the genus Nicotiana are all indigenous in America, except our N. suaveolens, which is to be found all over Australia. The lamina of the largest leaf of the New Guinea tobacco now under examination has a length of 9 inches, while the petiole is 2 inches long. The average length of the lamine is, however, 7 inches. They are all ovate-lanceolate, rather obtuse and none subcordate, which latter characteristic is mentioned by Asa Gray (Syn: Flora North America) as belonging to N. rustica. The presence of a longish petiole at once excludes this tobacco from NV. Tabacum, and of all the species described by Asa Gray it certainly comes nearest to N, rustica. It is not very remote (I speak of the foliage alone) from our N. suaveolens with its spathulate leaves, but in all the specimens of that species I have examined, the lower portion of the leaf tapers far more into the petiole than is the case with any leaf of this New Guinea tobacco. It is to be hoped that Mr. Bevan or some other explorer will procure whole plants of this far-inland tobacco in flower and fruit. 464 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA, Report states, ‘The specimens were of a very superior quality, both in aroma and appearance. They are well-adapted for cigar- making, and were considered amongst the best in the Exhibition.” I have alluded elsewhere to the desirability of testing New Guinea for the growth of tobacco, and I cannot do better than make the following extracts from the Experts’ Report to which I have above alluded. “There is perhaps no more patent fact than that it is practically immaterial what seed is used ; it is the chemistry of the soil that can alone ensure good tobacco. Not only does the tobacco raised in one country differ from that obtained in another, from the self- same seed, but this variation may be as great between the produce of one field and another within the same district. It is the merit of one country to produce mild and aromatic tobacco, of another strong tobacco, and even with the most careful manuring it may not be possible to overcome these distinctions. : When seed is imported, a mongrel crop is produced ihe first season, partly flavoured with the soil. In the second year the crop is truer to the seed. The leaves keep in better preservation when ripe. They should not be green nor dead, nor should they be left open, but pressed to preserve the flavour.” For other particulars as to planting, cultivation, and preparation of the leaf, see the admirable Report referred to, also ‘‘ New Commercial Plants,” Part i. (Christy), Mr. Christy’s paper being translated from a Constantinople original. As in this instance, so in others, I have referred to Turkish tobacco (in the absence of authentic information about Manila), because the species yielding it is probably identical with that from New Guinea. Note.—All my results have been obtained with the tobacco dried at 100° C. HycGrometric Moisture. My experiments give the hygrometric moisture in this tobacco during the first fortnight of August in Sydney, at between 8:11 (1) and 10°55 per cent. (1) This low result was obtained during a week of dry westerly winds. BY J. H. MAIDEN. 465. It is obvious that these figures teach but little, and cannot rigidly be compared with others unless the hygrometric state of the atmosphere at each place of experiment be given in all cases. Nevertheless it will be interesting to compare the following figures for hygrometric moisture :—Turkey (Dr. Letheby), 12 4 per cent ; his other figures fluctuating between 10-8 for German, and 13-4 for Maryland. Professor Church give the average per centage of moisture in tobacco at 13 per cent. These results have doubtless all been obtained in the more humid atmosphere of England. EXTRACT (WATER). It yields 49°36 per cent of extract to water at 100° C. Dr. Letheby gives the yield of extract of Turkey tobacco at 60-6, and hissample contained 12-4 percentof hygrometric moisture. Calculated upon the dry leaf this would of course give a percentage of 68-1. The other percentages he gives (on the tobacco at 60° F.) vary between 43-4 for Virginian to 64:4 for Maryland. Swedish tobacco is said to yield 50-64 per cent. of extract of (Ding! : Polytech: Journ: CCXXYV. 615). Extract (AmMONIACAL ETHER). Hygrometric moisture... a- 0-50 Chlorophyll and fat... 5.) lO Nicotine sie “ne scgege RG Total per cent soluble in ether... 18-55 ASH. Tt yields 18-7 per cent of ash. Dr. Letheby gives the percentage of ash in Turkey tobacco at 10:6, and Watts’ Dict. at from 17-23. In this work we have the ash of good Havana 16-168 (Letheby 18-6), inferior sorts, 17-8-19'4 ; Letheby’s figures also give German the maximum of 22-6. Professor Church (‘ Foods,” the South Kensington Museum handbook) gives the ash of tobacco at from 13 to 28 per cent. 466 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA. The nature of the soil has of course much to do with the per- centage of ash, as also of the ash-constituents ; no information is forthcoming as to the soil on which the sample now under examination was grown. NICOTINE. The tobacco contains 1:8 per cent of Nicotine. The process adopted was that of Schlesing, and consists in exhausting the leaf with ammoniacal ether in a suitable apparatus. The solvent is then evaporated, and the quantity of alkaloid determined by observing the amount of standard sulphuric acid it is capable of neutralising, NOTES ON ZELOTYPIA STACYI, AND AN ACCOUNT OF A VARIETY. By A. Srpney Ouirr, F.E.S., Assistant ZooLocist, AUSTRALIAN Museum. The magnificent Hepialid which the late Mr. A. W. Scott described under the name Zelotypia Stacyi from imperfect speci- mens found at the Manning River and in the neighbourhood of Neweastle, has been obtained in some numbers during the last few years by the Newcastle miners. As the insect is rarely found in the perfect or imago condition the larva has to be sought for and reared, a matter of no little difficulty as it lives, like those of the allied genus Charagia, in cylindrical burrows which it makes in the interior of the stems or branches of trees, sometimes near the surface of the ground and sometimes at a height of fifty or a hundred feet. By searching for these burrows and rearing the larvee or pupee when found, a considerable number of specimens have been obtained by the miners, but I am informed that the supply is by no means equal to the demand.(1) Sometime ago Mr. R. Thornton, who has reared a number of the lignivorous lepidop- tera, transmitted to the Australian Museum the larva and pupa of this species preserved in alcohol, and subsequently he brought for my inspection a male Zelotypia which he thought might prove to (1) Since this article was written I have paid a visit to the mining district in the neighbourhood of Newcastle and have made enquiries as to the time of year when the perfect insect makes its appearance. I am told that when a fully grown larva or pupa is found its precise position is carefully noted, and the locality revisited in December or early in January according to the season. The portion of the limb or sapling containing the animal is then cut and brought home, the end being placed in damp sand to prevent shrinking. The moth usually makes it appearance in February and March. 468 NOTES ON ZELOTYPIA STACYI, AND AN ACCOUNT OF A VARIETY, be a distinct species as it differed materially from any he had previously seen. These specimens form the subject of the following notes. Larva—Length 122 mm.; width of head 11 mm. The larva of Z. Stacyi is long, cylindrical, and fleshy, pale yellow above ; the divisions between the segments inclining to reddish brown ; the first three segments rather bright red, the following segments, with the exception of the last two, provided with three pale testaceous spots in the middle and two on each side ; of these the middle spots are transverse, one being placed in front of the two others which are much smaller and situated near the posterior margin ; the head is black and finely rugose ; legs small, the claws black ; stigmata of the usual number. The larva makes its burrow in the limbs, or occasionally in the trunk, of the Eucalypt (Z. tzreticornis) locally known as the grey gum. It is very active, and like the Charagiz, forms a bag-like covering of triturated bark about the opening of its burrow, which it closes before pupating with a thick pad resembling a gun-wad. Pupa—Length 96 mm. The pupa is very long and cylindrical, slightly thickened towards the anterior extremity, with the segmentation, particularly of the thorax, unusually well-marked ; the abdominal segments beyond the extremity of the wing-coverings provided with a transverse serrate horny ridge near the anterior margins; below the 7th to 10th segments are provided with similar but less prominent ridges ; the anal extremity armed, both above and below, with small sharp spines. The likeness hetween Zelotypia and Charagia is as apparent in this stage as in the larval condition, and the wonderful activity of the pupa in its burrow is equally noticeable in both genera. The power of rapidly ascending or descending the precipitous walls of the burrow, which, as Mr. Scott has pointed out (1), these pup possess to a remarkable degree, appears to be due to the serrate structure of the abdominal rings. (1) Austr. Lepid. p. 4 (1864), and Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, II. p. 27 (1867.) BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 469 ZELOTYPIA STACYI var. SINUOSA. G Antenne reddish brown. Head, front of thorax, and abdomen salmon red; the thorax with two broad streaks of white scales, one on each side, which meet behind ; abdomen with the last two segments greenish black. Forewing dark fawn colour, the basal half and the apical extremity silvery white, the former dusted with fawn colour, a large ocellus very indistinctly encircled with brown at the end of the discoidal sell, beyond this a moderately broad and very clearly defined silvery white fascia obliquely crosses the entire width of the wing ; within this fascia, between veins 1-5, and near the inner margin, the ground colour is more pronounced ; the space between the fascia and the hind-margin, which is also deeper in colour, occupied with five or six series of irregular bar-shaped markings ; these markings are at right angles to the veins within which they are contained ; costa marked with three or four rather obscure patches of white. Hindwing salmon red, darker externally. All the wings crumpled at the extremities. Expanse of wings 166 mm. (1); length of body 64 mm. Although I have examined a considerable number of Zelotypiz this is the only one I have seen answering to the above description. The points in which it differs from the typical 7. Stacy: are at once perceptible and may be summarized as follows :—The ocellus without the white margin and only obscurely surrounded with brown, the oblique fascia much more pronounced with the edges clearly defined, the presence of peculiar bar-like markings near the hind-margin (very unlike the thin, wavy lines on the typical form), and the dull fawn coloured, obscurely marked costal margin, not to mention the deeper ground colour of the whole of the external half of the wing. (1) The largest female 7. Stacyi I have seen is fully ten inches across the wings, measured according to the approved method, i.e. from the tip of the forewing to the middle of the thorax doubled. 470 NOTES ON ZELOTYPIA STACYI, AND AN ACCOUNT OF A VARIETY. The specimen was reared from a larva found in the trunk of a black apple tree (1) some three or four feet from the ground, and the only peculiarity observed during its transformation was that the pad with which the larva when fully grown closed the entrance to its burrow was much smaller and less dense in texture than is usually the case. Possibly this specimen may indicate a species distinct from that of the grey gum, but in the absence of more information J prefer to regard it as a variety. In conclusion it may be of interest to add that the name ‘ bent- wing’ has been conferred upon this moth by the miners. (1) Tam not aware if this is Achras australis, which usually passes under that name. A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDA OF AUSTRALIA. By A. Sipyey Outirr, F.E.S., AssIsTANT ZooLoGist, AUSTRALIAN MuseEum. Part III. Sub-Family II.—STAPHYLININ &. Prothoracic stigmata conspicuous, sometimes hidden bya corneous plate. Antenne 11-jointed, inserted upon the anterior margin of the epistoma. Mandibles furnished on the inner side with a membrane which is partly free. No ocelli. A membranous space underneath the prothorax. Abdomen strongly margined laterally. Anterior cox large and conical ; the posterior sub-conical. Pos- terior trochanters prominent. Tarsi 5-jointed, except in Tany- gnathus which has only four. This subfamily contains the largest and most brilliantly coloured . members of the section, many of which are eminently predatory in their habits. Xantholinus and the allied genera are composed of very long and narrow species, and the true Staphylinina mostly of more robust forms; of the latter Creophilus, Actinus, Mysolius, and the species which I have characterized under the name Colonia regalis, are the most conspicuous types. The different species are found under stones, under bark, in carrion or any decaying animal or vegetable matter, in moss, and occasionally in ants’ nests. To the third tribe of the subfamily belongs the curious parasitic species Quedius dilatatus, which is found in Europe living in hornets’ nests, but no species with similar habits has yet been detected in Australia. 472 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ® OF AUSTRALIA, Tribe 1. XANTHOLININA. Antenne inserted near the middle of the anterior margin of the front, near together. Prothorax with the lateral margin double ; the prothoracic stigmata uncovered. 30. Diocuus. Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 300 (1840) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. II. p. 65. Mentum very broad. Ligula membranous, short, rounded and slightly emarginate in front. Paraglossee distinct. Maxillary palpi with the Ist and 3rd joints nearly equal, the last jomt subulate. Labial palpi with the 2nd joint a little shorter than the Ist, the terminal joint very small and subulate. Maxille with the inner lobe ciliated internally ; the external lobe ciliated at its extremity. Mandibles very short. Labrum small, transverse, sinuate in front. Head elongate, narrowed anteriorly, connected with the prothorax by a very slender neck. Eyes small, rounded. Antennee short, very robust, straight, lst joint a little larger than the others, 2nd and 3rd joints sub-equal, obconical, 4th to 10th transverse. Prothorax with the angles rounded. Elytra truncate behind. Abdomen parallel-sided. Legs short ; intermediate coxze near together ; tibie finely spined ; anterior tarsi slightly dilated, the Ist joint longer than the others. A widely distributed genus. 113. DiocHus OcTAvit. Diochus Octavit, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 235 (1877). Niger, nitidus, antennis brunneo-piceis, articulis 3 ultimis palpisque testaceis; segmenti 6! margine pedibusque obscure rufis ; antennis elongatis, articulis 3-5 parum decrescentibus, 6-9 subaequalibus, 11° elongato, acuminato; capite elongato, ovali, tertia parte mandibulis exceptis longiore quam latiore, lateribus parallelis, postice omnine rotundato, punctis 3 utrinque disco, tertio postico remoto, punctisque aliis parce lateribus basique notato ; BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 473 thorace majore, basi capite duplo fere latiore, oblongo, convexo, antice fortiter angustato, angulis omnibus fortissime rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus tripunctatis, oblique inter apicem mediumque sitis, punctis 2 aliis post angulum anticum sitis; elytris basi thorace paulo latioribus, circa apicem latioribus, serie suturali discoidalique utraque punctis 6 subtilissimis impressis ; abdomine dense subtilissime fusco-pubescente, subopaco, omnium creberrime subtilissime, apice parcius, punctulato. Long. 5mm. (vi. ) Wide Bay, Queensland ; Victoria. 114. DiocHus DIVIsUs. Diochus divisus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 235 (1877). A praecedente magnitudine minor, thorace piceo, antennis vix medio infuscatis, ore, elytrorum dimidia parte apicale, segmentorum marginibus, sexti dimidia parte apicali, septimo toto pedibusque rufo-testaceis ; antennis brevioribus; capite minore, breviore, subtriangulari, antice sat fortiter angustato, basi minus rotundato ; thorace antice paulo minus angustato ; elytris seriebus vix fortius, abdomine adhuc subtilius densiusque punctatis, Long. 4mm. (Fel.). New South Wales. 31. LEPTACINUS. Erichson, Kaf. Mark, I. p. 429 (1837); Gen. Staph. p. 333 (1840) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. II. p. 69. General characters of Xantholinus. Ligula slightly emarginate in front. Palpi, both maxillary and labial, with the last joint small and acicular ; the labial palpi with the 2nd joint a little longer than the first. Labrum deeply sinuate ; the lateral margins membranous. Antenne filiform. The intermediate cox:e moderately distant or contiguous; the anterior tarsi sometimes simple, sometimes dilated. A genus of world-wide distribution resembling Xantholinus in Sacies. 474 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZE OF AUSTRALIA, 115. LEPTACINUS LURIDIPENNIS. Leptacinus luridipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. IT. p. 137 (1871). Elongate, piceous, shining, finely and sparingly pubescent ; prothorax, antennze and legs reddish testaceous ; elytra with the apical half pale testaceous. Head large, slightly narrowed in front, truncate behind, moderately strongly and not very closely punctured; the punctures extend to just before the middle on each side leaving an impunctate median surface; frontal sulci moderately distinct; the posterior angles strongly rounded. Antenne with joints 4-10 strongly transverse, the 11th large, acuminate at the extremity. Prothorax somewhat convex, slightly narrowed behind, sinuate behind the middle,.a dorsal series of ten punctures on each side of the middle ; the sides not very strongly and sparingly punctured ; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Scutellum piceous. Elytra a little longer than the prothorax, narrowed anteriorly, moderately strongly, irregu- larly, and not very strongly punctured. Abdomen finely punctured. Length 44mm. Gayndah, Queensland, After an examination of the type specimen I have come to the conclusion that the species should be retained in the genus Leptacinus, a position from which it was removed by M. Fauvel without sufficient evidence. 116. LepracINUS PARUMPUNCTATUS. Staphylinus parumpunctatus, Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec., IV, p. 481 (1808)—Leptacinus parumpunctatus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 30D (1840); Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII, p. 537 (1878). BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 475 Black, shining, finely pubescent ; head strongly punctured on each side ; prothorax with a dorsal series of five or six punctures on each side; elytra piceous or reddish testaceous, the outer apical angles pale testaceous. Head densely and strongly punctured behind the eyes, the disc smooth, Antenne a little longer than the head, reddish brown, the 3rd joint almost shorter than the 2nd. Prothorax broad, short, strongly rounded in front, a little narrowed behind, with a dorsal series of five or six strong punctures, and a lateral series of five punctures on each side. Scutellum with two or three impres- sions. Elytra with irregular rows of fine punctures. Legs reddish testaceous. Length 54-7 mn. Melbourne, Victoria ; a cosmopolitan and introduced species. 117. Lepractnus NovaE Ho.bianpDliAg. Leptacinus Novae Hollandiae, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X, p- 236 (1877). Elongatus, niger, nitidissimus, ore, antennis pedibusque rufis, thorace, scutello, elytrorumque basali parte piceis, his caeterum segmentisque 6-7 apice pallide testaceis ; antennis articulis 4-10 brevissimis, duplo latioribus quam longioribus, 11° magno, oblongo- acuminato ; capite magno, mandibulis exceptis tertia parte longiore quam latiore, sat convexo, subparallelo, basi subtruncato, parum dense sat fortiter punctato, linea longitudinali laevi, angulis posticis rotundatis; thorace elongato, gracili, capite tertia fere parte angustiore, dimidio fere longiore quam latiore, basi quam antice angustiore, post medium sat fortiter coarctato, basi truncato, seriebus dorsalibus subtiliter 12, externis duplicibus, circiter 6-punctatis, non confusis ; elytris thorace duplo latioribus, vix longioribus, sat dense subtilius seriatim, abdomine utrinque sat parce subtiliter punctatis. Long. 4mm. (/’v/.) Rockhampton, Queensland ; Victoria ; West Australia, 476 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA, 118. Lepracinus LINEARIS. Staphylinus linearis, Gravenhorst, Col. Micr., p. 43 (1802)—- Leptacinus linearis, Jacq. Duv., Gen. Staph. p. 12, f. 59. Pitchy black, shining, finely pubescent ; prothorax with a dorsal series of eight or ten punctures on each side; elytra uniformly dark brown. Head with the sides more finely and less closely punctured than the allied ZL. batychrus, the lateral rows of punctures more regular. Antennz reddish testaceous. Scutellum smooth. Legs pitchy. Length 4-5 mm. Port Lincoln, South Australia. A common European species which has recently been recorded from South Australia by the Rev. T. Blackburn. It is probably introduced. 119. LEPTACINUS PICTICORNIS. Leptacinus picticornis, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Aus- tralia, 1887, p. 7. Robustus, nitidus, niger, antennarum articulo primo apice, secundoque toto testaceis, articulis 4-11 fusco-rufis, palpis mandi- bulis tarsisque rufescentibus ; capite elongato-quadrato, utrinque sparsim fortiter punctato; prothorace vix elongato, seriebus dorsalibus 6-7 punctatis ; elytris prothorace vix longioribus, con- fuse-lineatim punctatis ; abdominis lateribus punctatis, disco laevi. Long. 6-7 mm. The antennz are short, joints 4-10 strongly transverse; the forehead has only two longitudinal furrows (which are strongly punctate), the external ones of the usual 4 being obsolete. In most specimens the knees, and in some the tibiz, are pitchy red. In some specimens also the elytra and apex of the hind body are of a dull reddish tint. (L/k.) Adelaide, Port Lincoln, South Australia. BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. ATT 120. LepracINusS FILUM. Leptacinus filum, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Australia, £587, pst. Angustus ; parallelus; nitidus ; niger ; antennis, palpis, pedi- busque piceis ; elytris nonnullis exemplis apicem versus dilutiori- bus; antennarum articulis 4-10 sat fortiter transversis ; capite elongato ; crebre subtilius punctato, fronte longitudinaliter obso- lete bifoveolato ; prothorace tertid parte longiore quam latiore, subtiliter crebrius vix lineatim punctato, disco laevi; elytris pro- thorace vix longioribus, crebrius subtiliter confuse punctatis ; abdomine subtilissime nec crebre punctato. Long. 5-55 mm. (B/h.) Port Lincoln, South Australia. This species is said to have the factes and essential characters of Leptacinus, but to differ from all the other species in having slightly impressed frontal foveze and the dorsal series of thoracic punctures confused with the lateral punctures. 32. METOPONCUS. Kraatz, Nat. Ins. II. p. 651 (1857)—Fauvel, Fn. Gall.-Rhen., Tip. 379: General characters of Leptacinus. Maxillary palpi with the last joint narrow at the base, subulate. Antenne geniculate, very short, the joints large and depressed. This genus is remarkable for the bright colouring of many of of the species. Its distribution is world wide. 121. METOPONCUS CYANEIPENNIS. Leptacinus cyaneipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. II. p- 137 (1871) — Metoponcus cyaneipennis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X, p. 237 (1877). 478 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA, Elongate, black, shining, finely and sparingly pubescent ; pro- thorax and 5th abominal segment red; elytra bright steel-blue ; Ist and 2nd abdominal segments and legs testaceous. Head large, much longer than broad, slightly narrowed in front, truncate behind, with four foveolate punctures near the base of the antenne, two on the disc on each of the middle, one near the posterior angle, and two on the posterior margin ; the ocular sulci are very oblique and conspicuous ; the inner orbital margin of the eye liupressed and provided with a distinct puncture. Antenne dark reddish testaceous, the terminal joint inclining to pale testaceous. Prothorax slightly convex, a little narrowed posteriorly, sinuate behind the middle, truncate at the base, very sparingly and finely punctured, with a series of four moderately distinct dorsal punc- tures, two on each side of the middle; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Scutellum rufous. Elytra rather shorter than the prothorax, slightly narrowed in front, extremely finely and sparingly punctured. Length 6-9 mm. Barron River, Mackay, Gayndah, Wide Bay, Pine Mountains, ‘Queensland ; Clarence River, Port Macquarie, Upper Hunter, Sydney, Port Hacking, Illawarra, New South Wales ; Lord Howe Island. 122. METOPONCUS ENERVUS, Sp. 0. Elongate, pitchy, shining, moderately closely covered with pubescence ; antennee and legs reddish testaceous. Head large, much longer than broad, narrowed in front, truncate behind, very strongly and rather closely punctured, with two obscure foveolate punctures on each side; the frontal sulci moderately distinct ; the inner orbital margin of the eye impressed. Antenne clothed with fuscous pubescence, the terminal joint testaceous, joints 4-10 transverse. Prothorax somewhat convex, narrowed behind, strongly sinuate just behind the middle, truncate at the base, very strongly and not very closely punctured at the sides ; the punctation extending on each side to just before the middle, where it terminates in a dorsal series, leaving the median BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 479 surface impunctate ; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Elytra about as long as the prothorax, narrowed anteriorly, moderately strongly and closely punctured. Abdomen rather finely punctured. Length 63 mm. Lottah, Gould’s Country, Tasmania (S:mson). A very distinct species differing from all the species known to me in its uniform colour and strongly punctured head and pro- thorax. 33. XNANTHOLINUS. Serville, Encycl. Meth. X. p. 475 (1825) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. ips. 68; Mentum very short. Ligula small, entire, rounded in front. Paraglosse large, acuminate. Maxillary palpi filiform, joints 2-4 nearly equal, the last slightly acuminate. Labial palpi filiform, the joints gradually increasing in length, the terminal joint acuminate. Maxille with the internal lobe shorter than the other, coriaceous, and ciliated internally; the external lobe corneous, ciliated above. Mandibles very short, falciform, dentate in the middle of the inner side, membranous and ciliate at the base. Labrum corneous, transverse, bilobed, with the sides membranous. Head more or less elongate, connected with the prothorax by a rather narrow neck. Eyes small, rounded. Antennz short, strongly geniculate, rather robust, Ist joint moderately elongate, the 2nd and 3rd obconical, joints 4-10 short, pubescent, the terminal joint sub-acuminate at the extremity. Prothorax elongate, often a little narrowed towards the base, which is rounded ; the anterior angles usually a little produced. Elytra truncate behind. Abdomen parallel-sided. Legs short ; the inter- mediate cox distant ; tibiz spined, the anterior pair a little thickened ; tarsi simple, the first two joints nearly equal. This genus contains a large number of species from all parts of the world, many of which are brightly coloured. They are found in moss, decaying vegetable matter, and under bark. 480 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA, 123. XANTHOLINUS ERYTHROPTERUS. Xantholinus erythropterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 320 (1840); Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 240 (1877)—Xantholinus cervinipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent, Soc. N.S.W. II. p. 138 (1871). Pitchy black, shining ; elytra, anus, and legs reddish testaceous; prothorax with a dorsal series of four or five punctures on each side. Head sub-quadrate, rather broader than the prothorax, truncate at the base, with a few strongly impressed punctures on each side, the frontal sulci short and terminating internally in a foveolate puncture; sides nearly straight; posterior angles rounded. Antenne piceous, a little longer than the head, the Ist joint reddish piceous, the 3rd elongate, about twice as long as the 2nd, joints 4-10 cylindrical, slightly transverse, the last joint ferruginous at the apex, Prothorax rather long, a little narrower than the elytra, considerably narrowed behind, with a series of four or five rather strong punctures on each side of the middle, and five or six less strongly marked punctures near the lateral margins. Scutellum moderately strongly and sparingly punc- tured. Elytra a little longer than the prothorax, rather finely and sparingly punctured, lateral margin free from punctures. Abdomen very finely and sparingly punctured, finely pubescent, the apex of the penultimate, and the whole of the terminal seg- ment dark reddish testaceous. Length 10-14 mm. Mulgrave River, Rockhampton, Gayndah, Moreton Bay, Queensland; Manly, Sydney, New South Wales; Victoria; Adelaide, South Australia. An abundant species which may be found, frequently in com- pany with Hololepta, between the fronds of almost every decaying grass tree (Xanthorrhoea ). BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 48] 124, XanTHOLINUS LORQUINI. Xantholinus Lorquini, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 241 (1S07).; lc. XLT plats fie25. (1878), X. auriceps major et latior, parce longius fulvo-pubescens, nigerrimus, nitidissimus, elytris laete, palpis pedibusque sub- obscure rufis; antennis articulis 3 primis piceis, laevibus, 4-10 transversis, opacis, ultimo brevi, conico, apice vix testaceo ; capite thorace tertia parte latiore, planiore, subtriangulari, fronte pro- funde 4-sulcata, sulcis externis transversis, puncto terminatis, sulco oculari puncto etiam terminato, punctoque alio prope adjecto plagam punctatam appropinquante ; lateribus subtusque, praeter plagam mediam laevem, dense subtilius rugose punctatis, basi grosse parce punctato, medio obsolete sulcato, angulis posticis obtusis ; thorace convexo, subtrapezoidali, antice oblique truncato, postice parum angustato, lateribus vix sinuatis, angulis posticis parum obtusis, puncto magno prope angulum anteriorem, serie in margine laterali parum punctata, puncturaque parca in margine anteriore notato, basi sulculo brevissimo vix impresso ;_ elytris thorace tertia parte latioribus, nec longioribus, parce fortiter, intra humerum triseriatim, margine inflexo subtilius densiusque, abdo- mineque utrinque subtilissime disperse punctatis; alis fuscis. Long. 17 mm. (fl. ) Cairns, Duaringa, Wide Bay, Brisbane, Moreton Bay, Queens- land ; Clarence River, Newcastle, Currajong, New South Wales ; also found in New Guinea, the Moluccas and Celebes. Appears to be an abundant species. 125. XANTHOLINUS RUFITARSIS. NXantholinus rufitarsis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 241 (1877). X. Lorquint sat vicinus ; niger, nitidissimus; palpis anten- nisque praeter basin piceis; tibiarum spinulis tarsisque rufis ; 482 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA, elytris rufo-testaceis ; abdomine subaeneo ; antennis multo graci- lioribus, articulis 4-10 fortissime transversis, 11° brevi, conico ; capite minore, magis convexo, puncto antico utrinque oculo pro- plore, postico oculo ipso contiguo, angulis posticis magis rotundatis, supra lateribusque ommnium subtilissime punctulato; thorace capitis fere latitudine, ut in Lorguwini, antice vix minus producto- sinuato, ibique vix punctulato, puncto prope angulum anticum nullo ; scutello multo subtilius densiusque punctato ; elytris bre- vioribus, vix longioribus quam latioribus, multo subtilius puncta- tis, punctis secundum suturam irregularibus, sat numerosis, serie intra humerali obliqua punctis 14 vel 15, lateribusque inflexis sat dense subtilius punctatis; abdomine densius fortiusque quam in Lorquint punctato, densius piloso, segmentis basi profunde transversim sulcatis. Long. 15mm. (v/.) Gayndah, Rockhampton, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales. 126. XANTHOLINUS HAEMORRHOUS. NXantholinus haemorrhous, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p- 538 (1878). Forma rufitarsis, sed minor et gracilior, elytris testaceis, palpis, antennarum picearum articulis 3 primis, segmentis 6-7 totis pedibusque rufis, caeterum niger, abdomine subirideo ; antennis longioribus et gracilioribus, articulo 11° elongato, acuminato, apice flavo; capite longiore, basi rectius truncato, oculis dimidio fere minoribus, inter antennarum basim biarcuatim fossulato, sulcis subobsoletis, oculariis ab oculis magis distantibus; post oculos supra punctis 3 vel 4, basi summa circiter 8 notatis, sulco sub- tilissimo a basi ultra medium longitudinaliter impresso ; thorace minora, antice magis truncato, ante medium profunde sinuato, angulis omnibus fortiter rotundatis, ante anticos et collum multi- punctato, punctis 2 vel 3 lateralibus, serie dorsali 3-punctata, sulculo brevissimo basali ; scutello elytrisque subtilius sat dense aequaliter, abdomine densius subtiliusque punctatis, densius breviusque pubescentibus, illis paulo longioribus. Long. 12} mm. ( Fv.) Rockhampton, Queensland, BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 483 127. XANTHOLINUS PHOENICOPTERUS. Xantholinus phoentcopterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 314 (1840), Niger, nitidus, tarsis piceis, elytris rubris, purpureo-nitentibus, triseriatim punctatis, capite oblongo, laevi. Statura omnino Y. analis, nigerrimus, pernitidus. Antennae capite parum longiores, articulo tertio elongato, secundo duplo longiore, nigrae. Palpi picei. Caput thoracis latitudine, latitudine paulo longius, antrorsum subangustatum, lateribus rectis, angulis posterioribus rotundatis, punctis utrinque singulo maiusculo ad interiorem, binis approximatis, oblique positis, ad superiorem oculi marginem, paucisque irregulariter transversim positis verticis impressum, ceterum praeter sulculos anticos ordinarios laevissimum. Thorax coleopteris paulo angustior, longitudine paulo longior, basin versus modice angustatus, lateribus medio vix sinuatis, apice utrinque oblique truncatus, angulis anterioribus obtusis, modice prominentibus, parum convexus, intra angulum anteriorem utrinque puncto magno profundo et in margine anteriore punctis utrinque nonnullis impressus. Scutellum punctulatum. Elytra thorace paululum longiora, punctorum seriebus tribus sat regulari- bus notata, prima suturali, secunda in medio dorsi, tertia marginali, rubra, nitore purpureo resplendentia. Abdomen parallelum, parcius subtiliter punctulatum, nigrum, pernitidum, immaculatum. Pedes breves, nigvi, tarsis piceis. Alae fusco-hyalinae. Long. 10-14 mm. (£7.) Port Darwin, Cape York, Somerset, Port Denison, Rockhampton, Brisbane, Queensland ; Gundagai, Murrumbidgee, Wagga Wagga, Sydney, New South Wales; Princetown, Melbourne, Victoria ; Nuriootpa, Adelaide, Port Lincoln, South Australia; King George’s Sound. An abundant species. 128. XANTHOLINUS CHLOROPTERUS. Xantholinus chloropterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 311 (1840). Niger, capite triangulari laevi thoraceque opacis, elytris viri- dibus, abdomine nigro-subaeneo, nitidulis, 484 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA, X. chalybeo longitudine aequalis, at gracilior, corporis habitu potius AX. glabrati. Antennae capite vix longiores, articulo tertio elongato, secundo duplo longiore, 4-10 crassitie aequalibus, at sensim paulo brevioribus, nigrae, ultimo apice subferrugineo. Palpi nigri, apice rufo-picei. Caput thoracis longitudine et basi eius apici latitudine aequale, antrorsum angustatum, oblongo- subtriangulare, basi et lateribus perparum, angulis posterioribus fortiter rotundatum, supra leviter convexum, puncto maiusculo singulo ad interiorem, alteroque itidem singulo ad superiorem oculi marginem impresso, ceterum praeter sulculos anticos ordinarios laeve, nigrum, subopacum. Thorax apice coleop- terorum latitudine, basin versus modice angustatus, latitudine antica paulo longior, Iateribus rectis, apice utrinque oblique truncatus, angulis anterioribus subrotundatis, modice prominenti- bus, leviter convexus, longe intra apicem puncto singulo im- pressus, ceterum laevissimus, niger, subopacus. Scutellum medio punctatum, nigrum, parum nitidum. Elytra thorace vix longiora, triseriatim punctata, serie prima suturali, secunda dorsali, tertia marginali, margine inflexo summoque apice vage punctatis, viridia, nitidula,. Abdomen elongatum, parallelum, parce subtiliter punctatum, parce tenuiterque nigro-pilosellum, nigro-subaenium, nitidulum. Corpus subtus nigro-subaenium, nitidum. Pedes nigri. Long. 17-l14mm. (#r.) Duaringa, Queensland; Liverpool Plains, Mount Wilson, Mount Victoria, Blue Mountains, Sydney, Monaro, New South Wales; Princetown, Melbourne, Victoria; Adelaide, Port Augusta, South Australia ; Launceston, Lottah, Gould’s Country, Tasmania, The elytra and abdomen of this species are somewhat variable in colour. 129. XANTHOLINUS ORTHODOXUS, sp. n. Black, shining; elytra cyaneous or bronze green; abdomen bronze green ; legs black. BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 485 Head narrowed in front, extremely finely and not very closely punctured, a row of punctures on the posterior margin, two punctures on the inner orbital margin of the eye; frontal sulci strongly marked, nearly parallel. Antenne longer than the head, joints 4-10 finely pubescent, 11th joint with the apex ferruginous. Prothorax considerably narrowed behind, truncate in front, with a conspicuous foveolate puncture near the anterior angles; sides very slightly sinuate behind the middle; the posterior angles rounded. Scutellum rather strongly punctured. LElytra with three rows of moderately strong punctures, one near the suture, the second about the middle, and-the third at the side; lateral and posterior margins sparingly punctured. Abdomen sparingly and not very strongly punctured, the pubescence black. Length 13-15 mm. Sydney, Port Hacking, New South Wales. This species is intermediate between Xantholinus chloropterus and X. cyanopterus. From the former it may be distinguished, apart from its smaller size and different colour, by having the prothorax more narrowed behind, and the punctuation of the elytra comparatively stronger ; and from the latter by the shape of the head and prothorax, which are elongate and nearly parallel- sided, as well as in colour. From X. chalcopterus it differs in having black legs. 130. XANTHOLINUS CYANOPTERUS. Xantholinus cyanopterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 311 (1840). Nigerrimus, nitidus, elytris subtiliter triseriatim punctatis, chalybeis, capite oblongo, laevi. Antennae capite parum longiores, articulo tertio secundo duplo longiore, ultimo apice ferrugineo. Palpi apice picei. Caput thoracis latitudine, latitudine paulo longius, basi et lateribus leviter, angulis posterioribus fortiter rotundatis, antrorsum paululum angustatum, supra convexum, subtilissime punctulatum, punctis utrinque tribus in capitis margine postico, duobus ad oculum 486 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA, utrumque impressum, sulculis duobus anticis intermediis parallelis. Thorax coleopteris parum angustior, latitudine paulo longior, basin versus subangustatus, apice truncatus, angulis anterioribus lateri- busque subrectis, leviter convexus, puncto utrinque singulo intra angulum anteriorem sat profundo impressus. Scutellum obsolete 4-punctatum Elytra thorace paulo longiora, triseriatim punctata, serie prima suturali, secunda dorsali, tertia marginali, omnibus sat regularibus, margine apicali et lateribus inflexis vage punctatis. Abdomen parce punctatum, parce nigro-pilosum. Pedes nigri, tarsis piceis. Long. 12-14mm. (Z7.) Melbourne, Victoria; Launceston, Lottah, Gould’s Country, Tasmania. The broad convex prothorax and brilliant colour of this species will prevent its being confused with any other. 131, XANTHOLINUS SIDERALIS. Xantholinus sideralis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 539 (1878). A caeteris elytris totis sat dense aequaliter punctura duplici, altera forti, altera subtili, notatis, serie licet intrahumerali distincta et abdomine nigro notabilis ; cyanoptero statura minore et angus- tiore, antennis articulo 2° breviore (caeteri desunt), capite minore, angustiore, magis parallelo, magis convexo, post oculos crebre sub- tiliter punctato, angulis posticis magis indicatis, punctis 3 supra ad marginem oculi posticum; thorace circa basin profundius sinuato, magis angustato, punctis 2 utrinque fossulatis, altero prope angulum anticum, altero medio, punctis 2 utrinque disco obsoletis ; abdomine parcius subtiliusque punctato. Long. 12- 13mm. (fvi.) West Australia. 132. XANTHOLINUS CHALCOPTERUS. NXantholinus chalcopterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 312 (1840)— Xantholinus cyaneipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. W. II. p. 139 (1871). BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 487 Niger, nitidus, elytris triseriatim punctatis, cyaneo-aeneis, pedi- bus rufo-fulvis, capite oblongo, laevi. Habitu omnino 1. fulgidi, at duplo maior, niger, pernitidus. Antenn capite paulo longiores, articulo tertio secundo plus sesqui longiore, nigrae, articulo secundo tertioque basi rufo-piceis, ultimo apice ferrugineo. Palpi picei. Caput thorace paulo latius, latitudine longius, basi cum angulis posterioribus rotundatis, lateribus subrectis, antrorsum haud angustatum, sub-depressum, omnium subtilissime obsoletissimeque punctulatum, puncto maius- culo singulo ad interiorem, duobus approximatis ad superiorem utriusque oculi marginem, pluribusque irregulariter transversim positis verticis impressum, sulculis duobus anticis intermediis prope parallelis. Thorax latitudine paulo longior, basin versus angustatus, lateribus pone medium subsinuatis, basi coleopteris angustior, parum convexus, puncto singulo ad angulum utrumque anteriorem impressus. Scutellum parumpunctatum. Elytra thorace paululum longiora, subtilius triseriatim punctata, serie prima suturali, secunda in medio dorsi, tertia marginali, omnibus sat regularibus, cyaneo-aenea, nitida. Abdomen parce vageque punctulatum, tenuiter pilosum. Pedes omnes cum coxis anteri- oribus rufo-fulvi. Long. 10-13 mm. (£7.) Rockhampton, Gayndah, Wide Bay, Brisbane, Queensland ; Clarence River, Upper Hunter, Singleton, Parramatta, Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Adelaide, Nuriootpa, South Australia ; Swan River, West Australia. A careful comparison of the type of Xantholinus cyaneipennis with Erichson’s description of XY. chalcopterus, and with West Australian specimens which I have identified with that species, leads me to the conclusion that the former name must be regarded as a synonym.. 133. XANTHOLINUS COELESTIS. AXantholinus coelestis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 540 (1878). 488 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA, Inter species elytris caeruleis forma depressa et abdomine vix aenescente, segmentorum basi crebre fortiter punctata facilliine dis- tinguendus ; forma potius chalcopteri ; niger, nitidissimus, elytris caeruleis, palpis apice rufis ; a cyanoptero statura minore, antennis vix validioribus, capite angustiore et longiore, depresso, lateribus parallelis, angulis posticis multo fortius rotundatis, punctis 2 contiguis intus prope oculi marginem posticum; basi densius punctulata ; thorace multo minore et angustiore, trapezoidali, planiusculo, circa basin multo fortius angustato, lateribus magis sinuatis, antice multo minus truncato, licet angulis omnibus magis indicatis ; elytris brevioribus, depressis, abdomine utrinque fortius densiusque punctato. Long. 12-13 mm. (Fvl.) Melbourne, Victoria. 134. XANTHOLINUS HOLOMELAS. Aantholinus holomelas, Perroud, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XI. p. 84 (1864)—Fauvel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1874, p. 436; Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 244 (1877). A. anachoreta, Er. paulo major, latior et robustior, niger, niti- dus, ore, antennis articulis 3 primis basi pedibusque rufo-piceis vel piceis, abdomine dense grosseque punctato, aeneo, antennarum articulo ultimo apice testaceo ; capite maris magis orbiculari quam in anachoreta, sulcis anticis brevioribus, subtus tantum prope oculos subtilissime punctulato, supra post oculos punctis binis impresso ; thorace majore, lateribus minus angustato et sinuato, angulis anticis minus, posticis multo magis rotundatis ; scutello grosse 4-punctato ; elytris thorace paulo longioribus latioribusque, ali- quando piceis, subaeneis, circa suturam canaliculatam lateribusque subtiliter dense punctulatis, stria profunda obliqua, disco fortiter punctata, stria laterali subhumerali 6-punctata ; abdomine robus- tiore; Q capite minore, thoracis vix latitudine, longiore, ovato. Long. 11-14mm. (/v/.) Port Mackay, Queensland ; Bogolong, Wagga Wagga, Sydney, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; King George’s Sound ; also recorded from New Guinea, New Caledonia, Samoa, Aru, &c. BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 489 135. XANTHOLINUS ALBERTISI. Xantholinus Albertisi, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 246 (1877); 2 e5 XPS pl ie, 26. (1.878). Colore instabilis, abdomine aeneo, thorace vel aeneo, vel aeneo- violaceo, capite saepius aureo-violaceo hoc, saepe elytrisque summa basi aureo-viridibus, elytris vel violaceo viridibus, lateribus rufulis, vel vix cupreis cum palpis, antennarum mandibularumque basi rufis, his apice coxisque piceolis, antennarum articulis 4-10 transversis, opacis 11° brevi, acuminato, 3, 4, vel 5 ultimis testaceo- albidis ; pedibus totis aliquando brunneis, vel piceis ; capite maris maximo, deplanato, subtransverso, breviter ovato, fronte omnium subtilissime strigosula, sulcis duobus antennariis minus, oculariis magis profundis, his recte transversis, puncto terminatis, punctis duobus aliis intus prope oculi marginem posticum, quinque aliis utrinque basi, lateribus totis subtusque anguste subtiliter dense punctato rugoso, infra strigosulo, quadriimpresso ; thorace elytris sat angustiore, subtrapezoidali, omnium subtilissime punctulato, puncto magno circa angulum anteriorem, lateribus vix strigosulis, ad marginem inflexum serie punctorum notatis ; scutello aeneo, circiter 8-punctato ; elytris thorace vix longioribus, crebre fortiter, lateribus densius, punctatis, serie intrahumerali punctorum ma- jorum impressa; abdomine grosse sat dense utrinque punctato ; alis fulvo-violaceis ; Q capite multo minore, thorace angustiore, breviter ovato, sulcis ocularibus fere nullis, puncto post-oculari unico, utrinque ad oculorum mandibularumque basim parum dense fortius punctato. Long. 12-13 mm. ( Fl.) Cape York, Somerset, Russell River, Mulgrave River, North Queensland. Also recorded from Ternate, New Guinea, Aru Islands, and the Celebes. This species is said to vary considerably in colour and punctua- tion, and has been divided by M. Fauvel into three geographical forms ; the first, from Ternate, has the anterior half of the head and the sides of the prothorax very finely striolte, the last three joints of the antennz testaceous, the elytra and the abdomen 490 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA, bronze-green, tinged with violaceous, and the legs pitchy black ; the second, from Australia, has the head metallic golden green, the prothorax more or less violaceous, the sides of the elytra reddish, the legs pitchy, the striolation of the head less marked, and the last three or four joints of the antenne testaceous ; the third, from New Guinea, Aru, and the Celebes, has the head metallic golden, the prothorax violaceous, the elytra reddish, the legs reddish or pitchy, and the last five joints of the antenne testaceous. Of these forms the second or Australian type I have identified from Northern Queensland, the others are unknown to me. 136. XANTHOLINUS soctIUs. Xantholinus socius, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p- 247 (1877). Minoribus XY. punetulati speciminibus magnitudine et facie similis, niger, subnitidus, vix alutaceus, elytris non alutaceis, magis nitidis, cum ore, antennis, articulo 1° excepto, segmentorum marginibus pedibusque piceis ; antennis capite vix longioribus, sat incrassatis, articulis 5-10 breviter transversis, 11° conico ; capite subquadrato, quarta parte longiore quam latiore, antice parum angustato, angulis posticis subobtusis, utrinque vage fortiter punctato, sulcis 2 anticis brevibus, subarcuatis, puncto antico magno inter sulcum oculumque impresso, huie sulculo conjuncto; thorace antice capitis latitudine, tertia parte longiore quam latiore, postice sat fortiter angustato, medio sinuato, angulis omnibus rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus rectis 7, lateralibus incurvis 8- punctatis ; scutello bipunctato ; elytris thorace parum latioribus, nec longioribus, dorso subtiliter triseriatim, suturaque confusius punctatis ; marginibus inflexis seriatim subtilissime, abdomine sub- cupreo sat dense subtilissime punctatis. Long. 54-64mm. (fvi.) Rockhampton, Queensland ; Victoria ; South Australia; King George’s Sound. 137. XANTHOLINUS CRIBRATUS. Xantholinus cribratus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 540 (1878). BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 491 Forma et statura Uinearis, niger, minus nitidus, thorace elytrisque nigro piceis, ore, antennis, ano pedibusque rufulis ; antennis paulo gracilioribus, articulo 11° apice dilutiore ; capite multo crebrius sat fortiter punctato, spatio angusto a disco ad sulecorum antennariorum basim angustulo ; sulcis profundioribus ; basi rectius truncata ; thorace multo angustiore, circa basin fortius angustato, lateribus profunde sinuatis, antice magis oblique truncato, dense sat fortiter utrinque punctato, linea laevi angus- tiore; elytris creberrime subtiliter et aequaliter, abdomine sub- tilius crebriusque punctatis. Long. 7mm. (Fi. ) Victoria. Tribe 2. STAPHYLININA. Antenne inserted on the anterior margin of the front, inside the base of the mandibles, and distant from each other. Pro- thorax with the lateral margin double; prothoracic stigmata uncovered. 34. CREOPHILUS. Mannerheim, Brachél. p. 20 (1830)—Staphylinus (subg.) Erich- son, Gen. Staph. p. 347 (1840) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. IT. p. 77. Mentum very short. Ligula small, emarginate in front. Para- gloss coriaceous, ciliate internally. Maxillary palpi filiform, 4th joint shorter than the 3rd, sub-acuminate. Labial palpi filiform, 3-jointed, Maxille with the internal lobe ciliate internally ; the external lobe a little longer, narrowed at the base, ciliate above. Labrum corneous, transverse, bilobed. Head sub-quadrate, con- nected with the prothorax by a distinct neck. Antenne greatly thickened towards the extremity, the 1st joint moderately long ; joints 7-10 transverse, gradually thickening. Prothorax trans- verse, rounded in front, truncate behind, with the anterior angles distinct, deflexed. Elytra obliquely truncate at the extremity, Abdomen parallel-sided. Mesosternum transverse, very much rounded above. Legs moderately long, rather robust, the inter- mediate coxze near together ; the intermediate and posterior tibiz spined ; the anterior tarsi dilated. 492 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA, Widely distributed throughout the old world. The different species are found in carrion, in decaying vegetable matter, or flying in the sunshine. There is, I believe, only one species at present known from Australia. 138. CREOPHILUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS. Staphylinus erythrocephalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 265; Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 351 (1840).—Creophilus erythrocephalus, Nordmann, Symb. Staph. p. 23 (1837). Black, depressed ; head red, with a large round black spot in the front on the disc ; prothorax shining ; elytra tinged with blue. Head shining, extremely finely and sparingly punctured, a setigerous puncture on the inner orbital margin of each eye. Antenne greatly thickened towards the extremity; joints 4-6 slightly transverse, 7-10 more decidedly transverse, gradually widening, 11th much longer than the preceding, compressed at the apex. Prothorax broadly transverse, somewhat narrowed behind, the sides sinuate behind the middle ; the posterior angles strongly rounded. Scutellum densely punctured, thickly clothed with long black pubescence. Elytra black, tinged with steel-blue, somewhat shining, moderately strongly and closely punctured, covered with black pubescence; the shoulders rather prominent, shining, impunctate. Abdomen irregularly and rather closely punctured, the pubescence distinct. Legs black. Length 14-19 mm. Barron River, Gayndah, Brisbane, Queensland ; Mossgiel, Darling River, Lithgow, Penrith, Sydney, Kiama, Mulwala, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Adelaide, Ardrossan, Fowler Bay, South Australia; King George’s Sound, Swan River, West Australia ; Lord Howe Island ; Norfolk Island ; also recorded from New Caledonia, Tonga, &c. An abundant and widely distributed species resembling the European Creophilus maxillosus in habits. var. LANIO, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 352 (1840). BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 493 Black ; head red, with a large black spot in front on the disc ; prothorax shining, the posterior angles slightly rounded ; elytra black, not tinged with blue. Lithgow, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victorian Alps ; Lottah, Gould’s Country, Port Frederick, Hobart, Tasmania. The latter form has usually been regarded as _ distinct from Creophilus erythocephalus, but after an examination of a large number of specimens from all parts of the country I have come to the conclusion that it can only be regarded as a variety. The most noticeable differences, namely the colour of the elytra and the slightly-rounded hinder angles of the prothorax, are characters of little importance, and in this instance of no geo- graphical significance, as both the typical form and the variety are sometimes found in the same locality. A series of specimens which I have received from Lithgow, in the Blue Mountains, contains both black and blue forms as well as several exhibiting intermediate stages ; of these one with black elytra (var. /anio) has the hinder thoracic angles as strongly rounded as the typical form, a fact, I think, in itself sufficient evidence of the specific identity of the two forms. The New Zealand form C. oculatus, has been recorded as Aus- tralian by M. Fauvel, but as the locality is vaguely stated to be Eastern Australia and no special reference is made to it, I think more evidence is necessary before admitting the species into our lists. 35. COLONIA, gen. nov. Mentum broadly transverse, the anterior margin straight. Ligula very small. Maxillary palpi moderately long, the basal joint very short, the 4th joint acuminate, about as long as the 2nd, distinctly longer than the 3rd. Labial palpi like the maxillary in form, the last joint much longer than the 2nd. Maxillz with the lobes distinct, the internal one shorter than the other and ciliated internally ; external lobe narrowed at the base, ciliated above. 494 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINID® OF AUSTRALIA, Labrum transverse, bilobed, with a membranous border. Man- dibles very strong, toothed on the basal half of the inner margin. Head transverse, sub-orbicular, narrowed behind into a moderately distinct neck. Eyes not very prominent. Antenne short, slightly thickened towards the extremity; the basal joint long and sinuous, the following joints short and gradually decreasing in length, the terminal joint acuminate. Prothorax transverse, rounded behind, truncate in front, with the anterior angles distinct and reflexed. Elytra obliquely truncate at the extremity. Abdomen sub- parallel, Intermediate coxee widely separated. Legs rather short, robust ; the tibize spined ; the tarsi moderately long, the anterior pair strongly dilated, the intermediate and posterior pairs filiform, with the basal joints rather longer than the three following ones. The division which I have here ventured to propose is very nearly allied to Creophilus and Ocypus, but differs from the former genus in having the antenne longer and more slender, the head very broad, the elytra smooth and almost free from pubescence ; from Ocypus it is distinguished by having the intermediate coxz widely remote. 139. COLONIA REGALIS, sp. n. Pitchy black, shining, very robust ; prothorax narrower than the head, the posterior angles rounded ; elytra dull black ; abdominal segments tinged with green. Head very broad, obscurely and rather sparingly punctured on the disc, more strongly punctured between the antennz, with two setigerous punctures on the inner orbital margin of the eyes, and another less conspicuous puncture near the base of each antenna ; the sides regularly rounded. Antennz moderately robust, black, joints 5-11 clothed with fine fuscous pubescence. Prothorax slightly narrowed in front, very obscurely and not very closely punctured, with a row of punctures on the anterior margin near BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 495 each shoulder and another on each side. Scutellum pointed behind, strongly and not very closely punctured. Elytra as broad as the prothorax, slightly sinuate before the middle, obscurely and sparingly punctured ; the suture somewhat raised. Abdomen rather strongly and sparingly asperate-punctate ; 6th segment margined with flavous posteriorly. Legs piceous. Length 18-20 mm. @ The head much narrower ; the 7th abdominal segment entire and not emarginate below as in the other sex. Lismore, Richmond River, New South Wales. Two specimens of this very distinct form are in the collection of Mr. G. Masters. 36. ACTINUS. Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. p. 250 (1878). Mentum short, transverse. Ligula entire. Maxillary palpi with the 4th joint parallel, a little longer than the 3rd. Labial palpi filiform, the last joint a little longer than the 2nd. Maxille similar to those of Philonthus. Head large, transverse, connected with the prothorax by a slender neck. Antennz sub-geniculate, short, thickened towards the extremity. Prosternum acute above. Metasternum sinuately rounded in front. Legs short ; tibie spined ; anterior tarsi dilated in the $; posterior tarsi short, the 1st joint much longer than the 5th, joints 2-4 gradually shorter, sub-trianguiar. Allied to Philonthus, but distinguished by the structure of its antenne and tarsi. Two species are known, one from Australia, and one from New Guinea. 140. Actinus Mac.eayl, sp. n. Elongate, moderately robust, black, shining, sparingly clothed with long pubescence ; head and prothorax brassy, highly polished ; elytra iridescent purplish green, the sides and apex brassy ; the apical half of the 6th and the 7th abdominal segments, and the legs, except the coxee, reddish testaceous. 32 A 496 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA, Head moderately strongly and sparingly punctured, with a few larger punctures behind and near the inner margin of the eyes, a conspicuous depression in the middle just behind the antenne. Antenne somewhat thickened towards the extremity, the first four joints shining, the first two reddish testaceous, 4th joint nearly quadrate, joints 5-9 transverse, 10th and 11th yellowish white, the former transverse, the latter elongate and pyriform. Prothorax strongly convex, moderately strongly and not very closely punctured, with six rather deeply impressed punctures on the disc, three on each side of the middle ; anterior angles conspicuous, reflexed; the sides strongly sinuate; posterior angles obtuse. Scutellum rather strongly and very closely punctured in the middle, the sides almost impunctate. Elytra considerably longer than the prothorax, widening posteriorly, rather closely and strongly rugose- punctate, Abdomen narrowed behind, strongly and not very closely asperate-punctate on each side of the middle which is smooth. Legs reddish testaceous. Length 19-22 mm. ¢ Differs from the female in having the head much larger and nearly quadrate, the anterior tarsi more strongly dilated, and the 7th abdominal segment acutely emarginate. Johnstone River, Cairns, North Queensland. This beautiful species is allied to Actinws imperialis described from New Guinea by M. Fauvel. In colour it agrees precisely with a specimen of that species from Port Moresby in the Macleay Museum, but it is readily distinguished by its much less strongly and closely punctured head and prothorax, less strongly rugose- punctate elytra, and by having the last two, instead of only the terminal, joints of the antennze yellowish white. A specimen of this species obtained during October at the Johnstone River was sent to me nearly a year ago by Mr. Henry Tryon, of the Queensland Museum, and recently Mr. Macleay, to whom the species is dedicated, has received a large series from Cairns. BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 497 37. Myso.ius. Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII, p. 255 (1878). General characters of Philonthus. Maxillary palpi very slender, the 4th joint acicular, much longer than the 3rd. Labial palpi also slender, the 2nd joint ciliate internally, the 3rd fusi- form. Head connected with the prothorax by a slender neck. Eyes not prominent, scarcely lateral. Antenne elongate, rather slender. Prothorax with a lateral line joined before the anterior angles. Prosternum produced above. Metasternum rounded an- teriorly, not produced. Legs slender; tibiz spined ; anterior tarsi dilated in the ¢; posterior tarsi elongate, the Ist joint equal to the 5th, joints 2-4 gradually shorter. Allied to Philonthus, but easily separated by the form of the palpi and prosternum, and by having the transverse impression on the neck, which borders the head, interrupted in the middle. A single species is known from New Guinea and an allied form from Australia is here added. 141. MysoLius CHALCOPTERUS, sp. n. Robust, black, shining; antennee with the last three joints white ; elytra bright coppery, sometimes with a tinge of purplish, densely clothed with golden pubescence ; abdomen black, tinged with purplish ; legs reddish testaceous. Head rather broad, sub-quadrate, strongly convex, narrowed behind the eyes, with four or five irregular impressions in front, a row of moderately strong punctures on the inner orbital margin of each eye, and another row extending obliquely from behind the eye to the middle of the posterior margin, strongly and rather closely punctured about the posterior angles, which are rounded, Antenne with the first four joints reddish testaceous, 5-8 fuscous, the last three white; the basal joint elongate, the 2nd short, 3rd 498 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA, twice as long as the preceding one, the last joint obliquely emar- ginate at the extremity. Prothorax convex, rather strongly nar- rowed behind, slightly sinuate behind the middle, with a series of four moderately strongly impressed punctures on each side of the middle, and an oblique series of four or five punctures at the shoulders ; the anterior margin and the sides strongly punctured and pilose ; the posterior angles rounded. Scutellum moderately strongly and closely punctured. Elytra considerably longer than the prothorax, widening posteriorly, rather closely and finely rugose-punctate. Abdomen narrowed behind, strongly asperate- punctate on each side of the middle, which is smooth. Legs reddish testaceous. Length 18-23 mm. 6 Differs in having the head much larger, the anterior tarsi more strongly dilated, and the 6th and 7th abdominal segments more strongly emarginate. Mulgrave River, North Queensland. Allied to Mysolius aurichalceus from New Guinea, but distin- guished by the different punctuation of the head and prothorax, and by having the legs uniformly reddish testaceous. The species is represented in the Macleay Museum by a series of both sexes. 38. CAFIUS. Stephens, Il. Brit. Ent. V. p. 245 (1832)—Philonthus ‘(subg.) Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 427 (1840); Lacordaire, Gen. Coli yp. ol. General characters of Philonthus. Mentum very short. Ligula membranous, entire, rounded in front. Paraglosse ciliate in- ternally, acuminate in front. Maxillary palpi short, the last three joints equal, Labial palpi filiform, the joints gradually increasing in length. Mandibles obtusely dentate in the middle. Labrum transverse, emarginate in front, the margins membranous and ciliate. Head large, connected with the prothorax by a moderate neck. Eyes small. Antenne short, pubescent, the Ist joint BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 499 moderately long, the last oval, slightly acuminate. Prothorax oblong-ovate. Elytra truncate behind. Abdomen large. Metas- ternum strongly produced anteriorly. Legs moderately long ; the tibee slightly spined ; anterior tarsi rather strongly dilated in the male, pubescent ; posterior tarsi with the Ist joint longer than the 5th, joints 2-4 pyriform or cordiform. The genus appears to be composed of species which are found on the sea-shore, or near the mouths of rivers, where they are usually to be found under decaying sea-weed. The group is well represented in Australia. 142. CaFlus AREOLATUS. Cafius areolatus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X., p. 251 (1877). 6 In genere statura maxima formaque satis Hadrotem simulante maxime distinctus ; niger, nitidus, capite thoraceque vix aeneis, abdomine dense griseo-sericeo ; palpis, antennis praeter basin tarsisque piceis ; elytrorum margine inflexo latius, apicali anguste segmentorumque marginibus supra subtusque ferrugineis ; antennis minutis, brevibus, articulo 3° 2° longiore, 4-10 moniliformibus, parum incrassatis, 4-5 subquadratis, 6-10 sensim brevioribus, transversis, 11° parvo, obtuso; capite transversim subquadrato, antice parum angustato, subdepresso, antennarum basi utrinque sinuato, fronte vix triangulariter impressa, postice punctis 2 parum distantibus notata, circa angulos posticos subtruncatos basique punctis grossis, punctis aliis subtilibus in margine oculorum antico notato; thorace capite paulo angustiore, paulo latiore quam longiore, ante medium anticearcuatim, postice sinuatim angus- tato, subconvexo, angulis posticis obtusis, circa angulos anticos sat fortiter dense punctato, punctis 2 vel 3 quasi foveolatis ; scutello crebre sat fortiter punctato ; elytris thorace sat latioribus, quarta parte longioribus, breviter apice aureo ciliatis, vix nigro piceis, summa basi depressa, sat fortiter crebre punctata, disco toto punctis grossis parce, marginibus punctis densis multo subtilioribus notatis, et in fundo subtilissime reticulato-striolatis ; abdomine elytris vix angustiore, segmentis omnibus lateribus sextoque apice 500 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA, creberrime subtiliter, dorso parcius fortiter punctatis, linea longi- tudinali sublaeviore ; tarsis anticis fortiter dilatatis ; segmentis 3-6 subtus sensim latius emarginatis ; 5° apice, 6° disco toto impressis ; 7 7° profunde lateque triangulariter inciso, incisura basi marginato- impressa. Long. 13mm. (f?/). Bondi, Manly (on the sea-shore under decaying sea-weed), Sydney, Murrimbula Point, New South Wales; Princetown, Victoria ; Port Frederick, Tasmania. A common species. 143. CAFIUS AUSTRALIS. Ocypus australis, Redt., Reise Novara, Zool. II p. 28 (1867)— Cafius australis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X, p. 251 (1877). Magnitudine et facie Ocypi fuscati ; rufo-testaceus, thoracis disco nigricante, capite, scutello, pectore basique segmentorum abdominalium nigris ; capite quadrangulari, non longiore quam latiore, nitido, polito, angulis posticis rotundatis tantum punctatis, punctis aliquot majoribus post oculos ; antennis capite paulo lon- gioribus, ab articulo 4° moniliformibus, 11° ovato-globoso, nigris basi rufo-testaceis ; ore terrugineo, palporum maxillarium articulis 2 ultimis longitudine aequalibus; thorace non longiore quam latiore, vix capite latiore, postice rotundato, antice truncato, angulis maxime obtusis, laevissimo, angulis posticis punctis aliquot notatis ; scutello dense punctato ; elytris non longioribus quam latioribus, thorace paulo latioribus, disco rufo-testaceo, punctis sparsis majoribus, punctis in margine inflexo flavo densis notatis ; abdomine dense supra, parce subtus punctato, sat dense longeque griseo-pubescente ; segmento 7° subtus profunde triangulariter inciso ; tarsis anticis fortiter dilatatis. Long. 111; larg. 35 mm. (Rt. tr. Fol.) Sydney, New South Wales. M. Fauvel suggests that this description, which has not yet been identified, may have been drawn up from an immature male Cafius allied to C. areolatus. BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 501 144. CaFIus SABULOSUS. Cafius sabulosus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 253 (1877). Prope eribratum collocandus, sed dimidio minor, facie Philonth. cephalotes, et omnino distinctus ; nigro-piceus, capite thoraceque plus minusve cupreis, nitidis ; elytris abdomineque opacis, illis parce pilosis, apice albido ciliatis, hoc dense cinereo-sericeo ; anten- narum articulis 4-11, coxis anticis subtus, tibiis plus minusve, tarsis, elytrorumque sutura post scutellum et apice vix ferrugineis ; his margine inflexo ferrugineo-testaceo ; thorace saepius piceo ; antennis brevibus, articulis 4-10 sensim magis transversis ; capite convexo, g quadrato, thorace latiore, 9 hoc paulo angustiore, lon- giore, parcius omnium subtilissime punctulato, punctis antice prope oculos verticeque fere toto majoribus parce notato, duobus medio fronte summa, hac in ¢ breviter obsolete sulcata ; thorace subcylindrico, in ¢ paulo, in Q tertia parte longiore quam latiore, sub-parallelo, lateribus antice parum sinuatis, punctis aliquot prope angulos anticos subrectos notato, angulis posticis fere rotundatis ; scutello alutaceo, subtilius punctulato ; elytris thorace sat latioribus, non longioribus, alutaceis, dense fortiter rugose, abdomine creberrime subtiliter punctatis ; ¢ segmento 6° subtus apice latius sat profunde, 7° profunde triangulariter incisis. Long. 63-8 mm. (fvl.) Cape York, Port Denison, Mackay, Gayndah, Queensland ; Manly (on the sea-shore under sea-weed), Botany, Sydney, Port Hacking, New South Wales. An abundant species. 145, CaFIUS LAETABILIS, sp. n, Pitchy black, shining ; head and prothorax tinged with bronze green, the latter with a series of four punctures on each side ; elytra inclining to fulvous, shining. Head somewhat convex, impressed in front, with two moderately large punctures between the eyes one on each side of the middle, 502 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA, sparingly and rather strongly punctured near the posterior angles, which are rounded. Antenne fuscous, rather short, joints 4-10 transverse. Prothorax sub-parallel, very slightly sinuate in front, with a series of four moderately strong punctures on each side of the middle, a few punctures near the anterior angles, one or two near the sides, and two or three less conspicuous ones on the posterior margin. Scutellum rather finely and closely punctured. Elytra a little longer than the prothorax, moderately strongly and not very closely punctured, the punctures less distinct at the apex. Abdomen pitchy, finely pubescent, and sparingly punctured. Legs with the femora pitchy, the tibiz and tarsi reddish testaceous. Length 8 mm. Q Differs from the male in having the head and _ prothorax narrower, and the former much less distinctly impressed in front. Port Lincoln, South Australia; Hobart, Tasmania. Allied to Cafius sabulosus, but easily distinguished by the punctuation of the prothorax and the uniform colour of the elytra. The prothorax is sparingly clothed with pubescence at the sides, and the elytra are much less closely punctured. 146. CaFIUS AMBLYTERUS, sp. n. Black, shining ; the head and prothorax tinged with bronze green, the former narrow, the latter with five foveolate punctures on each side ; elytra ferruginous, sometimes tinged with purplish. Head narrowed in front, very strongly and irregularly punctured behind the eyes, slightly impressed in front, with two distinct punctures between the eyes ; the posterior angles strongly rounded. Antennz moderately long, piceous, the first three joints elongate, shining, 4th joint a little longer than broad, 5th to 10th gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax moderately convex, slightly narrowed anteriorly, with a longitudinal series of four or five punctures on each side of the middle, and one or two less distinct ones nearer the sides; anterior angles deflexed, rounded ; posterior BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 503 angles rounded. ScutelJum finely and densely punctured. Elytra widening posteriorly, about as long as the prothorax, finely and rather closely rugulose-punctate, thickly clothed with grey pubescence. Abdomen moderately broad, rather closely asperate-punctate, and densely clothed with long pubescence. Legs piceous. Length, 11-13 mm. Launceston, Hobart, Tasmania. Differs from Cafius laeus, to which it is nearly allied, in having the prothorax decidedly narrower in front, the punctures of the dorsal series placed at regular intervals, and the punctuation near the posterior angles much more irregular. The three specimens I have examined appear to be females as they have the terminal segment of the abdomen entire. 147. CAFIUS LAEUS, sp. n. Black, shining ; the head and prothorax tinged with bronze green, the latter with five foveolate punctures on each side ; elytra dark ferruginous. Head sub-quadrate, very strongly and sparingly punctured behind the eyes, the disc smooth, three conspicuous punctures in front ; the posterior angles strongly rounded. Antenne moderately long, dark piceous ; the first three joints elongate, the 2nd and 3rd with the apex testaceous, 4th a little longer than broad, 5th to 10th gradually decreasing in length, 11th acuminate. Prothorax moderately convex, slightly narrowed behind, a little narrower than the head, with a longitudinal series of five punctures on each side of the middle, of which the second and third punctures approach one another, and one or two less distinct punctures near the shoulders ; anterior angles strongly deflexed ; posterior angles obtuse. Scutellum finely and densely punctured, Elytra sub- quadrate, somewhat convex, about as long as the prothorax, finely and moderately closely rugulose-punctate, thickly clothed with cinereous pubescence. Abdomen broad, closely punctured and densely pubescent; in the ¢ the terminal segment acutely emarginate beneath. Legs piceous. Length 1] mm. 504 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA, Sydney, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia ; Laun- ceston, Tasmania. A single male example. 148. CAFIUS LITTORALIS. Cafius littoralis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 254 (1877). A praecedentibus [sabulosus]thorace seriato elytrorumque mar- ginibus non dilutis, a sequentibus elytris abdomineque nitidulis, multo parcius fortiusque punctatis distinctus ; niger, capite thorace- que nitidis, femoribus plus minusve rufis ; antennis longioribus, sat robustis, articulis omnibus longioribus quam latioribus, 11° oblongo-acuminato ; capite quadrato, paulo longiore quam latiore, utrinque inter et post oculos basique punctis grossis subfossulatis notato, angulis posticis subrotundatis vix squamose punctulatis ; fronte antice discoque medio laevibus ; thorace antice capitis fere latitudine, tertia parte longiore quam latiore, subtrapezoidali, circa basin sat fortiter angustato, sinuato, angulis posticis obtusis ; seriebus duabus dorsalibus grosse 12 punctato-impressis, punctis 2 extus in tertia parte antica sitis, serie altera confusa prope latera impressa, punctisque prope angulum anticum subtilioribus ; elytris thorace plus quam tertia parte latioribus, paulo longioribus, dense fortius rugulose, abdomine subtilius sat dense punctatis, parcius fusco-puberulis ; ¢ segmento 5° subtus vix, 6° latius parum pro- funde, 7° late triangulariter incisis, incisura basi impresso-mar- ginata. Long. 74-84 mm. (Fvl.) Wide Bay, Queensland ; Manly (on the sea-shore under sea- weed), Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria ; Laun- ceston, Hobart, Tasmania ; King George’s Sound. 149. CaFIUS PACIFICUS. Philonthus pacificus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 501 (1840)— Cafius pacificus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 254 (1877). Elongatus, niger, abdomine subtus, elytrorum margine inflexo et summo apicali pedibusque ferrugineis, capite oblongo-sub- BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 505. quadrato, thorace seriebus dorsalibus 11-punctatis, lateribus parce punctatis. Statura elongata subdepressa omnino Ph. fucicolae. Antennae capite sesqui longiores, apicem versus haud incrassatae, articulo tertio secundo tenuiore et sesqui longiore, 4-10 sensim brevioribus, penultimo crassitie vix longiore, ultimo ovato, apice truncatulo et inferne acuminato, fuscae, articulis tribus primis nigris. Palpi picei, articulo ultimo rufo. Mandibulae piceae. Caput thorace paulo latius, oblongo-subquadratum, parum convexum, utrinque crebrius vage fortiter profundeque punctatum, spatio medio longi- tudinali inaequali laevi, nigrum, nitidum. Thorax coleopteris plus dimidio angustior, latitudine sesqui longior basin versus leviter angustatus, basi et lateribus ante medium leviter rotundatis, his pone medium subsinuatis, apice truncatus, angulis anterioribus rotundatis, posterioribus obtusis, leviter convexus, seriebus dor- salibus sat regularibus, lineae leviter impressae impositis, circiter 11-punctatis, lateribus punctis praeter marginalia utrinque fere 10, partim subseriatis, impressus, niger, nitidus, margine summo apicali et laterali inflexo sanguineo. Scutellum crebre punctatum, nigrum, opacum, subtiliter nigro-pubescens. Elytra thorace sesqui longiora, confertissime subtilius punctata, subrugulosa, nigra, opaca, limbo laterali inflexo et margine summo apicali fer- rugineis, subtiliter nigro-pubescentia, apice cinereo-ciliata. Abdomen crebrius subtiliter punctatum, subnitidum, supra nigrum, segmentis 4 primis macula obsoleta, quinto apice, sexto toto subferrugineis, subtus totum ferrugineum, tenuiter sub- tiliterque supra nigro-, subtus ferrugineo-pubescens. Pectus nigrum. Pedes ferruginei, coxis intermediis leviter distantibus, tibiis omnibus subtiliter spinulosis. Long. 114mm. (£7.) Tasmania. 150. CaAFIUS SERIATUS. Cafius seriatus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 255 (1877). Praecedenti [/ittoralis] facie puncturaque corporis antici propin- quus, sed caeteris omnino alius: nigro piceus, minus nitidus, 506 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDA OF AUSTRALIA, antennis brevioribus, articulis minus elongatis, 4-11 ferrugineis ; capite paulo densius minusque fortiter punctato, angulis posticis minus rotundatis; thorace obscure rufo-maculato, latiore brevioreque, angulis anticis magis rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus circiter 14-punctatis, punctis anticis extus quatuor lateralibusque minus grossis, Magis uaumerosis; scutello elytrisque omnium subtilissime creberrime, abdomine adhue subtilius vix rugosule punctulatis, opacis, creberrime subtiliter fusco sericeis, segmentis 2-4 medio utrinque ferrugineo maculatis; pedibus rufo-piceis. Long. 8mm, (/vl.) Victoria ; Swan River, West Australia. 151. CaFIUS CATENATUS. Cafius catenatus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 256 (1877). C. seriato vicinus, sed totus niger, antennis gracilioribus et brevioribus, capite minus nitido, minus quadrato, paulo longiore quam latiore, sat angustiore, angulis posticis rectioribus, thorace angustiore, angulis anticis non rotundatis, subrectis, posticis recte indicatis, seriebus dorsalibus circiter 18-punctatis, lateribus totis confuse fortiter punctatis, subopacis, non impresso seriatis ; elytris abdomineque vix minus subtiliter punctulatis sericeisque. Long. 8mm. (fvl.) Sydney, New South Wales. 152. CAFIUS VELUTINUS. Cafius velutinus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 256 (1877). C. sericeo paulo major, praecedenti vicinus, sed triplo minor, angustior, magis depressus, capite quadrato, utrinque posticeque densius multoque subtilius punctato; thorace piceo, vel rufo obscure maculato, angulis anticis rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus lateribusque subtiliter densius punctatis, punctis lateralibus fere omnino saepius cum seriebus confusis, praecipue basi apiceque ; BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 507 elytris abdomineque piceis, omnino cinereo-sericeis, opacis, obsolete creberrimeque punctatis, potius alutaceis, pedibus rufis, tibiis piceis; g segmento 6° subtus apice obsolete emarginato, 7° late profundeque triangulariter inciso, incisura basi impresso- marginata. Long.6mm. (fvil.) Middle Harbour, Manly (under sea-weed in both localities), Sydney, New South Wales; Victoria; Swan River, West Australia. 153. CAFIUS DENSIVENTRIS. Cafius densiventris, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X, p. 258 (1877). C. nautico maxime vicinus, niger, elytris abdomineque vix nigro- piceis, opacis ; pedibus rufis; capite thoraceque fere densius sub- tiliusque, elytris densius minusque fortiter, abdomine praesertim quadruplo crebrius subtiliusque, segmento 7° tantum nitidulo parce, punctatis; abdomine multo densius subtiliusque fusco- pubescente, segmentis subtus utrinque vix piceo-marginatis. Long. 84-9 mm. (fvl.) Port Mackay, Queensland ; also found in Aru, 154. CaFIUS SERICEUS. Remus sericeus, Holme, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. p. 64 (1837) —Philonthus sericeus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 509 (1840)—Cajius sericeus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 542 (1878). Black, somewhat opaque ; the elytra and abdomen clothed with golden yellow pubescence. Head rather closely and deeply punctured. Antenne pitchy red. Prothorax closely and strongly. punctured on each side, with a raised median line. Elytra one half longer than prothorax closely and finely punctured. Abdomen rather closely punctured. Legs pale pitchy. Length, 37-4 mm, Adelaide, South Australia ; Swan River, West Australia; also in Europe, Madeira, &c. A variable species. 508 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA, 155. CAFIUS OCCIDENTALIS. Cafius occidentalis, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Australia, 1887, p. 13. Niger ; elytris abdomineque plus minusve nigro-piceis, his apice dilutioribus ; ore antennis pedibusque rufis vel piceo-rufis; antennis capiti prothoracique conjunctis longitudine subaequalibus sat gracilibus; capite antice medio longitudinaliter sulcato, utrinque crasse seriatim punctulato; prothorace sat elongato, disco subtilius biseriatim punctulato, spatio intermedio lato convexo, lateribus punctis sat crebris subseriatim instructis ; elytris creberrime subtilissime subrugulose punctulatis, prothorace sat longioribus, parce sericeo-pubescenti. Long. 43-53 mm. (Bik ) West Australia. Mr. Blackburn states that this species closely resembles Cafius sericeus in form and colour, but differs in being less opaque, in having the punctuation of the elytra less smooth, and in having the dorsal series of punctures on the prothorax widely separated and composed of fifteen punctures. 39. HESPERUS. Fauvel, Fn. Gall.-Rhén., III. p. 426. General characters of Philonthus. Ligula entire. Maxillary palpi very elongate, the last joint slender, aciculate. Metasternum triangularly produced in front. The posterior tarsi with the 1st and 5th joints equal, joints 2-4 oblong. 156. HrspeRUS HAEMORRHOIDALIS. Philonthus haemorrhoidalis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., Il. p. 140 (1871).— Hesperus mirabilis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 260 (1877). BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 509 6 H. rufipenni paulo major; nitidissimus, parce longe nigro pilosus, capite, thorace elytrisque laete cupreis, abdomine nigro, vix irideo ; ore, antennis articulis 3 primis, thoracis marginibus subtus, elytris humeris margineque laterali, abdominis segmento 6° apice 7° que toto, pedibusque cum coxis anticis rufis; antennis sat incrassatis, pilosis, caeterum nigris, articulis 3 vel 4 ultimis flavis; capite sat fortiter transverso, subquadratim orbiculari, angulis posticis rotundatis, fronte antice subimpressa, breviter longitudinaliter sulcata, punctis binis utrinque ad impressionem, alio extus majore in margine oculi, 3 vel 4 aliis prope oculi angulum posticum interiorem, caeterum post oculos subtilius parum dense punctato ; thorace convexo, subquadrato, tertia fere parte longiore quam latiore, capitis latitudine, circa basin vix angustato, basi fortiter rotundato, antice truncato, angulis anticis subrectis, seriebus dorsalibus duabus 10 vel 12 fortiter punctatis, punctis aliis saepius minoribus utrinque dispersis ; scutello creberrime subtilissimeque punctulato, virescente ; elytris fere transversim quadratis, thorace tertia parte latioribus, parum brevioribus, subconvexis, parce sat fortiter subsquamose, abdomine vix fortius, basi parce, apice crebrius, subtus dense punctatis ; segmento 6° subtus apice sinuato, 7° subtriangulariter sat late profundeque inciso ; tarsis anticis fortiter dilatatis. Long. 113mm. (/v/.) © latet. (/vi.) Barron River, Pine Mountains, Gayndah, Wide Bay, Brisbane, Moreton Bay, Queensland; Clarence River, Upper Hunter, Illawarra, New South Wales. I think there is no doubt that the above synonymy is correct. M. Fauvel’s very accurate description, which I have quoted in full, agrees in every detail with the type of Hesperus haemorrhoidalis in the collection of the Australian Museum. 157. HESPERUS PACIFICUS, sp. n. Black, shining, very sparingly clothed with long black pubes- cence ; head, prothorax, and elytra bronze-green; antenne with the last joint testaceous ; abdomen with the apex of the 6th and the whole of the 7th joint reddish testaceous; legs pitchy. 510 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA, Head rather strongly transverse, somewhat impressed in front, longitudinally suleate in the middle, with two rather strongly impressed punctures on each side of the middle, and two on the inner orbital margin of the eye; strongly and rather closely punctured behind the eyes, and near the posterior angles. An- tennz somewhat thickened towards the extremity, the first three joints scarcely paler than the rest, joints 4-10 pilose. Prothorax rather convex, narrowed towards the base, truncate in front, rounded behind, with a dorsal series of ten or eleven strongly im- pressed punctures on each side of the middle, between these dorsal series and the margins strongly and sparingly punctured, an irre- gular row of punctures at the anterior angles. Scutellum rather finely and densely punctured. Elytra inclining to brassy green, finely pubescent, slightly convex, a little shorter than the pro- thorax, narrowed in front, rather strongly and not very closely punctured, the punctures more dense and less strong at the base, very irregularly punctured at the sides ; all the angles rounded. Abdomen strongly and moderately closely asperate-punctate, rather thickly clothed with long black pubescence. Legs pitchy. Length 10 mm. i Lord Howe Island. This species may be distinguished from Hesperus haemorrhoidalis, to which it is nearly allied, by the colour of the antennz, which have only the terminal joints testaceous, and by the punctuation of the prothorax ; the elytra are without a trace of red at the sides, and the legs are much darker. It is probable that this form is a modification of H. haemorrhoi- dalis, the result of long isolation. Like the typical form. found on the mainlard it is provided with ample wings. 158. HESPERUS AUSTRALIS. Philonthus australis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. II. p. 139 (1871)—Hesperus australis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 260 (1877). a, BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 511 Black, shining, sparingly pubescent ; antennze with the last three joints testaceous ; elytra dark reddish testaceous ; abdomen with the apex of the 6th and the whole of the 7th joint reddish testaceous ; tibize and tarsi reddish testaceous. Head rather strongly transverse, somewhat impressed in front, with two rather strongly impressed punctures on each side of the middle, strongly and rather closely punctured behind the eyes and near the posterior angles. Antenne thickened towards the extremity ; joints 4-7 elongate, gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax rather convex, narrowed towards the base, truncate in front, rounded behind, with a dorsal series of ten or eleven very strongly impressed punctures on each side of the middle, the space between these dorsal series and the margins very strongly and sparingly punctured. Scutellum rather finely and densely punc- tured. Elytra slightly convex, finely pubescent, shorter than the prothorax, narrowed in front, moderately strongly and closely punctured; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Abdomen tinged with violaceous, moderately strongly and rather closely punctured. Legs with the femora pitchy ; the tibie and tarsi reddish testaceous. Length 10-115 mm. Gayndah, Queensland ; Parramatta, Sydney, New South Wales. The black head and prothorax, and red elytra at once dis- tinguish this species from its allies. 159. HESPERUS SEMIRUFUS. Hesperus semirufus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 543 (1878). H. australi latior, laete rufus, nitidus, longius parce nigro pilosus, femoribus piceis, tibiis fere totis albidis, antennis articulis 4-10 nigricantibus, abdomine praeter segmenti 6! apicem 7%" que testacea toto nigro-irideo ; antennis brevibus, validis, articulis 6-10 brevissimis, maxime transversis, 11° lato, oblique truncato ; capite transversim orbiculato, fronte media foveolata, intero culos trans- versim 4-punctata, post oculos parce fortiter, basi summa utrinque 512 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA. subtiliter punctato, caeterum laevi; thorace lato, brevi, convexo, capite latiore, quarta parte longiore quam latiore, disco utrinque parce fortius, lateribus vage subtilius, longe ante basin late laevem fossulato ; scutello elytrisque ut in mirabili, abdomine praesertim basi densius fortiusque punctatis. Long, 12 mm. (Fv/.) 6 latet. Cairns, Port Denison, Queensland. A very distinct species. 160. Hesperus PULLEINEI. Hesperus Pulleinet, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Australia, 1887, p: 4. Niger, nitidus, parce nigro-pubescens, clypeo, palpis, antennis et abdominis segmentis ultimis 2 laete testaceis (his aureo-pubescen- tibus), elytris violaceo-caeruleis; capite fortiter transversim quadrato, crasse punctato, disco laevi; prothorace transverso, antice truncato, crasse punctato, disco longitudinaliter laevi ; elytris prothorace vix longioribus, subtilius squamose nec crebre punctatis ; abdomine subtilius nec crebre punctato. Long. 12mm. (Blk.) Burnside, Adelaide, South Australia ; 7m stercore bovis. MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, No. IV. “THE HELAIDES.” By Witiiam Mactray, F.LS., &e. In this Paper I undertake the revision of a group of the large Family of Tenebrionidee, remarkable for its eccentricity of form. Under the name of ‘“ Helzides,” Lacordaire in his “ Genera Coléopt. Vol. V.” includes some genera of Heteromerous beetles, all more or less resembling in general characters the typical genus Helcus, and all exclusively of Australian parentage. Until the year 1842, but little was known of these insects, a very few species only having been described by Olivier, Kirby, and Boisduval, but in that year a monograph of the group was published by the Marquis de Bréme, entitled ‘‘ Essai Monogr. et Iconogr. de ]a Tribu des Cossyphides.” In this monograph the number of species noticed or described, amounted to 37, spread over four genera. In the year 1846 (1) the Rev. F. W. Hope published descriptions of eight additional species. Since then the chief additions to the group have been made by Mr. Pascoe, and the number of his contributions may be inferred from the fact that the number of species recorded in Masters’ Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera, published last year in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, had risen to 97. The characters of the Heleides, in addition to those common to all the Tenebrionide, are given below. (1) Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p. 52. 514 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. Sub-family HELASIDES. Labial palpi strongly separated at the base. Inner lobe of the maxille armed or not with a corneous hook. The last article of the maxillary palpi strongly securiform. Mandibles bifid at the apex. Head short, deeply sunk in the thorax—the clypeus square, rarely narrowed in front, and separated from the forehead by an arched groove or suture. Antenne slender, the third joint very elongate, the rest obconic, the last three, four or five joints moniliform, perfoliate, forming an indistinct mass. Prothorax emarginate in front, and foliaceous on the sides; elytra for the most part similarly margined. Scutellum large, curvilinearly triangular. Anterior haunches cylindrical and transversal, anterior tibize almost always terminated by a single spur, the intermediate and posterior by two short and in general strong spurs ; the tarsi ciliated or pubescent beneath. Intercoxal projection variable. Metasternum of varying length, the episterna narrow, parallel, the epimera distinct.—The mesothoracic epimera large, closing on a large extension of the intermediate cotyloid cavities. Lacordaire, from whom the foregoing description is translated, divides the Helzides into those with foliaceous margins to the thorax and elytra (Heléides vrais), and those without these dilated margins (WVyctozvilides). The first of these sub-divisions only forms the subject of my present paper. His other sub-division (the Nyctozéilides) consists of several genera, mostly Australian, but departing so largely from the true Helzeus form and habit, that I cannot regard them as properly entering into the same group. The Helzeides proper then or true Helzides, are insects of large size, of flat, rotund form, with broad foliate margins to the elytra and thorax; the genera into which they are divided however, showing considerable departures from all these characters, which reach their extreme development in the typical genus Hel@us. They naturally form two easily recognizable sections. Ist., Those with wings, and consequently with an elongate metasternum, containing the genera Hncara and Pteroheleus. 2nd., Those without wings, and with ashort metasternum, the genera Heleus, Sympetes, BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., Wc. 5id and Saragus. The distinctive characters of these genera and their peculiarities of habit will be found under the descriptions attached to each, as far as they are known, but that unfortunately is very little. The larveeseem to be quite unknown, thovgh no doubtthey are chiefly, if not altogether, feeders on decaying wood, but the perfect insects are found some on the ground under logs and stones, others under the bark of living trees, and, as a rule, it may be said, that those found on or near the ground are of the apterous genera, while the winged genera are inhabitants of trees. I give descriptions of all the species which have not been pre- viously printed in the Proceedings of this Society. Genus Encara, Gemminger. Col. Heft. VI. 1870. Syn. Hncephalus, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. 1, p. 23. Head entirely sunk in the emargination of the thorax, small, square. Eyes very large, almost contiguous above, widely separated beneath. Antennz shorter than the thorax, the three last joints depressed, forming a small indistinct mass. Thorax strongly transversal, parabolically arched on the sides, rather narrowly and profoundly emarginate in front, imperfectly contiguous to the elytra and cut almost squarely at the base, with a broad but slightly projecting median lobe ; the foliaceous margin very broad and flat. The elytra broadly and regularly ovate, rounded behind and convex on the disk with the foliate margin broad and flat. Legs long and slender ; tibize sniooth, their spurs almost invisible, Metasternum elongate. Mesosternum horizontal, forked. Pros- ternal projection compressed, obtusely carinated, penetrating into the emargination of the mesosternum. Body orbicularly-ovate, winged. The insects falling into this genus were placed by De Bréme in the genus HLncephalus, under the impression (evidently a mistake), that Kirby had applied that name to the species now named Encara Westwoodii, Boisd. Gemminger substituted the present name as Hncephalus is the name given by Westwood to a genus of the Staphylinidee. 516 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 1. Encara Westwoopt, Boisd. Syn. Cilibe Westwoodii, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. [1. 1835, p. 262; Encephalus gibbosus, De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. 1, 1842, p. 23, pi. V. fig. 5. Reddish brown, smooth, nitid, broadly ovate. Head broad, sub-quadrate, slightly punctate, the angles of the epicranium and the lateral borders of the clypeus a little elevated, forehead depressed between the eyes, which are very close together. Thorax transverse, convex, a little sinuated behind, smooth and somewhat irregularly gibbous on the disk, which is nearly black, margins broad and flat, with the anterior angles a little rounded and not reaching the front of the head, the posterior angles salient and acute. Elytra of oval form and a little elongate at the apex, strongly and bluntly raised, forming a boss towards the apex, and two other small oblique bosses towards the shoulders ; the margins broad and of a redder brown, feebly folded above on the border. On each elytron are two raised, nitid, longitudinal ribs, disappearing and approaching posteriorly ; and interrupted by slight gibbosities; the interstices have numerous series of impressed punctures rather thickly placed ; the suture is elevated into a carina. The body beneath and legs nitid brown. Long. 11 lines, lat. 8} lines. I cannot give the exact habitat of this species. Boisduval the original describer of it, merely says ‘“ New Holland,” and De Bréme adds to that only ‘“ Collection of M. Hope.” I have never seen the insect. I am pretty confident that it is not an inhabitant of New South Wales or Queensland. 2. ENCARA SUBMACULATUM, De Bréme. Encephalus submaculatus, De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. 1, p. 25. pl. VII, fig. 4. Of a nitid testaceous brown. Head as in £. Westwood, the labrum less advanced. Thorax transverse, slightly convex, nitid, BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 517 finely punctate, rounded on the sides, scarcely sinuate at the base ; the margins broad, flat, and of a lighter reddish yellow, the anterior angles as in #. Westwoodi, the posterior less prominent. Elytra rounded laterally, rather pointed at the apex, an oblique boss on each side near the shoulders; each elytron has a small elevation or gibbosity about the middle of the length on the groove separating the disk and margin, and four black spots, two near the base, another large one about the middle near the suture, and a fourth behind and near the margin, the suture elevated. The disk of the elytra is strongly punctate, the margins are broad, flat, narrowing to the apex, impunctate, a little folded above on the border and of the same colour as the margin of the thorax. The undersurface of the body, the legs and the autennz of a nitid brown. Long. 6} lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—New South Wales. In the Atlas to Lacordaire’s Gen. Col. t. 55, fig. 3, a figure of what is called Lncephalus submaculatus is given; it appears to me, however, to be undoubtedly intended to represent Hncara Lacordairet, a species described furtheron. The mistake is readily accounted for. Hncara submaculatum has long passed in most collections in Australia and elsewhere as Encara Westwoodi, and the name Westwood being thus appropriated, the only other species known in N. 8. Wales was generally accepted as Z£. submaculatum. This insect is by no means common, though it has a wide range, being found over most parts of New South Wales ; itis generally found on trees, or posts on warm sunny days. When first taken it is, as in the rest of the genus, covered with a whitish secretion, filamentous or powdery, but apparently never to the degree seen in a species from Queensland, L. floccosum, Pascoe, mentioned hereafter. 3. Encara Bremet, Hope. Heleus Bremei, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1846, Vol. V, p- 54. pl. VI. fig. 5. 518 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. Orbicular, testaceous brown, the antenne yellow. Thorax convex in the middle and dyed with a blacker colour. Elytra testaceous, subluteous, smooth, under a lens very densely punctu- late. Body beneath of the same colour, legs pitchy red. Long. 64 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—Swan River, W. Australia. This is all the description given by the Rev. F. W. Hope of this insect, and I have never seen it myself, but I have little doubt that it has been rightly placed in this genus, even though its author seems to regard it as having affinity to the genus Cilibe. 4, ENcARA FLOCCOsUM, Pascoe. Saragus floccosus, Pascoe, Ann. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. Vol. V. p. 100. ‘ Broadly ovate, moderately convex, fulvous-testaceous, minutely punctulate ; head small, eyes nearly contiguous ; antenne ferru- ginous ; prothorax short, very transverse, brownish-testaceous, the apex narrowly aud deeply emarginate ; elytra not carinate, the suture raised, the expanded margins rather narrow ; body beneath and legs dark brown, shining; margins of the elytra beneath broad, glossy-testaceous, minutely punctulate” (Pascoe), Long. 6 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—Wide Bay, Queensland. This insect is winged and cannot therefore be a Saragus, and it has all the characteristics of the genus Hncara, not the least noticeable being the flocculent growth or secretion which entirely covers it, a peculiarity which exists in a lesser degree throughout all the species of the genus Zncara. Mr. Pascoe states, on the authority of Mr. Currey, that the flocculent clothing of this insect is a fungus belonging to the genus Jsaria of Persoon;and Mr. Masters observed that the trunks of the trees on which he always found them were covered with a vegetable growth of a similar appearance. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 519 5. Encara LacorDAIREl, n. sp. Testaceous-brown, nitid, broadly ovate, the margins of the thorax and elytra of a paler hue. Head like that of Z. sub- maculatum but notsunk so deeply in the thorax ; thorax dark brown on the disk, slightly uneven on the surface, and not or scarcely sinuate on the base. The scutellum and base of thorax carinate. Elytra flat, coarsely and densely punctate, rounded behind, the surface rather uneven, suture slightly elevated, three costee more or less of a dark brown colour on each elytron, the one next the suture most distinct and very crooked, the next scarcely traceable except towards the apex ; the third very indistinct, and joined to the margins behind the middle by a wavy brown fascia ; the humeral callus is also brown. The undersurface and legs are of a nitid brown, minutely punctate and pubescent. Long. 54 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hlab.—Coast districts New South Wales. This is a much rarer species than £. submaculatum. Mr. Masters has never observed it except in the Illawarra district, where it is found like the last species on the sunny side of trees. Genus PrEROHELHUS, De Bréme. Head immersed in the thorax up to the insertion of the antenne, slightly narrowed and broadly truncate or sinuate in front. Eyes more or less prolonged in front but not contiguous. Antenne as long or a little longer than the thorax, their four or five last joints nearly orbicular and forming an inconspicuous mass. Thorax very strongly transversal, parabolically rounded on the sides, broadly and strongly emarginate in front, contiguous to the elytra, and slightly bisinuate at the base, its foliaceous part moderately broad and flat. Elytra large, moderately convex, sometimes oblong, sometimes broadly oval, and in the first of these cases the foliaceous margin is narrow and raised ; in the second it is large, as in the thorax. Legs long; tibiee smooth, aciculate ; one spur on the anterior and two very small ones on the four 520 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. posterior tibiz. Metasternum long. Mesosternum horizontal and narrowed behind, declivous and semicircularly concave in front. The prosternal prominence flat, two-grooved, lanciform and declivous behind. Body oval or oblong, winged. This genus is numerous in species, and seems to be pretty evenly distributed throughout Australia. They are flat insects, of pitchy or black colour, and are, I believe, invariably found under the loose bark of living Gum trees. The species are not easily identified, and the difficulty is much increased by the doubt which exists as to the identity of some of the old typical insects described by Boisduval and De Bréme. I find that in the Australian collections to which I have had access, the wrong names have been in many cases affixed to the wrong insects. The reason, no doubt, is that there are few entomologists here who have seen the Marquis De Bréme’s Monograph, and fewer still who can get access to Bois- duval’s “Faune de l’Océanie.” I cannot say, however, that I regard the inaccessibility of Boisduval’s work as a misfortune, for a worse describer of Coleoptera Inever met with. Under the genus Cilibe he gives descriptions of nine species of this group, none of which are recognizable from his descriptions. I propose to divide the insects of this genus into two sections, founded on marked differences in form. Ist., Those of broadly ovate form, and broad expanded margins in both thorax and elytra. 2nd., Those of more elongate form, and with the margins of the elytra less broad, or narrow. The second of these sections is much the most numerous in species, and I propose to simplify the identification of them by further sub-divisions founded on the sculpture of the elytra— 1. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices costate. 2. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices granulose. 3. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices plain or slightly convex. 4, Elytra irregularly punctate. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 52) Section I. Species of broadly ovate form, and largely expanded margins to both thorax and elytra. 6, PTEROHELAEUS WALKERI, Bréme. Mon. des Cossyph. Part 1. p. 27, pl. II. fig. 4 ; Lac. Gen. Atl. t. 54, f. 3. Nitid black, oval, slightly convex. Head faintly rugose, sub- transversal, the lateral angles of the epicranium raised and exserted, the clypeus slightly convex, and rounded on the sides, front depressed, antenne about the length of the prothorax, that rounded, strongly transversal, smooth, somewhat sinuated poste- riorly, with the margin broad and flat, its anterior angles rounded and reaching to half the length of the head. Elytra oval, slightly dilated posteriorly, very nitid, the humeral region raised into a knot, margins smooth, flat, as large as those of the thorax, but narrowing behind. The disk of the elytra has nine raised longi- tudinal ribs or lines, and in the interstices between these, two rows of small impressed punctures, both the punctures and ribs becoming almost obliterated towards the apex. Thighs dilated, the legs and under surface of the body of a nitid blackish-brown. Abdomen flattened, faintly longitudinally striated. Long. 25, lat. 16 millim. The above is a translation of De Bréme’s description of the species. There are other species so resembling it in form and sculpture, as to make a more detailed description very necessary, but I think it better to point out the distinctive features in the different species as [ arrive at them. I may mention one pecu- liarity of all De Bréme’s descriptions, he invariably applies the term “disque” to the margins of the thorax and elytra; this I have of course always corrected in my translations. Found under the loose bark of gum trees in all parts of New South Wales. 522 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 7. PTEROHELEUS CORNUTUS, n. sp. In form, size and sculpture like P. Walkeri, but differs in having the lateral angles of the epicranium more elevated and distinctly terminating in a tooth. Thesculpture of the elytra also differs in having the double row of punctures in the interstices placed close on each side of the cost, giving them a crenulated appearance, and with scarcely a trace of the intermediate costz, which are just traceable in P. Walkert. The thighs of this species are evidently more dilated than in P. Walkeri. Long. 10 lines, lat. 8 lines. Hab.—Wide Bay, Rockhampton. 8. PreROHELZUS BReEMEI, Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, Vol. II., p. 281. Broadly ovate, black, sub-opaque. Head large, sub-quadrate, truncate in front and rounded at the angles, with a broad shallow canaliculation between the eyes. Thorax transverse and largely emarginate in front, with large flat margins, a little raised and thickened on the border towards the anterior angles, and with the posterior angles sub-acutely pointed backwards. Scutellum trans- versely and curvilinearly triangular and transversely impressed in the middle. Elytra not longer than the breadth, as broad as the thorax at the base, and rounded at the apex, with a broad smooth margin—broadest at the humeral angle, and becoming narrower to the apex—raised on the border, the disk with eight strong cost, the second from the suture the largest, and the later alones resembling continuous rows of nodules, the intervals rather obliterately punctate in double rows. Abdomen sub-nitid, -and marked with longitudinal striole. Antenne, palpi, and tarsi piceous. Long. 10 lines, lat. 64 lines. Hab.—Gayndah, Queensland. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 523. 9, PTEROHELEUS RIVERINS, N. sp. A species remarkably like P. Walker, but smaller, the clypeal suture more distinctly marked, the lateral angles of the head round and nearly flat, the eyes more apart, the thorax slightly less transverse, and the elytra more convex, more nitid and more strongly costate. Long. 10 lines, lat. 63 lines. Hab.— Murrumbidgee. In form and stature like P. Walkeri. 10. PrEROHELHUS SPINICOLLIS, n. sp, Broadly ovate, black, moderately nitid. Head sub-opaque, very minutely punctate, the surface flat, the angles scarcely reflexed. Thorax also sub-opaque, very minutely punctate, transverse, very largely emarginate in front, the anterior angles advanced and spini- form, the margins very broad and smooth. Scutellum transverse, curvilinearly triangular, somewhat depressed at the base. Elytra each with 17 rows of strong punctures, the interstices for the most part slightly elevated, the fourth and eighth distinctly so, the margins broad, flat and smooth, and the sutural apex termi- nating in a dehiscent spine. Long. 10 lines, lat. 8 lines. Hab.—Endeavour River. 11. PrEROHELZUS ACUTICOLLIS, 0. sp. This species differs from P. spinicollis in being of less size, in having the anterior angles of the thorax acutely advanced but not spinigerous, and in the elytra not mucronate. The form and sculpture is in every respect the same. Long. 8 lines, lat. 6 lines. Hab.—Endeavour River. 524 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 12. PreroHELzZus piceus, Kirby, Heleus piceus, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. XII. 1818, p. 468. Pteroheleus piceus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. 1842, p. 28, pl. I. fig. 5. Like P. Walkert but smaller. Colour piceous-brown, nitid. Broadly oval ; head scarcely visibly punctate, labrum prominent, ‘sides of the epicranium a little raised ; thorax strongly transversal, slightly convex, rounded on each side and smooth, almost straight at the base ; the margin broad, slightly curved up at the border ; the anterior angles reaching half the length of the head. LElytra slightly convex, oval, aboss or callus on the humeral region, margins smooth, as large as those of the thorax, equally concave and reddish coloured, and narrower towards the apex. On the disk of each elytron are numerous slightly elevated costze (17) more distinct near the suture, with a distinct line of punctures in each interval, the last line next the margin of much larger punctures. Last joint of the antenn red. Legs and under surface of body are asin P. Walkeri, the hinder border of the abdominal segments red. Long. 84 lines, lat. 53 lines. Hab.—N. 8. Wales, 8. Australia, &e. This species seems to have a wide range. I have specimens of it, or closely resembling it, from all parts of New South Wales, from South Australia and from Queensland. These insects are generally found under bark. 13. PreROoHELZUS Pascoet, Macl. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. II. 1872, p. 282. Broadly ovate, black, opaque. Head scarcely enlarged before tthe eyes, broadly rounded in front, finely canaliculate between the eyes, and with a semicircular line or suture extending across, and BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 525 to the front of, the head before the eyes. Thorax with a broad flat margin, and a lightly marked median line. Scutellum curvi- linearly triangular. Elytra broadly margined—the margin of a reddish hue, slightly enlarged towards the middle, narrow at the apex, and marked off from the disk by a row of strong punctures— and densely punctate in numerous rows, the punctures small and sub-obliterate, the interstices also sub-obliterate, but a few showing a more costiform appearance than the others. Body beneath sub- nitid, sub-striolate. Antenne, palpi, and tarsi of a reddish brown. Long. 9 lines, lat. 6 lines. Hab.—Gayndah, Peak Downs. This species is quite of the P. piceus type. 14. PrEROHELAUS ARCANUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V, 1870, p. 98. “ Broadly ovate, brownish pitchy, slightly nitid; head im- punctate ; the clypeus, marked off by a fine line, broad and rounded anteriorly ; prothorax very short, deeply and narrowly emarginate at the apex, the middle of the disk with two conspicuous fovee ; scutellum transversely triangular ; elytra moderately convex, with broad foliaceous margins raised and thickened at their edges, each elytron with a glossy elevated ridge or line near the suture, termin- ating posteriorly in a number of small granules, a series of about six more or less elevated longitudinal lines, dotted with granules, on the rest of the elytron, one of these between the suture, which is also marked by a similar line, and the ridge, the remainder, of which the second and fourth are the most prominent, externally, the intervals of the lines minutely punctured in two rows ; body beneath and legs glossy chestnut-brown” (Pascoe). Length, 9 lines. Hab.—Port Denison, Cleveland Bay ; (‘‘ under bark”). I have specimens from Cleveland Bay not exceeding 7 lines in length. 526 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO IV. 15. PrEROHELHUS PRUINOSUS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. II. p. 461 “ Allied to P. piceus, Kirby, but broader, and the sides more parallel, covered with a fine uniform whitish exudation, and, under the lens, a scattered greyish squamosity; elytra striate- punctate, with only three very slightly raised lines on each ; body beneath reddish-chestnut ; antenne and legs ferruginous” (Pascoe), Length, 9 lines. Hab.—-North Australia. I have never seen this species. 16. PTEROHELEUS COSTATUS, n.sp. Of the P. Walkeri form and sculpture, black, sub-nitid. Unlike P. Walkeri, the angles of the epicranium are quite flat, the labrum is more porrect, the base of the thorax is more bisinuate and the posterior angles more produced behind. The elytra are very broad and broadly margined, the costae, seven in number, are distinct, regular and smooth, but not prominent; the intervals faintly impressed with two rows of small punctures, a single strong row of punctures on the outer side of the 7th costa. In all else the same as P. Walkeri. Length, 10 lines, lat. 7 lines. Hab.—Port Darwin. Seemingly abundant. 17. PTEROHELEUS SINUATICOLLIS, n. Sp. Broadly ovate, black, nitid. Head minutely punctate, rounded a little in front, the sides rounded and slightly turned up, eyes BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 527 nearly contiguous. Thorax very transversal, the disk convex, the margins broad, and a little recurved, the sides narrowing much to the apex, and slightly bisinuate, the anterior angles round but prominent, the base slightly bisinuate. Scutellum transversal, rounded behind. Elytra moderately convex with broad flat lateral margins, the disk with 17 rows of distinct punctures on each elytron, the interstices scarcely raised and nearly equal, the fourth and eighth very slightly more raised near the base, also a raised callus near the shoulder and an inequality about the middle close tothe margin. The undersurface and legs are piceous brown and nitid, the prosternum is rather sharply carinated along the entire length, the spurs on the extremity of the anterior tibiz are short, stout and pointed. Length, 9 lines, lat. 6 lines. Hab.—Cape York. 18. PreroHELZuS DaRWINIENSIS, n. sp. Broadly ovate, convex, black, sub-nitid. Head very minutely punctate, flat at the lateral angles, broadly rounded in front, eyes rather distant. Thorax transverse, smooth, narrowly and deeply emarginate in front, receiving the head up to the eyes, the lateral margins moderately broad and thickened on the edges, moderately bisinuate on the base. Elytra rather broader than the thorax, narrowly margined, each elytron faintly costate, the 2nd, 4th and 6th most conspicuous, the intervals with a double row of punctures, Undersurface and legs nitid, the prosternum flat and roundly produced behind, the spur on the anterior tibie rather long and acute, and slightly curved. Long. 8 lines, lat. 54 lines. Hab.—Port Darwin. This species, though in form and sculpture resembling the insects of this section, shows also in the narrow margins of the elytra a decided affinity to those I place in the 2nd section. 34 aot 528 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 19. PTrERUHELEZUS INSULARIS, De Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. 1, p. 30, pl. IIL, fig, 6. Dull brownish-black, oval; head prominent, rounded, sub-convex, smooth. Thorax smooth, slightly convex, transverse, rounded on the sides, sinuate behind, the margin narrow, flat, the anterior angles not reaching the middle of the head, the posterior prominent and curved a little behind. Elytra oval, sinuate at the base, feebly narrowed towards the apex, slightly convex, with a number of slightly visible raised coste, and between them two rows of punctures slightly impressed, the margins smooth, flat and as large as those of the thorax; suture smooth. Antenne short, the last five joints large and flattened. Legs brown, nitid. Thighs dilated ; undersurface and body of an opaque brown. Long. 74 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—Rafile’s Bay, N. Australia. I have never seen this insect. Like the last described species, which it seems somewhat to resemble, it shows afhnity to the 2nd section of the genus. 20. PTEROHELZUS LATICOLLIS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser, 4, Vol. IIL, p. 285. “‘ Dark glossy-brown, the expanded margins of the elytra and prothorax considerably paler; head rather narrow behind the antennary ridges, concave between them ; the eyes rather large and approximate ; clypeus very convex, except at its anterior angles, its suture indistinct ; prothorax short, broader than the elytra at its base, minutely punctured, the margins broad and only very slightly reflected, the basal fovez strongly impressed ; scutellum curvilinearly triangular ; elytra gradually and rather rapidly narrowing from the base, seriate-punctate, the alternate intervals of the rows forming slightly elevated lines, the suture BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.8., &C. 529 strongly elevated from below the scutellar striola, the punctures rather small, the expanded margins, owing to a contraction of the sides of the disk, broadest at the middle, behind very distinctly reflected ; body beneath and femora very glossy chestnut-brown ; antenne, tibix, tarsi, and epipleurz of the elytra reddish ferru- ginous” (Pascoe). Length, 10 lines. Hab.—Melbourne. It is with some doubt that I place this and the two following species in thissection. Ihave never seen any of them. They are described by Pascoe, as being intermediate between P. Walkeri and P. stlphoides in form, but no indication is given of their relative length or breadth. I think they must approach very nearly to some of the insects grouped in the next section. 21. PrEROHELEZUS HEPATICUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 285. ‘“* Dark brown (or sometimes light reddish brown), paler at the margins, less glossy than the last ; head rather narrow behind the antennary ridges; the clypeus very convex, its suture above indistinct, but forming a well marked groove on each side ; the eyes widely apart ; prothorax not broader than the elytra at their base, much longer and narrower than in the last, the basal fovexe represented by a large shallow depression on each side ; scutellum transversely triangular, the sides curvilinear; elytra gradually narrowing from the base, the sides of the disk not contracted, seriate-punctate, the intervals of the rows not raised, the punctures rather small, the expanded margins of nearly equal breadth, or only very gradually narrowing behind, the suture raised as in the last ; body beneath and legs glossy chestnut-brown ; antenne glossy ferruginous” (Pascoe). Length, 84 lines. Hab.—Melbourne. 530 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 22, PrEROHELHUS DISPAR, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 286. “Shortly elliptic in the male, oblong-obovate in the female, shining pitchy brown, the margins much paler; head rather narrow in front ; clypeus convex, its suture rather indistinct ; the eyes not remote ; prothorax shorter proportionally in the male, the basal fovez shallow, between them opposite to the scutellum an indistinct groove ; scutellum triangular; elytra nearly parallel at the sides, and not broader than the prothorax in the female, broader in the middle in the male, finely seriate-punctate, the intervals without raised lines, the suture not elevated, the expanded. margins of nearly equal breadth at the sides, and a little reflected at the edge; body beneath and femora dark chestnut-brown, shining ; antennz, tibiz, and tarsi paler” (Pascoe). Length (¢), 7 lines, (Q) 9 lines. Hab.—Swan River. Section II. Form elongate or oblong-oval, the elytra more or less narrowly margined. This section includes a large number of species differing considerably in sculpture. The identification of them will be simplified by classing them in sub-sections founded upon the sculpture of the elytra. Sus-secTion I. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices more or less costate. 23. PrrRoHELmUS ELONGATUS, Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, IT. 1872, p. 282, Oblong, oval, black, sub-opaque. Head transverse, punctate, widened in front of the eyes, rounded at the anterior angles, and BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 531 almost truncate in front, with a narrow recurved margin. Thorax with a broad lateral margin a little reflexed at the anterior angles, and only slightly bisinuate at the base. Scutellum triangular, punctate. Elytra nitid on the disk, nearly twice as long as the width, narrowly and equally margined, and marked on each elytron with eight costiform crenulated elevations alternating with smaller ones some of which are scarcely traceable, with the intervals coarsely and profoundly punctate. Under surface nitid, rugosely striolate. Antenne, palpi, and tarsi piceous, the spur of anterior tibia short and obtuse. Long. 10 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—Gayndah, Queensland. 24, PreroHEL#uS ReicueE!, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 35, pl. II. fig. 2. Oblong, smooth, of a dull reddish-brown colour. Head prominent, finely punctate. Clypeus convex, the lateral angles prominent but rounded, the front convex. Thorax transverse, scarcely sinuate behind, convex, smooth, rounded on each side but very little sinuated at the anterior angles of the margins, those large, concave, with a very small and nitid border ; the anterior angles about a third of the length of the head. LElytra convex Jaterally, depressed above, sub-parallel, rounded towards the apex, and a little pointed terminally ; humeral regions scarcely prominent ; on each elytron are numerous rather indistinctly raised cost, becoming obliterated laterally and towards the apex ; the intervals furnished with rows of profound punctures. The five last joints of the antenne are round but a little flattened, velvety and of a testaceous- brown ; undersurface of the body of a deep dull brown, the legs of a nitid brown. Long. 10 lines, lat. 5 lines, Hab.—New Holland. I have never seen this species. 532 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 25. PrEROHELEUS HIRTUS, n. sp. Oblong, black, sub-nitid, the upper surface rather thickly clothed with erect soft hairs. Head rugosely punctate, clypeus broadly rounded, smooth and slightly reflexed, eyes about their diameter apart. Thorax transverse, thinly punctate, the anterior angles produced and angularly rounded, the margins broad, thinly punctate, narrowly raised on the edge, and of a piceous colour, the posterior angles acute and slightly pointed backwards, the base bisinuate, with a transverse canal on the central lobe, and a deep fovea at the middle of the emarginate part on each side of it ; the disk is moderately convex with the median line rather faintly marked, and a shallow groove marking the line of separation between the disk and the margin on each side. Scutellum slightly transverse, triangular, rounded behind. Elytra of the width of, and three times the length of the thorax, parallel-sided for two- thirds of the length, and then narrowing to the apex, the disk very closely seriate-punctate, the punctures large, deep and crowded in 17 rows, every second interstice costate and smooth, the lateral margins narrow, uniform in width throughout, and smooth with reflected edge. Undersurface of body nitid, striolate-punctate and thinly clothed with decumbent hair of a yellowish colour ; the prosternum terminates in a large flat process, rounded at the apex and fitting into the mesosternum, which is longer than usual in the genus. The legs are stout and setose, the tarsi very short, the three first joints very broad, bilobed and largely padded with masses of red hair. Long. 10 lines, lat. 54 lines. Hab.—New South Wales. The form of the tarsi is the most remarkable thing in this, in many respects, curious insect. It might very properly be con- stituted into a genus. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., dc. 533 26. PrEROHELZUS ALTERNATUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 284. “ Rather narrowly oval, black, shining, somewhat depressed ; head finely punctured; clypeus scarcely emarginate in front, its suture nearly obsolete ; prothorax minutely punctured, a broad shallow fovea on each side at the base, no groove, the expanded margins not recurved ; scutellum curvilinearly triangular; elytra flattish at the middle and base, finely seriate-punctate, the alter- nate intervals of the rows raised, the fourth, eighth, twelfth, and sixteenth much more so than the others, the expanded margins broad at the base, gradually narrower to the apex ; body beneath and legs black, slightly glossy, tibie covered with short spinous hairs ; antennez short, not reaching to the end of the prothorax, black” (Pascoe). Length, 8 lines Hab.—Interior of Australia. Unknown to me, apparently resembling the following species. 27. PTEROHELEZUS DEPRESSIUSCULUS, N. sp. Oblong-oval, black, sub-nitid, sub-depressed. Head finely punc- tate, dull, clypeus slightly emarginate, clypeal suture distinct at the sides, depressed in the middle, a longitudinal impression on the forehead, eyes distant. Thorax rather dull, minutely punctate, the anterior angles reaching to the eyes, the margins broad and slightly concave, the base slightly bisinuate and profoundly bifoveate, the disk a little convex with the median line visible throughout. Scutellum triangular, the sides slightly rounded. Elytra very slightly broader than the thorax, and rather more than twice the length, nitid, parallel-sided and rounded towards the apex, seriate-punctate ; the punctures disposed in close not very regular rows, and small, except near the sides when they become larger ; the interstices four, eight, twelve, and sixteen, marked 534 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. with broad, smooth, slightly elevated coste; the margins are narrow and reflected, a little broader and square at the shoulder, the sculpture becomes obsolete at the apex. The under surface is much striolated, the legs are rather slender, the tarsi long, the prosternum presents a prominent rounded keel along its whole length. Long. 10 lines, lat. 5} lines. Hab.—South Australia. 28. PTEROHELEUS SQUALIDUS, Nn. sp. Of a very dull opaque-black, and densely covered with minute asperities all over. Form oblong, flat. Head flat, without clypeal suture, clypeus broadly emarginate, eyes well apart. Thorax transverse, semi-circularly emarginate in front, slightly bisinuate behind and with the lateral margins broad and a little reflected. Scutellum transverse and rounded behind. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, three times the length, marked with eight distinct cost consisting of prominent almost contiguous granules, the intervals occupied by two very minute rows of very minute punctures mixed with very minute granules, margins narrow. Body beneath sub-nitid and finely punctured. Legs sub-nitid, the five last joints of the antennz rather dilated. Long. 7 lines, lat. 3} lines. Hab.— Queensland (Mr. Masters’ Collection). This species has much the general appearance of an Asida; it perhaps should be placed in the following sub-section. 29, PrEROHELHUS CRENULATUS, N. Sp. Oblong, brown, sub-opaque. Head densely punctate, a little emarginate in front, without clypeal suture, and a little recurved at the lateral angles, eyes very transverse. Thorax transverse, deeply emarginate in front, bisinuate behind, densely and minutely BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 535 rugosely punctate, the margins broad and flat. Elytra a little broader than the thorax and more than twice the length, with a number of close rows of deep square closely piaced punctures, the interstices alternately larger and forming nodular coste, the whole having acrenulate and chlathrate appearance. Body beneath nitid. Long. 5 lines, lat. 24 lines. Hab.—Port Darwin. Sus-section II. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices granular. 30. PrEROHELZUS GUERINII, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 36, pl. II. fig. 3. Oblong, dull, blackish brown ; head very prominent ; clypeus a little emarginate, front convex. Thorax very transverse, sinuate behind and rounded on the sides, convex and moderately punctate ; the margins broad, a little turned up, of a less dull brown, the anterior angles reaching beyond the middle of the head. Elytra parallel-sided for two-thirds of the length, rounded posteriorly, the disk convex and punctate in serrated rows, towards the apex the interstices are furnished with some very small granules ; the suture is smooth, the margins very narrow, with a small border. Long. 83 lines, lat. 6} lines. Hab. —Australia. I have not, to my knowledge, seen this species. In Australian collections the name has been affixed to another and very different insect. 31. PTEROHELEZUS GRANULATUS, Germar. Oilibe granulata, Germ. Linn. Ent. Stettin. Band III., p. 197. Near P. peltatus, Erichs., but longer. Head punctulate, black, the antenne and palpi piceous. Thorax very minutely and 536 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. dispersedly punctate, black, the lateral margins dilated, scarcely reflected, smooth, piceous and more or less diaphanous. Elytra finely but densely striate-punctate, the alternate interstices finely and remotely seriate-granulate, the granules more or less elevated, in the large specimens for the most part less distinct, black, the lateral margins somewhat piceous and diaphanous. Body beneath blackish-piceous, legs lighter. Long. 64-7 lines, lat. 3$ and 37 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 32. PTEROHELUS TRISTIS, Germar. Cilibe tristis, Germ. Linn. Ent. Stettin. Band 3, p. 197. Entirely black, subnitid, the tarsi somewhat piceous. Head densely punctate, thorax densely and very finely punctate, the punctures rather large and scattered, the sides broadly flattened, sub-elevated and finely transversely striolate. Elytra profoundly and densely seriate-punctate, the marginal stria almost foveate, the interstices towards the apex and sides remotely and finely granulate, the fifth interstices somewhat elevated. Long. 84 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 33. PTEROHELEUS BULLATUS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 462. “Narrowly oblong, reddish brown or dark brown, slightly shining; head finely punctured; prothorax with very minute punctures, the emargination at the apex very shallow ; elytra rather finely lineate-punctate, the alternate lines slightly elevated (about nine on each elytron) and garnished with small glossy pustular or bubble-like granules placed at irregular intervals on those lines; body beneath dark chestnut-brown, or paler; legs also varying from reddish to brown, and shining ” (Pascoe). Long. 8 lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—New South Wales, South Australia, Queensland. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 537 34. PTEROHELEUS GRANULIGER, n. sp. Oblong-ovate, black, sub-nitid, sub-depressed. Head finely punctate, clypeus broad, slightly convex, clypeal suture a little depressed and not marked in the middle, eyes rather distant. Thorax finely punctate, rather opaque, the anterior angles ad- vanced, reaching to the front of the eyes, margins broad and slightly rugose, the base bisinuate, its central lobe slightly reflected on the margin. Elytra of the width of the thorax, and three times the length, parallel-sided to near the apex, seriate-punc- tate in 17 rows, the punctures deep and of moderate size, the interstices a little raised (the fourth and eighth very slightly more than the others) and all rather closely studded with bright bead- like granules; the margins are very narrow, concave, thinly punctate, and a little reflected at the humeral angles. Body beneath nitid and striolate ; legs nitid and rather long and slight ; prosternum broad and four-grooved between the legs, terminating behind in a flat triangular extension. Long. 10% lines, lat. 53 lines. Hab.—Murrumbidgee 35, PTEROHELEUS SUBGEMINATUS, n. sp. Oblong-oval, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punctate, plain, without clypeal suture. Clypeus a little swollen in front, that and the labrum slightly emarginate, eyes distant. Thorax transverse, very minutely but not densely punctate, the anterior angles not produced, the apex slightly emarginate, the lateral margins rather broad, concave and of a reddish colour, the base bisinuate. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, and three times the length, with about 17 crowded rows of minute punctures, disposed somewhat in pairs, the interstices perfectly flat and furnished near the apex with some minute granules, the margins very narrow and recurved. Body beneath and legs reddish, nitid,. 538 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. finely striolate, the thighs are short and compressed, the tibies and tarsi long and slender. The last five joints of the antenne broad and compressed. Long. 4 lines, lat. 2 lines. Hab.—Port Augusta, S. Australia (Mr. Masters’ Collection). 36. PrEROHELZUS NITIDIUSCULUS, n. sp. Oblong-oval, black, nitid, of depressed form. Head very minutely punctate, clypeus slightly emarginate and thickened and convex in front, eyes distant. Thorax transverse, deeply emar- ginate in front, the anterior angles reaching as far as the front of the eyes, the margins broad, concave, turned up on the edge, and of a reddish hue, the base lightly bisinuate, the disk very lightly and shallowly foveate at the base and extremely minutely punctate. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, and nearly three times the length, parallel-sided to near the apex, very nitid, closely and densely seriate-punctate (17 or more rows of minute punctures), the interstices not raised, and furnished with glossy granules, sparingly towards the base, more thickly towards the apex, the margins are very narrow and concave. The body beneath and legs are nitid and piceous, the abdominal segments are very minutely punctate and striolate, the thighs are longer and less dilated than in the last species, the prosternum is obtusely pointed behind. Long. 53 lines, lat. 23 lines. Hab.—South Australia. Both this and the preceding species, resemble P. peltatus of Erichson very much in form and general appearance. Sup-secTion III. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices flat or slightly raised and narrow. 37, PTEROHELHUS SILPHOIDES, Bréme. Cilibe silphoides, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 42, pl. IIT. fig. 3. not C, silphoides, Latr. and Boisd. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 539 Brown, smooth, ovate; antennz rather long, brown, the last joints flattened, the terminal one oval ; head punctate, narrowed at the anterior angles, labrum porrect, narrow, clypeus convex, anterior angles of the epicranium rounded but prominent and slightly raised. Thorax scarcely visibly punctate, opaque, sinuate behind, margins broad, flat, the borders folded upwards, the anterior angles reaching the middle of the head, the posterior curved backwards ; an oblique “sillon” at base between the disk and the margin. Elytra oval, opaque, very feebly dilated towards the middle, and pointed posteriorly, sinuate at the base, where they are less convex than towards the apex, they have numerous series of large impressed punctures. Long. 74 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—Australia. I believe I have never seen this species, it is clearly not the C. silphoides of Boisd, which may be a Cilibe ; De Bréme placed this insect in the genus Cilibe, but Pascoe (1) asserts positively that it is winged. 38. PTEROHELZUS SERVUS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 462. “ Oblong, dull brown, narrower than C. si/phoides, DeBréme with the prothorax a little wider than the elytra, its apex more deeply and squarely emarginate, not semi-circular, and the nar- rowly impressed line in the middle more strongly marked ; elytra striato-punctate, the strie approximate ; body beneath and legs glossy chestnut-brown ; sides of the abdominal segments wrinkled” (Pascoe). Length, 7 lines Hab.—V ictoria, 39. PTEROHELZUS MEMNONIUS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 462. ** Oblong, glabrous, black, slightly nitid ; head finely punctured, narrowed ; the eyes large and sub-approximate, the distance (1) Journ. Ent. Vol. II. p. 462, Note. 540 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. Iv. ‘between them in front being rather more than the length of their shortest diameter; prothorax finely punctured, its margins minutely waved ; elytra closely lineate-punctate, the punctures well-marked the margins very narrow ; body beneath and legs black, shining ; tarsi and lip with ferruginous hairs” (Pascoe). Length, 11 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 40. PreRoHELZUS PUSILLUS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Ser. 2, Vol. IT. p. 307. Hab.—Barron River, N. Queensland. 41, PreROHELZUS NITIDISsIMUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. 1869, p. 282; P. sériato- punctatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 31, pl. II. fig. 6. “ Oval, moderately convex, very glossy deep black ; head finely and closely punctured, clypeal groove broad and shallow ; prothorax very minutely and rather closely punctured, rounded at the sides, the edge of the expanded margin anteriorly recurved, an irregular well-marked groove at the base interrupted in the middle ; scu- tellum curvilinearly triangular ; elytra a little contracted behind the shoulders, very finely seriate-punctate, the punctures less regu- larly arranged near the suture; body beneath and legs very glossy, black, propectus opaque, granulate ; antenne reaching to the base of the prothorax, third joint half as long again as the fourth” (Pascoe). Length, 5-53 lines. Hab.—South Australia. This is a common South Australian species. Mr. Pascoe changed De Bréme’s name, as Boisduval had given it previously to what is evidently a very different species. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., dc. 541 42. PTEROHELEUS VICARIUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. 1869, p. 283. “Rather broadly oval, brownish-black, shining; head thickly and roughly punctured, clypeal groove well defined, narrowly and sharply limited, the transverse portion above curved downwards ; prothorax minutely but not very closely punctured, rounded at the sides, the expanded margins not recurved, the irregular basal groove on each side nearly obsolete ; scutellum broadly triangular, its apex rounded ; elytra a little contracted behind the shoulders, finely, but not minutely, seriate-punctate, the punctures less regularly arranged near the suture and base; body beneath and legs glossy brownish-black, the propectus opaque, granulate ; antenne short, third joint nearly twice as long as the fourth” (Pascoe). Length, 6-7 lines. fab.—New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland. 43. PTEROHELZUS LITIGIOSUS, Pascoe. Ann, Nat. Hist. 4 Ser. Vol. III. p. 283. “Rather narrowly oval, rusty-brown, shining; head finely punctured, a little concave in front; clypeus broadly emarginate anteriorly, separated from the front by a narrow indistinct line ; prothorax very minutely punctured, a short longitudinal groove near the apex, none at the base, the expanded margins not recurved ; scutellum transversely triangular; elytra callous at the base, rather finely seriate-punctate, the intervals of the rows slightly raised, the fourth and eighth intervals rather more so than the others, the expanded margins narrow ; body beneath, legs, antennz, and margins of the prothorax and elytra reddish-ferruginous” (Pascoe). Length, 7 lines. Hab.—Sydney, 542 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 44, PTEROHELEHUS ASELLUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. 1870, p. 99. ** Oval, the outline equally rounded and rather obtuse at both extremities, the sides a little incurved, moderately convex, blackish- brown, scarcely shining; head and prothorax covered with ex- ceedingly minute punctures, the margins of the latter gradually passing into the disk ; scutellum transversely and curvilinearly triangular ; elytra linearly punctured, the punctures rather small, the fifth and eighth intervals between the lines a little broader than the rest, and the margins concolorous, narrow, of equal breadth throughout, and agreeing with those of the prothorax ;. body beneath and legs glossy-brown ; antennz short, the last joint nearly circular” (Pascoe). Length, 43-5 lines. Hab.—Queensland, 45. PrEROHELHUS aGonus, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 461. “Ovate, blackish-brown, slightly nitid; head very finely punctured ; antennee and palpi ferruginous ; prothorax nearly impunctate, very short, broadly emarginate at the apex, the posterior angles slightly produced ; scutellum sub-triangular ; elytra lineate-punctate, the punctures small, the lines rather widely apart ; body beneath and legs black, shining ; tarsi ferruginous” (Pascoe). Length, 5-6 lines. Hab.—Interior of Australia. 46. PrEROHELEZUS PARALLELUS, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 33, pl. II. fig. 7. Entirely of a deep, nitid, blackish-brown colour ; head rounded ; clypeus convex ; epicranium a little turned up laterally ; labrum BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 543 prominent. Thorax moderately transverse, not sinuate behind, finely punctate, convex, and rounded laterally ; margins broad and wrinkled, punctate ana of a less deep brown ; the anterior angles extending a little beyond the half of the head. Elytra convex, parallel, somewhat feebly compressed at the humeral region (which is also raised into a boss), rounded behind, strongly punctate (these impressed punctures are disposed in very close lines) ; the margins very narrow, but quite visible and turned up. Antenne fulvous, velvety ; legs and undersurface of body ; deep shiny-brown. Long. 7 lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—Swan River. 47, PTEROHELEUS OVULUM, Haag-Rut. Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft 14, p. 115, taf. 7, fig.1—Verh. Ver. fiir naturw. Unterh. in Hamburg, ITI. p. 97. Regularly oval, blackish brown, opaque; head dispersedly punctate ; thorax scarcely punctate, three times broader than long, much narrowed in front ; elytra broader than the thorax, little convex, the margins flattened out, with the suture and eight costee slightly elevated, and the intervals regularly punctate. Body beneath rather nitid, sparingly punctulate and striolate. Long. 64-7 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—Gayndah, Queensland. This species is found over a great part of North Queensland. Tt is not unlikely that there are more than one species of the type 48. PrERoHEL@US conFususS, Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. II., p. 283. Ovate, black, sub-nitid. Head a little widened and elevated in front of the eyes, and scarcely emarginate in front, with the central canaliculation minute, the semicircular clypeal suture well marked, and a transverse raised line near the apex of the clypeus. 35 544 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. Thorax sub-convex, with a broad reddish reflexed margin, and the median line scarcely traceable. Scutellum transversely and curvilinearly triangular. Elytra sub-convex, the lateral margins reddish, nearly as broad as those of the thorax at the humeral angles, and becoming narrower to the apex, with the disk covered with numerous rows of small punctures, becoming obliterated towards the apex, the alternate interstices faintly costate and quite obliterated behind. Under side of body nitid, striolate. Legs piceous, antennz and tarsi reddish. Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines. Hab.—Gayndah. 49, PTEROHELEUS PUNCTIPENNIS. n. Sp. Ovate, moderately convex, black, nitid. Head punctate, im- mersed in the thorax up to the anterior angles, eyes moderately distant. Thorax more than twice broader than the length, minutely punctate, very deeply emarginate in front, slightly bisinuate behind, with the margins very broad and finely rugosely punctate. Elytra as wide as the thorax at the base, rounded and a little narrowed behind, the margins broad, flattened, smooth at the shoulders, becoming rapidly narrower to the apex, the disk covered closely with sharp, deep punctures, disposed in very close rows, Body beneath piceous and striolate ; legs piceous red, short, thighs dilated. Long. 4 lines, lat. 2 lines. Hab.— Queensland (Mr, Masters’ collection). 50. PTEROHELEUS OPATROIDES, n. sp. Very small, oblong, depressed, piceous-brown, very opaque. Head minutely roughly punctate. Thorax transverse, deeply emarginate in front, lightly bisinuate behind, densely and minutely rugose- punctate, with the margins broad and a little reflected. Elytra of the width of the base of the thorax and nearly three times the BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 545 length, with narrow reflected lateral margins, the disk densely punctate in numerous close striz, the punctures deep, close and somewhat square, the interstices a little raised and very narrow. Body beneath piceous, nitid. Sterna coarsely punctate. Length, 3 lines, lat. 2 lines. Hab.—Clyde River. 51. PrerROHELHUS PELTATUS, Erichs. Cilibe peltata, Erichs. Archiv fiir Naturg. Jahrg. VIII, Bd. I, p. 175. Oblong-oval, sub-depressed, piceous, sub-opaque. Head im- punctate, clypeus dilated, truncate at the apex. Thorax lightly bisinuate at the base, twice as broad at the base as the length, the sides rcunded, the apex deeply emarginate, imnpunctate, slightly convex on the disk, the margins broadly flattened, obscurely red, and reflected on the edge. Elytra slightiy convex, densely seriate- punctate with two of the interstices slightly raised, the margins broad, smooth, and obscurely reddish. Length, 5-55 lines. Hab.—Tasmania, Victoria. 52. PTEROHELEUS CEREUS, 0. sp. Broadly ovate, black, nitid, of a waxy gloss. Head rugosely punctate, the clypeus slightly reflected in front, the lateral angles more so. Thorax very transverse, much narrowed and emarginate in front, bisinuate behind, minutely punctate on the disk and margins, the disk rather convex, with the median line showing on the anterior half, the margins broad and reflected in front, broader and flat towards the posterior angles. Elytra rather broader than the thorax, disk rather convex, and covered with toleradly regular close rows of smallish punctures, the margins tolerably wide, widest a little behind the shoulders, then narrowing to the apex, and transversely rugose. Long. 6 lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—West Australia. 546 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 53. PTrEROHELHUS STRIATO-PUNCTATUS, Boisd. Cilibe striato-punctata, Boisd. Faun. de l’Océanie; Erichs. p. 266. Elongate, oval, black. Thorax smooth, elytra elongate and covered with medium-sized punctures arranged in strie. Hab.— Kangaroo Island. I have not to my knowledge seen this insect, and M. Boisdu- val’s description, which [ have translated in full, is of very little use. I place it here because I see that Mr. Pascoe recognises it as a species. 54. PrEROHELMUS PELTOIDES, n. sp. ? P. peltatus, De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 34, pl. I. fig. 4. Oblong-oval, black, opaque. Head minutely punctate, clypeus a little convex or tumid, broadly truncate orvery slightly emarginate; the lateral angles of the head rounded, prominent, and very slightly reflected, the eyes distant. Thorax transverse, scarcely visibly punctured, the anterior angles advanced and much rounded, the base very slightly bisinuate, the lateral margins broad, smooth, flat, and of a dull reddish black colour. Elytra not broader than the thorax at the base, parallel-sided to near the apex, excepting a slight emargination a little behind the shoulder, the disk covered with small well-marked punctures in 17 complete rows,—the inters- tices not visibly elevated, and a short sutural stria, the lateral margins rather broad, smooth, of a reddish hue, and narrowing to the apex. Body beneath and legs nitid, the prosternum granulate. Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines. Hab.—New South Wales, Victoria. A very common species and of wide range. I verily believe it to be P. peltatus of De Bréme, a species differing entirely from P. peltatus of Boisduval. Whether I am right in this supposition or not, the name of peltatus can only be used for Erichson’s species which has undoubtedly priority. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.LS., &c. 54AT SUB-SECTION LY. Elytra irregularly punctate. 55, PreroHELHmUS Kouuari, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. Vol. I. p. 32, pl. VII. fig. 3. Nitid brown, smooth, very convex ; head broad, prominent, strongly punctate; thorax notably transverse, sinuate behind, rounded laterally and very finely punctate, the margins narrow, flat and smooth, the anterior angles scarcely reaching half of the head, the posterior angles prominent and acute. Elytra sinuate at their base, parallel-sided for two-thirds of their length, rounded towards the apex, and a little pointed ; the disk nitid, very convex and finely and irregularly punctate, the margins scarcely notice- able. Body beneath nitid brownish-black. Long. 7 lines, lat. 43 lines Hab.—Swan River. 56, PTEROHELZUS GLABER, 0. sp. Ovate, black, nitid, convex. Head rugosely punctate, deeply immersed in the thorax, the lateral angles raised. Thorax twice as broad as long, very finely punctate, the margins rather broad, minutely rugosely-punctate, and much reflected, especially at the anterior angles, the posterior angles pointed backwards. Scu- tellum curvilinearly triangular, with a few small punctures. Elytra of the width of the thorax and three times the length, convex, parallel-sided, covered with minute rather thinly distri- buted punctures scarcely showing a trace of order or striation, the margins narrow, concave, with a reflected edge, a slight compres- sion on the side of the disk behind the shoulders, not showing on the margin. Undersurface nitid and slightly striolate, prosternum granulose, carinate from the apex. Long. 7 lines, lat 34 lines. Hab,— Darling River. 548 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. 57. PTeROHELZUS MINIMUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, Vol. III., p. 284. “ Oblong-oval, pitchy brown, sub-nitid, the margins of the prothorax and the elytra, and the anterior part of the head, paler, yellowish-brown ; head densely punctured, the clypeal groove very indistinct ; prothorax rather short, covered with fine oblong punctures, the intervals very narrow, and in certain lights causing the surface to assume a delicately corrugated appearance, the expended margins narrow and slightly reflected ; scutellum trans- versely triangular ; elytra minutely and irregularly punctured, with scattered minute tubercles, especially near the suture, the expanded margins very narrow, body beneath and legs glossy reddish testaceous ; antennee inclining to testaceous” (Pascoe). abe Length, 34 lines. Hab.—Cooper’s Creek. 58. PTEROHELAUS OBLITERATUS, N. Sp. Oblong-oval, black, nitid, sub-convex. Head rugosely punctate, particularly on the depression of the clypeal suture, the lateral angles reflected, the eyes transverse and rather approximate. Thorax very thinly and minutely punctate on the disk, the margins broad, flat, and very minutely punctate and striolate, emarginate in front and bisinuate behind. Elytra of the breadth of the thorax at the base, and three times the length, moderately densely covered with distinct deep punctures irregularly placed, or only partially regular, becoming gradually smaller towards and finally quite effaced at the apex, the lateral margins rather narrow and smooth, Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines. Hab.—Peak Downs. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 549 59. PTEROHELHUS DISPERSUS, n. sp. Oblong-oval, black, sub-opaque, rather depressed. Head roughly punctate, the clypeal suture distinct at the sides, the apex truncate. Thorax transverse, very thinly and minutely punctate; very broadly margined, the margins reflected in front, and bisinuate behind, with two deep fovez in the centre of the disk. Elytra not broader than the thorax, irregularly and thinly punctate, the punctures rather small and disappearing towards the apex, the lateral margins narrow and smooth, a shallow fovea on the inner side of each humeral callus. Body beneath very nitid and finely striolate. Long. 5} lines, lat. 32 lines. Hab.—Lower Murrumbidgee. 60. PrEROHELEUS CONVEXIUSCULUS, Nn. sp. Ovate, black, sub-nitid, convex. Head rugosely punctate, the clypeal suture well marked, the apex broadly and very slightly emarginate, the lateral angles a little prominent and reflected. Thorax scarcely punctate, the median line rather faintly marked, the margins broad, flat and faintly striolate. Elytra of the width of the thorax ; parallel-sided and convex, punctured irregularly as in the preceding species but more densely, with two large fovez at the base, Body beneath nitid, the prosternum carinate from the apex. Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines. Hab.— Murrumbidgee. 61. PrERoHELZUS THYMALOIDES, Pascoe. Saragus thymaloides, Pascoe, MS. Ovate, reddish-brown, sub-nitid, very convex. Head very minutely punctate, a small fovea in the middle of the vertex, the clypeus truncate with rounded angles and a slightly recurved 550 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV. border. Thorax narrow in front, broad and nearly truncate behind, very minutely punctate, the margins expanded, not reflexed. Elytra broader than the thorax and not much longer than broad, convex, faintly and confusedly striate, and densely rugose-punctate all over, the margins narrow, almost disappearing towards the apex. The under surface and legs brown, nitid and striolate. Long. 3 lines, lat. 2 lines. Hab.—South Australia. I received the name of this insect from Mr. Pascoe, years ago, but I cannot find that he ever described it. I have now, I think, recapitulated all the known species of Pteroheleus with the exception of P. planus of Blissington* of which species I have never seen a description. I have also added largely to the number of new species, but I believe there are many yet remaining to be described. The remaining genera of the Helides, Heleus, Sympetes and Saragus will form the subject of another Paper. * Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1861, p. 90, t. 4, fig. 1. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF MARSU- PIALS (PHRAMELES AND ANTECHINUS), AND OF A NEW SPECIES OF MUS (M. BURTON), FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF DERBY, N.W.A. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., &c., &e. (PLratE XVII.) For the pleasure of describing the above-named Marsupials, [ am indebted to the Hon. W. Macleay, who obtained them from one of his collectors (Mr. Froggatt), from Derby, N. W. Australia. The Mus I received from the late Thos. Boyer-Bower Esq., from the same locality. PERAMELES AURATUS, sp. n0v. Total length, 8-5 inches (without tail); fore foot, 1 inch; hind foot, 2 inches ; from tip of snout to ,centre of the eye, 1:4 inch ; from tip of snout to base of the ear, 2:2 inches ; length of ear 0-7 inch, width at base 0:5 inch, greatest width 0-7 inch; tail wanting, (represented by small tubercle 0°5 inch long, probably a malformation.) General color rich golden brown pencilled with black, on the sides of a clearer tint, passing on the throat and belly into white. The whole of the upper surface of the body, head and sides pen- cilled with narrow black lines formed by the black portions of the stiff flattened hairs. Hair of two kinds, the fur next the skin is of an ashy white, soft and silky ; the outer hairs flattened, stiff, almost spiny ; on the throat, belly, and inner parts of the legs white ; on the upper parts of head and back black and rufous; some hairs barred alternately, others all black or all rufous, giving a pencilled or striated appearance of black and rufous to the upper surface ; the ears proportionately broad and short, although con- spicuous. There isnotrace of bars on the body. Incisors, 373 ; Canines, 17}; Premolars, 3-3; Molars, {7}. 552 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF MARSUPIALS FROM DERBY, N.W.A., ANTECHINUS (Podabrus) FROGGATTI, sp. nov. Tail thickened at the base, spindle-formed, gradually tapering to the tip. Total length to the root of the tail from the snout, 3 inches ; from the snout to eye, 0:5 inch; from tip of snout to the ear, 0°8 inch; length of ear 0:4 inch, breadth at base 0-3 inch; fore feet from wrist with nails, 0°3 inch; hind feet with nails, 0°55 inch; greatest diameter of tail about one fourth of an inch from the rump 0:2 inch, its entire length 2°7 inches; fur dull mouse-color next the skin. General color above light ashy-grey pencilled with black hairs, alternately banded or tipped with ashy-grey and black ; sides of the head ashy tinged with brown ; forehead and a narrow triangular stripe to the nose pencilled with black like the back ; hair behind the ear ashy, round the base tinged with tawny rufous ; ears ashy- brown, almost bare; sides of the ‘body, chin, throat and all the under surface white ; forearms and hands white ; hind legs ashy- brown on the thighs, remainder white ; a narrow white line round the margin of the mouth; tail ashy-white, clothed to the tip with short hair, and scaled as in other members of the genus; feet below almost covered with hair. Dentition.—There are two anterior incisors above, larger and stronger than the three on either side of them, from which they are separate, three below on either side ovate, rounded on their upper edge, narrowed at their bases ; canines one on either sideabove and below comparatively large, a space between themand the three lateral incisors ; three premolars on either side above and below, rather small but increasing in size towards the true molars, which are four on either side above and below, the fourth or last being the smallest and almost tubercular ; formula, Incisors, 4; Canines, 1—1. 3-3. nq 4—4 i-1; Premolars, 3-3; Molars, 4-4. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., WC. 553: Mus BURTONI, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.) General color of a uniform dull ashy-grey or mouse-colour, fur dense, close, thick and soft, of one kind, almost woolly, slightly browner above than on the under surface, which is of a light grey tint ; head rather short ; ears moderate ; tail naked, not quite the length of the body; whiskers black reaching to behind the ears ; from snout to eye, 07 inch; from snout to ear, 1:2 inches ; length of ear 0°65 inch, greatest width 0-45 inch; forearm, 0-7 ; hand, 0:45 ; hind foot, 1 inch; tail, 4:1 inches ; total length from snout to tip of tail, 8-9 inches. The chief characteristic in this species is its remarkably woolly and soft fur, and uniform colour. The skull being broken and only the anterior parts with a portion of tne dentition being left I can make no notes thereon ; the very accurate figures, however, will help in its identification. I have named this species after Mr. Burton who accompanied the late Thos. Boyer-Bower, Esq., as taxidermist to North West Australia. 554 ON THE EGGS OF TWO SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE EGGS OF TWO SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. By A. J. Norra. No. 1. Menanopryas picata, Gould. This bird has a wide range over the Continent of Australia, Specimens having been procured together with the nest and eggs by Mr. James Ramsay in October, 1876 near Bourke, New South Wales; and last year both Mr. Cairn and the late Mr. T. H. Boyer-Bower obtained several specimens about 80 miles inland from Derby, North-Western Australia. The nest is a small shallow structure, composed of strips of bark, grasses, and roots, held together on the outside with cobwebs, and placed on the dead branch of a tree within a few feet of the ground. Eggs two in number for a sitting, one specimen (A) being of a dark asparagus green faintly tinged with brown on the larger end ; the other (B), with the exception of the smaller end which shows the asparagus green ground colour, is shaded over all with rich brown, more particularly towards the larger end, which is entirely capped with a darker tint of the same colour. Length (A), 0°8 x 0°59 inch ; (B), 0°78 x0°6 inch. (From the Dobr. Mus. Coll.) No. 2. EUDYNAMIS CYANOCEPHALA, Latham. (Z. flindersi, Goutp). Mr. George Masters obtained an egg of this species at Gayndah, Queensland, on the 25th of November, 1870. Having shot a female and broken her wing, while pursuing it on the ground the egg was dropped. It is a pointed oval in form, of a dull white BY A. J. NORTH. 555 minutely spotted with light brown, together with a few faint blotches here and there of purplish-brown, the smaller end being entirely devoid of markings. Whether this is the normal colour of the egg is yet to be proved, as the egg being dropped by the bird when wounded, and the markings very faint, it is probable that it may not have been quite ready for laying. Long diameter 1-4 inch, short diameter 1:05 inch. (from the Aus. Mus. Coll.) A photograph of this egg, sent by Dr. Geo. Bennett, F.Z.S., of Sydney, was exhibited at the June meeting of the Zoological Society of London, 1873. See P.Z.S., 1873, p. 519. 556 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of the Sago and Tobacco referred to in his paper, together with a specimen of the New South Wales Nicotiana suaveolens for comparison. Photographs taken by Mr. Bevan, shewing the method of preparing the sago, were also shown. Dr. Katz exhibited pieces of a Ham in which were found scattered small white, irregularly shaped nodules consisting of carbonate of lime. Microscopic examination revealed nothing of the existence of parasites at these spots. It was not im- probable that these calcareous deposits had originated from the presence of a kind of vegetable micro-organism (Actinomyces ), which has lately been described by Dunker and Hertwig, and which is said to occur frequently in certain muscles of the pig, where it forms small whitish corpuscles. It gives rise to patho- logical changes in the flesh affected, soas to make it unfit for human food. Mr. Macleay exhibited two Snakes which Mr. Froggatt had lately sent him from Port Darwin, (1) Brachysoma simile, Macleay, and (2) Furina textilis, Dum. & Bibr. This last species, he stated, had been described by Dumeril and Bibron many years ago as Australian, but had been omitted from Krefit’s and subse- quent lists, from a mistaken idea originating, he believed, with Mr. Krefft, that it was identical with the young barred specimens of the common brown Snake Diemenia suwperciliosa. This redis- covery of the species by Mr. Froggatt terminates all doubt on this subject. Mr. Macleay also exhibited a small Hoplocephalus from Cooma, almost identical in appearance with J//oplocephalus flagellum, M‘Coy, a Melbourne species, but differing in the number of sub- caudal plates, and in the form of the head shields. It would be necessary to examine a number of specimens before venturing to constitute it a distinct species. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 557 The President exhibited a Fairy Stone, or siderite concretion, of a singularly artificial appearance, which was probably due to the axis of the concretion being perpendicular to the plane of stratification of the shale in which it had been formed. Also a rude Stone Axe or Mogo from the lower Namoi, the material of which was a kind of Quartzite formed partly of rounded and transparent sand grains, and partly of angular quartz. It appeared to have been formed by the deposit of siliceous matter in a bed of river sand by the percolating water of a hot spring. Mr. Fletcher exhibited a small collection of plants collected by Mr. Froggatt at Derby, N. W. Australia. Mr. North exhibited the eggs described in his paper. Mr. Masters exhibited a collection of Insects from Derby, King’s Sound, made by Mr. Froggatt in May last. Of Coleoptera there were 240 species, more than half of them new, but, with very few exceptions, of typical Australian genera. Small Cara- bide were numerous, but Buprestide, Cetoniide and other antho- philous beetles were very few. He also exhibited from the same collection some Orthoptera, Hemiptera and Homoptera of peculiar form and appearance. WEDNESDAY, 28TH SEPTEMBER, 1887. The Vice-President, Dr. J. C. Cox, F.L.S., in the Chair. Mr. J. C. Neill was present as a visitor. MEMBER ELECTED. The Rey. Robert Collie, F.L.S., was elected a Member of the Society. The Chairman announced that the following Excursions had been arranged for the ensuing month :— (1.) October 1st—Members to meet at the Botany Tram Terminus, at 10°30 a.m. for a walk via La Pérouse to Long Bay, (Note.—A tram leaves Bridge Street for Botany at 9:20 a.m.) (2.) October 8th—Members to meet at Manly at 11 a.m. to proceed to Narrabeen. (3.) October 15th—Members to meet at Lucasville, near Zig-zag, on the arrival of the train leaving Sydney at 9 a.m. (4.) October 22nd—Members to meet at Botany Pier on the arrival of the 9:20 a.m. tram from BridgeStreet. Steamer provided. DONATIONS. 559: DONATIONS. “Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year 1887.” Part I. From the Society. “ Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel.” Band VIT., Heft 2 (1887). From the Director. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 24 and 25 (1887). rom the Academy. “ Diagnoses d’Espéces Nouvelles et Catalogue des Especes Frangaises de la Tribu des Armadilliens, (Crustacés Isopodes Terrestres)” par Adrien Dollfus. From the Author. “Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, 1886.” Vol. XIX. From the Institute. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 5 (September, 1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X Jahrg., Nos. 257, 258 (1887). From the Editor. “ Descriptions of some new Queensland Plants.” By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., &c. From the Author. “Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., No. 2 (August, 1887). Dela part del Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amster- dam. “ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 202 (August, 1887). From the Editor. Nomenclature of Japanese Plants in Latin, Japanese, and Chinese ; (Nippon Shokubutsumeii”). By J. Matsumura. From the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.8., ke. “ Woods and Forests of Tasmania—Annual Report, 1886-7.” By George S. Perrin, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. From the Conservator of Forests. 36 560 DONATIONS. « Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg, 1887.” Tome VI., Nos. 6 and 7 ;” “Supplément au Tome VI. des Bulletins du Comité Géologique,” (1887) ; ‘‘ Mémoires du Comité Géologique.” Tome IV., No. 1 (1887). De la part du Comité. “Bulletin de la Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique. Tome XXVI., Fasc. 1 (1887). From the Socvety. “ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887.” Part 4 (August), Prom the Society. ‘“‘The Scottish Geographical Magazine.’ Vol. III., No. 8 (August, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay, P.L.S. “ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année No. VIII. From the Society. “Register of Papers published in “The Tasmanian Journal” and the Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, from the year 1841 to 1885.” Compiled by Alexander Morton, Assistant Secretary and Librarian. rom the Society. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. IL, No. 21 (September, 1887). From the Editor. “ Supplementary Catalogue of Books added to the Parliamentary Library, Adelaide, from August Ist, 1886, to July 31st, 1887.” From the Parliamentary Lrbrarian. PAPERS READ. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES. By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. Doucnas OGILsy. (Notes from the Australian Museum). OPISTHOGNATHUS INORNATUS, Sp. nov. B. Vins Di payor Ailes Ve T/drs P: 21: CL ¥4. Length of head 3, of caudal fin 5, height of body 43 in the total length. Hye—diameter 3} in length of head, } a diameter from the end of snout, and } of a diameter apart. Greatest width of head equals ? of its length. The maxilla is dilated and rounded posteriorly, it does not quite reach to the preopercular angle, and is # of the length of head. Opercles with two weak spines. Z'eeth—jaws with an outer row of strong curved teeth: behind these in the upper jaw is a band of similar but much smaller teeth, the inner row being slightly the largest, while the small teeth extend back in a gradually narrowing band as far as the enlarged outer row : in the lower jaw the inner band only extends a short way on each side of the symphysis, and its inner row is almost as well developed as the outer. &ms—dorsal spines weak ; the posterior rays about twice the height of the highest spine. Pectoral fin 3, ventral 7 of the length of the head. Scales—very small, The lateral line ceases beneath the ninth dorsal ray. Colors—uniform brown. We received two examples of this species from Derby, whence they were brought by Mr. C. Lees. Their respective measure- ments are 93 and 11 inches. Register numbers, I. 841,-2. CossYPHUS BELLIS, sp. nov. Be viele Penola W/o? P. Ui Cy 145) Te latoo L. tr. 5/13. Length of head 34, of caudal fin 5}, height of body 33 in the total length. Hye—Diameter 4} in the length of the head, 1} in 562 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES, that of the snout, and 1} apart. The greatest height of the head is equal to its length without the snout. The maxilla extends to the vertical from the anterior margin of the orbit. Zeeth—Both jaws are armed anteriorly with two pairs of canines, the inner pair of the lower jaw being much smaller than the outer, while the corresponding pair in the upper jaw are rather larger: a lateral row of strong compressed subulate teeth, inside of which are several irregular rows of minute granulose teeth. A posterior canine. The vertical limb and angle of the preopercle finely serrated. ms—Dorsal spines strong, the last the longest, ? of the length of the head; the rays (5-8) much longer than the spines. The third anal spine slightly longer than the twelfth dorsal ; all three very strong. Pectoral fin rounded posteriorly, 2 of the length of the head; ventrals shorter than the pectorals, none of the rays produced ; caudal emarginate. Scales—Six rows on the opercles, seven on the cheeks. Colovs—Pale red on the back and sides, yellowish below ; each scale with a darker longi- tudinal mark forming narrow bands along the sides; two broader bright red bands take their rise from the posterior margin of the eye, and gradually diverge till opposite the middle of the spinous dorsal, whence they run parallel to opposite the middle of soft dorsal where they cease; they are interrupted, forming oblong spots ; axil bright red. This beautiful fish was obtained at Shoalhaven during the last week of July, and sent from there to the Sydney market, whence it passed into our hands. It measured nearly eleven inches, and showed no signs of spawning. Register number, I. 1362. TRICHIURUS COXII, sp. nov. Bo vit: Dido mer. 11: Case, pyl. 25: Length of head 8, height of body 16% in the total length. Eye—diameter 64 in the length of the head, and rather more than two diameters from the end of the snout. Interorbital space flat, § of a diameter of the eye. Lower jaw much the longer ; the maxilla reaches to the vertical from the middle of the eye. Occiput with a sharp central ridge terminating behind in a BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., &C., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY, 563 prominent point. 7Z'eeth—upper jaw with two pairs of strong barbed anterior canines, and eight sharp compressed teeth in each ramus ; twelve similar teeth in the lower jaw, those immediately behind the first pair being much smaller than the posterior ones: a band of minute teeth on the palatines. /%2s—the dorsal com- mences above the preopercle ; its greatest height is equal to the distance between its base and the lateral line: pectoral short, obliquely truncate behind, rather less than + of the length of head. The free portion of the tail exactly equals the length of the head. The distance between the snout and the anus is 4 of the total length. Colors—silvery: a black blotch between 1st and 4th dorsal rays; the outer half of the dorsal fin dark grey throughout its entire length. Pectoral fins blackish, except near the base. Inside of mouth black. Inides silvery. We are indebted to Dr. James Cox for the specimen above described, which was sent to him from Broken Bay, during the IF] month of July last, and measured 374 inches. Register number, I. 1342, NEOPEMPHERIS PECTORALIS, sp. nov. Bevel ctl i wA eae. Hore boli: ©. 1%: L, 1,743 eos ek OS Length of head 53, of caudal fin 43, height of body 33 in the total length. &ye—diameter 33 in the length of the head, with well developed adipose lids, the posterior of which passes beyond the edge of the iris, while the anterior does not quite reach it ; snout obtuse, about % of the diameter of the eye, and a trifle less than the interorbital space, which is slightly convex, as is also the upper profile of the head. The greatest width of the head equals 3 of its length, and its height is but little less than the same. The maxilla reaches considerably beyond the hinder margin of the eye, and is concealed beneath the preorbital during the anterior three-fifths of its length, the posterior two-fifths being falciform. Preopercular angle slightly produced ; the lower limb feebly serrated. Zeeth—both jaws with numerous rows of * Counted from origin of dorsal fin to base of anal, 564 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES. small cardiform teeth, which are of equal size in the upper jaw, but in the lower increase in size from without, the inner row being much the strongest and inclined backwards: vomer, palate, and tongue with patches of villiform teeth. Fins—-the dorsal commences much nearer to the base of the caudal than to the tip of the snout ; its anterior rays are highest, but little shorter than the head, the last seven rays of about equal length, giving a deeply concave appearance to the outer edge of the fin: the anterior anal rays are half the length of the base of the fin, which commences in front of the origin of the dorsal: ventrals short, reaching half-way to the origin of the anal; an elongate pointed scale at the outside of the base, and a single similar scale between them: pectoral rather shorter than the head, reaching to the vertical from the 24th scale of the lateral line; its posterior margin slightly concave ; caudal deeply emarginate. Scales— rather small, finely ctenoid, and firmly adherent ; entire head, except a small patch on the snout, covered with scales ; dorsal, anal, and pectoral fins scaly to their tips: there are fourteen rows of scales between lateral line and vent. Lateral line—sinuous to above the vent, from whence it runs straight to the middle of the base of the caudal. Psewdobranchie—well developed. Gill-rakers— of moderate length, and slender. Colors—silvery, the back with brilliant blue reflections ; fins dusky. The single specimen which we possess, and from which the above description is taken, was obtained during the recent expedition to New Guinea, led by Mr. T. Bevan, by jumping into their boat, the locality being about thirty miles up the Aird River from its mouth. Register number, I. 1308. Though undoubtedly having a very close resemblance to the previously described Neopempheris ramsayi, Macleay, from Rockingham Bay, the type of which is also in the Australian Museum, this species differs in many particulars from the older form, and may be distinguished from it at a glance by the absence of the black dorsal spot so conspicuous in Mr. Macleay’s fish ; while the shape of the lateral line and the much larger pectoral fins of our fish also furnish easy distinguishing characters. FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By E. Havizanp, F.L.S. No. 7.—List oF PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY DURING THE MONTHS OF JANUARY, FEBRUARY, AND Marcu, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN FORMER Lists. J ANUARY. Menispermese— Umbelliferze— Stephania hernandifolia Siebera stephensoni Pittosporese— erzcordes Bursaria spinosa Hydrocotyle vulgaris Droseraceze— Santalacese— Drosera binata Lxocarpus cupressiformis spathulata Loranthaceze— Polygaleze— Loranthus celastroides Comesperma defoliatum Compositee— Meliacese— Senecio vagus Melia composita Goodeniaceze— Tiliaceze— Lleocarpus cyaneus Viniferze— Vitis hypoglauca Leguminosee— Zornia diphylla Desmodium brachypodium Rosaceze— Rubus parviflorus Myrtaceze— Melaleuca styphelvoides Tristania laurina Sceevola suaveolens Goodenia ovata Scrophularinese— Herpestis monmeria Mimulus repens Lentibularinese— Utricularia uniflora biloba Epacrideze— Leucopogon virgatus Orchidexe— Cryptostylis erecta Orthoceras strictum 566 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. Malvaceze— Sida rhombifolia Vinifere— Vitis clematidea Salsolaceze— Suceda maritima Amarantacese— Alternanthera denticulata Polygonaceze— Polygonum strigosum subsessile Leguminosze— Desmodium rhytidophyllum Myrtacee— Eugenia Smith Rhamnaceze— Cryptandra ericrfolva Meliaceze— Synoum glandulosum Sapindacee— Dodoneea triquetra Leguminosee— Lotus australis Umbelliferee— Siebera Billardiert FEBRUARY. Umbelliferee— Daucus brachiatus Xanthosia pilosa Santalaceze— Exocarpus stricta Compositee— Cassinia aurea Scrophularineee— Gratiola peruviana Acanthaces— EHranthemum variabile Liliaceee— Lushiephus Brown Orchideze— Spiranthes australis Marcu. Santalacese— Leptomeria acida Verbenacezee— Avicennia officinalis Epacrideze— Trochocarpa laurina ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES. By Dr. Oscar Karz. Under date March 22nd last, Mr. E. Stanley, Veterinary Surgeon to the Government of New South Wales, reported on a disease which broke out among horses in the south-west of this colony, causing an alarming mortality among them. It would seem as if the disease was first noticed at Mingary, South Australia, early in December, 1886, but it is uncertain whether the horses attacked came from that colony or from New South,Wales. It commenced to spread through railway contractors’ teams, of which 40 animals out of 150 succumbed. There was at the time plenty of horse- labour employed, owing to the construction of a railway from Peters- burgh (S.A.), to Silverton (N.S.W.), as well as to the extensive mining industries along the Barrier Ranges, and horse-owners not knowing anything about the character of the sickness and its treatment, being also anxious to escape the infected spots, caused the disorder to invade remote districts on the River Darling, and to go down to the south as far as Port Pirie. Itis also said to have been carried by sea to Albany, Western Australia. At Silverton, a town in one of the silver-mining districts of the Barrier Ranges, it made its appearance on January 12th, 1887, and it was to this place that Mr. Stanley went to investigate it. He describes it as an “‘ epizootic contagious fever,” the conta- gious matter of which, given off by the diseased through serous discharges from the body-orifices, principally those of the head, and through the faeces, is taken up by healthy individuals through contaminated food (water included). It does not affect other animals or man, Although resembling, to some extent, certain 568 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES, horse-diseases known under the terms of ‘epizootic cellulitis,” “‘ rheumatic influenza,” “pinkeye,” ‘ purpura haemorrhagica,” “ epizootic pneumonia,” it differs from all of them considerably. “The disease shows a disturbance of the vascular system, with alterations in the character of the blood which cause obstructions in the capillary vessels, followed by haemorrhagic spots, accom- panied by organic complications, more or less severe.” The characteristic symptoms are: rapid pulse and breathing, high body-temperature, highly inflamed eyes, swollen head and limbs, rapid loss of flesh, associated with great debility. Mild forms of the fever occur ; convalescence after severe attacks progresses very slowly. The mortality was about 10 to 15 per cent. during the inquiry. About the period of incubation the report says :—‘“ From the time of exposure to infection, from three days to three weeks ” (that means to say, as I understand it, from the moment of expo- sure, which may ina number of cases cover the moment of infection, till the first symptoms are discovered). The pathological anatomy is as follows :-— “‘ Hemorrhagic spots and stellate patches of inflammation are diffused over both serous and mucous surfaces, effusions of serous lymph, and adhesive inflammation of the coverings of the lungs, heart, liver, and spleen ; also serous effusions into cellular tissues of the limbs and head. In fatal cases, the inflammation is so intense as to obstruct the circulation ; local mortification is speedily followed by death.” Post mortem examinations were made on four cases, with the following result :— 1. “Coach horse. Putrid lungs.” 2. “Teamster’s hack. Pleuritic inflammation and gelatinous effusion covering the pericardial sac ; also slight enlargement and inflammation of the spleen.” BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 569 3. “ Teamster’s mare, 5 years old. Ill three or four weeks. The spleen was very much enlarged and honey-combed, with puru- lent matter, and the lymphatic glands generally inflamed.” 4. “ Hack mare, 3 years old, foal at foot, ill about three weeks, with a spleen in the same condition.” “The small intestines in every case were healthy.” In two (Nos. 3 and 4) out of these cases Mr. Stanley preserved some pieces of spleen and some lymphatic (mesenteric) glands ; besides he secured in capillary tubes, which were afterwards closed, samples of vein-blood, withdrawn from the living animal during the height of the fever. All these specimens were handed to me for examination from the Department of Stock, some time ago. I communicated my report to the Chief Inspector of Stock, but being of opinion that the subject under notice might be of some interest to members of this Society, and that a somewhat fuller account published in its Proceedings, might help in either identifying the disease as a possibly known one, or recognising it, if not so, in case it should make its appearance elsewhere, I wish to say what follows. The fragments of spleen and the lymphatic glands were—so I was informed on inquiry—secured immediately after the death of the patients, and at once transferred to methylated spirits. About three months having elapsed when I obtained for examination these specimens, which were pretty well hardened, [ did not think it necessary to try to cultivate any micro-organisms out of them ; and I may as well state beforehand that the character of the micro- organisms found in sections, did not admit of any positive result. So I proceeded to prepare a series of sections, some time after having changed the methylated spirits for absolute alcohol. 1 shall speak first of the result of the examination of the mesenteric glands. Sufficiently and uniformly stained sections (for instance by Loeffler’s alkaline methylene blue or by bismarck brown) exhibited 570 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES, under high powers of the miscroscope, at first glance, two morpho- logically different forms of bacteria. Their relative number to one another was not the same in all the preparations made ; in this section the one, in that section the other was predominant ; in others again both were nearly equally distributed. Gener- ally speaking, their numbers were enormous throughout, notably in the surrounding tissue or capsule of the organs in ques- tion, where they were packed in dense masses. Jn the interior of the gland they were found partly detached or in short lines, partly grouped in small colonies, or forming elongated, straight or curved tracts, an appearance which would make it probable that they were located in capillary vessels. The first of these bacterial forms is very conspicuous by its size as well as by its behaviour when treated with aniline dyes. It is a bacillus, about -003--0045 mm. long, (that is on the average somewhat more than half the diameter of a human red biood- corpuscle), and about ‘001 mm. wide. It has cylinder-shape, rounded off at the extremities ; some few specimens show the central part or that part towards one cf the ends very slightly thickened or swollen. On being stained and mounted lege artis, the bacilli offer a most peculiar appearance. There are two portions or divisions easily distinguishable in them. ‘The one, of from a third to a half of the length of the entire rods, stands out very promi- nently by being deeply stained ; it occupies the one end of the latter, and it is only seldom that this portion is situated some little distance away from the end part of that half of the rods. The other portion or division proves to be stained only at its periphery, and only very faintly. In this way the organisms appear as capitate rods, yet the width of the chromatophilous heads does not exceed that of the rods in general. One might also say, these microbes appear, in the coloured preparations, under the image of a sheath which contains that intensely coloured portion at one end. This BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 57 portion cannot be a spore, because it can be stained by the ordinary aniline dyes within a short time, and without further trouble. Noteworthy is that these bacilli retain the colour on being treated after Gram’s method (solution of aniline water and gentian- violet ; solution of iodine in iodide of potassium; absol. alcohol). On being stained with aniline water—gentian-violet, or—fuchsin, and then transferred to a solution of hydrochloric acid (as used in staining tubercle-bacilli), they give off the colour again. Double or contrast stains may easily be obtained. Tolerably fair prepara- tions were obtained by a dilute solution of gentian-violet, and by after-staining with picro-lithion-carmine. Far better results, however, were derived from transferring the sections first to a solution of picro-lithion-carmine for }-? of an hour, at about 30°C., next, after having been washed a short while in dilute alcohol, to aniline-gentian-violet (s. above), for half-an-hour at the same temperature ; hereafter rinsing a little with alcohol, then allowing Gram’s solution of iodine to act for abcut one minute and a-half ; absol. alcohol; oil of cloves; Canada balsam.* The micro- organisms then appear dark blue on a pinkish underground. Equally satisfactory and very instructive preparations are obtainable by first colouring the section with aniline-gentian-violet for about ? of an hour at about 30°C. ; washing a moment in alcohol, then using the iodine-solution for one minute and a-half; absol. alcohol until colour is no longer given off; dilute watery solution of eosine for 1-2 minutes ; mixture of absol. alcohol and oil of cloves ; oil of cloves; Canada balsam.; After this process the organisms come out deeply blue, while the tissue-elements (and another form of bacteria, s. below), assume a handsome pink colour. *Cf. Biondi, Die pathogenen Micro-organismen des Speichels. Zeitschr. f. Hygiene. Band II., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1887, p. 201. +Cf. Biondi, l.e. 572 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES, Finally, after having stained the sections after Gram (see above), I have tried successfully a contrast-stain by means of dilute solutions of vesuvin or bismarck-brown, in which the sections were kept about one minute. Afterwards I found the bacilli under consideration again of an intense blue, the tissue yellowish brown. Among tbe bacilli there were, here and there, specimens in which that portion showing but a faint colour reaction, and losing this little of colour by Gram’s method, presents now a distinct though faint brownish or yellowish tint, in contra- distinction to the other portion with its inteuse blue colour. The second form of bacteria are also bacilli of the same length, but as a rule, of only about one-half to two-thirds of the width of the former. As regards their outlines and their relation to the tissue, they behave in much the same way as those, with which they are either mixed or not. But their protoplasmic contents do not exhibit that peculiar differentiation into two portions as seen there ; here and there, it is true, specimens occurred which presented a granular or fragmentary protoplasmic interior. Without attempting to utter a definite opinion as to whether this bacterial form No. II. is a kind by itself, or merely represents a certain stage in the development of the other, No. L., I surmise that the latter is the case, seeing that the staining reaction of Bacillus II. resembles that of part of Bacillus I., and finding also, on close examination, apparently transition-forms between the two. In sections which were stained after Gram’s process, and after- wards by brown colours (see above), I noticed that a great many bacilli, which otherwise resembled No. I., differed from them by having the chromatophilous portion less distinct, and now taken possession of by a brownish colcur. The question whether these bacteria occurring in the mesenteric glands, must be regarded as the cause or one of the causes of the horse-disease at issue, or whether they had made their appearance in those organs after the appearance of the disease, but during the life BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 573 of the respective individuals, cannot be definitely settled by what I was able to ascertain. However, it is not at all impossible, and I rather incline to that view, that as in typhoid fever, the occurrence of these micro-organisms in the mesenteric glands may be interpreted. I do not think it probable for them to be merely accidental. I want especially to draw attention to the peculiar morphological features of the bacteria, which I do not remember to have ever seen in preparations or figures, or noticed in descriptions. Sections out of the fragments of spleen, which offered on the cut-surface a marbled or “ honey-combed” appearance, caused by greyish-dirty necrotised masses alternating with brownish-red tissue (as seen in alcohol), yielded no such bacteria as did the mesenteric glands, but more or less numerous aggregations of another kind. It consists of streptococci. They readily stain with aniline dyes, for instance Loeffler’s alkaline methylene-blue. On employing Gram’s method (s. above), one finds them to remain coloured, and it isin this way that one procures the finest and most instructive preparations. In a section thus prepared one sees, at a low amplifica- cation (for instance of 70 diam.), a number of deep-blue foci amid the yellowish-grey tissue of the spleen, and irregularly distributed in the same. In some preparations they were very plentiful, in others scarce. They are of an irregular, roundish or elongated shape, in the latter case up to ‘3 mm. long, whereas the smallest groups measure ‘01 mm. and still less. Under high powers these groups or foci are found to be made up of aggregations of minute, about ‘00045 mm. large, isodiametrical cocci (hence they are about the fourteenth part of the diameter of a human red blood-corpuscle). As a rule, they form more or less elongated strings or chains, which are interlaced with one another in different ways. Such chains are especially distinct at the margins of the aggregations ; in the interior of the latter, particularly if dense, the micrococci are often isolated or in two’s. Besides these masses which, as such, can 574 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES, be rendered visible by low magnifications, one observes in going over the sections with an immersion-lens, detached chains in large numbers. They look very delicate, are bent differently, and embrace in some cases up to 30 links. These do not touch each other immediately, but are separated from each other by bright interspaces of about half the diameter of the cocci. Their occurrence in the spleen extends not only to the necrotic parts, but also, though apparently less numerous, to the tissue which still contains well colourable nuclei; in sections stained with alkaline methylene-blue there were some groups of the streptococci undoubtedly disintegrated or about to disintegrate. We are, I think, pretty well justified in assuming that the presence of these necrotic masses in the spleen is due to the action of the described micrococci. We have analogies enough of this kind. But whether or not these micro-organisms are identical with one of the kinds of streptococci already known as infectious to man and animals (e. g. Streptococcus pyogenes) is impossible to decide after the mere morphological appearances of the concerning micro-organisms. Although the size of the streptococci under treat- ment is larger than that of the known kinds of infectious strepto- cocci, yet this criterion cannot be regarded as absolutely decisive. Finally a few words about the sample of blood alluded to in the beginning. This blood had been withdrawn from a living individual while in the acute stage of the fever, into capillary tubes, which were afterwards hermetically closed. When I went to examine it for micro-organisms, it had been in the tubes for about four months. To the naked eye it appeared as a homogeneous liquid. One portion of it I stained, and examined it under the microscope with the result that a moderate number of micrococci were found, which were arranged in small heaps without forming chains BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 57 These organisms, being besides a little larger than the strep- tococci in the spleen, are therefore morphologically different from the latter. Another portion of the blood was used for cultivation purposes. On being transferred on an inclined surface of nutrient gelatine in test-tubes, it gave rise toa pure culture of micrococci similar to those in the blood. The cultures grew but slowly, being at the beginning greyish, then orange, and ultimately assuming a bright coral-red colour. The cultures did not liquefy the gelatine. They resembled to some extent, Micrococcus cinnabareus (Fliigge, Micro- organismen, Leipzig, 1886, p. 174), and had, so to say, not the look of beinginfectious. Still I inoculated with such gelatine-cultures of the first, second, and third generations, six house-mice subcutane- ously, of which four died, one of them after somewhat less than twenty-four hours, one within 30-44 hours, the third after forty-five hours, andthe fourth after ten days. I doubt whether the inoculated culture had anything to do with the death of this latter animal. With some heart-blood of the first-mentioned mouse, which died in less than twenty-four hours, another mouse was infected ; it died after about twenty-four hours. In this way I continued to inoculate from mouse to mouse in two other cases ; death each time ensued after about the same time (twenty-four hours). Want of mice caused me to interrupt those experiments. There were no characteristic or constant pathological changes noticeable in the organs of the dead animals. A microscopic examination of, and cultivation experiments with, blood and sap of organs yielded negative results. The inoculated micrococci were never found there ; however from the place of inoculation these micro-organisms were obtained. According to this result, no infection had taken place in the mice experimented upon, and the fatal results with most of them must be considered due to some toxic substance or substances elaborated by the multiplying organisms. These, then, are not infectious, at least not for mice; no doubt they were 37 576 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES. derived from germs which, as contamination, found their way into the capillary tubes, somehow or other, when the sample of blood was collected. Here they grew for some time till the supply of oxygen present was exhausted. It is remarkable that they revived, after four months’ imprisonment in the hermetically sealed tubes, on being transferred on to fresh nutrient material. I may mention, without any further going into details of the behaviour of this kind of micrococcus, that, when some of the original blood containing it, was uniformly distributed in liquefied gelatine (1‘5 p.c. grape sugar in it), which was then solidified, colonies made their appearance only at the gelatine-surface, and a little below it ; but here they remained insignificant. Thus this pigment- producing microbe furnishes another example of exclusively aérobic bacteria. OBSERVATIONS ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU (DROMAZUS NOV E- HOLLANDI.) By Wiuuiam A. Haswett, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.8., Lecturer on ZooLoGy AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY, UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY. (PLATES VIII.-XV.) The number of works and papers on the development of birds is so great that an apology would almost seem to be required for adding one more to the list. But while the common fowl, pigeon, sparrow, thrush, nightingale, red-breast, canary, tit, lapwing, thick-knee, plover, duck, goose, tern, sea-gull, and some others have been dealt with as regards their embryology in whole or in part, there are no recorded observations on the development of any member of the great Ratite or Struthioid sub-class; and I have therefore thought it worth while to place on record the results of a study of the early development of the Emu, on which I have been engaged during the last few months. In what follows there may seem to be a little which may be regarded as a threshing-out anew of a well-threshed subject ; but when it is considered how wide is the diversity of opinion even at the present time among embryologists as to the significance of certain of the facts of avian embryology, it may be acknowledged that the reconsideration of certain of these in the case of a type so widely removed from those ordinarily studied may be of some value. I have to acknowledge here my great indebtedness to my friends Dr. R. L. Faithfull, of Lyons Terrace, Sydney, and Dr. Eric S. Sinclair of Gladesville Asylum, to whose kindness I owe my supply of material for this research. 578 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU, Tt will be superfluous to preface the account of these observations. with any general resumé of previous investigations and theories on avian embryology. This has been done with sufficient thoroughness from different standpoints by Kolliker, Balfour, Wolff, Koller, Duval, and others ; and I shall merely allude in their place to such points in the literature of the subject as are suggested by these. observations on the emu. For comparison I have used only the common fowl; and for the most part the methods employed were the methods of treat- ment and preparation followed in the study of that bird*, with such modifications as were rendered necessary by the larger size and different consistency of the yolk. The eggs of the emv were incubated at a temperature of from 35° to 40°C. Under this treatment there was a very considerable range of variation in the stage to which a given period of incubation would bring different eggs ; but there were in one of the two sets of eggs at my disposal no indications of any abnormalities, and there is every reason to believe that the temperature employed was about the natural one. The period of incubation of the emu is three months, as contrasted with the four weeks of the fowl, and the time which elapses before any one of the principal events of the development takes place in the former is nearly a corresponding multiple of the time which elapses in the case of the chick. An average egg of the emu is twenty-one ounces in weight, and measures rather over four inches in length by three and a half in breadth. Of these about forty may be laid in a season ; when about fifteen have been laid the male bird proceeds to incubate them, and perseveres in this duty until the first set of young ones are hatched, when he is succeeded by the female bird, which has now for some time ceased laying. * See particularly Dr. C. O. Whitman’s admirable ‘‘ Methods of Research in Comparative Anatomy and Embryology,” and the introductory part of the memoir by Duval, quoted below (XIL,). BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 579 The various parts of the egg have precisely the same relations as in the fowl; the white is rather less in proportion to the yolk ; but there is no other difference of importance. The yolk is about seven and a-half centimetres in its long, and seven in its short diameter; the long axis coincides with that of the egg ; and usually there are discernible a broad end and a narrow end corresponding with the broad and narrow ends of the egg itself. The embryo was usually found to lie with its long axis at right angles with the long axis of the yolk and of the egg ; but not unfrequently the position was oblique, though never longitudinal. The unincubated blastoderm was of nearly the same size and appearance as in the fowl, and was not made the subject of special examination. In eggs incubated for from about forty-seven to fifty hours the entire blastoderm was about a centimetre in diameter ; the area pellucida was two millimetres in diameter, and with a dark patch, the ‘embryonic shield,’ in the middle. A blastoderm of fifty-one hours was the earliest of which a thorough study was made. ‘The entire blastoderm was a centi- metre in breadth and the area pellucida three millimetres in its greatest diameter. The area pellucida presented two regions—an anterior which was rounded and rather broader than long, and a posterior, which had the appearance of a very short and narrow bay of the anterior part. This posterior bay (the ‘Zuwachsstiick’ of His) is the commencement of the primitive-streak region, and presents an indistinct dark axial band which is the commencement of the primitive streak. In no part was there a trace of a primitive groove. When examined in sections this blastoderm was found to consist throughout of only two completed layers—an upper and a lower. In the anterior larger part of the area pellucida these are separated throughout by a well-marked interval. In the posterior bay they are confluent along the middle line—forming the primitive streak. A little distance in front of the anterior end of the primitive streak the lower layer presents in the middle a slight thickening of no great extent. This is the earliest rudiment of 580 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU, the so-called ‘ head-process’ (Kopftortsatz) of the primitive streak, the significance of which will be discussed later on. It begins very gradually in front and passes behind without interruption into the primitive streak. In this ‘head process’ as well as in the region of the primitive streak (plate XII. fig. 9) the lower layer presents below, here and there, a flattened cell. These flattened cells are very far at this stage from forming a complete layer in this part of the blastoderm ; but there can be no doubt that they are the first-formed elements of the definitive hypoblast produced by modification of some of the lower-layer cells. In the middle of the primitive-streak region those cells are more numerous, and for a short distance form a complete layer ; but not even there are they separable from the rest of the lower layer except by their shape. The two lateral halves of the primitive streak are completely coalescent, there being at no point any indication of the “suture ”’ or of the canals which are to be seen at a later stage. The primi- tive streak is continued backwards for some little distance over the area opaca as a thickening of the epiblast. It is noteworthy that there is no appearance of a ‘sickle’, which if it existed as in the chick and some other carinate birds, would be recognisable in this series of sections. Ina specimen which had been incubated for seventy hours, in which the entire blastoderm was about two centimetres in diameter, the area pellucida (plate VIII, fig. 1), four or five millimetres in length, had attained a shape very unlike that which it presents at this period in the fowl. It consisted, as in the previous stage, of two parts—an anterior part, which was nearly circular, and a posterior part, which had the form of a narrow prolongation of the anterior part. This posterior prolongation is now of con- siderable length. On its surface, and extending forwards towards the centre of the rounded part of the area pellucida, was the primitive streak, having running along its axis a well-developed primitive groove, which became lost behind on the inner margin of the area opaca. The primitive streak ended in front in a not BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 58t very well-defined border, in front of which is a transverse dark space with a convex anterior border and shading off behind into the primitive streak proper. In the anterior part of the area pellucida of this specimen, as seen in sections, there are only two layers—epiblast and lower layer. The cells of the latter have not here yet taken on their flattened form, but are irregular and amoeboid, many of them thickly loaded with granules, arranged in a single layer. The epiblast consists in the middle of several layers of cells containing in many instances large granules: at the sides it consists of a single layer. The mesoblast has not yet extended into this region, As we pass backwards the cells of the lower layer gradually lose their amoeboid character and become more flattened, though still irregular in shape—the change in their form beginning in the middle line. The ‘“head-process” (plate XIT., fig. 10) is now larger than in the preceding stage, and its cells have assumed an irregular, sometimes stellate, form; here and there, as before, there is a flattened cell foreshadowing the hypoblast, but the majority of the cells are manifestly assuming the form of stellate mesoblast cells. Behind, as in the last stage, the head-process passes without interruption into the axial plate. In the primitive streak itself (plate XIL, figs. 11 and 12) there is the usual axialrplate continuous with the surface epiblast, its lateral wings extending outwards between the epiblast and the hypoblast, which latter has now in this region become developed into a continuous layer of somewhat flattened cells. The mesoblast extends outwards far beyond the termination of the hypoblast in the germinal wall. In the hinder part of the primitive streak region (fig. 13) there is below the primitive groove what appears like an imperfectly united longitudinal cleft or suture in the axial plate. The hypo- blast below this is continuous across the middle line, but in the centre, just below the “suture,” the ordinary hypoblast cells are replaced by a large cell filled with coarse granules. Though this is a fresh formation since the last stage, we have here an 582 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU, indication of the lips of the anterior part of the blastopore, the connection of which with the marginal portion has long been lost. Below the blastoderm proper in this specimen are a number of large cells (n, figs. 10-12) mostly of rounded form, filled with large granules. These are present also in the last stage, but not so definitely arranged. In the blastoderm now being described they become very numerous below the head-process, where they form a broad axial band. A few of them are to be observed in the sub- stance of the lower layer itself. In the primitive-streak region they are arranged for the most part in a double row, one running along below each lateral limit of the developing mesoblast. These are evidently the bodies termed formative cells by Balfour, globules of Ecker by Duval. They have been found to be derived from segmentation nuclei which appear on the floor of the seg- mentation cavity. It would seem probable from their arrangement as above described that their special function is the conveyance of nutriment directly or through the cells of the hypoblast to the developing mesoblast. At a stage when the mesoblast is well established they are no longer traceable. Blastoderms resembling that above described, were obtained several times ; with slight variations in minor points all presented the peculiar narrow posterior prolongation of the area pellucida forming the primitive streak region. In a specimen incubated for sixty-six hours (plate VIII, fig. 2,, the posterior prolongation was broader and less strongly marked off from the rest of the area pellucida ; the head-process had a more definite outline, and there was a semicircular groove which marked the position of the anterior boundary of the future medullary plate. On examining this blastoderm in a series of transverse sections, it is found that the head-process is much larger than in the preceding stage. It begins very gradually in front as a proliferation of lower-layer cells; but attains a considerable thickness behind. In front there is no hypoblast distinguishable in it ; but behind a hypoblastic layer becomes more evident, though not sharply marked off in any part. Behind, the head-process BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 583 passes without interruption into the axial plate. and here a well- formed hypoblast becomes first clearly marked off. In the region in front of the primitive streak and behind the crescentic groove— the region that is of the future medullary plate—the epiblast is thicker than in the surrounding parts of the blastoderm, and its cells have amore regular form, The suture in the primitive streak referred to above, has now altogether disappeared, and the two halves are closely united throughout their length. A study of the three stages which have been described, renders it evident that the primitive streak cannot grow forwards from the posterior border of the area pellucida, as it is generally described as doing; but that it is formed from before backwards simultaneously with an extension backwards in the form of a narrow bay, of the area pellucida. Thesub-germinal cavity, that is to say, sends an axial bay backwards, the posterior part of the germinal wall bends backwards at the same time along the border of this bay, and there is thus formed a narrow posterior prolonga- tion of the area pellucida, on the surface of which the primitive streak appears. Its first rudiment is apparently an axial thickening of the upper layer on the region of the area opaca which is to be converted into this bay ; and as the bay extends back the lower layer also thickens, the two thickenings uniting. The area pellucida has meantime been extending itself by growth in all directions, with the result that the anterior end of the primitive streak comes to be situated not far behind the middle of the anterior circular part of the area pellucida. That there is, however, a certain forward growth of the anterior end of the streak after it has become formed, seems probable when we compare figures | and 2 in plate ; it is, however, of much less extent in the emu than in ° the fowl. The accompanying woodcuts are designed to illustrate the history of the formation of the primitive streak in the emu. Only a part of this history is traceable in the ontogeny of the individual, and much less than at the outset I had hoped to find,—little more in fact than in the chick, save that the mode of growth of the 584 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU, primitive streak region is more readily traceable in the emu, and that the relations of the primitive streak are not complicated by the formation of a sickle or of a sickle-groove. The earliest stages in. the development of the blastoderm I assume to be similar to those of the embryos of carinate birds as described by Duval.* Fig. 1 represents a blastoderm of a stage in which the continuity of upper and lower layers (represented by the thickened line 0/) has become restricted to the posterior border. Fig. 2 represents diagrammatically the infolding of this border by reason of the * XII. p. 100; &e. BY WILLIAM A, HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 585 rapid extension of the blastoderm in all directions. In fig. 3 the two halves of this border have come together to form the axis of the primitive streak. This stage, in which the lateral halves of the primitive streak, meeting along the middle line in a sort of suture, run from the posterior border of the area pellucida to that of the area opaca, has not been observed, and possibly does not occur in the ontogeny of any bird. In figure 4 the area pellu- cida is represented as beginning to send backwards a narrow pro- longation, on the surface of which the primitive streak becomes revealed. The posterior part of the suture, z¢., that part which traverses the area opaca, is not represented in the emu, so far as I have been able to ascertain, even by a posterior notch such as is not rare in the fowl* ; the primitive streak would appear in fact (in the history of the individual) to be formed on the surface of the area pellucida as the latter extends backwards, and to be only foreshadowed in the area opaca by a median thickening of the upper layer, which does not extend far back. The re- maining two figures are intended to illustrate the manner in which, as pointed out by Duval, the anterior end of the primitive streak comes in its later stages to be situated so far forwards simply by the considerable extension of the area pellucida on all sides. The ‘ head-process,’ to which repeated allusion has already been made, has been, as regards its relations in the chick, the subject of some discussion. By Kollikery it is described as being a prolongation forwards from the anterior end of the primitive streak ; and, in accordance with his view of the origin of the primi- tive streak, he regards it as derived from the epiblast ; he is of opinion that it probably gives rise to the whole of the head. Gerlach{ describes it as a thickening of the endoderm, and as separated from the cells of the primitive streak behind by an * Whitman describes (XXXII) an abnormal blastoderm of the chick in which this line of coalescence is represented on the area opaca by a con- tinuation backwards of the primitive groove to the posterior border. + XXIV., p. 107. + XVL, p. 45. 586 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU, oblique cleft, There is no trace of any such break in any of my series of sections ; the axial plate in fact is completely continuous with the head-process. It is very difficult, however, to say whether or not the thickening constituting the ‘head-process’ is brought about by an invasion of cells from the primitive streak. The former (which is more correctly described as medullary plate of lower layer) is continuous with the latter by a process of cells, but whether cells travel forwards through this process and add to the thickness is hardly capable of being decided, It seems proba- ble that the ‘head-process’ is merely the continuation forwards for a short distance of that axial thickening of the lower layer, which, as above described, accompanies the formation of the primitive streak, and, except that it does not coalesce with the epiblast, the history of the lower layer is the same here as further back ; a layer of flattened hypoblast is derived from the lowest of its cells, and the rest is converted into mesoblast. It may be useful to sum up here the history of the formation of the mesoblast in the emu. When the primitive streak is first formed there are only two layers in the blastoderm. These two layers—upper and lower—both become thickened along the axial line of the area pellucida in its posterior prolongation, and there’ coalesce-—the coalescence plus the thickenings constituting the primitivestreak. Thethickening of the lower layer extends forwards a short distance in front of the anterior end of the primitive streak to constitute the ‘head-process.” The lowermost cells of the lower layer about the time of the first appearance of the primitive streak begin to be differentiated into a series of flattened cells which afterwards unite to form a continuous layer of cells—the hypoblast. This becomes a complete layer much later in the region of the ‘head-process’ than in the region of the primitive streak. In the lateral parts of the area pellucida, where the lower layer is thin, its cells become entirely converted into the single layer of hypoblast cells. In the middle the cells which remain after the hypoblast has become formed go to form the earliest rudiment of the mesoblast; the hypoblast becomes separated from this rudimentary mesoblast, and the latter from BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 587 its close connection with the epiblast has the appcaranee, especially after the primitive groove has become formed, of being an outgrowth from an involution of the epiblast. The mesoblastic plates are formed by outgrowth from this primitive mesoblast of the primitive streak extending outwards between the epiblast and the hypoblast. The union of the primitive mesoblast with the epiblast in the axial line of the primitive streak being complete, it is very difficult to say that the epiblast has no share in the growth of the lateral plates ; probably the union exerts some influence on the activity of the primitive mesoblast cells ; but I think we may safely say in view of the facts adduced above, that the foundation of the mesoblast of the whole embryo is laid by the cells of the lower layer, and that no part of it up to this point is formed directly from the epiblast. The above account of the formation of the mesoblast in the emu is in substance the same, so far as I can ascertain at second- hand from Koller’s summary*, as that put forward by His for the fowl. It is the view also maintained by Raubery, by Disset, and by Duvalf. On the other hand Kolliker|| regards the mesoblast as formed by ingrowth from the epiblast along the line of the primitive streak. Gerlach 4] also describes the mesoblast as of epiblastic origin, and also Koller, who, however, regards the participation of the hypoblast as probable, but not certainly ascertained. Balfour** maintains that part of the mesoblast of the primitive-streak region is derived from the epiblast. In connection with this subject it has to be noted that the chick as described by Balfour and others, differs from the emu, in that * XXII. p. 202 + XXVIII. clo. 86: § XII. p. 115. || XXIV. p. 93, &e. ol) 2a Fe MT 588 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU, in the former the hypoblast is present as a distinct layer in the hinder part of the area pellucida before the formation of the primitive streak, and it is this, apparently, that has given rise to the view so widely maintained that the mesoblast in the region of the primitive streak is mainly derived from the epiblast, or that the whole mesoblast is so derived. During the ensuing few hours the blastoderm increases rapidly in size, its diameter nearly doubling itself in a comparatively short time ; the area pellucida, however, does not increase in dimensions in the same proportion. In a specimen which had been incubated for seventy-eight hours, the area-pellucida (plate IX., fig. 3) was still only about four millimetres in length. A little in front of the middle is a rounded elevation, the head elevation, which slopes away gradually behind, but in front is circumscribed by a well- defined strongly convex border—the border of the head-fold. Running along the axis of this elevation is a narrow and deep fissure, which reaches from close to the convex anterior border to about the middle of the area pellucida, ending apparently abruptly at both ends. This fissure—the medullary groove—is bounded by a pair of low rounded medullary folds which decrease in height gradually behind. Na sey) a m a ‘ Ae P.L.S. N.S.W. Vow. |l (2° Ser). ; Pie W.A.H. del. | S.Sedgfield lith. Ue ch gaa a ¥ PL. I6 PLS. N.S.W. Voll (2% Ser) S. Sedéfield /ith. JM. del Bowning Irilobites SIZE. * 6 times Na Mus Burton! Fig Portion of LowerJaw P.L.S. nsw. Vol.1 (2 Ser) ” uv y ” CO MO) OD OD & ie Qa tos ues es oiye ~~ o 9 ® Re Se soy ous Qo KS NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 621 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. The Hon. James Norton exhibited a remarkable fungus growing on the branch of a Syncarpia ; also flowering specimens of the common Bamboo, gathered from a tree in Hyde Park. Mr. Palmer exhibited two “ letter-sticks” obtained from the Aborigines of the Gascoigne River district, where, as in other parts of Australia, they are used for inter-tribal communication. Dr. Haswell exhibited a series of preparations illustrating the embryology of birds. Dr. Katz exhibited, in connection with his paper, pure cultures of the pigment-producing micrococcus described. He took occasion to point out one characteristic feature in these cultures, viz., their exclusively aérophile nature. He also exhibited under the micro- scope a few slides of the tissue-sections mentioned. Mr. Macleay exhibited a specimen of Hrythrichthys witidus of Richardson, described in the ‘ Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,’ from West Australia. He had received the fish from Mr. Morton of the Hobart Museum. It had been captured on the South Coast of Tasmania. Mr. Fletcher exhibited for Baron von Mueller, F.R.S., &e., a drawing of an aquatic plant, Aldrovanda vesiculosa, Linn., and in reference to it stated that the Baron wished to call the attention of the members of this Society to the desirability of keeping a look-out for this plant, which the late Mr. P. O’Shanesy, F.L.S., found some years ago in a lagoon near Rockhampton, and which my be looked for in N.S.W. among water-plants such as Utricularia flexuosa. Though rendered known as a South European plant so long ago as 1747, the fruit of Aldrovanda vesiculosa is still unknown. The Baron would also be glad if members would try to discover the fruits of the native species of Lemna. 40 pi WEDNESDAY, 26tTH OCTOBER, 1887. The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair. Mr. Woodford was present as a visitor. The President announced that there would be no Excursion during the ensuing month. DONATIONS. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CIV., No. 26; Tome CV., Nos. 1-7 (1887). From the Academy. “ Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France pour l’année 1887.” Tome XIL, Nos. 2-4. rom the Society. «Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique.” Tome XXX.,, (1886). From the Society. «The Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 7 (1887). From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. DONATIONS. 623 “The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London.” Vol. XLITI., Part 3 (No. 171), 1887. From the Society. “The Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, 1886.” (Vol. III). From the Society. “ Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vic- toria:” Vols. TE-V., VIE, VIL. (Part 2), 1X; (Part-2), X.- XVIII. (1857-1882). From the Society. “ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania,” (15th August and 10th October, 1887). From the Society. ‘Woods and Forests of Tasmania—Annual Report, 1886-7 ;” * Report on Saw-Mill Reservations ;’ Report on Macquarie Harbour Pine and other Timber Trees of the West Coast.” By George 8. Perrin, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. From the Conservator of Forests. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X.Jahrg., Nos. 259 and 260 (1887). From the Editor. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 203 (September, 1887). From the Editor. “ Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales.” Vol. XXI., Part 2 (1887). From the Society. “ Bericht tiber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt am Main, 1887.” From the Society. ** Mémoires de la Société des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle-Russie, Odessa.” Tome XII., Part 1 (1887). From the Society. “ Proceedings of the Royal Society of London.” Vols. XL. (No. 245); XLI. (Nos. 246-250) ; XLIT. (Nos. 251-255). (May, 1886 to May, 1887). From the Society. 624 DONATIONS. “Annales de la Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique.” Tome X XI. (1886)) ; ‘‘ Proces-Verbaux des Séances ” (January to June, 1887). From the Society. * Australian Orchids.” By R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.8. Vols. I.- II. (Parts 1 and 2). From the Board of International Exchanges of Literary and Scientific Works, Official Publications, d&c., through Lh. C. Walker, Esq. “Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.” Tome XXII., Liv. Ll re. (1887). Dela part de la Société Hollan- daise des Sciences & Harlem. “The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III, No. 9 (September, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S. “‘ Descriptions of two new Fishes.” By Alexander Morton, Curator of the Tasmanian Museum. Jrom the Author. Bulletin de la Société Royale de Géographie d’Anvers.” Tome XII, Fase. 1 (1887). From the Society. “ Report of a Committee appointed by the Local Government Board, London, to inquire into M. Pasteur’s Treatment of Hydro- phobia.” rom the Health Department of New South Wales. “Some New South Wales Tan-Substances.” Part II. By J. H. Maiden, F.R.G.S. From the Author. “ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me Année, No. IX. (1887). From the Society. ‘Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., Nos. 3 and 4. (September and October, 1887). De la part de l Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 22 (October, 1887). From the Editor. DONATIONS. 625 **Annalen des k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Wien.” Bd. IL., No. 2. From the Director. ‘The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 6 (October 1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. * Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, 1886.” Parts II. and III. (April-December). From the Academy. * Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore—Studies from the Biological Laboratory.” Vol. IIT., Nos. 5-8 (1886) ; “ University Circulars.” Vol. VI., Nos. 52-55; “ Eleventh Annual Report” (1886). From the University. * United States Geological Survey—Fifth Annual Report to the Secretary of the Interior” (1883-84). By J. W. Powell, Director; ‘Mineral Resources of the United States, 1885.” From the Director of the United States Geological Survey. * Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences.” Vol. IILI., Nos. 11 and 12 (Sept. 1886); ‘‘Transactions.” Vol. V., Nos. 7 and 8 (April-May, 1886). rom the Academy. “American Museum of Natural History, New York— Bulletin.” Vol. I., Nos. 1-3 and No. 8; “Annual Reports” (1870-82). From the Museum. “ Verhandlungen der k. k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien” (1886). XXXVI. Bd., Pts. 3 and 4. From the Society. “The Journal of the Linnean Society of London—Botany.” Vol. XXIT. (Nos. 145-149); XXIII. (No. 151); XXIV. (No. 158) ; “Zoology.” Vol. XIX. (Nos. 114 and 115); XX. (Nos. 116 and 117); XXI. (Nos. 126-129); “Proceedings” (November, 1883 to June, 1886 ; November, 1886 to June, 1887); “ List of Mem- bers, &c.” Session 1886-7. Prom the Society. 626 DONATIONS ‘Bulletin de Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Péters- bourg.” Tome XXXI., Nos. 2 and 3 (1886); ‘“ Mémoires.” T. XXXIV., Nos. 5-13 (1886). rom the Academy. “ Oefversigt af Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Forhandlingar.” T. XXVII. (1884-85) ; ‘“ Bidrag till Kinnedom af Finlands Natur och Folk.” Hiftet 43 (1886); ‘‘ Exploration Internationale des Régions Polaires, 1882-84.—Expéddition Polaire Finlandaise.” From the Society of Sciences of Finland. PAPERS READ. FURTHER REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA. By Dr. Oscar Katz. In the course of my investigation of phosphorescent bacteria from sea-water, I have been able to obtain three more kinds, in addition to the three of which I gave a preliminary account at the Meeting of this Society, in June last.* As a detailed description of their morphological and biological properties will not be forth- coming for some time yet, I may be permitted to give some few outlines of these new species. Generally speaking they are, as before, easily cultivable on or ina variety of nutritive substances, of which certain marine animals (fishes, etc.), must especially be mentioned, and added to common sea-water they can render it luminous just as the organisms already alluded to (l.c.) esc lNg The first kind—or the fourth, continuing the succession—which I propose to name Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens liquefaciens (rather a long specific name), was secured in a sample of sea-water from Bondi Bay, a few miles south of Sydney, on the 11th September last. By mixing 10 drops of this water with liquefied gelatine in a test-tube, and causing the mixture to solidify along the inner walls of the tube, I noticed, among others, after some time several luminous colonies of the bacillus. It forms short straight, now and then slightly curved, rods of about ‘002mm. in length, and about 4 of it in width (this is according to stained cover-glass preparations taken from agar-agar * See Proceedings of this Society, Vol. II. Series 2nd. Part 2, 1887, p. 331. 628 FURTHER REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA, cultures ; in the living state the bacilli present, of course, some- what larger proportions). The extremities are rounded off. Cultivated in a suspended drop of nutrient meat-broth on hollow- ground slides, the bacilli exhibit an extremely lively mobility ; they grow abundantly to filaments, which are more or less elongated, and variously wound or curved. They are easily and uniformly stained by means of alkaline methylene-blue. Their cultures in alkaline nutrient gelatine, a very suitable medium for the cultivation of the micro-organism at ordinary temperatures, cause it to become liquefied. In such a gelatine they yield characteristic colonies, which are different from those of Bacillus cyaneo-phosphorescens (l.c. p. 334), and which will be described later on. The light emitted by their cultures on gelatine, agar-agar, or boiled fish, in the dark, is of a silvery colour, but weak, and insufli- cient to enable one to read, for instance, the watch. It is the weakest of all the lights given off by the bacteria hitherto obtained. This microbe is thus altogether different from Baczllus cyaneo- phosphorescens (1.c.), * from which it differs also morphologically. II. (V). The next kind which may be termed Bacillus argenteo-phos- phorescens II.{ was obtained at the middle of September last, from a piece of a “squid” (Zoliyo sp.; a small species, used as bait, and occasionally sold at fishmongers’ in Sydney ; the specimen under notice was derived from sucha source). It was also obtained from pieces of the “Sydney Gar-fish” (Hemirhamphus intermedius, *I will here at once mention that alkaline nutrient gelatine is also for this kind an excellent nourishing soil, and that, when I said, it grows rather slowly on or in it, I must have at that time used a gelatine which did not distinctly show an alkaline reaction. +I shall have to add to the name of the luminous bacterium, viz :— Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens (l.c., p. 333), the number I. BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 629 Cant., H. melanochir, Cuv. and Val.), purchased at the same time and from the same place. These fragments of squid and gar-fish, after having been moistened with sea-water, and placed in a moist chamber, were found to be phosphorescent all over in the evening of the very day on which they were put aside. Cultures of the luminous mucus at the surface of these objects yielded, among numerous other ones, some colonies of this bacillus ; but in a tube of gelatine mixed with some of a salt-infusion of the material from the squid, there appeared one other colony which consisted of the micro-organism next to be mentioned. Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens II. shows in cover-glass pre- parations from gelatine cultures, short, always straight rods, with their ends rounded ; length up to about -0027 mm., yet most of the rods in the preparations are shorter ; width about ‘00067 mm. In a drop of nutrient meat-broth they do not exhibit spontaneous movements ; besides individual bacilli and diplo-forms, threads made up of few links, and short filaments in which there is no interruption, occur. They stain well and uniformly with alkaline methylene-blue. They do not cause liquefaction of the gelatine which serves as nutritive soil to them. The light given off from pure cultures of this microbe is of a bright silvery colour, and is somewhat more intense than that of of Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens (l.c., p. 333); this is espe- cially noticeable in cultures on boiled fish at 21°-24° C., and then also it may be noticed that the colour of the light emitted by the former is greenish-silvery. On the ground of morphological] and physiological characters the organism under consideration is distinguished from that referred to; for instance, it is very easy to demonstrate this difference by means of streak-cultures on gelatine, where in the one case (L. arg.-phosph. I.), a flat, waxy yellow ribbon with glassy lustre is produced, whereas in the other (B. arg.-phosph. II.), the ribbon has a whitish colour with less prominent lustre, which is rather of a greasy appearance. ‘630 FURTHER REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA. III. (VI). The third (or sixth) kind was derived from a luminous fragment of squid, as already noticed above. As name for it I propose Ba- cillus argenteo-phosphorescens III. Under high powers it exhibits pretty much the same proportions of length and width as that of the former kind. In cultures in nutrient meat-broth the rods are seen to be motile; they form, here and there, short threads. Alkaline methylene-blue is readily and uniformly taken up by them. By growing them on or in gelatine, the latter does not become liquefied. With regard to the light which their cultures emit in the dark, it may be said that it resembles, on the whole, that of the two kinds, named BL. argenteo-phosphorescens J. and II., more especially the latter. But, in other respects, there are considerable differences between these two and the one in question. Here I need only state that the duration of the phosphorescence of the latter is shorter than that in the case of B. arg.-ph. II., and still shorter than that of B. arg.-ph. I. Streak-cultures on gelatine (6 p.c., alkaline) also afford a convenient means of distinction between No. III, and the two others. No. III. grows in the streak far more luxuriantly than do Nos. I. and II. By comparing equally aged but young cultures, say of the second day, with one another, one notices at once, that III. presents a ribbon-like superficial layer, fully double as broad as that of II., and somewhat less than double the width of that of I. The colour and general appear- ance of the streak-culture of III. is, save insignificant deviations, about the same as that of IT. ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LABROID FISH FROM PORT JACKSON. By E. Pierson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., AND J. DouGLAS-OGILBY. (Notes from the Australian Museum. ) EUPETRICHTHYS, gen. nov. Branchiostegals six: pseudobranchie present. _ Body elongate and compressed. Gillmembranes attached to the isthmus. Pre- opercle entire. Jaws with a pair of curved canines anteriorly, and a lateral row of conical teeth: posterior canine present. Dorsal fin with nine spines and twelve rays : anal with three spines and eleven rays; ventral fins with an elongated ray. Scales cycloid, large : opercle and cheek scaly. Lateral line continuous. From the above diagnosis it is evident that the true position of this fish belongs to that group of Labridew to which Dr. Giinther (Brit. Mus. Cat. 1v. p. 66) has given the name Julidina, and a glance along the different sections of that group shews that its place is among those having “nine dorsal spines, the lateral line not interrupted, and the cheeks and opercles scaly.” Its close affinity to Labrichthys—that most numerously represented genus of Labroids on our shores—is at once apparent, but in such a genus where the fin formula remains constant throughout the whole series of about thirty * species, any departure from the normal number must necessarily carry with it a greater weight than among fishes which enjoy a greater latitude in this respect. This difference therefore coupled with the elongate ventrals and general form have induced us to raise this new species to generic rank under the above name, placing it in the system between the genera Labrichthys and Labrovdes. * The examination of a more extended series of specimens will probably reduce this number somewhat. 632 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LABROID FISH, EUPETRICHTHYS ANGUSTIPES, Sp. Nov. Les vie MeO hee aAs ole SV 1/5, e eal came ih ater orci L. tr. 2/9. The length of the head is contained five times in the total length ; the greatest height of the body, which is behind the origin of the anal fin, five and a-half times: the height of the head at the nape is five-sevenths of its length ; the greatest breadth one-half of the same. The eye is situated almost entirely above the middle of the side of the head, but does not encroach upon its upper profile ; it is of small size, its diameter being contained four and three-fifths times in the length of the head ; the snout is moderately obtuse and is one-seventh longer than the diameter of the eye ; the interorbital space is four-fifths of the same, and is convex, as also is the upper profile of the head. The jaws are of equal length, and the lips of moderate thickness; the cleft of the mouth, which is almost horizontal, is small, the posterior extremity of the maxillary barely reaching to the eye. The preopercular bones are entire. TZeeth.— A pair of strong anterior canines in each jaw, those of the lower being sub-horizontal and received between those of the upper ; on each ramus of the mandible there are ten, and of the maxilla nine, conical teeth, the anterior one being the strongest, and the others decreasing in size by regular gradations ; there are no perceptible teeth behind these ; posterior canine present.* Fins—the dorsal fin commences slightly in front of the lobe of the opercle ; its spines are weak, and considerably lower than the rays, the last of which is nearly double the length of the last and longest spine, which is itself two-fifths of the length of the head. The anal fin commences beneath the anterior dorsal ray ; its spines are rather stronger but not so long as those of the dorsal, and the third and longest is only three-sevenths of the posterior ray, which exceeds in length the corresponding ray of the dorsal fin; the last ray in both these fins is divided to the very base. The ventral fin * Tn our specimen there are two posterior canines on one side, and only one, as is usual, on the other, but, as the same discrepancy not unfre- quently occurs in the allied genus Labrichthys, no stress need be laid upon its occurrence in this case. BY DR. E. P, RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY 633 originates beneath the middle of the base of the pectoral ; its spine is midway in length between the longest of the dorsal and anal fins, and is one-third of the first ray, which is elongate, reaching to the origin of the anal, and equal in length to the head . the second ray is much shorter than the first, and, while the third is but little more, the fourth and fifth are considerably less, than the spine. The pectoral fins are short and rounded, two-thirds of the length of the head, and reaching to the vertical from the seventh scale of the lateral line. The caudal fin is rounded, and is of equal length with the head: the length of the free part of the tail is three-fifths of its height between the terminations of the dorsal and anal fins. Scales—those on the opercle are almost as large as those on the body, and form three irregular rows, while those on the cheek are much smaller, and comprise about ten scales in a single row, which dogs not quite cover the cheek, and extend from behind to beneath the middle of the eye: there are three sets of scales between the occiput and the origin of the dorsal fin, and a similar number between the dorsal and caudal fins. The ‘bases of the dorsal and anal fins are naked, but the caudal is clothed for fully half its length with small oblong scales. The jateral line rises with a gentle curve to beneath the fourth dorsal spine, and from thence has an almost imperceptible downward slope to beneath the tenth ray, where it drops suddenly down to the centre of the tail, leaving four scales on the lateral line between the flexure and the caudal fin, the last of which is on that fin, and is much enlarged. The anterior scales are simply branched by a single offshoot rising near the middle of the main tube on each side and thus forming an almost rectangular cross ; from thence to the end of the flexure they bear from five to eight (and even ten) branchlets, most of which rise from the upper side of the main tube; behind this the branching again decreases. Pores—the upper surface of the head is studded with small circular pores, while the preorbital and preopercle are supplied with raised tubular pores, which are frequently arbuscular. Colors*—upper half of body dark green, lower half yellow with * Taken from the living fish, 634 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LABROID FISH. seven purplish transverse bands, darkest inferiorly, where they are much broader than the interspaces, and even coalesce on the abdominal region, which is further ornamented with brilliant violet spots and streaks; upper part of head paler than the back : a narrow violet band runs obliquely downwards from the eye to the middle of the maxilla; a second parallel to this just touches the end of the maxilla, but does not quite join the corresponding band on the opposite side; a third, which is mush fainter, runs from the antero- to the postero-inferior angle of the orbit, forming a semicircle, which encloses a purple spot ; there are two more narrow pinkish vertical bands descending from the cheeks to the isthmus, which is of a pale blue color: the lower part of the opercle is purple, and there are several round spots of the same color behind the eye. Dorsal fin pale red with a brilliant blue spot between the two first spines, and the outer half of the web of the three first orange with narrow pale blue longitudinal streaks ; an olive-green band, broadest posteriorly, runs along the outer half of the entire length of the fin, but only touches the margin on the last two or three rays ; below this are numerous carmine spots and short oblique streaks, while above it are numbers of small circular pale blue spots. Anal fin similar but paler, with the olive-green band suffused over the entire outer half, and ornamented with oblique wavy blue lines, which sometimes form reticulations ; carmine spots as in dorsal fin. A broad olive submarginal and a grey marginal band on the candal fin, both of these being traversed by pale blue arcuate waved lines, the enclosed space being salmon-color with carmine spots on the rays. Pectoral fins hyaline. The outer ventral ray saffron with a narrow blue margin. Irides brown and silvery with a narrow edging of orange on the inside. For the pleasure of describing this most beautiful fish we are indebted to the commendable liberality of the proprietors of the Royal Aquarium, Bondi, who handed to us the living fish on its being pointed out that it was of a species unknown to us. Its total length is about 6°25 inches, and we are informed that it was obtained at Rose Bay, Port Jackson, on the 8th inst. Register number I. 1418. MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, No. V. “THE HELAIDES. ” By WILLIAM Mactgay, F.L.8., &c. (Continued from page 550.) In my last Paper on this subject, I gave descriptions of all the known species of the winged genera of the sub-family. In the following I shall deal with the apterous genera of the same sub- family. These consist of the genera Helceus, Sympetes and Saragus. I shall take them in the order in which I have now placed them. Genus Hetavs, Latr. Head entirely immersed in the thorax, scarcely narrowed, trun- cate in front, depressed on the forehead. Eyes of variable size. Antenne in general as long as, or a little more long than the thorax, their four last joints sub-globose, perfoliate, and forming a tolerably distinct mass. Thorax moderately transversal, _parabolically rounded on the sides, narrowly and profoundly emarginate in front with the anterior angles prolonged and cross- ing in front of the head ; the base imperfectly contiguous to the elytra, bisinuate, with a large median lobe of variable form ; the foliaceous margin of great breadth and reflected. Elytra oblong- oval or oval, convex on the disk, the foliaceous margins of variable breadth and reflected. Legs long, tibiz finely rough, one spur to the anterior and two to the four posterior tibiz, sometimes very small. Metasternum very short, mesosternum declivous, broadly concave, prosternal prominencecurved behind, sometimes prolonged. into ashort point. Body apterous. ‘636 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. This genus, which gives its name to the sub-family, contains in itself in the most exaggerated degree all the peculiarities of the group. The thorax enclosing the head ; the broad, flattened form, and the large expanded upturned margins, are very largely more conspicuous in the species of this genus than in any of the others. The greater number of the species are from South Australia, the Swan River settlement, and the interior. I think it may be classed generally as an inhabitant of the dry and barren plains -of the far interior. I propose to group the species into those with— 1. The elytra smooth or only granulate. prt Agel! g aplloses 3 Ld Vay 4 icestate: 4. , 4, tuberculate. 1. ELYTRA SMOOTH OR ONLY GRANULATE. 61. Hetxzus Coxossus, De Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 59, pl. IV. fig. 1. Broadly ovate, brownish black, sub-opaque, glabrous. Head finely rugose, labrum exserted, a little emarginate, clypeus depressed, rounded laterally, and broadly emarginate at the apex. Antenne brown, a little longer than the thorax; the last four joints large, round and reddish, the terminal one a little elongated. Thorax rounded, strongly sinuate posteriorly, scarcely visibly _ rugose; the disk convex, uneven, on the base of the median line a strong erect spine, not touching the basal margin of the thorax; the lateral margins very broad, finely rugose-punctate, and turned up on the borders ; the anterior angles very rounded and strongly crossing one another, the posterior angles curved backwards. Elytra oval and rounded behind, with a scattered minute granula- tion, the disk oval, sub-convex and a little prolonged towards the apex ; the margins broad like those of the thorax, feebly raised and reflected on the borders : body beneath of a reddish-brown and punctate ; the tibize rough. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 637 Long. 16 lines, lat. 10 lines. Hab.—Queensland (2). If I am correct in my identification of this insect, its habitat is Queensland ; I have specimens of what I take to be it, from Rockhampton and Victoria River (Mitchell’s Exp.). 62. HELZUS INTERMEDIUS, De Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 61, pl. V. fig. 1. Broadly ovate, black, nitid, glabrous. Head slightly rugose, elongate, square in front, the clypeus convex and a little emar- ginate in front, as well asthe labrum. Antenne as in H. Colossus. Thorax somewhat granulose, transverse and a little sinuate behind, the sides rounded towards the base, and conspicuously narrowed and emarginate in front ; the disk is very slightly convex and presents many depressions and inequalities, on the base of the median line a strong erect spine a little curved backwards; the margins broad particularly laterally, turned up on the edge, the posterior angles recurved, the anterior rounded and crossing. Elytra oval, nitid, with a scarcely visible scattered granulation, the disk oval, convex, a little prolonged backwards, the suture raised into a strong carina ; on each elytron near the scutellum a very slightly promi- nent and oblique costa not even reaching to the first third of the elytra. The margins as large at the base as that of the thorax, and rather narrower towards the apex. Body beneath of a deep brown and punctate ; tibize rough. Long. 13 lines, lat. 8 lines, Hab.—South Australia. 63. Hetzus princeps, Hope. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1848, Vol. V. p. 52, pl. VI. fig. 1. ‘“‘Fuscus, disco in medio nigricante, marginibus pallidioribus seu rubro-fuscis, pedibusque concoloribus. Thorax antrorsum rotundatus (angulis anterioribus complicatis); foramen antice 4] 638 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. latius quam longius, postice tuberculo elevato nigricanti, foramine utrinque satis conspicuo. Elytra late ovalia, postice rotundata, medio disci atriori, suturaque elevata, sexque punctatis lineis elevatis in singulo apparentibus, marginibus late piceo-fulvis, punc- tisque atris elevatis sparsim aspersis. Corpus infra fusco-brunneum. Pedes concolores.” Long. 15} lines, lat. 9? lines. Hab.—Swan River. I have given Mr. Hope’s description in full, not that I regard it as by any means a satisfactory description, but because I may be wrong in giving Mr. Hope’s name to the insect described below, but which I think must be identical with it. Very broadly ovate, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punctate, eyes very transverse, approximate. Clypeus very broadly and lightly emarginate. Thorax transverse, very broadly mar- gined, the margins reddish, largely hollowed out and reflected, and minutely rugose punctate, the anterior angles very broadly rounded and crossing one another in front of the head, the right one upper- most; the disk small, convex, uneven, with the median line rising in a short carina near the apex and into a large conical headed tubercle near the base. Elytra as broad or slightly broader than the thorax at the base, the margins very broad, flattened out and much reflected on the borders, reddish and diaphanous with some strong scattered punc- tures, the disk convex, carinate on the suture, irregularly and some- what obliterately rugosely punctate, with on each elytron six rows of more or less distant small granules, the row next the suture most closely continuous. Body beneath and legs opaque brown and densely punctate. Long. 14 lines, lat. 9 lines. Hab.—South Australia. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 639 64. Herzus Brownu, Kirby. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. XII. p. 467, pl. XXIII. fig. 83— Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 82, pl. VI. fig. 6.—Boisd. Voy. de l’Astrol. p. 261. Ovate, black, or brownish black, very nitid, glabrous. Head granulate, clypeus convex, turned up on the border, emarginate anteriorly, the labrum salient not emarginate, forehead elevated with a slight longitudinal groove between the eyes ; the eighth joint of the antenne large and round, the ninth and tenth not so swollen, the last oval and reddish. Thorax transverse, rounded, smooth and not much sinuated posteriorly ; the disk feebly carinated, moderately convex, with several depressions and irregu- larities, and asmall erect spine at the base of the median line ; the anterior angles crossing and rounded, the posterior very much curved backwards; the margins broad, raised, very minutely punctate, and folded back at the borders. Elytra oval, the disk convex and scarcely visibly granulate, the suture carinate ; on each side of the scutellum a short slight depression or fovea, the mar- gins raised and folded on the border, as broad as those of the thorax towards the base, narrower on the sides and apex and convex at the humeral angles, which are a little prominent. Under surface and legs brown; tibiz rugose. Long. 10 lines, lat. 84 lines. Hab.—Swan River, W. Australia. 65. HEL&HUS INTERIORIS, 0. sp. Oblong-oval, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punctate, the clypeus and labrum slightly emarginate. ‘Thorax minutely and roughly punctate, the margins very broad and much reflected, the anterior angles broadly rounded and crossing in front of the head leaving the opening over the head nearly circular, the posterior angles much recurved backwards; the disk is small, slightly convex and uneven, with a strong, erect, conical tubercle in the middle near the base. Elytra at the base about the width 640 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. of the thorax at the base, but expanding behind, the margins very broad, a little reflexed, and rather thinly granulate, the disk carinate at the suture, and on each eiytron about eleven or twelve irregular rows of more or less distant granules, the second row from the suture having the granules more continuous, and presenting near the base a costiform appearance. Long. 12 lines, lat. 8 lines. Hab.—Darling River. 66, HEL&US PALLIDUS, n, sp. The very pale yellowish-brown diaphanous appearance of this insect may possibly be due to its being very fresh from the chrysalis, but, quite apart from its colour, it is undoubtedly a very distinct species. In form it is not unlike H. intermedius. Head rather flat, punctate, canaliculate between the eyes, these approxi- mate. Thorax transverse, very broadly margined, the margins very minutely punctate, much flattened out, and a little recurved on the edges; the disk is small, convex, and of a darker colour than the margins, uneven and foveated, with an erect rather sub- acute spine near the middle of the base; the anterior angles are largely rounded in front of the head, the posterior are strongly pointed backwards. The elytra are a very little broader than the thorax, and scarcely ampliated behind the shoulders, the margins like those of the thorax, the disk convex, carinate on the suture and rather densely covered with punctures very irregularly disposed. Body beneath and legs brown, finely striolate-punctate. Long. 12 lines, lat 8 lines. Hab.—South Australia. The only other species resembling this are—H. princeps, H. intermedius, and H. Colossus. The first of these has the elytra with distinct rows of granules ; the second has the elytra smooth, with very small scattered granules ; the last has minute granules on the disk of the elytra, and large scattered punctures on the margins; whereas the present species has the disk of the elytra closely and irregularly punctured without trace of granules. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 64] 2. ELYTRA PILOSE. 67. HEL#us pERFORATUS, Latreille. Fam. Naturelle, 2nd Ed. Vol. IT. p. 32, pl. III. fig. 6—Guérin et Perch. Gen. des Ins. 3 liv. N. 7, pl. XI.—Boisd. Voy. de lAstrol. p. 361.—De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 55, pl. VI. fig. 2. Broadly ovate, black, sometimes a little violet black. Head advanced, subrugose, a little longer than broad, clypeus convex, the angle of the epicranium raised, the forehead canaliculate between the eyes ; labrum salient, as well as the palpi. Antenne about 1} times the length of the thorax, the seventh joint slightly rounded, the two following globular, the last joint larger and pointed. Thorax transverse, sub-sinuated posteriorly, rounded on the sides and narrowed in front, the disk a little punctate, slightly convex, not perceptibly carinate, but with a perceptible tubercle on the median line towards the base, the margins very dilated, thin, recurved and very minutely granulate, the anterior angles dilated, rounded and meeting or slightly crossing in front of the head, the posterior angles pointing a little backwards. Elytra oval, a little dilated behind the humeral angles, rounded towards the apex, the disk very convex, oval, nitid, irregularly punctate, each elytron with four rows of long crisp hairs, these hairs are generally black, but sometimes reddish at the point, and planted in bundles ; the margins are very dilated, a little larger than those of the thorax. The under surface entirely black and punctate. Legs black, tibize rugose. Long. 13} lines, lat. 8} lines. Hab.—South and Western Australia. 68. Hetzus Kirsyl, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 57, pl. VI. fig. 4. Very like H. perforatus but of a grayer black and a little less dull. Thorax more narrowed on each side and more strongly carinate, particularly towards the base where the median line is 642 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. elevated into an obtuse point, posterior angles salient and recurved backwards. Elytra dilated behind the humeral angles, narrowing a little towards the middle and apex, the disk very convex, oval, nitid, irregularly punctate, with on each elytron four rows of small tufts of reddish-brown hair, much thinner and shorter than in H. perforatus and with scarcely a trace of puncturation on the margins. In all else like H. perforatus. Long. 124 lines, lat. 8 lines. Hab.-—Swan. River. 69. Hetaus Spenci, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 58, pl. WI. fig. 5. Like the last two species. Entirely of a nitid blackish brown, with some fulvous reflections. Head as in H, perforatus, but a little longer. Antenne of the same form but shorter and velvety. Thorax narrower relatively to the size than that of H. perforatus and carinated in the same way, not visibly punctate, slightly sinuate behind, the posterior angles very little recurved behind ; the margins as in H. perforatus. LElytra dilated and rounded posteriorly, of the width of the thorax at the base, the humeral angles rounded, the disk convex, elongate oval, nitid, irregularly punctate, with on each elytron four rows of very fine fulvous hairs exceedingly short and forming a compact brush; the margins as in the preceding species, scarcely perceptibly punctate, more narrow towards the apex than on the sides. Under surface and legs as in H. perforatus. Long. 12} lines, lat. 7 lines. Hab.—New Holland. 3. ELYTRA COSTATE. 70. HELAUS MONILIFERUS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 463. Broadly ovate, deep brown or black, sub-nitid. Head rugose, clypeus and labrum truncate, forehead lightly canaliculate, the BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 643 eyes approximate. Thorax transverse, the margins very broad and dilated, very minutely rugosely punctate, opaque ; the anterior angles crossing in front of the head and rounded at the apex, but much less broadly rounded than in those of H. Colossus, the posterior angles not much recurved ; the disk is convex, smooth, not per- ceptibly punctate, and strongly carinate on the median line from a little behind the apex to close to the base, the carina rising in a compressed tubercle at its base ; the base of the thorax is bisinuate, the edge near each side minutely serrate. The elytra are very slightly broader than the thorax and nitid, the margins are broad, smooth, impunctate and of a reddish hue with a very thick upturned border, the disk is faintly punctate, with the suture slightly carinate ; a very strong carina on each elytron near the suture extending from base to apex, and a line of rather large bead- like tubercles along each side on the marginal junction. Under surface brown, very finely striolate, legs punctate, finely pubescent. Long. 12 lines, lat. 7 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 71. Hetmus Macteayl, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 65, pl. VI. fig. 3. Entirely of a very nitid brownish-black, smooth. Head some- what square; clypeus not sensibly emarginate, labrum salient feebly rounded, epicranium convex, forehead very slightly canali- culate between the eyes. Antenne as long as the thorax, in all respects like that of H. perforatus. Thorax finely punctate, less transverse than in the previous species, elongated anteriorly and rounded laterally, subsinuate behind, a very slight emargination on each side a little above the posterior angles, the anterior angles very long, crossing in front of the head and terminating in an obtuse point ; the disk a little convex, the median line carinate, more elevated behind ; margins broad, wavy, feebly folded on the border. Elytra with a slight irregular puncturation, a little dilated behind the humeral angles, then almost parallel-sided to two-thirds of the length and rounded at the apex, the disk very 644 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. convex, nitid, feebly crimped on each side towards the middle of the body and at the margin, a very prominent sutural carina, on each elytron near the suture a short raised carina extending from the base to two-thirds of their length ; the margins as broad as that of the prothorax, more narrow behind, irregularly wavy, and folded above on the border. The undersurface is of a very nitid brown and punctate. Long. 84 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—King George’s Sound. 72. Hetazus Masters, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4 Vol. V. p. 99. “ Broadly obovate, dark brown, covered with a loose greyish dust-like squamosity, and furnished above with short erect black bristles ; eyes approximate, nearly covered by the prothorax ; the latter impunctate, nearly semi-circular, not narrowed at the base, the margin broad, slightly concave, the centre with a narrow very distinct longitudinal ridge not quite extending to the base; seutellum transverse ; elytra as broad at the base as long, broadest behind the middle, sides of the disk very convex, the margins moderately foliaceous, irregularly punctured ; the intervals of the punctures with short bristles, the suture finely raised, and at a short distance on each of it a strong carina not reaching to the apex, another, but nearly obsolete, at the same distance on the outer side; body beneath and legs dull brown, the latter especially covered with short hairs” (Pascoe). Length, 63-74 lines. Hab.—Salt River, West Australia. 73. Hetaus Perron, Boisd. Voy. del’ Astrol. p. 259.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 66, pl. V. fig. 3. Oval, deep brownish-black, glabrous. Head finely rugose, nearly square, clypeus convex and slightly emarginate in front, its angles BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 645 obtuse, epicranium raised. Antenne a little longer than the thorax, brown, terminating in a mass formed of the last five joints, the ninth largest, the last oval. Thorax transverse, rounded later- ally, narrowed towards the apex and sinuate at the base, entirely rugose and opaque, the disk convex, the median line strongly carinate, the carina more elevated towards the base, near which it terminates in an obtuse point ; the margins rather concave and reflexed on the borders, a little convex at the posterior angles which are lightly curved backwards, the anterior angles crossing a little and terminating in a narrow point. Elytra oval, rounded towards the apex, nitid, the disk convex, strongly punctate, suture carinate, on each elytron and nearer the suture than the sides, an elevated thin carina which terminates about one-third of the length from the apex ; scutellum rounded, margins smooth, raised at the humeral angles, the rest flat, narrower at the base than that of the thorax and very narrowly reflexed, under surface reddish-brown and rugose, the part embracing the elytra punctate, Long. 74 lines, lat. 44 lines. Hab.—Swan River, W. Australia. 74. HELEZUS CONSULARIS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. II. p. 463. “ Obovate, glabrous, black, shining ; prothorax with a toothed carina in the middle, the posterior tooth large, in the form of a compressed triangular spine ; scutellum transversely triangular, keeled in the middle; elytra impunctate, the broad strongly reflexed margins faintly punctured, their edges terminated by an erect, narrow border, the raised suture having on each side at a short distance a sharp costa crenated on both sides, and externally near the angle formed by the reflected margin a line of small tubercles which do not however extend to the base ; body beneath glabrous, black, shining ; legs rugose”’ (Pascoe). Length, 11 lines. Hab.—Western Australia. I have never seen this species. ae 646 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 75. Heuaus castor, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. II. p. 464. “ Broadly ovate, brownish, scarcely shining, margins of the prothorax and elytra broad and only slightly reflexed, the edges with an erect narrow border; antenne nearly linear ; prothorax with short, scattered bristly hairs, the perforated portion with an elevated margin, disk with a sharp longitudinal line, posterior angles falcate, overlapping theelytra; scutellum broadly triangular ; elytra irregularly punctured, and clothed with numerous scattered minute bristles, costa on each side of the suture terminating at about a third from the apex; body beneath dark brown; legs rugose”’ (Pascoe). Length, 9 lines. Hab.—South Australia. This is the most nearly circular-shaped species I know. The breadth is very slightly less than the length. 76. HeLaus FALCATUS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 464. Ovate, black, thorax obsoletely granulate, strongly carinate in_ the middle, the anterior angles crossing and terminating in an acute point, the margin moderately recurved. Elytra broad and broadly margined, very glossy, rather faintly and rugosely punc- tate and sparsely clothed with minute sete, with the suture strongly carinate, and a costa on each side reaching from the base to one-third from the apex, sharply elevated and rather crenulate on both sides; the margins are smooth and are bordered on the inner side by a row of granules. In all else like H. Peroni. Long. 53 lines, lat. 3} lines. Hab.—South Australia. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.s., &. 647 77. Hetwus Hope, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 68, pl. V. fig. 4. Oval, dull black ; head rounded and rugose, clypeus not emar- ginate, separated from the epicranium by a deep transverse groove; labrum rounded and salient. Antennz scarcely the length of the thorax, rugose and hairy, the four last joints round. Thorax transverse, narrowed in front, convex, sinuate behind, strongly rugose and carinate, the median line elevated into a carina, the margins not reflexed all round, broad particularly towards the posterior angles which are acute and feebly recurved, the anterior angles touch ovly and are thin and very pointed. The elytra narrow slightly on the sides towards the apex and terminate in a slight point ; they are rugose, with numerous slightly visible coste, the disk is convex at the base and flattened towards the apex ; on each elytron and about the middle of its breadth is a strongly salient costa, longi- tudinally rounded, which extends from the base to two-thirds of the length, where it is obliterated and approaches the suture, the suture is not sensibly elevated, the margin is as large as that of the thorax at the humeral angles and is almost reduced to a simple reflected border posteriorly on each side. Legs and under surface dull black. Long. 53 lines, lat. 33 lines. Hab.—New Holland, probably West Australia. I have never seen this species. It differs considerably from all those described above, and seems to lead off to a rather distinct group to which the two following species belong. 78. Hetaus squamosus, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol IIT. p. 286, pl. XII. fig 4. “Oblong, parallel at the sides, impunctate, rusty-brown, opaque, sparsely covered with fulvous hairs simulating scales ; head a little prolonged anteriorly ; clypeus rounded ; prothorax rather trans- verse, with a strongly marked carina in the middle, the foliaceous 648 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. margins broad and reflexed ; scutellum transversely triangular ; elytra moderately convex, depressed along the sutural region, the suture finely raised, and near it on each side a strongly marked carina, which terminates abruptly at a little distance from the apex, a line of small tubercles towards the foliaceous margins, which are moderately broad, but expanded inwardly near the shoulders ; body beneath and legs opaque rusty-brown clothed with fine scattered hairs” (Pascoe). Length, 12 lines. Hab.—Cooper’s Creek, Darling River. 79. Hetaus DERBYENSIS, n. sp. Very like 4. squamosus but larger, and of the same rusty brown, opaque, squamous appearance. The anterior angles of the thorax come in contact but do not cross, the disk is less convex than in /. sywamosus, and the carina is less and more uniformly elevated ; the posterior angles are sharp and but lightly recurved. The elytra scarcely differ from those of H. sqgwamosus, the suture is not at all carinated, and the sculpture generally and the clothing are perhaps less coarse. The three last joints of the antennz are shorter than the others but not broader. Long. 12 lines, lat. 7 lines. Hab.—Derby, King’s Sound, North-west Australia. 80. HeLt#us Haaat, Dohrn. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1881, p. 314. Like H, Peronii, but very much smaller ; entirely covered with a thin, short, setiform decumbent pubescence, rugosely punc- tate, and of a dull reddish-brown colour ; the anterior angles of the thorax falcate and acute, but not meeting in front of the head. Long. 4 lines, lat 2? lines. Hab.—South Australia. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., dc. 649 4, ELYTRA TUBERCULATE. This sub-section includes several species so like one another, and so inadequately described, that it becomes amatter of great difficulty to make them out ; fortunately I have in my collection the original of H. echinatus, a species described by the Rev. Mr. Hope, from an insect sent him by W. 8. Macleay, whose MS. name is affixed to the specimen which I now redescribe. 81. Henaus Eecurnatus, Hope. Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p. 54, pl. VII. fig. 1. Oval, black, opaque. Head very minutely rugosely punctate, transverse, depressed in front, no visible clypeal suture, clypeus a little emarginate in front, labrum large. Thorax very minutely and roughly striolate punctate, very minutely pubeseent, slightly transverse, the margins thickly raised and reflected on the borders, the anterior angles crossing in front of the head and terminatingin @ harrow rounded point, leaving a transverse opening for the head, the posterior angles very much curved backwards and acute, the disk moderately convex and even, with alow carina on the median line, interrupted in the middle, and a little elevated at the base. Elytra slightly broader than the thorax at the base, not ampliated behind, convex, the margins corrugated and slightly reflexed, broad at the shoulders and narrow at the apex ; the disk coarsely punctured in twelve close rows, a row of glossy tubercles on the alternate interstices, three of these larger than the others, one rising on each side of the scutellum and running obliquely to the suture at about one-fourth of the length from the base, and thence along the suture, and consisting until near the apex of elongate nearly continuous tubercles, the third and fifth rows of tubercles are larger and more distant, the second, fourth and sixth rows still more distant and slightly smaller, The under surface and legs are opaque and very minutely granulate, the prosternum is very obsoletely carinate ; the antenne are setose, the four last joints broader a little than the others, Long. 6} lines, lat. 43 lines, Hab.—New South Wales. ‘650 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 82. HELmuUs ECHIDNA, White. App. Voy. Grey, p. 464.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. 64, pl. WE) tie! Of a brilliant black, oblong. Head convex, smooth. Thorax a little sinuate behind, rounded on the sides, slightly convex, smooth with two light depressions on each side behind, the mar- gins broad, raised, wavy and feebly folded on the borders, the anterior angles blunt and crossing, the posterior short but recurved backwards. Elytra oblong, smooth, nitid, rounded towards the apex, the disk convex, with three rows of spines on each elytron, two of them near the suture, the third approaching the margin, the spines of the middle ranges are rather irregularly disposed, and are much stronger than those of the lateral ranges, the margins smooth, as large as those of the thorax, rounded behind, raised and wavy. Long. 7% lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—King George’s Sound. 83. HeL&us ovatus, Guérin. Voy. de la Coquille, p. 105, pl. V. fig. 7,—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. ipa; pl. V.) fig sz: Ovate, convex, smooth, brownish-black. Head small, rounded, rugose, the anterior border of the clypeus emarginate, labrum salient and emarginate ; antenne shorter than the thorax, the five terminal joints larger than the others and a little dilated. Thorax transverse, dull, rugose, emarginate at the posterior angles which are very salient ; the disk convex, the median line elevated as in H. peronii, on each side of that line at the base are two small fossee; the margins are narrow and rugose, the anterior angles acute and crossing a little. Elytra rounded towards the apex, and slightly pointed, convex, nitid and irregularly punctate, on each side near the scutellum an elevated costa, sharp and narrow, which terminates at the suture at a third of its length ; beyond this there is another costa scarcely larger than the first, BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.LS., &C, 651 but is continued in a series of a sharp erect spine or tubercles, the suture is spinous and between it and the costa is a line of minute tubercles ; there are two other series of tubercles outside the second costa ; margins very narrow. Long. 7} lines, lat. 41 lines, Hab.—New Holland. 84. HeLtzxus TUBERCULATUS, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 71, pl. VIL. fig. 2. Dull blackish-brown, glabrous, ovate. Antennz and head as in H. ovatus, the latter a little more Square and flattened. Thorax smooth, very rounded laterally, transverse and sinuate behind, the disk convex, the median line raised, more strongly posteriorly, the margins broad and rugose, the borders folded above, the anterior angles very acute, touching but not crossing in front, the pos- terior strongly recurved backwards. Elytra rounded posteriorly and very slightly acuminate at the apex, the humeral angles obtuse, the disk oval, convex, on each side of the suture are two rows of sharp tubercles some of these, particularly near the base, are of elongate form, the row or costa along the suture diverges in front towards the scutellum, of which it takes the direction, the costa of the middle of the elytra forms a narrow line, these costze are obliterated towards the apex, as well as the tubercles which are irregularly spread over the interstices, the whole surface is coarsely punctate, the margins are smooth and not raised, broad at the humeral angles, narrowing to almost none at the apex. Long. 64 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—V ictoria. Genus SymprErzs, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. IT. p, 464. A genus characterised by Pascoe as being separated from Heleus by the anterior angles of the thorax not meeting in front of the head, and from Saragus by the mesosternum having no notch for the reception of the prosternal process. Labrum hidden. 652 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 85. SympetEes Mac eayl, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. II. p. 465. “ Broadly and almost elliptically ovate, and very much depressed, dark brown, the margins paler, somewhat shining ; clypeus broad, emarginate at the apex, and hiding the lip ; prothorax finely punc- tured, the disk at the base scarcely more than a third of the width ; scutellum broadly triangular ; elytra with rather small punctures, sharply raised along the suture, each elytron with three indistinct lines, the margins nearly flat ; body beneath and legs dull reddish- brown, the margins of the prothorax and elytra finely punctured ” (Pascoe). Length, 12 lines. Hab.—King George’s Sound, Western Australia. My specimens of this insect have the median line of the thorax carinated lightly in front, and more elevated towards the base ;, Mr. Pascoe makes no mention of this, yet as I can scarcely think that there is more than one species of this peculiar flattened form, I fancy it must be an omission on Mr. Pascoe’s part. 86. SYMPETES conTRACTUS, Hope. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p. 53, VI. fig. 2. “ Ater, ovatus, postice vix dilatatus, antennis piceis ; thorace- marginibus elevatis, lineaque media longitudinali elevata. Elytra sub-lente tribus lineis parum distinctis notata, sparsimque punctu- lata. Corpus infra atro-piceum, abdomine colore piceo inquinato pedibusque concoloribus” (Hope). Long. 9 lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—Swan River. 87. SYMPETES TRICOSTELLUS, White. Voy. Capt. Grey, App. p. 464.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 53, pl. V. fig. 6. Brown, glabrous, ovate, dilated posteriorly. Head punctate, slightly transverse, rounded laterally with the borders raised, a BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 653 little emarginate anteriorly, the clypeus and epicranium convex, separated by a deep suture. Antennz of a clear brown, about the length of the thorax, the four terminal joints small but more rounded than the others, particularly the last which is oval and pointed. Thorax flat, scarcely visibly punctate, transverse, sinuate behind, rounded on the sides, and narrowed in front, the median line elevated towards the base, the margins flat, broad and bordered, the anterior angles obtuse, half the length of the head, the poste- rior slightly salient and curved backwards. Elytra rounded behind, convex, nitid, somewhat sinuate at the base, the disk convex and punctate; on each elytron three very obliterate coste, placed a little obliquely, suture strongly elevated, margins broad, flat and folded on the borders, equally broad throughout and a little gibbous at the humeral angles; under the body brown, punctate ; feet of the same colour, the two penultimate segments of the abdomen bordered with red. Long. 10 lines, lat 74 lines, Hab.—West Australia. Genus Saracus, Erichs. Archiv fiir Naturg. 1842, p. 171.—Lac. Gen. Col. Vol. V. p. 348. Head sunk in the thorax to the insertion of the antenne, a little narrowed behind and broadly truncate or sinuate in front, the clypeus separated from the front by a suture frequently almost obsolete. Eyes tolerably prolonged on the front. Antenne shorter than the thorax; their three, four, or five last joints somewhat orbicular, forming a slightly conspicuous mass. Thorax transverse, parabolically rounded on the sides, broadly and deeply emarginate semi-circularly in front, contiguous to the elytra and bisinuate at the base, with the posterior angles salient behind. the foliaceous part broad, flat or concave, and raised on the borders. Elytra oval, more or less convex, their margins of variable breadth, often narrow throughout. Legs somewhat long; the tibie finely rough, the > 654 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. anterior sometimes denticulate on the external edge and with one or two spurs, the four posterior tibie with two spurs. Metas- ternum very short. Mesosternum and prosternal process as in Heleus. Body oval, apterous. This genus includes all the apterous species of the Helecdes excepting those comprised in the two preceding genera. They seem to be all ground beetles, and inhabit chiefly the dry arid districts of South Australia, Western Australia, and the interior of New South Wales. A variety of different forms and sculp- ture is to be found included under this genus, some perhaps justi- fying the formation of new genera. I shall, however, content myself with dividing the numerous species into sections, so as to simplify to the student the identification of those described. I divide the genus in the first instance into three sections founded on the sculpture of the elytra, viz.: (i.) Those species which have distinctly costate elytra. (ii.) Those with a more or less coarse reticulate sculpture, and {iii.) Those with the elytra not or faintly costate, or punctate or smooth. The first of these sections comprises three distinct types—(1) Helcus, like insects of oblong form, broad concave margins to thorax and elytra, and one costa on each elytron. This includes four species—S. incisws, Pascoe ; S. convexicollis, Macl.; S. Blackburni, Macl., and 8S. Spinole, Hope. (2) Insects of the type of S. levicollis, Fab.,—convex form and tricostate elytra, the interstices tuberculate ; all the species of this type have the apex of the anterior tibie largely and bluntly produced, and the external terminal spine very large and obtuse ; the group will include—S. Odewahnii, Pascoe; S. catenulatus, Macl.; S&. rudis, Macl.; 8. levicostatus, Macl.; S. rugosus, Boisd. (3) Species of the 8. emarginatus type. The elytra costate as in the last, but the interstices smooth or only punctate. Species—S. emarginatus, Guér. ; S. interruptus, Bréme ; S. marginellus, Hope; S. confirmatus, Pascoe; S. opacipennis, Macl. ; S. infelix, Pascoe. Section ii. Elytra reticulate, includes five species—WS. luridus, Haag-Rut.; S. reticulatus, Haag-Rut ; S. clathratus, Macl.; S. crenulatus, Macl.; S. rugosipennis, Macl. Section iii. like section i. is divisible into three groups. (1) BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 655 Those having the elytra striate or faintly costate as— S. australis, Boisd.; S. limbatus, Pascoe ; S. simplex, Hope ; 8. tarsalis, Hope; S. carinatus, Bréme; S. asidoides, Pascoe; 8. asperipes, Pascoe ; S. exulans, Pascoe; S. striatipennis, Macl. ; S. geminatus, Macl. (2) The group of which S. brunnipes may be taken as the type. S. brunnipes, Bréme ; S. Pascoei, Macl. ; S. brunnipennis, Macl.; 8. magister, Pascoe, and (3,) of some smooth rather flat circular shaped species chiefly from Western Australia—S. Duboulayi, Pascoe; S. levis, Macl,; S. gagates, Bréme ; S. orbicularis, Bréme ; S. rotwndatus, Bréme; S. subru- gosus, Bréme; S. unicarinatus, Bréme ; S. patelliformis, Pascoe. Other species remain which can scarcely be placed with any of the foregoing groups. S. ovalis, Macl., a smooth oblong species of the S. incisus type, and Helewus testudineus, Hope, which may be a Saragus, but has a general resemblance to the genus Lncara. Section I. ELYTRA COSTATE. 88. Saragus riNncIsus, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 101. “ Obovate, dark-brown, opaque; head and prothorax covered with short minute ridges (except the centre of the latter), and more or less longitudinal or slightly oblique ; eyes not approxi- mate, front rather concave ; prothorax deeply emarginate at the apex, the angles on each side produced, subacute, behind the middle a slightly gibbous lobe angularly emarginate posteriorly ; scu- tellum broad, rounded behind; elytra gradually broader behind for about two-thirds of their length, the suture finely raised, each elytron with a stout costa near the suture, abruptly terminating near the commencement of the posterior declivity, the space between the two irregularly but finely punctured, between the costa and the expanded margin three rows of small elevated tubercles ; body beneath and legs black, rather glossy” (Pascoe). Length, 10 lines. Hab.—Mudgee, New South Wales. 656 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. In my specimens of this insect, the head and thorax are more minutely and densely granulate, and the gibbous elevation on the thorax is large and bi-tuberculate. 89. SARAGUS CONVEXICOLLIS, n. sp. In form and sculpture very like the preceding species. It differs in being of more elongate form, and of a more nitid black colour. The thorax is less thickly granular and less transverse, the disk very convex with a well-marked median line, and the anterior angles less pointed. The elytra are more parallel-sided, the costa on each side of the suture is continuous almost to the apex, the tubercles on the three outer rows smaller and the inter- stices more granular than in S. incisus, the space between the two coste punctate. Long. 10 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 90. Saracus BLacKBURNI, Nn. sp. Very like §. zncisus, but of a rather broader form ; the head is deeply impressed between the eyes, the clypeal suture deeply marked. The thorax is like that of S. incisus, but the gibbosity not so marked or so largely tuberculated, the anterior angles not so pointed, and the sides even rounded, not sinuate as in S. incesus. The élytra are minutely and thinly punctate, the coste and rows of tubercles as in S. incisws, but much smaller and smoother. Long. 10 lines, lat. 64 lines. Hab.—South Australia. I have named this species after the Rev. T. Blackburn, B.A., whose studies of the Entomological Fauna of South Australia, published in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of that Colony, are most valuable to Australian entomologists. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 657 91, Saracus Spinotz, Hope. Heleus Spinole, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1848, p. 53, pl. VI. fig. 3. Black, the thorax and margins of the elytra blackish-brown, legs piceous. Ovate, head depressed, subrugose, the anterior angles of the thorax not meeting, the elytra furnished in the middle with long, crisp, black hair. Body beneath piceous, of the same colour as the legs. Long. 94 lines, lat. 64 lines, Hab.—Swan River. To this description of Hope’s, Westwood has added in a note with reference to its affinity to H. perforatus, Kirby—* It is of a much more regularly oval form, with each extremity somewhat acute, the anterior angles of the prothorax are subtruncate in front of the eyes, and do not overlap each other, leaving an open space of nearly the breadth of the head. The disk of the prothorax has two impressed spots, and wants the central posterior tubercle which exists in H. perforatus.” I have never seen this insect, but from the plate and descrip- tion I have no hesitation in placing it in this genus, and in the incisus group, the lines of crisp hair taking the place of the coste. 92. SARAGUS LAEVICOLLIS, Fabr. Silpha laevicollis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1, 250, 8.—Syst. El. 1, p. 338, 8.—Ol. Ins. 2, 11, 12, tab. II. fig. 15; Cilibe laevicollis, De Bréme, Mon. des Cossyph. I. p. 44, pl. III. fig. 1.; Saragus laevicollis Krichs. Wiegm. Archiv 1842, I. p. 172, pl. 4, f. 7; Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1848, p. 56, pl. VII. fig. 5. Oval, black, opaque; head rounded, salient, convex and rugose, border of the epistome and epicranium a little raised. Antennae short, of a reddish brown ; the last five joints broader and rounder than the others. Thorax transverse, sinuate posteriorly and rounded on the sides ; the disk convex and rugose, 658 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. the margins broad and transversely wrinkled, anterior angles. rounded, not much advanced, the posterior slightly recurved. Elytra very convex, oval, punctate, a little dilated towards the middle, the humeral angles obtuse ; on each elytron three sharp costes, rising from the base and not reaching the apex; these cost are irregularly interrupted behind, the interstices have each a row of distant tubercles of unequal size, the margins are narrow. The under surface is of a subnitid brown and punctate. Long. 7 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—Tasmania, Victoria, and South Australia. This and some of the following species seem to differ much from the rest of the genus in having a very strong blunt tooth rising from the outer apex of the anterior tibie. 93. SARAGUS ODEWAHNII, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 467. “Shortly ovate, blackish-brown, opaque ; clypeus slightly pro- duced, broadly emarginate at the apex, separated from the head by an indistinct semi-circular line; head rugosely punctured ; pro- thorax very closely and minutely punctured, the intervals having a granulous appearance, the apex rather broadly emarginate, the margins broad and pale brownish ; elytra considerably broader at the middle and posteriorly, tricostate, the inner costa sharply defined, but suddenly ceasing before the apex, the two outer costz broken up into short lines or points, the intervals with a slight tomentose pubescence, out of which rise a number of minute granules; body beneath dark brown, shining ; legs paler ; tibie slightly scabrous ” (Pascoe). Length, 5 lines. Hab.—South Australia (Gawler). 94. SARAGUS CATENULATUS, Nn. sp. Very like S. levicollis, but differs in being larger, in having the head less raised at the sides and front, in having the thorax very BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 659 minutely granular, and not corrugated on the margins, in having the costs of the elytra very narrow and rather wavy, in having a row of small distant elongate tubercles in the interstices which are obsoletely rugose and minutely granulate. Long. 7 lines, lat. 44 lines. Hab.—Murrumbidgee. 95. SARAGUS RUDIS, n. sp. Broader and flatter than the last, black, opaque, the margins reddish. Head minutely granulate, rather depressed, emarginate. Thorax minutely granular, transversely convex near the base, the margins broad and corrugate. Elytra strongly tricostate, the costz somewhat crenulate and continuous almost to the apex, the interstices coarsely and rugosely punctate and granulate, the mar- gins broad and corrugate. Under surface nitid, the spur on the fore tibie more long and acute than in the preceding species. Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—Monaro, Mudgee. 96. SARAGUS LEVICOSTATUS, N. Sp. Very opaque and convex, much smaller than S. /evicollis, from which it differs chiefly in the sculpture of the elytra, in which the costee are very fine, and composed of single rows of more or less distant minute tubercles, the alternate rows most distant, the margins are narrow ; the tibise much serrated on the outside, the anterior tibize most so, and the terminal spur very large. Long. 44 lines, lat. 3 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 97. Saracus ruGosus, Boisd. Cilibe rugosa, Boisd. Voy. de l’Astrol. Ent. p. 264. Black, the thorax very finely rugose, elytra bicostate in front, with series of oblong rough, elevated points. Hab —New Holland. This is all the description given by Boisduval. It seems to be of the S. levicollis type. 660 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. Y. 98. SARAGUS EMARGINATUS, Guér. Cilibe emarginatus, Guér. Voy. de l’Coquille, p. 105; C. cassi- doides, Boisd. Voy. de l’Astrol. p. 265; C. emarginatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 47, pl. IIT. fig. 5. Of a dull black, head flat, transverse and rugose, slightly emarginate in front, the borders slightly raised. Antenne short, testaceous, the terminal joint thick. Thorax transverse, rounded, feebly granulate, narrow in front, sinuate behind, convex ; margin broad, flat ; anterior angles obtuse, not reaching half the length of the head, the posterior a little recurved. Elytra feebly sinuate at the base, oval, a little widened in the middle, termi- nating in a very obtuse point; they are covered with large impressed points, and have each three elevated cost, of which the exterior is least marked, the suture is raised and smooth, the margins narrow, raised on the border and wrinkled ; beneath black, slightly punctate. Long. 7 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—V ictoria. 99. SARAGUS INTERRUPTUS, Bréme. Cilibe interruptus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. J. p. 46, pl. IV. fig. 7. Of a blackish-brown colour. Head large, convex, punctate, salient, a little emarginate in front and laterally, labrum salient. Thorax transverse, convex, rounded, narrow in front and sinuate on the posterior border, granulate, margins broad, flat, the borders a little folded above, the anterior angles rounded, reaching half the length of the head, the posterior very salient and recurved backwards. Elytra very convex, finely granulate and a little pointed at the apex, the humeral angles ebtuse. On each elytron are three costz, that nearest the suture interrupted behind the middle, the others formed of series of elongate very small tubercles, suture scarcely salient, margin very narrow. Long. 5 lines, lat, 3 lines. Hab.— Australia. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 661 100. SARAGUS MARGINELLUS, Hope. Heleus marginellus, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1848, p. 55, pl. VII. fig. 4. * Ater, antennis concoloribus; thorace convexo, crebrissime sub-tuberculato, marginibusque lateralibus rubro-piceis. Elytra ternis lineis majoribus rugoso-elevatis conspicua, granulisque crebris in interstitiis satis apparentibus, margineque externo ely- trorum rubro-piceo. Corpus infranigrum, pedibus piceis” (Hope), Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—Norfolk Sound. 101. SARAGUS CONFIRMATUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 102. “ Rather broadly obovate, black, slightly opaque ; head finely punctured, broad in front, the clypeus not emarginate ; prothorax very minutely punctured, the disk slightly convex, distinctly separated from the margins, which are unicoloreus and not thick- ened at the edges ; scutellum broadly transverse; elytra more convex posteriorly, impunctate, but closely covered with minute granules, each with four elevated lines gradually disappearing posteriorly, the first and third strongly marked, the fourth nearly obsolete, the suture raised, the margins not dilated, except very slightly at the anterior angles, and forming a narrow elevated edge ; body beneath and femora brownish-black, finely punc- tured ; tibie minutely spinulous; tarsi slightly ferruginous ; antenne blackish, the last joint nearly circular, ferruginous ” (Pascoe). Length, 6 lines. Hab.—West Australia. 102. SARAGUS OPACIPENNIS, n. sp. Broadly ovate, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punc- tate, the lateral angles round and salient. Thorax sub-nitid, very minutely punctate, the disk a little convex, with the median line lightly marked and almost imperceptibly and broadly depressed near the base, and the margins broad and nearly flat, the anterior 662 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. angles are advanced and the posterior recurved. The scutellum is transversely triangular and smooth. The elytra are rather convex, with the suture and four lines on the disk costate, these coste are raised and smooth, the sutural one continuous to the apex, the others for two-thirds of the length, the first from the suture the largest, the interstices are broad, flat, opaque and very obsoletely punctate; the margins are moderately broad. The under surface is striolate, punctate and sub-nitid. Long. 6 lines, lat. 4 lines. Hab.—Derby, North West Australia. 103. SaRaGus INFELIX, Pascoe. Journ. Ent. Vol. IT. p. 466. “Shortly ovate, blackish brown, opaque ; clypeus very trans- verse, narrower anteriorly and emarginate, separated from the head by a deep semi-circular line; head finely but rugosely punctured ; prothorax closely covered with small oblong punctures, the margins broad and sub-granulous, the apex rather broadly emarginate ; elytra tricostate, the costee moderately elevated, dying out towards the apex, the intervals irregularly punctured, the margins narrow but very distinct ; body beneath and femora chestnut-brown ; tibize scabrous, the outer edge of the anterior tuberculate ; tarsi and antenne pale ferruginous ” (Pascoe). Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Tasmania. The species is unknown to me. It is, according to Pascoe, smaller and less convex than J. /evicollis, and is without the distant rows of tubercles between the costze of the elytra. Section II. ELYTRA RETICULATE. 104. Saragus Luripus, Haag-Rut. Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft 14, p. 116, taf. VII. fig. 2. “ Oblongo-ovalis, ater, opacus, indumento griseo obtectus, clypeo sparsim punctato, fronte rugulosa ; thorace lateribus explanatis an- tice valde coarctato, angulis posticis acutis, productis, supra convexo, BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 663- antescutellum impresso, sat dense aciculato-punctato, punctis pilum minutissimum brunneum gerentibus ; elytris thorace non latioribus, lateribus parallelis, postice fortiter declivibus ; humeris oblique truncatis, angulo fere spinoso; supra costis tribus undulatis, interstitiis subtilissime granulatis ; granulis pilum ut in thorace gerentibus ; processu prosternali valde producto, acuminato, grosse punctato ” (Haag-Rut). Long. 12-17 mm., lat. 73-10 mm. Hab.—Queensland, Peak Downs. 105 Saracus RETICULATUS, Haag-Rut. Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft 14, p. 116, Note. “ Ovalis, niger, opacus ; capite thoraceque ut in /urido; elytris latitudine vix longioribus, lateribus explanatis, supra minus con- vexis, carinis tribus parum elevatis undulatis, rugulis transversis inter se connexis ; interstitlis indistincte rugolosis, punctatis ” (Haag-Rut). Long. 13 mm., lat. 9 mm. Hab.—Endeavour River. 106. SaRAGUS CLATHRATUS, 0. sp. Of the form and size of S. dwridus. Head and thorax similarly but more thinly punctate in the middle than in that species. Elytra with three strong tortuous costze on each, with occasional incomplete transverse connections, the interstices very rugose and coarsely and thinly punctured. In all else like S. luridus. Long. 6 lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—Fitzroy Downs. 107. SARAGUS CRENULATUS, 2. Sp. Like the preceding three species. The thorax more densely and minutely vermiculate-punctate ; the costze on the elytra thinner than in the last species and less tortuous, the interstices with several very irregular rows of very minute granules ; the cost are nitid, the interstices densely covered with a greyish indument. Long. 5-6 lines, lat. 34 lines. Hab.—Port Denison. 664 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 108. SARAGUS RUGOSIPENNIS, 0. sp. This species has perhaps more claim to be placed with the S. emarginatus group than here. It is of an almost nitid black colour. The head is flat, not densely punctate, and a little emarginate in front ; the antenne are more elongate than in the preceding species ; the thorax is densely and finely punctate, the margins broad, and raised and thickly folded on the edges. The elytra are moderately convex, and slightly ampliated about the middle, the suture costate, three irregular costze on each elytron more or less connected with very irregular transverse elevations and covered with large rugose punctures, the margins rather broad at the shoulders and smooth, behind narrower and corrugated. Beneath black, nitid, striolate. Long. 6 lines, lat 34 lines. Hab.—Monaro, New South Wales. Section ITI. ELYTRA LINEATE-PUNCTATE, OR PUNCTATE, OR SMOOTH. 109. Saracus AvustTRALIS, Boisd. Cilibe australis, Boisd. Voy. de lAstrol. p. 263.—Bréme, Mon, Cossyph. p. 43, pl. IV. fig. 2. Of a blackish brown colour, glabrous, ovate. Head roundish and salient, finely punctate, a little emarginate in front, labrum salient, forehead concave. Thorax convex, transverse, smooth, rounded on the sides and strongly sinuate behind, the margins broad, scarcely elevated, with rounded borders, the anterior a little more than half the length of the head, the posterior very salient and recurved. Elytra convex, a little sinuate at the base, slightly dilated at a third of their length, and rounded towards the apex ; on each elytron three distinct but smooth coste, the interstices punctate, margins narrow. Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—New South Wales, Victoria. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 665 The sculpturation of the elytra is so smooth, that I place this species, perhaps incorrectly, in this section. 110. Saracus LIMBATUS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 287. “Broadly oval, moderately convex, brownish-black, scarcely nitid ; head and prothorax finely punctured, the latter slightly convex, the basal fovez nearly obsolete, the anterior angles rounded, posterior produced and recurved, foliaceous margins moderately broad, a little reflexed, and edged with a thickened border ; scu- tellum transversely triangular. Elytra not broader than the prothorax, finely seriate-punctate, the intermediate spaces between the rows raised, three or four on each side the suture the most so, those towards the sides gradually disappearing, foliaceous margins narrowing gradually posteriorly, transversely corrugated ; body beneath and legs dark chestnut-brown, a little glossy, the abdomi- nal segments longitudinally corrugated; antenne ferruginous brown ” (Pascoe). Length, 7 lines. Hab.—Melbourne, Gawler. 111. Saracus simpLex, Hope. Heleus simplex, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Vol. V. p. 55, pl. VII. fig. 2. | “Silphaeformis, ater, capite subdepresso. Thorax convexus, marginibus elevatis. Elytra lineis elevatis haud valde conspicuis ; per totum discum puncta sub-lente confertissime apparent. Corpus infra nigrum, nitidum, femoribus tibiisque concoloribus tarsisque flavo-spongiosis ” (Hope). Long. 9 lines, lat. 43 lines. Hab.—West and South Australia. 666 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 112. Saracus TARSALIS, Hope. Heleus tarsalis, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Vol. V. p. 55, pl. VIL. fig. 3. “ Phosphugaeformis, ater, antennis sub-pilosis et piceis. Thorax convexus, lateribus externis margine elevato conspicuis. Elytra nigra, lineis elevatis notata, interstitiis valde punctulatis. Corpus infra nigrum tarsis pedum flavo-spongiosis ” (Hope). Long. 6 lines, lat 3? lines. Hab.—Swan River. 113. SARAGUS CARINATUS, Bréme. Cilibe carinatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 41, pl. III. fig. 2. Brown, ovate, glabrous. Head punctate, strongly cut in and narrowed at the anterior angles, labrum salient, narrow, clypeus convex, anterior angles of the epicranium rounded, salient and a little elevated ; forehead convex. Thorax finely punctate, trans- verse, rounded on the sides, narrowed in front and strongly sinuate behind ; the margins broad and raised, finely punctate, with folded border ; the anterior angles reaching those of the epicranium, the posterior salient and recurved. Elytra oval, pointed behind, sinuate in front, convex and raised on the suture behind, a small oblique fossette, on each side of the scutellum, a number of crowded series of small punctures with some of the interstices slightly raised, the margins large at the base. Long. 74 lines, lat. 44 lines. Hab.—South Australia. 114. SARAGUS AsIDOIDES, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. IT. p. 465. “« Hlliptic-ovate, black, opaque ; clypeus slightly produced and truncate in front ; head finely punctured ; prothorax minutely and very closely punctured, rather narrowly emarginate at the apex, the disk flattish and passing gradually into the margin on each BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S,, &c. 667 side, shining ; elytra flattish at the base, more convex posteriorly, with small punctures in slightly irregular lines, the margins very distinct at the shoulders, but gradually narrowing to the apex, where they nearly disappear ; body beneath and legs black, slightly nitid ; the latter and antenne with a thin ferruginous pubescence” (Pascoe.) Length, 7 lines. Hab.—South Australia. Mr. Pascoe seems to have fancied that this species might be identical with S. simplex, Hope; it is however a much smoother insect, and more resembles S. carinatus, Bréme. 115. SARAGUS ASPERIPES, Pascoe. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 101. “ Rather shortly obovate, brownish-black, opaque; clypeus slightly emarginate; head and prothorax finely but not closely punctured, the latter with the disk slightly convex, distinctly separated from the margins, and of a paler brown, raised and thickened at the edges ; scutellum broadly transverse ; elytra more convex posteriorly, finely punctured in slightly irregular lines, | every fourth interval between the lines slightly elevated; the margius very narrow and gradually obliterated posteriorly, not marked with transverse folds; body beneath and legs brown, slightly nitid; tibie covered with small hispid tubercles ; tarsi yellowish-ferruginous ; antennz with the last joint nearly circular” (Pascoe). Length, 5-6 lines. Hab.—Port Lincoln, South Australia. 116. Saragus EXULANS, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 466. ‘“‘Oblong-ovate, convex, dark reddish brown, sub-nitid ; clypeus sloping at the sides, the apex emarginate ; head finely but rugosely punctured ; prothorax closely and finely punctured ; the punctures 668 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. here and there confluent, the apex broadly emarginate, the lateral margins nearly confounded with the disk ; elytra closely lineate- punctate, the margins very narrow, and almost disappearing poste- riorly ; body beneath and femora glossy chestnut-brown ; tibix, tarsi, and antennee pale ferruginous, finely pubescent ” (Pascoe). Length, 53 lines. Hab.—Lord Howe’s Island. 117. SARAGUS STRIATIPENNIS, 0. sp. Ovate, black, sub-nitid. Head almost smooth, clypeus very slightly emarginate. Thorax smooth, convex on the disk, deeply emarginate in front, sinuate behind, with the margins broad and turned up and thickened on the edge. Elytra slightly convex, and scarcely rounded on the side, covered with close rows of coarse irregular rather shallow punctures, the interstices 4-8-12 slightly costate, and 2-6 and 10 just traceable, the margins are rather broad and corrugated ; under surface black, nitid and punctate ; the terminal spur of the fore tibia short and conical, the second and third joints of anterior tarsi broad and depressed, the fourth very small. Long. 63 lines, lat. 4 lines. Hab.—Monaro, New South Wales. 118. SARAGUS GEMINATUS, 0. Sp. Very like the preceding species, but of a more opaque black. The head is more prominently angled in front of the eyes, and the clypeus is rather more emarginate and deflexed, the thorax is less sinuate behind and rather more widely emarginate in front with the median line lightly marked. The elytra are smooth, with 17 rows of minute punctures on each elytron, with a smooth very slightly raised line between every two rows of punctures ; the margins are rather broad and scarcely if at all corrugated, The legs are as in S. striatepennis. Long. 7 lines, lat. 47 lines. Hab.—Upper Hunter. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c, 669 119. SaRAGUS BRUNNIPES, Bréme. Cilibe brunnetpes, Boisd.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 37, pl. III. fig. 4, Brown, nitid, ovate, glabrous. Head transversal, strongly punctate, labrum salient, clypeus convex and a little emarginate in front, epicranium convex, maxillary palpi testaceous ; antenne short, the last joint terminating in a point. Thorax transverse, rounded laterally, finely punctate, sinuate behind, the disk convex, nitid, the margins light brown, flat, slightly bordered at the anterior angles which are half the length of the head, the posterior slightly pointed backwards. Elytra very convex, nitid, with many series of minute punctures, the interstices very feebly raised, the margins narrow, almost none at the apex. Body beneath reddish-brown, nitid, the terminal spur of the anterior tibiee very large. Long. 54 lines, lat. 33 lines. Hab.—Swan River. 120. Saracus PAscoet, n. sp. Brownish or piceous black, nitid, round, very convex. Head small, thinly and minutely punctate; the clypeus with reflexed border, Thorax more than three times wider than long, entirely smooth, the anterior angles much rounded and reaching the middle of the head, the posterior angles rounded, the base little sinuate, the margins broad, smooth and nearly flat. Elytra per- fectly smooth, with numerous irregular rows of minute punctures ; the margins smooth, broad at the shoulders, narrow towards the apex. Beneath very nitid ; terminal spur of the anterior tibiz very strong and acute, the tarsi densely clothed with golden pubes- cence. Long. 8} lines, lat. 7 lines. Hab.—Port Augusta, South Australia. 43 670 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 121. SARAGUS BRUNNIPENNIS, n. sp. Ovate, piceous, nitid, moderately convex. Head finely punctate, clypeus a little emarginate. Thorax transverse, deeply emarginate in front, lightly sinuate behind, the disk very minutely punctate, the margins rather broad and rugosely punctate. Elytra with numerous close rows of well-marked rather irregular punctures, the interstices not raised, the margins smooth, narrow and reflexed on the borders. Beneath very nitid. ideo ane Long. 4} lines, lat 23 lines. Hab.—King George’s Sound. 122. SARAGUS MAGISTER, Pascoe. Journ, of Ent. Vol. II. p. 465. “ Elliptic-ovate, black and shining, very smooth and impunctate; clypeus transverse, gradually rounded from the antennary orbits ; prothorax rather narrowly emarginate at the apex, the disk moderately convex, the margin about one-sixth of the breadth of the disk at its widest part ; elytra convex, slightly raised into a line posteriorly at the suture, the margins narrower than those of the prothorax ; body beneath glossy-black, the abdomen finely corrugated ; femora highly polished ; tibizee and tarsi with fulvous hairs, the latter and the antenne ferruginous” (Pascoe). Long. 9 lines. Hab.—Queensland. 123. Saracus Dusoutayi, Pascoe. Journ. of Ent. Vol. IL. p. 466, * Nearly round, brownish-black, opaque, covered with a very short brownish pubescence ; clypeus very broad, truncate or very slightly emarginate, with a deep groove in the middle behind at its junction with the head ; prothorax nearly impunctate, narrowly . and deeply emarginate at the apex, the disk scarcely convex, less BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.8., &C. 671 than half the breadth at the base, and separated from the margins by a strongly marked. curved impression ; elytra with numerous small punctures, the disk slightly concave, the margin very distinct, gradually narrowing posteriorly ; body beneath like the upper part ; legs and antennz pale reddish-brown, with a short greyish pile ” (Pascoe). Length, 5 lines. Hab.—Champion Bay. 124. SARAGUS LAVIS, n. sp. Broadly ovate, sub-depressed, black, sub-nitid, very smooth. Head broadly rounded and very slightly reflected in front, pune- turation if any extremely minute. Thorax smooth, the disk a little convex, the emargination in front deep and narrow, the posterior angles acutely recurved. LElytra not visibly punctate, slightly convex, the margins as broad at the humeral angles as those of the thorax, flat and thickened on the edge, the humeral angles broadly rounded. The terminal spur of the anterior tibiz acute but not large, the tarsi are clothed beneath with golden hair, the three first joints enlarged. Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines. Hab.—Interior New South Wales. 125. Saracus GAGATES, Bréme. Cilibe gagates, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 52, pl. IV. fig. 1. Ovate, deep black, nitid. Head transverse, a little emarginate in front, and raised on the borders ; clypeustransversely wrinkled ; epicranium convex ; antenne short, the terminal joints slightly dilated and testaceous. Thorax smooth, transverse, narrowed in front, nitid, the median line elevated into a carina, margins broad, scarcely granulose, flat, the edge folded upwards, the anterior angles extending beyond the half of the head, the posterior a little recurved. Elytra somewhat sinuate at the base, convex, 672 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. rather rounded behind, nitid, somewhat punctate towards the apex ; suture carinated, humeral angles obtuse, margins smooth, dilated, equally broad throughout and convex at the humeral angles. Beneath blackish-brown and less nitid. Abdomen wrinkled. Long. 9 lines, lat. 64 lines. Hab.—West Australia. 126. SARAGUS ORBICULARIS, Bréme. Cilibe orbicularis, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 51, pl. IV. fig. 3- Brownish-black, round. Head dilated in front, almost as broad as long, punctate and feebly emarginate, labrum salient and emarginate ; epicranium separated from theclypeus by a transverse ridge, antenne asin S. rotundatus. Thorax transverse, rounded, sinuate behind, feebly rugose on the convex part, which is longi- tudinally carinated, disk broad, very rugose, flat and folded on the edge, anterior angles obtuse, reaching half the length of the head, posterior angles salient. Elytra rugose, very convex, rounded, a little dilated behind, and terminating in aslight point ; the humeral angles obtuse, the margins rather broad, rugose, flat, foliated on the upper edge. Long. 94 lines, lat. 8 lines. Hab.—West Australia (2). 127. SARAGUS PATELLIFORMIS, Pascoe. Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 100. - “Nearly round, depressed, blackish-brown, somewhat shining, and nearly glabrous ; head small, finely punctured, the intervals of the punctures granvliform ; prothorax finely punctured, the disk narrow, with a well-marked central impression, each of the dilated margins as broad as the disk; scutellum very transversely trian- gular ; elytra rather finely but irregularly punctured, indistinctly ribbed, the suture raised into a finely marked narrow carina ; body beneath dull black, the margins of the elytra glossy ; legs slightly hairy ” (Pascoe). Long. 4-5 lines. Hab.—West Australia. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 673 128. SaraGus ROTUNDATUS, Bréme. Cilibe rotundatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 50, pl. IV. fig. 4. Obscure-brown, glabrous, sub-nitid, round. Head sub-punc- tate, angles of the clypeus dilated on each side, the epicranium raised and separated from the clypeus by a somewhat circular raised suture, the forehead hollowed between the eyes ; antenne short, brown, the eighth and ninth joints round but not larger than the others, the eleventh slender and oval. Thorax strongly transverse, sub-punctate, rounded in front, slightly sinuate behind, disk depressed with two fossettes on each side of the median line, which form towards the base a very small raised spine ; margins very broad, flat, strongly raised and folded on the border; the anterior angles reaching the extremity of the head, the posterior prolonged and recurved. Elytra sinuate at the base, convex, finely punctate, suture carinate, margins very dilated, flat, a little swollen at the humeral angles, all of the same width, beneath brown, punctate and nitid. Long. 8 lines, lat. 7 lines. Hab.—Swan River. The following species do not answer exactly to any of the preceding sections. 129. Saracus suBRuGosus, Bréme. Cilibe subrugosus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 49, pl. IV. fig. 5. Brown, broadly ovate, very rugose ; head rather square, rounded in front, scarcely punctate, antenne short, brown, the basal joints thickened ; thorax rounded laterally, narrowed in front, transverse, sinuate behind and rugose, depressed above on each side of the median line, which is slightly raised, margins broad, flat, the anterior angles attaining two-thirds the length of the head, very acute and salient, the posterior ones recurved. LElytra rugose, very convex, rounded laterally, pointed behind, with numerous lines slightly visible, the suture carinate, margins broad, a little swollen at the humeral angles. Long. 6? lines, lat. 5 lines, Hab.—Western Australia (2). 674 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V. 130. SaARAGUS UNICARINATUS, Boisd. Cilibe unicarinatus, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 265.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 48, pl. IV. fig. 6. Ovate, brown, glabrous, head rounded in front, feebly emar- ginate anc punctate, epicranium concave. Thorax flat, transverse, lightly carinate, finely granulate, rounded on the sides and nar- rowed in front, margins broad, flat, anterior angles salient and sharp, reaching beyond the middle of the head, the posterior angles recurved. Llytra slightly dilated in the middle ; pointed at the apex, very convex, punctate with numerous scarcely visible raised lines, suture strongly carinate, margins flat, broad at the base, narrower behind ; beneath brown, nitid and strongly punctate. Long. 6 lines, lat. 44 lines. Hab.—Kangaroo Island, 131. SaraGcus ova.is, Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. II. p. 283. “Oblong-ovate, black, opaque. Head widened and obliquely angied before the eyes, and broadly rounded and almost truncate in front. Thorax very deeply emarginate in front, deeply bi-emar- ginate at the base, and very slightly emarginate at the centre of the basal lobe, with the lateral margins very broad, reflexed, and of a dull red colour. Scutellum transversely triangular. Elytra of the width of the thorax at the base and of a dull chocolate colour, with the lateral margins reflexed as in the thorax, broad at the humeral angles, and considerably narrowed towards the apex, and with the disk covered with rows of very small obliterate punctures. Under surface of body sub-nitid. Tarsi ciliated with golden yellow hair” (Macleay). Length, 9 lines. Hab.—Gayndah. BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 675 132, SARAGUS TESTUDINEUS, Hope. Helcus testudineus, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p53, pl. VI. fig. 4. “Lato-ovalis, caenicolor, squalidus, capite depresso, angulis anticis thoracis haud complicatis. Elytra sutura elevata, medio discicrebris elevatis lineis satis notato, margine omni lato elytrorum undulato, Corpus infra concolor” (Hope). Long. 8 lines, lat. 72 lines. Hab.—Port Essington. This is certainly not a Heleus, and I rather doubt its right to be placed in Saragus. The only other recorded species of this genus I know of, is Saragus marginatus, Sol., (Studi Ent., p. 356) and of that I have never seen any description. 676 NEW SPECIES OF PHILEMON FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PHILEMON FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &e. PHILEMON OCCIDENTALIS, sp. n0v. The species at present under consideration was obtained by the late Mr. Thomas Boyer-Bower, near Derby, in North-West Aus- tralia, and is mentioned in my notes of that gentleman’s collection in our Proceedings for 1886, p. 1098, sp. No. 82. Male.—The whole of the upper and under surface brown, darker on the wings and tail, which are margined on the outer webs of the quills with olive-yellow, except on the two central tail feathers and the first three primaries. The under surface and throat is of an ashy tint; ear-coverts ashy-white slightly tinged with yellow, sides of the face and a narrow line over the eye bare, the skin being bluish-black or lead colour, an indistinct ashy- white collar round the neck, widening into a triangular patch behind the ear-coverts, an indistinct dark brown band from the ear- coverts across the throat ; chest tinged with yellow, which color forms a distinct patch on either side ; bill and legs black. Signs of immaturity are shown by the feathers of the inter-scapvlar region being margined with ashy-white. Length, 10:7 inches ; wing, 5:1 inches; tail, 4:5 inches; tarsus, 1:2 inches; bill, 1:4 inches. NEW SPECIES OF GERYGONE FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND. 677 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF GERYGONE FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c. GERYGONE THORPEI, sp. nov. The present species, which I have dedicated to Mr. J. A. Thorpe its discoverer and one of our most skilled taxidermists, was obtained during a recent trip to Lord Howe’s Island. A previous species (G'. imsularis) is described in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N. 8. Wales, Vol. III. p. 117, to which the present is allied, but differs in having the whole of the under surface citron-yellow. Adult Male.—The whole of the upper surface uniform dull- brown with a decided tinge of olive, the margins of the outer webs of the wing-feathers ashy, the whole of the under surface, a narrow indistinct ring round the eye, and the under tail-coverts citron-yellow, tail brown with a blackish sub-terminal band, and a sub-terminal spot of white near the tip, which extends on to both webs on the outermost tail feathers, but is confined to the inner webs on the others, being lost on the central two tail feathers, the outer feather on either side is moreover narrowly margined with white, more distinctly on the outer web near the base, the others similarly marked but less distinctly. Total length, 4:1 inches; wing, 2 inches ; tail, 2 inches ; tarsus, 0°85 inch ; bill, 0°55 inch. Hab.—Lord Howe’s Island. an 678 EGGS OF SEA-BIRDS FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND, - DESCRIPTIONS OF THE EGGS OF THREE SPECIES OF SEA-BIRDS FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.LS., &c, ONYCHOPRION FULIGINOSA, Gmelin. Eggs of a dull white, varying greatly in their markings, some finely dotted, others strongly marked with spots and dots of reddish-brown or brownish-red ; sparingly sprinkled in large spots or thickly and closely marked with freckle and dots, in some evenly all over the surface, in others forming a zone near the larger end where they are mixed with obsolete spots of slate, which are confluent with black irregular markings or large pur- plish smears and blothes ; in some rich red spots are alone found, in others blothes and confluent spots are predominant at the thicker end, or the whole surface is evenly freckled and dotted with reddish-brown and pale slate or lilac. Hab.—Admiralty Islets. Length (a), 2:1 x 1:42 inches. Length (e), 2°15 x 1:42 inches, tf (6), 201x143 —,, Pd CPD ID OAD? BY : (e)sy 95 %'1-42" 5; 5p (g) POT EE Ors bt BOKa)e2*OLX 142° 4; PUBS (3 |e was) Sued a ANOUS CINEREUS, Gould. Ground color of the egg dull white, sparingly marked with light brown, light and dull reddish-brown, and a few slate-colored spots and dots, very few of which are confluent; average speci- mens measure (a) 1°67 inches x 1:16 ; (0) 1:63 x 1:2 inches. Nests placed under projecting ledges of rock, on faces of perpendicular cliffs. Found breeding during September and October. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., &C. 679 SULA CYANOPS, Sundevall. Eggs of a light bluish white or dull white, stained with blackish _ or reddish-brown smears, hair-lines and spots; when first laid apparently milk-white, shell rough, very limy, inner shell beneath the limy surface bluish white. Length, (a) 2°65 inches x 1‘8 inches ; (0) 2°58 inches x 1°8 inches, (c) 2°6 inches x 1°9 inches ; (d) 1:56 inches x 1°83 inches. Found on the Admiralty Islets. The specimens here described were obtained by Mr. Etheridge and two of the employés of the Australian Museum, Messrs. Thorpe and Whitelegge, during a recent excursion to Lord Howe’s Island whilst investigating the zoology of that interesting region. Details of their explorations will be found in future reports on the excursion. 680 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Whitelegge exhibited specimens of Porina inversa, a species of Polyzoa from Port Jackson, and in reference to them read the following note—‘‘Mr. Waters has recently described a new species of Polyzoa from Port Jackson, under the above name (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1887, p. 190), concerning which he says, that the shape of the oral aperture is the reverse of the usual shape of Porina, and, in fact, of the Bryozoa generally. After examining a large number of specimens of this species, it is my opinion that the aperture does not differ in shape but in position. It is the aperture which is reversed, as the following details will show. On viewing a specimen from its frontal aspect the oper- culum may be seen in various positions, from closed to fully open, and in every case the oral aperture, when it can be seen at all, is situated between the front of the cell and the oper- culum ; the latter is hinged on to the distal border of the aperture, and, when fully open, the outer surface is in contact with the base of the next cell above, whilst the inner faces towards the front, so that the free edge of the operculum rests on the proximal, and the straight edge is attached to the distal, margin of the cell. This reversed aperture evidently escaped the notice of Mr. Waters, when he penned his description. The importance cf such a deviation from the usual structure of the class induces me to take an early opportunity of calling the attention of students of Polyzoa to the fact. In conclusion, I may say that fortunately the species is very common in Port Jackson.” Dr. Katz exhibited pure cultures of the phosphorescent bacteria mentioned in his paper, and he said that he would be glad to receive samples of luminous sea-water, or luminous meat, from any members who might chance to meet with them. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 681 Mr. Ogilby exhibited the type-specimen of the fish described in the paper by Dr. Ramsay and himself. Mr. Prince shewed a collection of Wood-moths, including fine examples of Zelotypia Stacyi, Scott, of two species of Pielus, and of two of Charagia. Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of over one hundred species of Plants collected by Mr. W. Biuerlen in the Wilcannia district, and said that the collection would be left at the Hall for a week for the convenience of any members who may wish to examine it. WEDNESDAY, 30Ts NOVEMBER, 1887. The President, Professor Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair. Mr. James Doherty, Dubbo, was elected a Member of the Society. The President announced with profound regret that official inti- mation of the death of Spencer Fullerton Baird, L.L.D., Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and Director of the U.S. National Museum, and an Honorary Member of this Society, had been received during the month. The President also announced that the next Excursion had been arranged for Saturday, December 3rd. Members to leave Redfern Station by the 8:15 a.m. train for Berowra Station, Hawkesbury Line. DONATIONS. > “ Transactionsand Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.’ Vol. XXIV., Part 1 (1887). From the Society. “ Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for 1886.” (Vol. XX). From the Society. “The Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society.” Vols. I, (Nos. 1 and 4); II. (No. 3). From the Society. DONATIONS. 683 “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg., Nos. 261, 262 (1887). From the Editor. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 204 (October, 1887). From the Editor. “ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year 1887.” Part II. From the Society. “ Bulletins de ? Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique.” 3me Série, Tomes [X.-XTIT., (1885-87) ; “ Annuaire,” 1886 and 1887. rom the Academy. ‘“Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CV., Nos. 8-13 (1887). From the Academy. “Tconography of Australian Species of Acacia and Cognate Genera.” By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. and Ph.D., F.R.S., Government Botanist of the Colony of Victoria. Decades tiv. rom the Government of Victoria. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 7 (November, 1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me Année, No. X. (1887). From the Society. “The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III., No. 10 (October, 1887); “State of New York—Second Report of the Oyster Investigation and of Survey of Oyster Territory, for the years 1885 and 1886.” By Eugene G. Blackford, Commissioner of Fisheries. From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S. “The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol, VIIL, No. 4 (1887). From the Editor. “The American Naturalist.” Vol. XXI., Nos. 1-9 (January— September, 1887). From the Editors. “The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 8 (1887). From the Natural History Society of Montreal. 684 DONATIONS. ‘Report of the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, with the Reports of the Standing Committees, for 1886-7.” From the General Director and Secretary. “ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London, 1887.” Part V. From the Society. “Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &c., Parts L.-III.; “On Tertiary Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand.” By A. W. Waters, F.G.S. From the Author. “Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.” Vol. I., Part 4 (1887). From the College of Science. “ Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No, 23 (Nov. 1887). From the Editor. PAPERS READ. ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL. By THE Rev. J. E. Tentson-Woons, F.G.S., F.LS., &c. (Plates xvi and x1x.) During my travels in the Philippine Islands I paid a visit to the active volcano of Taal, which, on account of its peculiarities, its situation and its long-continued activity, is certainly one of the most remarkable volcanoes of the world. It is situated amongst the Philippines, in the Island of Luzon, at no great distance from Manila, between N. lat. 13° 52’, and 14° 7’, and long. about 121° E. It is in the north-west portion of the province of Batangas, and almost due south of Manila. The bay of Manila which makes a deep indentation on the south end of Luzon, is succeeded after a short interval of coast line by the Seno de Balayan, a small bay, and separated from this by a narrow ridge of ash and coral sand, is a lake in the centre of which is the active crater of Bombon or Taal. I propose in the following paper to give a statistical, geological and botanical account of this volcanic district, together with such particulars of its history as I have been able to collect from Spanish sources. LiITeERATURE.—The historical records of the Philippine Islands are very abundant. Most of the Missionary Orders have published annals of their religious enterprises, and have kept occasional chronicles of anything remarkable which occurred in their respec- tive missions. All these have been printed under their own auspices, and now form a voluminous library, in which it is easy to trace any event of importance since the Spaniards came into possession of the Philippine Islands. I believe there are no colonial possessions in the world in which the literature connected with the country is so extensive. 44 686 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, The following are the principal works to which I have had recourse in preparing this essay, and I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to the following gentlemen who have given me untiring assistance in studying the history and literature of the subject :—Padre Faura 8.J., Padre Lozano, and Padre Blanco, of the Augustinian Monks at Manila and Iloilo. “ Buzeta, Diccionario Geografico Estadistico Historico de las Islas Filipinas.” Madrid 1851. “Estudio Gtolégico del Volcan de Taal por José Centeno, Inspector general de Minas de Filipinas.” Madrid 1885, “ Relacién de lo sucedido en el volcfn de la Laguna de Bombong, escrita en Baudn en 22 de Diciembre de 1754” Por P. Fr. Fran- cisco Bencuchillo.” “ Boletin de le Carta Geologica del Espaiia.” In this work is quoted (Vol. VIII.), the work of a German, Richd. von Draasch, published at Vienna, which work I have not been able to consult. It is entitled, “ Data for a Geological Study of the Island of Luzon.” “Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde.” “Tierras y Razas del Archipiélago Filipino por Jose de Lacalle y Sanchez.” Manila 1886. “‘ Phanerogamee Cumingiane Philippinarum.” Manila 1885. “Viajes por Filipinas de F. Jagor, Traducidos del Aleman por S. Vidal y Soler.” Madrid 1875. «El Mayon, 6 Volcin de Albay (Filipinas) ” por Don Enrique Abella y Casariego. Madrid 1885. “El Monte Maquilin (Filipinas) e sus actuales emaciones vol- canicas ” por Don Enrique Abella y Casariego. Madrid 1885. «Memoria sobre los Temblores de Tierra occuridos en Julio de 1880 en la Isla de Luzén ” por Don José Centeno y Garcia. Madrid. *‘ Emanaciones Volcanicas subordinadas al Malinao (Filipinas)” por Don Enrique Abella y Casariego. Madrid 1885. “Terremotos de Nueva Viscaya (Filipinas) en 1881, por Don Enrique Abella y Casariego.” Madrid 1884, BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.s., &C. 687 “Murillo Velardo (P. Pedro) Historia dela provincia de Philip- inas de la compafiia de Jesus, que comprehende las progressos de esta provincia desde 1616, hasta 1716.” “Zuniga (Martinez de) Historia de las islas de Philipinas com- puesta por el R. P. lector Fr. Joaquin Martinez de Zuiiga En Sampaloc por Fr. Pedro Argiieles, 1803 in 4 de 4 ff. prélim. et 687 pp.” “Zuniga (Martinez de). An Historical View of the Philippine Islands: from the Spanish (published at Manila 1803), 2 vols. 8vo., Lond. 1814.” “ Novissima Appendix ad Floram Philippinarum. R. P, Em- manuelis Blanco, Auct. P,P. F.F., Naves et Villar. Augustinianis.” Manila 1880. ‘‘Sinopsis de familias y generos de plantas lefiosas de Filipinas, Introduccion 4 la flora forestal del Archipielago Filipino, redactada, por Don Sebastian Vidal y Soler.” Manila 1883. “Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen von Dr. C. Semper.” Wiesbaden 1877. “ Guia Oficial de Filipinas 1885.” Manila 1884-5-6. “A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands and adjacent countries.” By John Crawfurd, F.R.S., London, 1856. “‘ Plantkundig, Woordenboek voor Nederlandsch-Indié.” G. J. Filet, Leiden, 1876. “Planten van Nederlandsch-Indié, Bruikbar voor Handel, Nijverheid en Geneeskunde, door A. H. Bisschop Grevelink.” Amsterdam 1883. ‘‘Une Mission aux Iles Philippines et en Malaisie par M. le Docteur J. Montano.” Paris 1885. “ Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner, Dr. Semper, Wiirzburg, 1869.” “ Revista de Filipinas” 1875 to1877. Manila. From the above works the one which I have had occasion to make most use of, is the Estudio Geolégico of José Centeno, Inspector-General of the Mines of the Philippines, published by Royal Order at Madrid in 1885. Seiior Centeno was commissioned 688 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, to make a geological examination of the central volcanic region of Luzon, which includes a great part of the provinces of La Laguna, Batangas and Tayabas. This is one of the most inter- esting regions in the islands, since it includes the volcanoes of Majajay, Banajao (over 8,000 ft. above sea level), San Cristobal, Calauang, Maquilin and Taal. All these mountains are, in some sense, either in activity, or, it may be said, smouldering, and give evidence of the fires at no great distance underneath the soil by boiling springs, solfataras and frequent shocks of earthquake. Besides the mountains above enumerated there are other volcanic cones of less importance. Setior Centeno has already published his labours on Maquilin as well as on the Voleano of Taal, and they form together singularly complete accounts of the whole geological history of these interesting localities. In fact they have left very little for any observer to do, but Iam not aware that they have ever been laid before the public in the English language. I should mention further, that I had an opportunity of comparing all iy own collections with those made by different observers at the Commission of the Forest Flora, where an excellent herbarium has been gathered together by Sefior Vidal y Soler. The minerals T compared at the museum of the Jesuit Fathers at the Athenée Municipale. I take this opportunity of acknowledging the extreme courtesy of Sefior Vidal y Soler, and Padre Suarez, 8.J., the Curator of the Museum. Sitvation.—The Volcano of Taal is, as already stated, situated in the midst of the Lake of Bombon, whose only outlet to the sea in the Straits of Mindoro is the River Pansipit, a small stream scarcely six miles in length, which first flows south-west and then south, disemboguing a little below the town of Taal, which derives its name from thecrater. This town is just visible, or rather the church and a few important buildings are visible from the anchorage. On the north side of the river is the suburb known as Lemeri, and about five miles to the south is the town of San Luis, so that the place has a populous appearance. Taal is, like many of the important centres of population in the country places which boast of a parish priest and a gobernadorcillo, a BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 689 well-to-do centre of an agricultural district. It has a population of between forty and fifty thousand, and consists of the usual crowded streets of bamboo huts shaped like bee-hives, with a fine stone church in the midst, a ruined Casa Reale, and one or two other stone buildings of modest pretensions. It is a favourite watering-place, whose situation, the neatness of its streets, its fine Plaza, and the multitude of its houses give it a very picturesque appearance. This is much increased by the surrounding meadows, orchards, and gardens, all of tropical beauty and luxuriance, The climate, from its proximity to the sea, is said to be fresh and agreeable and free from the epidemic maladies of the islands. Nevertheless, the Spaniards resort to it but little. There are scarcely any European residents, the large population consisting almost exclusively of TagaloIndians withafew Mestizos. When the Spaniards originally settled on this part of the coast they found a large native population established further from the sea and nearer to the lake, and here the missionaries built their church, and the officials their civil and military establishments. But all this and the town itself were destroyed by the terrible eruption of the volcano in the month of December 1754. When this ceased and the population began to return to their fields, the town was founded anew on the banks of the river, and as far as possible from the volcano. The ruins of the former town form conspi- cuous objects in the plain. The parochial church is of the usual Spanish style, evidently constructed with a view to probable earthquake contingences. There is a Campo Santo or public cemetery of the kind usual in the Philippines, that is a combination of cemetery and catacomb. It is, however, far from the population and well-ventilated. There is a primary school, a monastery and a prison. The soil in the neighbourhood, like most volcanic regions, is very rich. Its prin- cipal productions are wheat, rice, maize, coffee, cocoa, pimento, —which includes pepper, capsicums, chilis,and other hot condiments —hemp, cotton, besides many vegetables and abundance of fruits. Moreover, as the country abounds with aromatic flowers, there are bees in abundance, from which the natives gather valuable stores 690 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, of honey and wax. In the wide and rich pastures of Taal there are large herds of live stock, including cattle, horses, goats and sheep. They also support many wild animals, including deer, monkeys, wild boars, foxes, porcupines, ferrets, hedgehogs ; wild fowl, including ducks and geese, pheasants, pigeons, and snipe are abundant. In the town the principal industry is the production of cotton from the pods of the algodonero (Gossypium). The quality of the cotton produced is considered to be superior to that of almost any other portion of the Philippines. Great quantities are prepared by the population, and woven into a multitude of fabrics such as broadcloths and stuffs for wearing apparel, both coarse and fine, in which branch of industry large numbers of persons of both sexes are employed. They also dye the produce of their looms, and the colours they are able to give are brilliant and varied, besides being permanent. There is also a considerable amount of oil produced from the Sesamum, Til or Teel plant, mainly used in this country for illuminating purposes, and for pre- paring pigments. The seeds of the plant (Sesamum indicum), produce the oil which is tasteless as olive oil, and used as an adulterating oil as well as for food. It would form a valuable export but for its tendency to become rancid. A good proportion of the population are fishermen, partly in the sea and partly in the lake. The fishes which are caught in the latter, though the waters are nearly fresh and in the driest seasons only slightly brackish, areall marine. ‘They are said to be of an excellent flavour, and prized more highly than any in the Philippines. The species most esteemed is what the Spaniards call salmon, but which I belive to be mullet (J/ugzl), which comes up the river Pansipit in great shoals at the spawning season. The Tagalo natives form a stockade of thick bamboos across the stream when the fish are migrating to and from the lake. Above the stockade there is a broad bamboo platform with raised margins on which numbers of natives, male and female, await the return of the shoals. As soon as the fish perceive the stockade they leap high into the air, and are caught on the platform, where they are quickly despatched by short sticks. They are of good size, weighing on an average BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 691 from five to seven pounds. The exports from Taal are to Manila only, and include large quantities of beeswax, honey, onions, garlic, wheat, large herds of cattle, and a great quantity of cotton stuffs. The latter fabrics being made by hand-spinning and hand-looms, are much stronger and more durable than our calicos. The thread is dyed before weaving, and thus the patterns are all plaids. The Lake of Taal, Bombon or Bombong, in which is the volcanic island, is situated between N. lat. 13° 52’ 4” and 14° 7’ 42”, and E. long. 120° 47’ 17” and 120° 59’ 22”. Its figure is somewhat rudely heart-shaped, with a prolongation to the southward into a narrow bay. Almost in the centre is the voleanic island which is lozenge-shaped, the angles of the major axis being directed north- east and south-west. The circumference of the lake is about 75 miles, its greater diameter from north to south nearly 20 miles, and its least width from east to west nearly 13. The dimensions of the island will be given presently. It is sufficient now to say that it occupies a very large proportion of the lakearea. The Cor- dillera which divides the province of Batangas and the province of Cavite, and the elevation of all the surrounding country give to the lake and its neighbourhood the appearance of a cauldron when seen from any eminence, a comparison first made by one of the early historians of the Philippines, Fray Martinez Zufiga, whose intelligent geological opinions will be noticed presently. On the northern shores are the ruins of Tanauan, and on the south- west, as already stated, those of Taal on the banks of the river Pansipit, and to the north-west the ruins of the district of San Nicolas, and on the eastern banks the bed of the river Sala, near to which was formerly situated the town of that name. All these places were completely destroyed by the disastrous eruption of December 1754. From the margins of the lake there is a gentle rise in certain portions with slight undulations forming fertile declivities of agricultural land, as for instance at Bafiadero, Aya, Talisay, Bayu- yungan, and in general on all the northern and western sides. In other portions the margins rise abruptly forming gorges and ravines mostly on the eastern side limited by Mount Macolod and 692 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, its dependent ridges. These extend parallel to the margin of tie lake, like a wall bounding the rich and populous agricultural districts surrounding the large towns of Lipa, Cuenca and San José. All these towns are on a kind of plateau about 1000 ft. above the level of the sea. This plateau may be called the culminating portion of the land which surrounds the mountains Macolod and Sungay, and it slopes down gradually westward towards the river Pansipit. This as already stated is the only ontlet of the lake, and by its very slight fall shows the very small difference there is between the level of the lake and the sea. Of the two above-mentioned mountains, Macolod and Sungay, which with their dependent ridges, as it were, surround the lake, Sungay is on the north, and Macolod on the south. The highest point of Sungay is the Pico Gonzalez, which is about 2,200 ft. above the level of the sea. There isan extension of the mountain ridge to another peak called Ilong-Castila, distant about ten kilo- meters, and slightly less elevated than Pico Gonzalez. The eleva- tion is continued by the Cordillera of Tagatay, which slopes down towards Mount Batulao on the south-west, whence extend ridges with a generally southerly trend, and filling up the land between the sea, the lake, and the river Pansipit. Mount Macolod is about 3,243 ft. above the level of the sea. It forms a very conspicuous bluff, as already stated, on the south- east side of the lake. This mountain is quite precipitous on the lake side, and declines very rapidly towards the sea, sending a long peninsula out into the ocean, which forms the boundary between the two bays of Balayan and Batangas. On the north-east at some considerable distance is the extinct volcano of Maquilin, from the base of which spring forth the very hot springs of Los Bafios. There is no river of any importance emptying into the lake, but in the rainy seasons there is considerable drainage from the slopes all round, which is supposed to be sufficient to counter- balance the evaporation. The weathering effect of the rains upon the loose volcanic soil must, I should say, be very great, especially during the summer monsoon when the downpour is so heavy and continuous. I noticed several large and rugged ravines, and I BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 693 was informed by the natives that the shore-line is very rapidly changing its contour, Many capes and points disappear during the rainy season, especially on the volcanic island which is com- posed of loose ash. In the Geological Essay of Draasch already referred to, the author puts forth well-grounded reasons for sup- posing the existence of thermal springs and subterranean afiluents. Considering the great height of the mountains and ridges all round the lake, and the abrupt way in which some of them abut upon it, no doubt there must be a very extensive soakage into the bottom of the basin. At the time of my visit, which was at the close of an unusually dry season during which there had not been a drop of rain for nearly three months, there was a not inconsi- derable stream of water flowing into the lake at the place where I embarked. This was on the low flat ground on the north-east side, at the nearest point to Mount Maquilin. The depth of the Lake of Bombon is considerable considering its small extent. The deepest soundings are found on the south- east side where Mount Macolod abuts in precipitous cliffs upon the water. Here a depth of 106 fathoms has been obtained at a short distance from the shore. The soundings to the west and north are between 30 and 80 fathoms, and generally the lake is deeper towards the west than tothe north. I noticed as we landed upon the island crater that there were several marine remains on the shore, such as dead coral and fragments of sea sheils similar to what is generally seen on coral reets in the open ocean. Besides the island crater there are two or three little islands in the lake on the north-east of the strait, which separates the volcano from the Cape of De Lipa. The largest of these is Napayong, which is nearly a mile long and a third of iis length wide. One side of this island ends in abrupt precipices of tufa, 350 ft. above the surface of the water. There are three other little islands and some rocks. These islands are generally preci- pitous, yet when the volcano is sufficiently tranquil they are inhabited, and in part cultivated. Cotton, Manila hemp, and bananas are grown, and a few live stock kept. The appearance of these islands is very picturesque, the whole of the precipitous 694 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, faces are richly festooned with the usual luxuriant foliage of wild vines and tropical plants. Before coming to a description of the details of this singular volcano it will perhaps be better if I describe briefly the mode and times of my visits. I first saw it towards the end of March, 1885, when, after a long period of tranquillity, the volcano had subsided into astate of repose as great, almost, as ever has been known. I travelled from Manila up the river Pasig into the laguna of Bay by means of a small trading steamer. I landed at the south side of the laguna at the large and populous town of Calamba at the mouth of the river San Juan. From Calamba I followed this river which winds round the base of Mount Maquilin, and passing the town of San Tomas proceeded to Tanauan. This town is almost as important as Calamba, with a fine market place and Casa Reale all in ruins from the earthquake of 1882, or the hurricane of the year after. From Tanauan having crossed the river I descended to the margin of the lake, a distance of about seven miles. J may mention that from the town of Tanauan the peak of the volcano is visible, and was then specially conspicuous by the dense volumes of white smoke which rolled up from the crater high into the air, where, as the day was still and the weather fine, it formed a spreading canopy not unlike a mushroom in shape. My journey was a most interesting one thus far, but I intend to give a description of it when publishing the full journal of my travels. It will be sufficient to say now that I embarked in a native canoe at the small village of Barnadero, and in an hour or so crossed over to the volcano. This appeared from a distance to be a low, undulating cone of grey ash, with very little vegetation upon it. I landed inside a cape called Caluit, or Calavita, and following a narrow path reached the summit of the crater by a very easy incline. The view from the edge is very startling and extraordinary. One stands on the edge of a crater of oval form, about 2,500 yards in its major, and 2,000 yards inits minor diameter, and about 1,000 feet deep. The first impression is that of a recently extinguished cauldron, from the midst of which two pits, a little separated from each other, were emitting rolling BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 695 volumes of thick white smoke. The general colour of the whole was red and fiery with bluish spots and stains on the sides, as if gunpowder had been recently exploded there. But what gave a singular and startling appearance to the scene was three lakes in the bottom of the crater, one in the centre, and the other two at the sides. The centre lake was a greenish-blue like the ocean, and surrounded by a broken crater of reddish-purple scoriz. There was a confused group of half a dozen broken craters and one great slope encircling half of them. On the north side there was a bright emerald green patch like a pond covered with duck- weed, except that its tint was more vivid than the greenest of green waters. This was succeeded to the north-west by another lake or rather a marshy flat of lemon yellow colour, which deepened on its edges into a golden colour, with great orange stains in places. The eastern and highest side of the crater wall was yellow with sulphur, and all this side was emitting thin jets of sulphurous fumes from cracks and crevices. Indeed most of the walls of the inside were emitting the same fumes. Close below where I stood there was a little jet of sulphur smoke, and on digging down with the iron point of an alpenstock, the ground around was found to be intensely hot. The slope of the crater on the east side was a very moderate inclination, rendering a descent into it comparatively easy. Accompanied with two natives as guides, I descended easily to the bottom of the basin. The ground was firm and composed of a mass of broken cinders, but there was evidence that at no great depth these deposits were scarcely cool, as from the cracks and crevices sulphurous fumes were emitted. The yellow tint of sublimed sulphur was on everything. I made my way first of all to the bluish-green lake in the centre. The rocks were exceedingly rough and scoriaceous, forming walls round one portion of the waters which afforded no foothold, but were quite precipitous. I found it very difficult to obtain samples of the water, but by means of a bamboo with which we were provided, and a sodawater bottle, this was accomplished. I next turned my attention to the green lake, and found the same kind 696 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, of difficulty in getting near the edge, which could only be done from the outer wall. The yellow lake was, at the time of my visit, about 120 yardsin length, being a mass of sulphurous paste or crystals of sulphur with oxide of iron, the latter causing orange and reddish stains of considerable extent. Some of these crystals were of large size. In endeavouring to approach the edge of this lake, my Indian guides showed considerable uneasi- ness lest I should put my foot into some of the soft sulphurous mud which was in places quite scalding hot apparently. Insome places one could distinctly see a bubbling up of steam, with patches of agitated water as if it were simmering. Any examination of this locality, I should say, would be fraught with considerable danger. It was my intention to examine the two smoking pits, but my guides displayed so much alarm at the proposition that I concluded there must be more danger in approaching them than I could perceive from a distance. ‘The surface for a considerable distance around them was quite moist, and may have been boggy. The heat was intense during the time of my visit, though it was scarcely 9 a.m. when I left the crater. My guides kept continually pointing to the sun, and showing me by signs that, when the wind or sea-breeze began to blow, we should be in danger from the sulphurous vapours of the two fumeroles. Under these circum- stances I was obliged to shorten my stay. The rest of the time spent upon the island was occupied in going over the ground so ably described by Senior José Centeno. I had the advantage of his maps and his work with me at the time, and I visited every point in succession that is described by him in connection with the volcano. Some little time was taken up also in barometrical observations, as well asin making collections of plants and minerals. The results of these observations will be given as we proceed. My second visit to the volcano, or rather to the Lake of Bombon, was in March of the year following, but on this occasion I went down to the coast first, and then proceeded to the lake from the town of Taal by way of the river Pansipit. I was not able to land upon the island. During the previous September (1885) there had been a severe eruption, and though not accompanied BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 697 with such loss of life as in that historical disturbance in 1754, there was considerable destruction of property. The whole of the verdant slopes around the lake were lying desolate and blackened. A dark covering of cinders covered the ground as far as the eye could reach. There was not a trace of vegetation on the island where I had made extensive botanical collections. Formerly there were many herds of cattle, which, I was informed, were completely destroyed by the eruption before they could be removed. It had no doubt fared badly with the town of Talisay and four or five villages on the north side of the lake. During the height of the eruption the inhabitants had sought safety in flight, leaving their herds and their crops which were nearly all destroyed. From the little fishing village of Baguni Bayan, a distant view of the island voleano was obtainable. It was emitting very considerable quantities of white smoke with noises and explosions. Though the eruption had very much subsided, yet the emission of ashes and stones was quite perceptible. Even at this time any attempt to approach the voleano would be unsafe. From what I could perceive at a distance, the form and appearance of many of the ash cones had been quite changed, and some of them obliterated. I was informed that the interior of the crater had been seen by some daring investigator, and that the green and yellow lakes were nearly obliterated for the time being, and the features of the crater quite changed. The time at my disposal during this second visit was occupied with the mollusca of the rivers, and the marine zoology generally, the results of which are appended. I now proceed to describe the geologic features of the island, which will serve to give a better idea of the prehistoric activity of this volcano. The island crater is an irregular square but prolonged at three of the angles into diagonal promontories. The north-west and south-western ones are clearly extinct craters. That on the north-east, or as it is termed Pirac Piraso, at its highest point (Mount Bignay) is about 220 ft. above the level of the lake. The north-western prolongation is named Binintiang Malaki. It is a 698 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, conical extinct crater about 850 ft. above the level of the lake at its highest part. Inside the truncated cone there is a well-formed crater about 500ft. deep. There are no further observations to be made on the structure of this hill, except that it is very steep because it is densely clothed with vegetation. The abrupt sides though deeply scarred by ravines dip into the lake at a steep incline. Jt is here that I made the best portion of my botanical collection. The tangled thicket was principally com- posed of fig-trees belonging to three or four species, Zaberne- montana spherocarpa, Mussaenda frondosa, Acacia farnesiana, Canavalia, Vitis, Leea, Hibiscus, Abutilon, Mucuna, Oroxylum, é&e., with a host of escapes from cultivation to be described hereafter. The point to the south-west is named Binintiang Munti, a much smaller crater with less vegetation. The basin inside the cone is imperfectly defined, and only about 250 ft. above the level of the lake. From the edge of this crater there is a ridge pur- suing a north-east direction towards the volcano. This ridge ter- minates at a dome-shaped hill called Mount Tabaro, which is about 500 ft. high. This mountain has a special interest, for the sides are scored with deep furrows giving it an appearance as if it had been grooved all round. It exactly resembled a dome in the Sand-See in the island of Java, and like it is placed close beside an active volcano, that of the well-known crater of Bromo. Sejior Centeno does not regard this as a crater, but rather an accumula- tion of ashes around an original nucleus. There is no trace of a basin on the summit. The distance between Binintiang Malaki and Binintiang Munti is something over four miles, and from the first-named point to Pirac Piraso a little over three. In proceeding to summarize the results of my observations it must be distinctly understood that I do not lay any claim to originality in this matter. The observations of Sefior Centeno have been so full and exact that I am but following his footsteps in giving the details of the orography and geology of the volcano. As already stated the upper border of the crater is oval, with a major diameter from east to west, and a minor diameter very slightly less in size nearly at right angles. The highest point is BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 699 on the south-east side, about 1,000 ft. above the level of the sea. From this point it descends on the north-east and east-south-east to less than half the altitude mentioned. It then rises to the north to a height of about 785ft. On the north-east side there is a crest with steep sides terminating in an extinct crater named Pinag Ulbuan, of an elevation of about 600ft. Itis about 400 yards in diameter, with a deep channel on the north-east side leading to the lake. On the north side of the island between the volcano and the sea, there are six or seven ridges of ash, and about the same number of mountain peaks, the most important of which are Ragatan and Matas-na-Golod, both between five and six hundred feet above the lake. Between the volcano and the north-west angle or Cape named Binintiang Malaki, there isaninterval of about 700 yards, and then the surface rises abruptly into an ancient crater called Balantoc, which is the largest of all the extinct craters, and about half the size of the present active basin. It was evidently at one time a central point of activity. It is elliptical in shape, about 350 ft. high on its eastern side, and with a channel or gorge on the west leading down to the lake. The interior of this crater is very abrupt on the north side, and less so on the south. It is all covered with dense jungle of a kind similar to that described in the crater of Binintiang Malaki, with whose ash deposits those of Mount Balantoc mingle. To the south of the mountain there is a series of small craters called Las Canas. They are seven in number, at least that number have pretty well defined circular forms, but there are others of irregular outline, which seem to have been partially destroyed as new ones were formed. The name Las Canas is derived from the shallow pans which are used in this part of the country for boiling sugar. It need scarcely be said that, with a soil composed of loose pulverulent ash and fragments of scorie, cinders and pumice of every size, water would not rest upon the surface, especially as the slopes are so highly inclined for the most part. In the wet season the rain easily cuts down the loose materials of the sides of the active crater. Thus I noticed in going to the edge several 700 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, deep crevasses or dry water-courses of very rugged and broken appearance, with a certain amount of tangled jungle in the bottom. The inhabitants get water from wells near the side of the lake, though, as already observed, the water in the lake itself is only slightly brackish. In Australia we should consider such water quite serviceable for all domestic purposes. GroLocy.—The exterior slopes of the volcano are of uniform character, composed of voleanic sand, scorie, breccia, tufa, alternating in strata of diverse thickness and different colours. I was surprised to see the difference there was between the colour of the soil and the appearance of the volcano from a dis- tance. It was yellowish-brown when near, with fragments of yellow, black, and white rock. At a distance it appeared grey. There was the strongest contrast between the nature of the walls of this crater and that of Bromo in Java. The latter had crater walls of loose grey ash so fine that one sank into it ankle deep in ascending the slopes. There were, of course, larger fragments of stone and scoriz, but the general character of the ash was exceedingly fine. Bromo continually emits a roaring noise, which is like a succession of violent explosions, which follow each other with such rapidity as to mingle the vibrations. These explosions, I have no doubt, are the cause of the fine fragments or dust into which the cinders of the volcano are blown. At Taal, on the contrary, there is scarcely any sound, and there are not consequently the detonations and explosions causing the fine rain of volcanic dust. The greater part of the slopes of Taal volcano, and especially on the north side, is covered with a fine stratum of ash decomposed into alluvium. In the lower portion there are large trachytic blocks, especially on the east and south- east sides. In the ‘‘Barrancos” or gullies already spoken of, scoriaceous lava streams of very hard dolerite can be perceived. I append at the end of this paper a description of the various minerals which are met with on the slopes of the volcano. This. list, which is that of Senor Centeno, will afford me an opportunity of mentioning any details or observations which may be necessary. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 701 Binintiane Maraki.—This, as already stated, forms the north- western prolongation or angle of the island. It is a small mountain in the form of a truncate cone. It has been beyond all doubt a true crater and point of ejection. Its slopes are highly inclined, and end precipitously in the lake on the north and north- east side in the deep waters of the lake. In order to ascend to the summit, one must land at the bay Panipihan on the north side. This gives an easy approach to the easterly slopes, which are gradual and admit of easy ascent. The crater is formed of regular strata of lapilli: At the base of the slope on the north side there are certain traces of the former volcanic activity in the form of small jets of gas which gush out below the water close to the margin of the lake. These gas jets are of such a high temperature that the water near them raised the mercury in my thermometer to 130° of Fahrenheit. Sefior Centeno gives a temperature of 75 Centigrade, but this I suppose would depend upon the position of the thermometer with reference to the jet of gas. The water near the jets was very pungent to the taste. On the north side of the crater its height is about 500ft. above the level of the lake. From the north to the sotth the margin rises in the form of an amphitheatre to a height of about 850ft. above the lake, and 350ft. above the plain. The crater is about 300 yards in diameter, and is covered with vegetation. At certain seasons of the year a small portion of the base is cultivated, and some of the more hardy descriptions of rice, or those which bear a dry soil, are grown on the more level ground. The vegetation has. already been referred to. The grass most abundant was Imperata arundinacea, the lalang or jungle grass of the whole of the Malay Archipelago. There is a deep barranco cutting down the crater to the edge of the plain, and serving to drain the water which falls into it in the rainy season. There are no remains of volcanic: activity in the bottom of the crater, but there is a crack on the south-east edge of the summit, which emits abundance of white vapour. From this point to the plain the soil is covered with a thin white crust, under which the earth is black, and so hot that, at a few inches beneath the surface, it rises to within a few degrees 45 702 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, of the boiling point of water. At the bottom of the crater the soil is composed of detritus, which the rain has washed down from the sides. Seiior Centeno considers that the great steepness of the north side shows that the volcanic activity ended in that direction, at any rate it proves that it was greatest on that side. ANCIENT CRATERS OF BALANTOC AND LAs Canas.—Between the active volcano and Binintiang Malaki there is, as already stated, another crater. It is much less elevated than the last, though considerably wider. The whole is covered with abundant vegeta- tion, and the rocks are much more decomposed than the last. Moreover, there is not the slightest trace of any activity still going on. It seems to belong to the very early history of the volcanic activity in the island. Everything about it seems to indicate an older crater. To the south of Balantoc and separated by a deep watercourse about 40 ft. wide, is the curious region already referred to as Las Canas. It consists of a number of small craters closeto oneanother or breaking-in upon one another, and covering about 500 acres of ground. Two of these are larger than the rest, with a diameter of four or five hundred yards, and about 120 feet high. Their sides are very steep, covered with hardened clay and vegetation at the base. To the west and north west there are others of similar dimensions. To the north-east of this region there is a fissure which is evidently due to weathering. The interior walls of the cavities known as Las Canas are extremely abrupt, and composed of cinders. To the north-west there is a horse-shoe-shaped platform a little raised above the level of the lake which forms the origin of a deep barranco scooped out by the drainage of water in the rainy season. I quite agree with Sefior Centeno in attributing this kind of basin to weathering, and not volcanic activity. For the rest we must suppose that the portion of the island now described was at one time, but not for long, an outlet for the volcanic disturbance underneath. It is difficult to account for the history of all these points of ejection, or the order in which they appeared, but they are not difficult of explanation in a general way. Of course the BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C, 703 area of volcanic disturbance or the subterranean fires is very large, extending, as it does, for fifty or sixty miles in a straight line, and in some places of almost equal width. Now ina volcanic eruption many a fissure and many a fiery jet become covered up and obliterated by the immense fall of ashes and cinders, but, of course, only to break out in some new direction close by. The one central point is the volcano, but even this is full of little craters inside it, as we shall see presently. One is disappointed at seeing so little of the fires, but they are so completely covered with ashes and scoriz, that sulphurous vapours and steam are the only evidence that we see of what is going on underneath. Every now and then a more powerful explosion casts the light and porous covering of cinders into the air, but the most of this falls back again and the vapour goes on escaping as before. What we see at Las Canas is similar to Vulcano in the Lipari Isles of the Mediterranean, in which, by the shifting of the centre of volcanic activity along a line of fissure, a series of overlapping volcanic cones has been produced. It will be seen subsequently that there is reason for believing that the whole of the lake around the volcano is an area of sub- sidence, which represents the former extent of an immense volcanic cone. We have, therefore, according to this theory, only a portion of the later history of the volcano revealed to us, with the evidence of those forces which have tended to modify the form and character of this volcano, which, according to Mr. Judd’s classi- fication, is one of composite character. In his Work on Volcanoes he points out (p. 161), that the sides of such cones are liable to be rent asunder from time to time, and the fissures so produced are injected with liquid lava from below. These fissures rent in the sides of volcanic cones often reach the surface, and eruptive action takes place, giving rise to the formation of a cone or series of cones upon the line of fissure. Such small cones thrown up on the flanks of a great volcanic mountain are known as parasitic, and, though subordinate to the mountain mass, they are sometimes themselves of considerable dimensions. Amongst the hundreds which stud the flanks of Mt. Etna, there are some nearly 800 ft. high. 704 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, Between Las Canas and Binintiang Munti there are only the two elevations spoken of already as Mt. Tabaro and Mt, Saluyan ; the rest of the plain is composed of slopes of ash, modified by barrancos which have been due to weathering. Bininti1ane Munti.—This is a small ancient crater, so much worn down by weathering as to be only about 50 or 60 ft. above the level of the lake, and limited on its north-east and south-west sides by two small ridges, which are the remains of what was once the much more elevated rim of the crater. It has a depression in the centre, and is of horse-shoe form, about 500 yards across at its widest point. The slopes of this small cone terminate in the lake, with undulations on the surface giving rise to a number of small points which afford excellent sections. These display in a very complete manner the different strata which have arisen from eruptions at various times. One sees that the crater is built up of tufas and conglomerates of various colours and fineness, of very distinct character. Sefior Centeno gives a list of these various deposits, but, on comparing his list with some of the sections exposed, I found they were subject to great variation, even in the space of a few yards ; that is as far as colour and consistency were concerned. Pinac Uxnsuan.—It only remains to refer to one more of these subsidiary craters. This is the one spoken of on the north-east side of the island as Pinag Ulbuan. It is nearly circular, and about 350 yards in diameter, surrounded on the north and west sides with almost precipitous cliffs, and barred on the east by a dyke between 20 and 25 ft. high, which dams the water, and gives ‘rise to the name of Pinag Ulbuan, which means in the Tagalo dialect a deep reservoir. The highest points of this crater are on the north-west and south-east sides, and are about 500 ft. and 400 ft. high respectively above the level of the lake. The aspect of this crater is that of an amphitheatre broken down largely on one side. There are good sections, which show the composition of the slopes to be of ashes, scorie and conglomerates, with volcanic sand in strata of different colours. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 705 Before proceeding to the consideration of the interior of the great crater it is desirable to summarize the evidence which is afforded us by a study of the geology of the island. First of all it will be observed that there are two lines of volcanic fissures, made manifest by the shape of the island and the dispositions of the craters. The first is from south-west to north-east, beginning with the extinct crater of Binintiang Munti, and ending at the north-east cape of Pirac Piraso. Along this line, which passes through the highest portion of the central volcano and the most of its extinct eraters, we have a line of ancient craters, which froin their appearance would lead one to believe that they are also the oldest of the island. These are Binintiang Munti, Saluyan, Tabaro and (omitting now the central craters) Pinag Ulbuan, Ragatan, and the islands in the Seno de Hog Hog, which appeared to me to be very much like the remains of an ancient crater. At almost right angles to this line of fissure there is another line, which would take in Las Canas, Balantoc, and the cone of Binintiang Malaki on the north-west. The second line of fissure would appear to be of amore modern character. I think a careful study of the volcanic evidences here exposed must throw some light on the chronology of these different basins, and possibly also upon the great question as to whether there has been a large subsidence where the present laguna now stands. It should be remarked that the greatest diameter of the lake corresponds nearly with the first described line of fissure, and also with the greatest prolongation of the volcanic tufas and trap-rocks. INTERIOR OF THE GREAT CraTER.—I now proceed to describe the features of the great centre of activity in this island. First of all I shall give the impressions made upon my mind by a first view from the brink. The effect was certainly very wonderful and startling, so different indeed from anything I had ever seen before that it amazed me with most bewildering sensations. The first thing that strikes one, of course, is the source and origin of all the clouds of white fumes which are always rolling upwards out of the crater, and make it so conspicuous wherever seen. These vents 706 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, look rather smaller than one would anticipate from the great clouds of white smoke which unceasingly issue from the mountains. Still they look large enough and very significant of the volcanic forces below. The next thing which attracts the notice, is the extraordinary variety and vividness of the colours on the rocks, and in the lakes. First of all there is the large irregular shaped basin of bright emerald green water, extending like a pond at least half way round the crater. This forms such a strong contrast with the sulphur flat of lemon yellow, golden and orange. In the centre of the basin there is an extinct crater forming a somewhat smaller lake of pale bluish green water, which is like a turquoise set in copper, for this is the aspect of the purple-red crater walls nearly all round. To the left of this and underneath the highest part of the crater walls, are the two smoking craters» and above this the steep slope of the wall is all smoking, and quite yellow with a sulphur incrustation. The walls themselves are stratified in coloured lines of pale yellow and brown. This however is by no means uniform, for there are gaps, crevices and landslips where the ash has fallen down, and these are purple and brown or darkish blue. It would be almost impossible to describe the number and variety of the coloured stains upon the walls, all of them suggesting a fiery or a smoky origin, but yet very unlike the action of any ordinary fire with which one is familiar. This was the state of the crater at the time of my visit, which was probably two and a half years after that of Sefior Centeno, and though the general features of this basin have not changed much in the 300 years during which Europeans have been acquainted with it, yet there are some modifications, which we can gather from the different accounts that observers have furnished us with. This will be seen from the following extract from the notes of a geologist made about thirteen years previous to the time of my visit. ‘In the same province is the Taal volcano, in the centre of which there is a small lake, the waters of which are charged with sulphuric acid. In the centre of the Laguna de Bombon, there is a small volcanic island with a crater of no great height and BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C 707 about a league in circumference. From the midst of this there always rises an immense column of whitish fumes. The edge of the crater is easily reached, and one looks down an appalling depth. At the bottom is a small pond about 70 yards wide, from which the fumes are exhaled. The waters are a dark green, and encrusted all round with deposits of sulphur, soda, lime and mag- nesia. The interior is rugged but firm, and forms almost a natural staircase down to the water which can be reached with a little careful climbing. It is the most accessible crater in the world, and offers hundreds of sights to the traveller. The interior surface is seen ‘to be composed of lava, cinders, fine sand, pumice and great quantities of sulphur and crystalline salts of soda, magnesia and lime. When seen from the edge they have a yellowish colour, and every now and then they are thrown into violent ebullition, accompanied by a roaring noise. From the bubbles caused by this spasmodic boiling, dense white fumes emerge, and these form the column of vapour which is seen from afar rising from the crater.” If this description was taken from actual observation, which I am inclined to question, though it occurs in the “ Boletin dela Comision del Mapa Geologica del ’Espafia, Vol. III,” the change which has taken place in the crater since 1872 is very great. No mention is made of the two small smoking craters, and there is only one lake spoken of instead of three which I saw. The description of Sefior Centeno comes nearer to the state in which I saw it first, but still there are differences. At the early part of his visit descent into the crater seemed so difficult that it was only under- taken with many precautions in the way of ropes and other aids. He describes, first of all, the reddish yellow lake which occupied all the north-east part of the crater. Its margins were covered for fifty or a hundred yards with abundant concretions of various colours, yellow, red and white. These consisted of sulphur, oxide of iron, alum and gypsum. The sulphur was crystalline or encrusting ; the iron oxides formed a film more or less thick arising from the decomposition of the scorie. Alum and gypsum were present in large handsome crystals. The gypsum was in thin tabular crystals disposed vertically and horizontally upon one 708 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, another. The margin of the lake, which is alternately washed and left dry, was a soft and steaming mud full of little fumeroles of vapor in places with the temperature of boiling water. In other places the mud was white with a temperature of about 100 degrees. Every now and then this lake came into a state of slight ebulli- tion, during which time the surface bubbled, throwing up small quantities of mud a short distance above the surface. Sefior Centeno was unable to ascertain the depth as the margin cannot be approached except on one side. It appears to be very deep, with a temperature of about boiling water. The taste was acid and astringent. This was much the state in which I saw the lake except that the signs of ebullition were very faint, and the whole appeared to have cooled down considerably since the visit of the Spanish geologist. The accompanying map with a dotted line will show the track of Sefior Centeno which I followed to some extent, except that I did not go so far round the yellow lake. He sur- rounded all the southern margin of this lake to the point N, on an extremely rugged and narrow path between the walls of the crater and the water. From this he returned to the point A, following the interior walls of the second crater, reaching the point B, which is a truncated cone with a base about 130 yards wide and 25 yards deep, with almost vertical walls and exactly like the small craters already described at Las Canas. From thence he went to the edge of the blue-green lake marked C, and then to the point D, from which the sulphurous fumes issued forth from a small crater. Either the point G or H in his map, was also contributing abundance of fumes at the time of my visit, so there had been an alteration to that extent. He speaks of a small cone with a circular crater surrounding this fumerole com- posed of cinders, but there was nothing of the kind at the time of my visit. There were six broken, half-formed craters like Las Canas ; one great slope encircling half of them on the south-side composed of red ropy looking scoriz. On the side of this was an almost smooth, yellowish-white, muddy surface, in the midst of which were two round pits out of both of which dense white BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S8., &C. 709 fumes were rising in intermittent clouds with a faint murmur like boiling water. The width of one of these pits was about 20 yards, and of the other about 40 yards, but I only judged of these from a distance: they were perhaps 100 yards apart. As I have already stated, the interior of the walls was tinted with all sorts of colours, very much like a furnace ora kiln on a gigantic scale. They were composed of loose ashes and scorie, but sometimes molten together and twisted like splashings of furnace clinker on a large scale. There were great bosses of sulphur and other minerals, probably gypsum or felspar or lime, but it would be a very long business to describe the whole of the appearances along the sides of the crater. The whole of this heterogeneous mass of rock—as Sefior Centeno well expresses it—is broken up and confused by landslips, deep cracks, and loosening of the strata, produced sometimes by the rains, by interior emanations and explosions, or finally by great earthquake shocks, to which the crater must be exposed at periods of unusual activity. The following is an analysis given by Sefior Centeno of the water of the yellow lake :— Analysis. Grammes. Sodium chloride ... see sls Bee Pils pally Potassium chloride she she sae OU 090 Iron chloride 0A Res sce 3) OE Iron sulphate... me aes a) 1 eO OOaD Aluminum sulphate aoe ae oie 0 00 Magnesium sulphate... i. egg a 200 Lime sulphate... ae va OOOO Free sulphuric acid ce bie cog MLO ODO Silica sa eae a =a sao 00400 Sodium phosphate ea ase Sas O07, 269889 The above was the result of an examination of the solid contents obtained by evaporation of one litre of the water. I have two other analyses from different authors, which differ only slightly from the above. 710 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, Setior Centeno mentions the mode in which the phenomenon of ebullition is manifested at this part of the crater. There wasa periodical boiling up about the centre of the waters, which were raised for the time being into a kind of jet, from which mud and clay were thrown out with a noise like the boiling of a cauldron. This must be due to a periodical escape of gas, somewhat similar to what is taking place in the smoking craters. Green Lake.—At the time of Centeno’s visit the green lake was absent or possibly merged in the yellow one, but it was by far the larger in 1885, and in fact the yellow lake seemed only a shallower prolongation of it, with a margin of sulphur and felspathic mud at the time of my visit. The green colour was, as I have said, intensely vivid. The waters were singularly still, but in Centeno’s time they were continually emitting sulphurous vapours. The margins were precipitous on all sides, and higher on the south-east, making it impossible to get near enough, with the means at my disposal, to obtain any specimens of the water. It will be seen presently that there was another green lake, which was the only green one visible in Centeno’s time. But, in comparison with the large surface of vivid emerald green water with the yellow margin, its waters looked quite pale. The two basins of green water, both of large extent, and of such different tints, could not of course have escaped the observation of the Spanish geologist had they existed in his time, but he makesno mention of them. The bright emerald green lake formed a portion of the yellow lake, according to his map. The change of colour, especially so remarkable a change, is singular and interesting. It may possibly be accounted for by supposing that, as the gaseous emanations had ceased, the sulphurous mud had subsided, and left the natural colour of the water to appear, Bluish-green Lake Crater.—The colour of this lake was, in 1885, about the same as that of the sea in moderate depths, where the blue colour is not decided. The tints seemed beautiful to the Spanish geologists, but by the side of the brilliant yellow and green tints of the other waters it seemed poorincolour. Jn 1883, BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. ole vapours were continually ascending from its waters. Its margins are precipitous on all sides, but higher on the south-east, where I should say they rose between 80 and 90ft. high and almost vertical. It was full of mineral water, with a temperature which appeared to be almost boiling. The sides of the lake were covered, in 1883, with crystals, but I saw nothing of the kind, and the water was not steaming, but apparently still and cool. It would require avery long cord to reach the water, at least longer than any I possessed, so that I could not obtain specimens. Sefior Centeno was more fortunate; he obtained some after a little ditiiculty, He says that though of a deep green at a distance, in the bottle it was of a very pale colour. The taste is more acid, bitter and salt, than the water of the yellow lake, and gives a much more abundant precipitate on evaporation. The following is the result of an analysis made by the official chemists at Madrid :— Analysis. Grammes. Sodium chloride ... ee see ... 30°8588 Potassium chloride es nee ee a Tron chloride of ee Ate see AS BTD Lime sulphate... bs +e .. 0°4644 Magnesium sulphate... oes sate 0000 Tron sulphate... ee ie noe aay Sodium phosphate 45. re Seen USCREZAD Silicic acid j i ee boty | 027400 Free sulphuric acid ae 5 .. 1:4888 Free hydrochloric acid... = Soy Who ZOe 60-0228 This was, as in the former instance, the result of an analysis of one litre of water. The proportion of solid matter is unusually large, and the amount of chlorides quite extraordinary. Red Crater.—Near to the green lake there isa circular crater, about 400 ft. in diameter and 70 or 80 ft. deep, with almost vertical walls. It is filled with volcanic detritus and scoriz of a fiery red colour, and, during the rainy season, it is said to be filled G12 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, with water of a similar tint, which contrasts with singular bril- liancy with the neighbouring lakes. My visit being at the end of an unusually long dry season did not permit me to see any- water in this crater. The Spanish author whom I have followed hitherto, here describes an active cone about 300 metres to the south of the green lake, He says it isa small but very perfect cone, composed of ashes and scorie#, with a circular basin, from which emanate continually those unceasing clouds of white vapor which render this island so conspicuous. This cone, he says, can be approached to within 50 or 60 yards. It is about 50 ft. high, with a diameter for the crater of 18 or 20 ft. There was, he says, a constant murmur, like that of the boiling and bubbling of some viscid liquid, which could be heard 500 or 600 yards away. Presuming that this is the iarger crater from which the white fumes contin- ually emanated at the time of my visit, it has changed very much inappearance. I should say that this has been due to a constant rain of fine dust and sulphur which had levelled this crater, and quite changed its conical outline. In fact, the fumes seemed to me to be coming out of a pit that was more like a well than a cone. Since the last eruption which took place, the whole of these features have been subject to new and extensive alterations. The vapor was liable to great variations in the manner in which it came forth from the pit, sometimes it was in thick white masses forming quite a canopy over the crater, at other times there was only a thin veil of smoke. Some authors have thought that these intermissions depend upon barometric pressure. It is quite certain that there are days when the smoke is unceasing, and others when the volcano can scarcely be distinguished from the surrounding hills. It may be added that the whole of the interior of the crater was more or less smoking at the time of my visit. The cracks and crevices which sent forth continuous jets of white sulphur fumes were quite beyond numeration. The whole face of the interior slope on the highest side was thickly studded with these BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. cla jets from top to bottom. Wherever they occurred a little efflor- escence of yellow colour could be also seen. The track which leads down to the crater, or rather the tracks, for there are two, were well beaten, as if they had been well used by many travellers and by the Indians. They were made of zig-zag shape, so that there was not the slightest difficulty nor danger in either ascending or descending. I noticed in many places by the side of the track, small sulphur fumes, and, as I have already mentioned, an iron point thrust into the ground showed that at no great depth it was red hot. Since the last eruption no doubt all these conditions have changed, but I was told by one of the Indians that the slope of the sides was still the same. In any case, supposing that there was no change, I should strongly advise any tourist never to descend alone into the crater, even with guides, for the dangers, though not very apparent, are really very great. The heat and vapours are, at best, almost overpowering, and a very slight change of the conditions might intensify both to an extent incompatible with the existence of human life. Such changes must be constantly occurring even in the most tranquil periods of the voleano’s history. Barometrical measurements prove that the level of the waters in the crater is about the same as the level of the lake. It would be difficult to suppose any connection between the two. Sefior Centeno suggests that the waters are entirely due to the internal drainage during the long and heavy rainy season in this locality, and that the heat causes them to have a strong chemical action, dissolving the felspars, sulphates, and chlorides, with which they come into contact. The heat of course is supplied by the volcano. Something of this kind must be the true explanation, but one is at a loss to know why similar phenomena are not seen in other lake craters. The crater of Bromo, in Java, is perfectly enclosed, but there is no accumulation of water at the bottom, and other instances might be cited. Usually extinct craters are full of water, and this is the origin of some of the most beautiful lakes with which the surface of the earth is adorned. ‘‘ As crater-rings are usually composed of materials more or less impervious to 714 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, water, they often become the site of lakes. The beautiful circular lake of Laach, in the Rhine Provinces, with the numerous similar examplesof Central Italy—Albano, Nemi, Bracciano, and Bolsena— the lakes of Campi Phlegrei (Agnano, Avernus, &c.), and some similar lakes in the Auvergne, may be adduced as examples of crater-rings which have become the site of lakes.” “One of the most beautiful of the crater-lakes in the Auvergne is Lac Paven, which lies at the foot of a scoria-cone, Mont Chalme, and is itself surrounded by masses of ejected materials. The crater-lake of Bagno, in Ischia, has had a channel cut between it and the sea, so that it serves as a natural harbour. The lake of Gustavila, in Mexico, is an example of a crater-lake on a much larger scale.” ‘Jn many of these crater-rings the diameter of the circular space enclosed by them is often very great indeed as compared with the height of the walls.” “Two of the largest crater-rings in the world are found in Central Italy, and are both occupied by lakes, the circular forms of which must strike every observer.” **The Lago Bracciano, which les to the north-west of Rome, is a circular Jake six and a-half miles in diameter, surrounded by hills, which at their highest point rise to the height of 1,486 ft. above the sea, while the surface of the waters of the lake is 540 ft. above the sea-level. The Lago di Bolsena is somewhat less perfectly circular in outline than Lago di Bracciano; it has a length from north to south of ten and a-quarter miles, and a breadth from east to west of nine miles. The surface of the waters of this lake is 962 ft. above that of the waters of the Mediterranean. The lake of Bolsena, like that of Bracciano, is surrounded by hills composed of volcanic materials ; the highest points of this ring of hills rise to elevations of 684, 780, and 985 ft. respectively above the waters of the lake.”* But if these lakes are distinguished for anything, it is for the singular purity and clearness of their waters. Without citing other instances, I may give one which belongs to Australia, * Judd on Volcanoes, p. 171. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 715 and which is the type of many other extinct craters in the colony of Victoria. This is the series of lake-craters of Mt. Gambier in the colony of South Australia, forming a piece of enchanting scenery, which has won an almost world-wide reputation. I have already, in my “Geological Observations in South Australia,”* given a description of the blue lake, which is a perfectly enclosed basin, about half-a-mile wide, with precipitous sides and a varying depth between 200 and 300 ft. The waters are a dark blue like the open ocean, but they are perfectly pure and limpid, without any excess of solid constituents, unless it be that of lime. This is the more extraordinary when we reflect upon it, for usually in lakes that have no outlet, concentration of salts, due to evaporation, gives rise to well-marked chemical characters in the water. The small amount of water does not exactly explain this, because there must be a very considerable quantity in the crater of Taal. No matter what eruptions and changes have taken place, as soon as things get a little settled the lakes are always there in one shape or another. They are always referred to by every historian, though differing in number and shape and sometimes in colour, there has been always a general resemblance, which marks them out as distinctive features of this volcano. They are generally confined to one side of the basin, and usuaily occupy much the same limits. If they were derived from surface drainage during the rainy season, why are there not waters in all the extinct craters, such as Las Canas? But the soil is too porous for rain waters to rest upon it, and there are scarcely any surface accumulations at any part of the island. For my own part | am inclined to think that these lakes owe their origin to some peculiarity in the emanations of this crater. Vol- canoes vary very much intheir products. There are some volcanic centres from which only one kind of lava has been emitted, but there are others in which the changes in the material thrown out are as unceasing as they are unaccountable. Water is always an accompaniment of whatever is emitted from volcanic vents. Water of course in the form of steam. “ Along with this steam * London, Longmans 1863, 8vo, 404 pp. 716 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, the most common substances emitted are two gases, sulphurous acid and sulphuretted hydrogen. When these two gases come into contact with one another, chemical action takes place, and the elements contained in them—oxygen, hydrogen, and sulphur-— are free to group themselves together in an entirely new fashion ; the consequence of this is that water and sulphuric acid (oil of vitriol) are formed, and a certain quantity of sulphur is set free. The water escapes into the atmosphere, the sulphuric acid combines with lime, iron, or other substances contained in the surrounding rocks, and the sulphur builds up crystals in any cavities which may happen to exist in these rocks.” —(Judd’s Volcanoes, page 19.) Without propounding any new theory, there must be something special in the nature of the underground rocks which causes them to manifest themselves in the peculiar features of this crater. The quantity of sulphur in it seems quite exceptionally great, as well as the chlorides, and these are quite sufficient to account for the large quantities of hydrochloric and sulphuric acid which are found combined with the waters. There is another important question connected with the craters of Taal, to which the Spanish geologist has given much careful consideration. This is-with regard to the former history of the volcano, and to the theory which accounts for the lake of Bombon by supposing that it occupies the site of a much larger volcanic mountain which has been submerged. A short review of the arguments relied upon is in every way worthy of attention. First of all Sefior Centeno points out the wide extension of the ash deposits or tufas which seemed grouped around this volcano as a centre, shows it to have been the principal focus of volcanic activity in the southern part of the island of Luzon. The tufaceous strata extend all round the lake to the sea, except on the eastern side. Northward they entirely cover the strip of land between the Laguna de Bay and the Bay of Manila. They also entirely cover the country round the capital, and then are found extending north as far as the town of San Ildefonso. This immense deposit of volcanic cinders and dust which is known to geologists as BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. (AN the tufaceous region of the volcano of Taal, attains to considerable thickness in certain localities, with a distinct structure in its cinders and pumice according to the extent and duration of the various volcanic eruptions. In making the excavations connected with the Manila Waterworks the tufa has been sunk through for nearly 30 feet. The section showed that the different strata were separated by a deposit of fine volcanic sand, which marked the period of comparative repose in the eruption. There are, of course, many other extinct volcanoes in the region now referred to, such as Banajao, Majajay, Maquilin, and many others on the side of Laguna de Bay. But some of these have not been in activity within recent times, yet it is thought possible to assign to each whatever share it may have had in producing the tufaceous deposits, This will be considered by some to be open to question, but, at any rate, there can be no doubt that a very large quantity of ash deposit has come from the volcano of Taal, and that this quantity is largely in excess of what can reasonably be attributed to the present crater. The physical geography of the Laguna of Bombon is an argument which is also relied upon. It is separated from the sea by only a very narrow strip of land, and this is entirely composed of ash deposits. The lake itself is brackish, and has an extensive marine fauna in its waters. They said that sharks are found in it to an extent which prevents the natives from venturing into its waters at any distance from the shore. It is hard to see how these facts can be regarded as settling the matter one way or the other. Supposing the lake to have been separated from the sea by the gradual filling up of a narrow strip of land through which the river Pansipit now flows, the appearances would be still the same. As to the fishes, it is a well-known fact that sharks will ascend fresh-water rivers for a considerable distance, besides other marine fishes. The fishes that I saw amongst the inhabitants of the lake were fresh-water Siluroids, and the mollusca were decidedly fresh-water, including the genera Melania, Paludina, Unio, Cyrena, and Corbicula. The same species are found in the Laguna de Bay. 46 718 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, However, it is fortunate for the theory that it does not depend for its support on such reasoning. It has a much more powerful, and, to my mind, convincing support from the present configuration of the sides of the lake. There we find that its margin is in very many places formed of high cliffs, sixty or seventy ft. in height, and in a few localities, such as Macolod, &c., the waters are con- fronted by precipices between 2,000 and 3,000 feet high. To quote from Senor Centeno: “ If we observe Mt. Macolod with a height of 966 metres and the rapid slopes of its sides toward Cuenca, and its equally sudden breaking off at the water’s edge, we cannot help seeing that we have here only a fragment of what this original mountain has been, and that some extraordinary change has taken place since it was deposited in strata of ash. If we observe the opposite portion of the laguna we shall see that the cordillera called Tagatay—which is the limit of the lake to the north, and is terminated on the east by Mt. Sungay—has meridional slopes of rapid inclination, which terminate in escarpments on the side of the lake ; such, for instance, as Mahabangbato in the village of Banga, in Balit-Biring and in Kalukan. In the precipitous escarpments one can see clearly the horizontal stratification which shows an abrupt breaking off of the slope, which at one time extended uninterruptedly from the top of the mountain to the Bay of Manila.” Senor Centeno has carried these considerations a little further, and has speculated on what must have been the former height of this mountain. By prolonging the slope from the Bay of Manila to the Pico Long Castila, a distance of about 20 miles, and from thence continuing the projection of the same inclined plane in a south-east direction, while on the opposite side of the lake the slope between Cuenca and Mt. Macolod is projected in a north-west direction, the two lines will meet over a point in the lake about 3 miles to the eastward of the present crater. This would give a height to the former volcano of about 12,500 ft. above the level of the sea, a height which is almost exactly that of Semiru in Java, and the well-known Fuji-San or Fuji-Yama in Japan. The whole of the details of this calculation are most interesting, and bear upon BY THE REy. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 719 the face of them a stamp of probability which is fully warranted by the facts of the case. The theory receives new support from what has been recently observed in connection with volcanic eruptions, and a reflection on what really takes place during their continuance. It must be obvious that such immense deposits of tufa can only have been supplied by the transfer of enormous quantities of material from below. The cavities and chasms thus caused in the course of time must have been so great as to defy calculation. Just imagine the amount of material scooped out from great depths to cover the surface for nearly 100 miles north of Taal, and 10 to 30 miles wide. It would be hardly possible for so much of the lower portions of the earth’s crust to be taken away without subsidences and failure of support in some direction. When even the much more moderate subterranean excavations of our mining operations cause land-slips and extensive subsidences, how much more likely is it to anticipate some failure of support from the unceasing - activity of a volcano. There is little doubt that it was to some such cause as this that the catastrophe of Krakatoa owed its origin. That island-volcano had been belching forth for months unceasingly rock-material in the form of ashes and scorie, until the land for more than 100 miles, and much of the intervening sea, were strewn thickly with them. At last it would seem that the cavity thus arising allowed full entry of the sea to the innermost depths, where the subterranean fires were raging. Hence the awful explosions which were heard in terrific distinctness 900 miles away ; hence the concussions which disturbed the very foundations of the earth, until at last the earth’s crust collapsed, the island-crater toppled over and fell in, and the regurgitation of the water carried dreadful destruction on to the neighbouring lands in the form of tidal waves. The island-crater of Krakatoa was partly submerged and dis- appeared. Fragments of the crater-walls, now raised in broken and precipitous faces to 1,500 ft. and more above the waters, are memorials of the way in which the volcano was torn and split asunder, but where its highest wall stood is now marked by 100 fathoms of ocean, 720 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, It is no far-fetched or unreasonable hypothesis, therefore, to suppose that this has been the history of the volcano of Taal, and this has been the way in which the lake of Bombon has been formed. The broken sides of Mount Macolod and the other portions of the lake all attest the violence of the catastrophe, while — the depth of the lake itself shows us something of the dimensions of the mountain which sunk down. As I sailed round the bay in the lake called the Seno de Lipa, I had a good opportunity of closely examining the precipices at Punta Calinana, where the structure of Mount Macolod is fully exposed. The strata are disposed in such regular order and with such a uniform dip, that one cannot resist the conclusion that we see in them a fragment of the steep sloping walls of an immense volcanic cone. In order to examine and test the hypothesis more closely, I left Point Caluit early in the day and coasted over to the opposite shore, and then poled round the lake close to the margin, except where it was too precipitous for the boatmen todo so. I passed round the Punto de Lipa between Napayong Island and the shore. I expected to see in the latter island some traces of the former slope of the volcano continued in the stratified rocks visible here. It will be seen, however, that Napayong Island owes its origin to a former sub-lacustrine eruption within historical periods, and, of course, subsequent to the disappearance of the ancient cone. However, I was not able to ascertain this in a satisfactory manner. Many of the cliffs of Napayong are covered with a thick vegetation of creeping vines and the usual tropical foliage. The cliffs are absolutely inaccessible, and I do not think it would be possible to examine them satisfactorily on both sides of the lake without a considerable expenditure of time. My boatmen, who did not relish exposing their canoe to the full force of the evening breeze, wouldnotgive me the time I wished, so I had to content myself with an examination of the rest of the coast from the island to San Juan, on the north side of the laguna. All I saw was confirmatory of the theory that the lake of Bombon now occupies the site of a former and much larger volcano. I consider that the evidence falls but little short of absolute proof, and that the height of BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 721 the submerged mountain, according to the reconstruction of Sefor Centeno, is a reasonable theory, and one which accords in a satisfactory manner with the evidence. It is a singular fact that one of the most respectable of the historians of the Philippines should have taken this view of the his- tory of the Taal voleano. In the “Historia de las islas de Philip- znas compuesta por el R. P. lector Fr. Joaquin Martinez de Zuiiiga,” the following passage occurs :—‘‘ There are in this island several voleanoes as that of Mayon, which is between the provinces of Albay and Camarines. It has a sugar loaf figure, and is of such altitude that it may be discovered at an immense distance at sea. The de Taal is of a similar form and stands in the middle of a large lake called de Bombon ; it exhibits sufficient proof that the mountain in whose top the volcano was, has sunk, remaining, how- ever, still pretty much elevated above the water.”* In giving Zuniga credit for this theory, it must be added that he was not the author of the book which bears his name. He was an Augustinian monk, selected probably by his order to edit the papers of a deceased friar, whose name has not come down to us. The work was published in 1803, but it concludes with the ratification of peace in Manila, and its restoration to the Spanish Government by the English in 1763. The real author evidently concluded his chronicle at that date, and it was not until nearly 50 years afterwards that the Augustinians resolved on its publication. The friar, whoever he was, had visited the volcano, for he says in the 12th chapter of the 2nd. volume—‘‘In the commencement of the government of Don Pedro Manuel de Arandia, in the month of December, 1754, there happened a terrible shock of au earthquake, and the Taal, which is in the middle of the Lake Bombon in the province of Batangas, threw out such an immense quantity of cinders, as completely to ruin four towns which were situated near the lake, and the inhabitants found it necessary to retire a league further into the interior. Many other severe shocks followed, accom- panied by loud reports similar to those of contending squadrons, *It isnot generally known that there is an English translation of this work by John Maver, published in London in 1814, by the booksellers to the Hon. E. Ind. Co., Leadenhall-street. 722 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, and the atmosphere was entirely obscured by the sand and ashes thrown up by the volcano, so that at Manila, which is twenty leagues distant, it was scarcely possible to see even in the middle of the day, and at Cavite, which is rather nearer, the obscurity resembled the darkness of midnight. ‘“‘T ascended with the Sefior Alava to the summit of this volcano, but all that we could observe was a lake about half-a-league in diameter, very deep and containing water of a dark green colour.” It is much to be regretted that the chronicler who gives us so much detail of other interesting facts connected with the Philip- pines, did not think this volcano of suflicient importance to tell us a little more about it. An accurate topographical description of the state of the crater 130 years ago, would have cleared up many points that are doubtful now. A few measurements would have enabled us to make some estimate of the relative growth of the cone which probably would carry us on to some facts connected with the date of the disappearance of the old mountain. It is interesting to note, however, that the green lake has existed for so long a period, and from this we may conclude that the features of the crater are of considerable antiquity. If the mention of this solitary fact is of comparative value where other details are entirely wanting, we have more reason to regret the silence of Fray Martinez de Zuiiiga. With regard to the date of the submersion of the ancient crater of Taal, the Spanish geologists are not entirely without expectation that something may yet be discovered which will throw light upon the matter. Of course when a date is spoken of it is meant to refer rather to the unknown quantity of a geological period than to any of our own solar computations of time. Manila has recently been supplied with water from the country, and the works connected therewith have necessitated extensive excavations in the vicinity of the city. It was hoped that the sections thus exposed in the volcanic tufa beds would have revealed some animal and vegetable fossils. | These would certainly throw some light at least on the geological period of the eruptions. It is stated that the superintending engineer of the works, Don BY THE REV. J. E, TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 723 Genaro Palacios, gave strict orders to his subordinates to search for any animal remains, and to preserve them with the greatest care, but unfortunately no such fossils were found, Vegetable remains, however, were discovered in some abundance, consisting of trunks of trees more or less perfectly silicified, and unmistakeable impres- sions of leaves and branches. All the specimens were found to belong to the existing flora, and Sefior Centeno adds, that in connection with these fossils, not the faintest trace could be identified as referable to the human period or rather, as he expresses it, “to the hand of man.” This however is a conclusion which is not borne out when the fossils are attentively considered. Some of the leaves were those of an introduced plant, that is to say, a cultivated plant not belonging to the Philippine flora. The specimens enumerated are some silicified trunks of Streblus asper (Louriero). This is an unarmed tree or shrub belonging to the mulberry section of the Urticacex, originally described by Fr. Louriero, 8.J., in his ‘ Flora of Cochin-China.” There is bat one species, which is confined to tropical Asia, extending from Ceylon and the Indian Peninsula to the Malay Achipelago, the Philippines, and Southern China. There is nothing peculiar about this plant connecting it with the wants of man, and it is never cultivated. It is common in the Philippines, as far as my observation goes, and I have seen it also asa small tree growing in Java. The silicification of the trunks of these trees is no evidence of great antiquity. A few years will sometimes completely petrify a trunk or a stem. There is a specimen in the Brisbane Museum in which a fence rail has been completely converted into flint, and in it there is a long iron nail which is known to have been driven into the wood less than 40 years ago. Another plant which has been identified, is surrounded with a considerable amount of interest. This is Psidiwm guayava, Raddi, or the common guava so well known by its aromatic fruit in tropical countries. Now this is undoubtedly a plant which does not belong to the flora of the Philippines, and it has most certainly been introduced into them by the hand of man. The home of the 724 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, guava has been a matter of controversy, but the question has been confined as to what part of tropical America or the West Indies it belonged. It has been pretty well decided, however, that it came from the south portion of the continent. Probably there are few plants which germinate so easily and so rapidly, and it fructifies usually in the third or fourth year; its area has thus spread, and is still spreading, by naturalisation in those tropical countries which are neither very hot nor very damp. There are about 60 species of the genus Psidiwm known. Their fleshy and somewhat aromatic fruits especially attract frugivorous birds, which carry their seeds to places far from cultivation. There is scarcely any fruit which germinates so easily, and requires such little care in its cultivation. I. Acosta, in the “ Histoire Naturelle et Morale des Indes Orientales et Occidentales” (French translation, 1598, p. 175), tells us that in mountains of San Domingo and other West Indian Islands the land was entirely covered with guavas, and he adds that the natives said that there were no such trees in the islands before the arrival of the Spaniards, who brought them. De Candolle, in his ‘Origin of Cultivated Plants,” (p. 241), from whence I have taken the above quotation, gives references to Hernandez, Piso and Marcgraf, all early historians of New Spain, The Brazils and Peru, to prove that the guava was not known until the Spaniards discovered America. The name of the guava is probably Peruvian, and was formerly guajavos or guajava. There can be very little question, therefore, that the guava was brought to the Philippines by the Spaniards, and it could hardly be growing wild or widespread in the islands until the close of the 16th century. This would give a very recent date to the tufas in which the fossil leaf impressions were found. I have no particulars as to where, or in what numbers, the specimens were discovered, nor how deep down in the ash deposit. We may presume that they were not deep down, and that they belonged to some of the destruction caused by the most recent eruptions of the volcano. This brings us to the question as to what was the state of the volcano when the Spaniards first took possession of these islands. First of all it must be remembered that Luzon was not the earliest BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 725 colonised island, nor probably was it seen, except at a distance, at the time of the discovery of the group in 1519. Manila was founded in 1571, but we do not find any detailed account of the island for more than 100 years after that. It is said by Sefior Centenc, though he does not cite any authorities, that there are ancient documents in existence which would seem to indicate, though not in a very reliable manner, that the volcanic activity was, at the time of the Spanish conquest, confined to the north-west extension of the island in the now extinct crater of Binintiang Malaki. So recent an activity is hardly borne out by the appear- ance of the rocks, but inasmuch as there are still some signs of eruption visible, such as the emanation of gases, steam and heat, the thing is just possible. We know from experience how very rapidly these subsidiary craters form and disappear. To cite no other instances, the parasitic cones of Etna and Ischia are good examples of this sort of formation. When at the end of the 16th century, says Centeno, the principal towns of the province of Batangas were founded, there did not exist amongst the inhabitants of those localities any tradi- tion worthy of credit, of eruptions or notable cataclysms from this volcano. If there were such they have not been registered in historical documents. The most ancient chronicle that he was able to consult was that written in 1680, by Dr. Fray Gasper de San Agustin, preserved in the ancient library of the Augustinian monastry at Manila. I visited this establishment, which is one of the splendid architectural curiosities of the city, and whose library, church, and traditions are historical monuments of extraordinary interest and value. Through the kindness of the Provincial, the muy Rey. Padre Fray Felipe Brabo, and the Rev. P. Fray Raimundo Lozano, the Definidor of the order, I was able to visit the library, and make some investigations amongst the valuable chronicles which they possessed. It is not of much importance to cite the whole of the quotation from Fray Gaspar, who relates the precautions taken by the parish priest of Taal to deliver the inhabitants from certain supernatural inconveniences which were supposed to be connected with the volcano of Taal. The important Mie 726 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, points in this chronicle are the facts given as to its actual state in 1680. Padre Alburquerque, parish priest of Taal, states that he went to the edge of the volcano, which had within its crater two principal mouths—one of sulphur and one of green water, which was always simmering, to which many wild deer came for the sake of the salt which was found on the edge of the lake. This testimony is important as showing what was the state of the volcano at that time, and how comparatively tranquil it was. Since then, it would appear, there has been very little alteration in its features, except that it has grown more active. At that time also we learn that the slopes of the island were cultivated in places by the natives, the crops being algodon or cotton, and camote or sweet potatoes. The chronicle further relates how the minister of Taal, Padre Fray Tomas de Abreu, with the assistance of 400 Indians, erected upon the summit of the crater a large wooden cross formed of a hard wood named Anobing (Artocarpus), and that afterwards the fields, which had become quite sterile, returned to their former fertility, and that the volcano was not fora long time known to cause any disaster amongst the inhabitants. Our author states that he has not been able to meet with any other notices, except those indicated, anterior to the eighteenth century. During this it appears to have been the custom for the parish priests of the neighbouring towns to register in a manner more or less detailed and exact, the principal eruptions of the voleano. Thus, in the “ Relation of that which happened in the volcano of the Laguna of Bombong,” written in Bauan, on the 22nd December, 1754, Padre Fray Francisco Bencuchilo speaks of two eruptions which took place in 1709 and 1715, accompanied by loud subterraneous thunders, and a casting forth of red hot stones, and a great fire, which, like a river, flowed all over the island, destroying everything in its course and yet not causing any damage to the towns situated on the margins of the lake, but limiting its action entirely to the small volcanic island. This statement, if it be taken to mean that lava streams flowed from the volcano during the eruption, has nothing to confirm it in the island. None of the craters seem to have given rise to anything BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.s., &c. 127 of the sort. The Spanish geologist mentions that, in some of the deepest barrancos, doleritic lavas are exposed, which he refers to the most ancient eruptions connected with the volcano. On referring to my notes I can find no appearance of anything of the kind except at Binintiang Malaki, where there is something like a Stratum of true basalt, but the vegetation prevented my being able to trace it accurately. This, at any rate, could not have been the lava stream to which the worthy friar refers. It is most probable that the appearances described were due to the slipping down from the slopes of large quantities of red hot ashes. I noticed a similar effect on the sides of the crater of Semiru, in Java, when in full eruption. The whole mountain seemed aglow at night time, as if the point of it was red hot, and every now and then there were slips and refts, avalanches in fact amid the ashes. This, at a distance, gave an appearance of movement exactly like streams of fire. -I find on referring to the article Volcan in the Dzccionario Geografico Estadistico de las islas Filipinas por el P. Buzeta (which through the kindness of Padre Mauricio Blanco, of the Augustinian Convent, Iloilo, Panay, who obtained a copy for me, Tam able to refer to now), that a graphic description is given of an eruption which took place in 1716. It seems to have had its origin about the Punta Caluit on the south-eastern side of the island; at least this is what is said by the recording eye-witness, but a reference to the map will show that this part of the island is quite free from any traces of a crater or other focus of activity. I had a good opportunity of examining this part of the island, as we kept very close to it in our canoe. The eye-witness referred to was Padre Francisco Pingarron, then parish priest of the town of Taal, the main points of whose description are as follows :— On the 24th of September, 1716, at 6 o’clock in the evening, they suddenly heard loud sounds like discharges of heavy artillery which came from the direction of Manila. Shortly afterwards the fiery glow which comes from the island volcano, seemed to be directed to that portion which was nearest to the town of Lipa, that is the island cape called Calavita, which appeared to be a 728 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, mass of fire. Subsequently the fire seemed to involve the lake in the direction of Mt. Macolod, causing an enormous bubbling or jets of water and ashes, which rose continually into the air, causing much fear and terror, especially as this was accompanied at the same time by great earthquakes agitating the water of the lake into high waves such as a hurricane might have produced, which beat against the shore with such force as to remove many fathoms of it, and endanger the safety of the convent. This state of things continued during Thursday, Friday, and Saturday until Sunday, on which day the worthy Father says—all the material of nitre, sulphur, &c., which occasioned the fire was pretty nearly consumed. The waters had meanwhile become quite hot, destroy- ing immense numbers of fishes both large and small. These were cast upon the shore by the waves, and, with the odor of sulphur, created such a terrific effluvium that the inhabitants of the neighbouring town were threatened with a pestilence. When the sun came out for a few moments on the Sunday, it wasseen that the waters of the lake were as black as if they had been dyed, which caused the greatest terror ; but, to use the words of the pious chronicler, ‘‘it pleased God in His infinite mercy to restore tranquillity to the elements, and all that remained was the oppres- sive odor of so many dead fish.” In 1731, says Padre Bencuchillo,* the effects of volcanic activity made themselves once more manifest in the lake, and the result was such an agitation of the waters and a casting up of mud, sand, and ashes from the bottom, that some islands were formed, and these are thought to be those of Bubuing and Napayong. At least Sefior Centeno thinks so, but the Augustinian monk says that the formation took place opposite Punto Calavita, where, as already stated, there are no traces of local volcanic action, and where the lake is of great depth. *Relacion de lo sucedido en el volcan de la Laguna de Bombong, escrita in Bauan en 22de Diciembre de 1754. I must mention that I am entirely indebted for this reference and quotation to Sefior Centeno’s pamphlet. I have neven seen the work myself, which, however, is cited by most of the subsequent writers on the topography of the Philippines. BY THE REY. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 729 It would seem as if these volcanic disturbances at the bottom of the lake must belong to some subaqueous crater. The locality of them is in a prolongation of the line of fissure which extends from Binintiang Munti through the main crater by Mt. Pinag Ulbuan to these islands. From the repeated disturbance of this part of the lake we may reasonably infer that this is one of the main foci of volcanic activity, and is in fact a point corresponding with what must have been the highest centre of the ancient and submerged crater. The present crater is considerably to the west- ward of this point, and probably is quite insignificant in com- parison with the old volcanic vent. The excessive discharge from this centre is probably the explanation of why it has sub- sided the deepest. The fires may now be diverted entirely to another channel, as so long a period has elapsed since there has been any renewal of the disturbance in that direction. From 1731 there were 18 years of comparative quiet ; but in 1749 there took place one of the most severe eruptions of which there is any record since the arrival of the Spaniards in the Philippines. At that date the parish priest of a neighbouring town was Padre Bencuchillo, “a man of observation and fond of these kind of studies,’ who took care to witness as much as he could of this eruption, and of the greater one in 1754, and wrote a detailed account of what took place. At 11 o'clock at night, on the 11th of August, 1749, the first indication of the eruption was a brilliant glow over the summit of the volcano. This was followed at three in the morning by continued detonations, which lasted until dawn. An immense column of smoke began to roll forth from the crater, with hundreds of other little pillars from different parts of the island. From the surface of the water of the lake there rose what the chronicler describes in this and other places as perfect obelisks of sand and mud, which, he states, reached certainly above the clouds, and then spread out and fell back into the water. These jets, which came forth from the depths of the lake, appeared in two principal directions, one to the north and the other to the east of the volcano. At nine in the morning violent earthquakes commenced, and as the 730 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, appalling jets of water and sand into the heavens began to come closer and closer to the shores, the inhabitants fled into the hills. After a second series of earthquakes a large portion of land near the town of Sala was submerged beneath the lake, leaving nothing visible but the tops of the trees. The force of the eruption continued with all its primitive violence for three days, during which time-the air was so darkened by ashes that the lamps had to be lit by day in the houses. After the third day there was a mitigation of the force of the eruption, which, however, continued unusually active for three weeks, and then the crater was com- paratively quiet for a while, but the volumes of smoke which came forth from it were dense and unusual, and remained so for the succeeding five years. Until 1754, the year of the great earthquake of Grand Cairo, when half the houses and 40,000 people are said to have been swallowed up, Taal remained quiet, but on the 13th of May of that year it broke out again. This was the greatest eruption that was ever known there. For seven months, or rather until the Ist of December—ihat is 200 days—the fiery mountain was in awful activity. Up to this time the settlements on the fertile slopes of the lake-margins had not suffered much damage, that is until the eruption of 1749, but now ruin and desolation spread over the land with great loss of life. The towns of Sala, Lipa, Tamanan and Taal, with their numerous and rich hamlets, were entirely destroyed, while far and near devastation spread over to the most remote portions of the province, such as Balayan, Bauan, Batangas, Rosario, Santo Tomas and San Pablo. These regions, I can bear testimony, may be called the garden of Luzon, and though they have now recovered completely the effects of the catastrophe of 130 years ago, yet then it was said they were converted into a desert. The principal violence of this eruption seemed to have been confined to the ejection of enormous quantities of cinders, which, so to speak, made the whole ground red hot, and repeated the appearances of torrents of fire. The easterly wind took these over the hamlets and agricultural districts dependent upon the towns of Taal and Tanauan, and completely destroyed them, not BY THE REY. J. E, TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., dc. 731 only by the quantity of cinders, but by the heat of the fiery rain. This was followed in the month of June by showers of black mud, together with the ashes, while night was made horrible by the fearful sounds, or the kind of infernal glow of fire, flame, and volumes of sulphurous smoke. The observer who gives the account of it, kept his ground in the town of Taal, though the greater portion of the inhabitants had fled. All the months of July, August, and part of September the volcano continued to emit, with more or less intensity and slight intermissions, great flames with dense volumes of smoke. On the 25th and 26th of September the shower of ashes was so heavy that the few remaining inhabitants had to leave the houses, lest they should be crushed by the falling roofs. From the same cause everything in the way of vegetation was utterly destroyed. The whole of the months of October and November were occupied by new manifestations of fiery activity, with an increase of the deafening roar. On the feast of All Saints, the first of November, there was a marked increase of the disturb- ances, but on the 27th the fury seemed at its height. New fiery mouths were opening out at every moment, until the island seemed to be one mass of flames, which appeared to penetrate the clouds. The earthquakes and the explosions were really terrific, and the fiery and muddy rain was becoming of such increasing danger that the Padre and the last remaining inhabitants took refuge in the mountains, which they only succeeding in reaching after incurring innumerable perils. The 28th of November was another awful day, and on the morning of the 29th they perceived new jets of vapour in various parts of the island between Point Calavita and the crater in a straight line, as if a new fissure had been opened between those two points. The Alcalde and the Padre, who had returned to Taal to contemplate the ruins which were there, had to fly again to the mountains, for the last great effort of the eruption had begun. At four o’clock in the afternoon the horizon began to be hidden by utter darkness from a steady rain of mud, ashes and sand, not in great quantities at first, but unceasingly through the whole of the night, so that in the morning there was on the ground and on the houses nearly half-a-foot of the results 732 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, of this shower. There was not much time given them to observe it, for the whole scene was soon enveloped in an extremely dense and thick cloud, which in an instant shut everything out of view with so thick a darkness that absolutely the people could not see their hands. All was horror and fright. It was impossible to light a fire or a torch ; in an instant it was extinguished by the copious shower of mud that fell. We are reminded in reading this of the destruction of Herculaneum and Pompeii, and of the palpable darkness described by Pliny. We can well understand the Padre saying that all was the saddest image of night that one could ever behold, all were sunk in despondency while the Indians toiled unceasingly to free the roofs of their houses from the mud, lest they should be buried alive under them. No one thought of eating or sleeping, but only longed for something to dissipate the darkness so that they might take to fight. Others stood free and yet prisoners, for no fetters ever bound the feet so effectually as this thick obscurity. There was not the slightest ray of light visible, and thus in the midst of the day it was the deepest night. At four o’clock in the afternoon the rain of mud ceased somewhat, and at four leagues from the laguna in the sanctuary of Caysasay it was found to have accumulated to a depth of about four feet, while in places nearer to the volcano it was nine feet in depth. On the Ist of December this dreadful rain of mud and ashes ceased ; but, to fill up the measure of the poor Indians’ misfortunes, on the next day a terrible hurricane broke over the island, laying in waste and in ruins all that the volcano had spared. To this awful eruption succeeded a long period of quiet, or at most of very slight disturbance. Fifty-four years after what we have just related, in the month of February, 1808, there was another manifestation of extraordinary energy which continued until the month of April of the same year. The eruption was confined to a discharge of cinders, but without any disastrous consequences to the people dwelling on the margins of the lake, which have been almost entirely re-populated though the towns of Sala, Lipa, Tamanang, and Taal, have never been rebuilt. There is a town of Taal, but it is much nearer the sea. mos BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 739 On the 17th of May, 1874, there took place an eruption of black mud and cinders, unaccompanied by earthquakes either before or after. On the 19th of July of the same year, there was another eruption with dense sulphurous fumes, the characteristic odour of which was inconveniently felt by the inhabitants of Talisay. On the 24th of June, 1877, earthquakes were felt from one to half-past six in the morning, but they were not followed by any eruption. From the last days of October, 1878, to the 12th of November, subterranean noises were frequently heard proceeding from the voleano. On the date mentioned there was an eruption which lasted until the 15th, and covered all the island with a thin coating of ashes, but without any earthquakes either before or after. On the 8th of June, 1880, greater activity than ordinary was observed in the volcano. For some nights there was a bright glow over the crater, which continued with slight interruption until the middle of July. On the 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, and 22nd, subterranean noises were heard, and from time to time a small globe of fire was. thrown up out of the crater, which burst at a certain height above it. Finally there was an eruption in 1885, to which I have referred. About the month of September, volcanic disturbance commenced and continued for some months; great damage was done by the fall of ashes, and all the cattle on the island were destroyed. I visited the neighbourhood, and found a most complete scene of desolation in place of the fertility which had formerly reigned. The inhabitants had been so alarmed that they had fled in considerable numbers from Talisay and the villages on the margin of the lake, but there was no loss of life. Onsome future occasion I hope to give further details about this eruption, but at present some promised data and details from Spanish eyewitnesses have not come to hand. In conclusion a few words may be said about the peculiarities of this volcano. Owing to the absence of any well-exposed Java streams there is no means of ascertaining whether this crater gives effective support to the views enunciated by Baron Richthofen. 47 734 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, I mean the theory which he propounds as to the order in which volcanic products make their appearance. According to this author, the first erupted rocks are those of intermediate composi- tion known as Andesites. These Andesites, which are especially characterized by the nature of their felspar, sometimes contain free quartz, and are then known as quartz-andesites or dacites from their abundance in Transylvania, the old Roman province of Dacia. Richthofen suggests that another class of volcanic rocks to which he gives the name of “propylites” were in every case erupted before the andesites, and in support of his views adduces the fact that in many instances propylites are found underlying andesites. But the propylites are, in chemical composition, identical with the andesites, and, like them, present some varieties in which quartz occurs, and others in which that mineral is absent. In their microscopic characters the propylites differ from the andesites and dacites only in the fact that the former are more perfectly crystal- line in structure, beingindeed in many cases quite undistinguishable from the diorites or the plutonic representatives of the andesites. The propylites also contain liquid cavities, which the andesites and dacites as a rule do not, and the former class of rocks, as Prof. Szabo well points out, are usually much altered by the passage of sulphurous and other vapours, in consequence of which they frequently contain valuable metallic ores. The extension of these andesitic lavas is sometimes accompanied, and sometimes preceded or followed, by eruptions of trachytic lavas—that is, of lavas of intermediate composition which have a different kind of felspar from that prevailing in the andesites. In the final stages of the eruptive action in most volcanic districts the lavas poured forth belong to the classes of the rhyolitic or acid, and the basaltic or basic lavas.* The author from which the above is taken, goes on to tell us that this law is admirably illustrated in the Lipari Islands. The great central volcano of this group, now in a ruined condition, is composed of andesitic lavas. The other craters disposed on three * Judd, Volcanoes, op. cit., p. 199. BY THE REY, J. E, TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c, 735 radiating lines of fissure are composed of andesite and trachyte. All the recent ejections of the volcanoes have consisted of rhyolite or basalt. As I have said there are no proper lava streams from which this can be studied. The Spanish geologist considers that in the lowest formation or the basal foundation of the island, there are true lava streams of a basaltic character. This would mean that the earlier eruptions, or rather those which built up the island after the sub- sidence of the great crater, were accompanied by outflows of lava. From this point of view the whole history of the present crater is very difficult to unravel, but without entering into the matter it may be sufficient to say that what evidence this volcano offers, though it is but slight, is in favour of Richthofen’s theory. The general character of all the emanations is basaltic and doleritic. Trachyte is, however, found in a few places, as for instance the island of Napayong, and about Mount Sungay in a barranco close to the town of Talisay. I shall subjoin to this essay the list given by Sefior Centeno of the minerals which he has met with, premising that I have not been able in every case to verify the references, or visit the localities. I may mention also that there is a trachytic rock visible at Binintiang Malaki, but no rhyolites, andesites or propylites as far as I have been able to make out. CATALOGUE OF THE ROCKS OF THE VOLCANO OF TAAL AND OF THE MOUNTAINS IN THE VICINITY OF THE LAGUNA OF Bomegon.* 1, Sulphur crystallized and in concretions. Volcano of Taal, bottom of the crater on the north-east border of the yellow lake. 2, 3, 4. Crystals of gypsum surrounded by a nucleus, probably vegetable, which has disappeared and has been replaced by sulphur. The specimens also contain alum. Ditto. 5. Crystals of gypsum. Ditto. *In the following list the numbers up to 74 are from the district of the town of Talisay, 75 from Lipa, 76 to 79 from Cuenca, and 80 from Taal. 736 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 6. Gypsum in tablets. Volcano, bottom of the crater between the two lagoons. 7. Concretionary gypsum impregnated with alum. Volcano, bottom of the crater east of the yellow lake. 8. Domite, impregnated with alum.* Interior of the crater. 9, Laterite.t 10. Basalt, somewhat scoriaceous. Ditto. 11. Wacke, (earthy basalt? in which traces of retinite or pitchstone are observable). Ditto. 12. Spongy basaltic scoriz. North edge of great crater. 13. Basalt. Ditto. 14. Volcanic breccia. Ditto. 15. Basaltic lava. Ditto. 16. Voleanic tufa. Ditto. 17. Ditto. Central voleano, escarpments on north and north- west. 18. Ditto. Localities—north margin of the crater and Binin- tiang Malaki. 19. Basalt covered with a crust proceeding from the decomposi- tion of the rock. Pinag Ulbuan. 20. Superficial crust covering volcanic detritus. Central volcano, the highest portion of the island. 21. Ditto. Interior of the crater of Balantoc. 22. Dolerite with magnetic iron affecting the compass. Volcano, and Binintiang Malaki. 23. Scorie. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki. 24. Mimosite (?). Volcano and Binintiang Malaki. Declivity of the crater. 25. Grey-stone (Graustein) of Werner. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki at the foot of the declivity. *Domite. By this term I presume is understood a kind of trachyte with a large proportion of silica not in the form of quartz but tridymite. +Red earthy matter with much per-oxide of iron resulting from the decomposition of lava. BY THE REV, J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F,G.S., &c. Tat 26. Lapilli. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki. 27. Conglomerate of sand and ashes, with a nucleus of dolerite. Volcano, Binintiang Malaki, wall of the crater. 28. Trachytic Breccia. Volcano, Binintiang Malaki at the base. 29. Laterite. Volcano, Binintiang Malaki. Point Baclas. 30. Tufa with red ochre. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki in the crater. 31. Wacke and laterite. Ditto. 32. Volcanic conglomerate of recent ashes. Ditto. 33. Volcanic grits. Volcano, Binintiang Munti, western slope top of an escarpment. 34. Volcanic tufa. Volcano, Binintiang Munti, western slope. 35. Doleritic lava, somewhat scoriaceous. Volcano, Binintiang Munti, eastern slopes. 36. Trachy-dolerite. Ditto. 37. Doleritic lava. Ditto. 38. Basaltic lava. Volcano between Mapulang-Bato and Binintiang Munti. 39. Dolerite. Ditto. 40. Doleritic lava. Ditto. 41. Doleritic lava, reddened by magnetic iron. Volcano, Mapu- lang-Bato. 42. Basaltic lava. Ditto. 43. Basaltic scorie. Between Point Calavita and Mapulang- Bato. 44, Doleritic lava with magnetic iron. Ditto. 45. Basaltic lava. Volcano between Point Catan-catangan and Point Calavita. 46. Scoriaceous basalt, Ditto. 47. Doleritic lava, largely porous and scoriaceous. Ditto. 48, Doleritic lava, ditto and at Point Catan-catangan itself. 49, Basalt. Volcano on the borders of the great crater. 50. Tufa composed of fine constituents. Escarpment of Point Baloc-baloc (close to Pinag Ulbuan). 738 51. 52. 53. 54, 5D. 56. 57. ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, Oolitic volcanic tufa. Ditto. Volcanic sandstone. Ditto. Basaltic scoriz. Ditto. Basalt somewhat scoriaceous. Ditto. Very recent tufa. Escarpments of Point Cayasa* Volcanic grits. Between Points Baloc-baloc and Bignay. Doleritic lava. Barranco between Mata-na-Golod and Ragatan about the margin. 58. Scoriaceous tufa of grey and red color. Islands north-east of the volcano. 59. 60. Volcanic tufa. Ditto. Compact bed of scoriaceous ashes. Islet of Bignay, north of the island Bubiun. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. Volcanic tufa. Bubiun. Basalt. Ditto. Basalt somewhat scoriaceous. Ditto. Basalt. Napayong Island. Trachyte with streaks of basalt. Ditto. Laterite. Ditto. Very compact volcanic tufa. Ditto. Trachy-dolerite. Mt. Sungay, Pico Gonzalez. Compact volcanic tufa. Ditto. 70. Retinite. Mount Sungay, Barranco adjoining Talisay. 71. Trachyte. Ditto. 72. Porphyritic trachyte. Mount Sungay, Banga barranco. 73. Laterite. Mount Sungay, Calocan Village, Escarpment of Balichbiring. 74. 75. Dolerite. Point Lipa and Mount Macolod. Dolerite, partly decomposed. Mt. Macolod. *] found in this deposit some small fragments of the common freshwater shells of the lake (Corbicula crosseana, Fisher). BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 739 76. Doleritic wacke. Ditto, Sabang barranco, upper part. 77. Volcanic tufa. Ditto. 78. Compact doleritic lava, Ditto. 79. Ditto, coarsely vesicular. Ditto. 80. Trachy-dolerite. Calangay Village on the left bank of the river Pansipit. CATALOGUE OF PLANTS ON THE VOLCANIC ISLAND OF TAAL. During my stay upon the island and crossing the Laguna of Bombon, I made a collection of more than 100 plants, which was augmented through the kindness of friends who had collected in the same locality, to more than 230 species. Sefor Centeno has published at the end of his pamphlet a list of 236 species which were collected on the island between 1877 and 1879. They were determined by Padre Fray Celestino Fernandez Villar, an Augus- tinian monk, who, with Padre Andrea Naves, edited the new and magnificent edition of Padre Immanuel Blanco’s “ Flora Philippi- nensium.” I find, on comparing my list with that of Sefior Centeno, that it includes many species overlooked by his collectors, while I did not succeed in obtaining some that are mentioned in his list. I shall therefore combine the two,and shall add such remarks concerning the various species as will include some of the botanical notes during my eastern travels. RANUNCULACEA, 1. NARAVELIA ZEYLANICA, DC., called Banai-banai by the Tagalo Indians. This is an inconspicuous climbing plant with star-like yellow flowers distinguished from Clematis by the presence of petals. It is the only species, and extends all through the Eastern Archipelago, being known by the name of Narawael in Ceylon. I have found it in shady humid places in many localities where I have been botanizing in Java, Malayan Peninsula, &c. The plant is acrid, but I am not aware whether any medicinal properties are attributed to it by the natives. 740 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, DILLENIACE. 2. DELIMA SARMENTOSA, L. (Tetracera), another climbing plant widely distributed in eastern tropical Asia, including Ceylon, Burmah, Malayan Peninsula, Java, Southern China, and the Philippine Islands. The upper surface of the leaves is completely covered with little hard asperities, which are so rough that the leaves are used (as also many kinds of fig-trees) as a substitute for sandpaper. The Visayan and Tagal Indians call the plant Mala Catmon, Mala signifying dry or juiceless, and Catmon a species of Dillenia, which, though yielding an acid fruit, is eaten by the Indians. ‘This species is the only one in the genus; the others included by the older authors are confined to America, and belong to the genus Doliocarpus. The name Delima is derived from delimo, to file off, and in Ceylon the name Coroswael is from corossa to smooth. MAGNOLIACEAL, 3. Micuetia cHAMpPACA, L. The celebrated tree of the east, famed for the perfume of its flowers with which the natives adorn their heads, the scent and the elegant orange color of which forms a contrast with their black hair. In cultivation throughout the East, where in India, the Archipelago and the Philippines, it is universally known by the name of Champaca. Said to be derived from an island off Cambodia named Ciampa and Tsampa, of which the tree is anative. It is cultivated as much in China and Japan as in India, and for the same purposes. In the former country it is called Yeung-kau-nga, in Mandarine Yang-kau-ya, in Japanese Kinkoboku. I am doubtful whether this is cultivated on the volcano island; but, in a set of plants sent to me, some garden plants from the Barrios or villages round Taal were, I suspect, included. ANONACE. 4. Anona squamosa, L. Sweet Sop or Custard-Apple. Native name Ates, meaning a softening or digesting. Vellozo,a Spanish writer, says the name Ata is evidently borrowed from Attoa and BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., KC. 741 Atis, which are those of the same plant in Asia, and which belong to eastern languages. From this St. Hilaire infers that the Portu- guese transported this plant from their Indian to their American possessions. It has been a matter of much controversy, whether the custard-apple is of Asiatic or American origin. Several claims have been put forward for different parts of Asia, even including the Philippine Islands, where it certainly has been cultivated from the earliest European colonization. The whole question can be seen in De Candolle’s “‘ Origin of Cultivated Plants,” and it can hardly be doubted that the fruit originated from America, and, pro- bably, the West Indian Islands, but there are no other true Anonas indigenous to Asia, though there are some in Africa. In connection with this fact, a rule which it is well to bear in mind, is mentioned by De Candolle, namely, that no tree, eacept littoral species, is known to be indigenous at once to tropical Asia, Africa, and America. 5. Anona muricaTA, L. Sour Sop, Custard Apple. There is no controversy about the introduction of this species, which is the: largest and, by many, considered the best It is much valued for flavoring ices. 6. Anona RETICULATA, L. This is the species named custard- apple in the West Indies, while all through the Hast it goes by the name of Bullock’s Heart. Where proper attention is not paid to its cultivation it is small, tasteless and gritty, especially in Java. The finest fruit I have seen is at Malacca. The chirimoya is not, strange to say, cultivated in the East. 7. Uvaria puRPUREA, Blume. Banuac, in Tagaloand Visayan, also Susong-calabao, the second name referring to cow’s milk. This beautiful purple flower with clusters of yellow fruits (edible?) like plums, is very commonly met with in the jungle throughout the Indian Archipelago. MENISPERMACEZ. 8. Trnospora crispa, Myers. Macabuhay, Tagalo, which, I am informed, is equivalent to revivifying or resurrection. This climbing shrub is found throughout India and the Archipelago, and known 142 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, by the name of Galuncha to the natives of the Indian Peninsula, who attribute to it many medicinal virtues. It does not appear to be similarly appreciated in the Philippines, though it is by the Malays. We have two species in North Australia nearly allied to the Asiatic one, but the leaves are rather differently shaped, and the fruits much smaller. In the ‘History of Drugs of Vegetable Origin,’ by Messrs. Fliickiger ‘and Hanbury, there is an elaborate microscopic examination of this plant. 9. ANAMIRTA coccuLus, Wight et Arnott. Balasin, Tagalo and Visayan ; Andorualli, Bali Island. Furnishing the seeds known as Cocculus indicus, used to give a stupefying influence to beer, and for intoxicating fishes. The latter use is well-known among the Malays. The poisonous principle is due to picrotoxine, and in the pericarp is found the no less formidable alkaloid Menispermine. T have met the species occasionally in the jungle through all the Malayan and Philippine Archipelagos. 10. CissAMPELOS PA4RAIRA, L. Sansao, Tagalo; Sampapare, Visayan ; Aroai-Astravulu, Java (Sundanese dialect). A very wide-spread plant found in all tropical regions, named from the climbing character of ivy (Gr. kocos), and the clustered fruit of the vine (ayredos); called by the Portuguese Pareira-Brava. It is doubtful whether this is not also an introduced plant. The Portu- guese missionaries in the Brazils in the 17th century, were acquainted with a root to which great medicinal virtues were attributed, and which was named by the natives Abutua. It was brought to Lisbon, and thence in 1688 to Paris by Michel Amelot, ambassador of Louis XIV. Several plants of the same order have been confused with this species, which is but little employed now in medicine, though Sir Benjamin Brodie strongly recommends its employment in inflammation of the bladder.* Its efficacy is universally believed amongst the natives of the East. *London Medical Gazette, 16th Feb., 1828. BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 743 CAPPARIDEAA. 11. GyNAaNDROPSIS PENTAPHYLLA, DC. Although Vidal’s list of native names is very rich, comprising more than 1600 words, yet this plant does not appear to be represented in it. In Bali it is called Boangit. The genus has been united with Cleome. It was separated for this species and similar ones in consequence of a greater elongation of the receptacle, which becomes extended into a long and slender stalk. There is nothing otherwise calling for notice in the species, except that it is a tropical coast plant of India, Africa, and Asia. I have found it also in Celebes, There is a species in North Australia distinguished by the very large size of its flowers. 12. Ponanisia viscosa, L. This plant is widely spread as a weed throughout the whole of the East, but especially in the Philippines, where in some places it goes by the Visayan-Indian name of Namoc or the mosquito; in Bali it is also called Boangit, and the leaves are eaten like mustard leaves in salad. In all Northern Australia the plant has become a perfect nuisance, and goes by the inelegant name of ‘Stinking Roger.’ It is common as a weed in Celebes, Amboyna, and Timor. 13. Crarzva NuRVALA, Forster. Balainamoc in Tagalo. A wide- spread plant extending from Malabar to the Society Islands, where it is regarded as a sacred tree, and planted in the gardens. In Java it is called Dangdur-Allas. In the East it is called the Sacred Garlic Pear, and is a small tree. Iam doubtful whether this came from the volcanic island. 14. CAppaRis HorRIDA, L. f. Native names Dauag, Alcaparras. The latter name is doubtless a corruption of Capparis. A white- flowered shrub with spinose stipules ; widely spread throughout the East. 15. CAPPARIS MICRANTHA, Blume. No special name to distin- guish this species which is spinose, but with small leaves, and generally a smaller plant. I have met with it in Sumatra and Java. 744 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, BIXINEA. 16. Bixa orELLANA, L. Achiote, a name given to it by the Spaniards, Roucou in French, Arnatto in English, Daun-Galingum in Malay. A cultivated plant introduced by the Spaniards from the north-west coast of Mexico, and extending down to the Brazils, where the name Uruku accounts for the French etymology. At the time of the discovery of America, it was used by the natives to stain their bodies red, and the Mexicans in painting. The Mexican name Achiotl is the origin of the Spanish term. The plant is highly valued at the Philippines, and much in use. It forms an agreeable condiment as well as coloring matter, especially in chocolate and pillaws of rice with ‘‘pimento,” and in soups. It is valued also medicinally. No doubt it has warm stimulant qualities. On certain occasions the Indians still use it, mixed with lemon juice, to dye the skin. With alkalis the tint is changed to bright orange. The bark of the tree isin request for its fibre, and is used for acommon sort of rope, while the soft tissue of the wood makes it a favourite material for procuring fire by friction. The juice is said likewise to be an antidote to the poisonous juice of the root “ Manihot or Cassava.” The drug Arnotta is prepared from the red pulp covering the seeds. This is extracted and macerated in a wooden vessel, with enough hot water to suspend the red pulp. By diligent stirring and pounding this is separated from the seeds, or gradually washed off with a spatula. When the seeds are clean they are taken cut, and, when the wash is settled, the water is poured off and the sediment put into shallow vessels to dry slowly inthe shade It is then made into balls and set to dry in an airy place till it is quite firm. Some first pound the fruit with wooden pestles ; then steep them in water for six days. This liquor is passed through four series of sieves, and the result left to ferment for a week; then boiled until pretty thick, and afterwards made up into balls, and wrapped in leaves. Good Arnotto is fiery red, bright within, soft to the touch, and entirely soluble in water. See Don, Vol. I. p. 293. In a non-alkaline solution it is used to give leather particular tints. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &¢. 745 17. FuacourtTia sEPIARIA, Roxb. In Tagalo Bitongol; in Sundanese Seradan-caju, the latter name meaning wood in Malay. In Telegu it is called Canru, or at least the fruit which is sold in the market This is a red berry, dreadfully astringent when fresh gathered, but by keeping it acquires a pleasant acidulous flavour. It is thorny, and, therefore, used throughout the East as a hedge plant. POLYGALACE. 18. SALOMONIA OBLONGIFOLIA, DC. A little insignificant weed which does not appear to have any native name in the Philippines, though the natives of Banka call it Jereme-auju, It is found in moist places in the warmer districts of India, from Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula to the Philippine Islands and Hongkong. I found it growing very thickly all over the European Cemetery in Labuan, Borneo. Its terminal spikes of minute pink flowers make it look like a heath. PORTULACACE. 19. Portunaca oLEeRACEA, L. The common purslane, which is naturalized in all the warm countries of the world. It does not appear to have any vernacular name in Luzon, unless that of Bonglay, which means a weed. In Sundanese and Javanese it is called Gelang. I never noticed that it was much eaten by the natives. It has acquired a melancholy interest from its being used so much by the lamented Australian explorers Burke and Wills as a means to stave off famine. 20. PORTULACA QUADRIFIDA, L. MALVACEA. 21. Matvastrum tTricusprpatum, A. Gray, in Botany of American Exploring Expedition. This species of American origin is dispersed as a weed over all the tropical Asiatic regions. Its small orange flowers in waste abandoned places, remind one of the habits of the marsh mallow, the place of which it takes in habits and medicinal virtues. 746 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 22. THESPESIA POPULNEA, Corr. Waru-laut, Malay; Banago, Tagalo, also Boboi-gubat. This species is found all through the tropics of the East near the sea-side. Its large yellow flowers, and green shady leaves make it a conspicuous object on all coast regions. I have met with it everywhere in my travels, and it extends to Queensland. The wood is valued for gun-stocks, and though soft it never decays under water, whence it is much valued for the frames of boats. A rich yellow dye exudes from the large brown seed-vessel. It is also much used for fomentations, &c. Altogether it is a valuable tree, and will grow in the poorest sand. The tree however has to be avoided, for it is invariably alive with green and red ants. 23. Stipa Humiis, Willd. Daun-sassapo in Malay ; in Tagalo,. Mamolis, also Escobang. There are several species of this genus, which are common oriental tropical weeds growing everywhere in waste places. 24, SipA RHoMBIFOLIA, L. This isthe common species which is generally known in Australia as S. retusa, where it has become such a troublesome weed. itis said to be a native of N. America, but there is no question that it is indigenous in Australia and the East as well. The Acclimatisation Society get the credit of having introduced this pest, but it was in Australia long before any settle- ment of the colonies. 25. SIDA CARPINIFOLIA, L. Said to to be a native of Brazil and of the Mauritius. 26. ABUTILON INDICUM, G. Don, W. et Arn. Kadam-kadam, Malay. As in the case of many other plants I could not find a native Philippine name for this plant, which is common on road sides and waste places in all Southern Asia and tropical Africa, if anything most common in the Philippines. It extends to Queens- land. 27. MALACHRA BRACTEATA, Cavanilles. Another wide-spread weed from South America, conspicuous for its white flowers with red centre and very hairy stem, BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., KC. 747 28. Urena Lopata, L. A weed so widely spread throughout the East and as far as tropical Australia, that its pretty pink flowers form a considerable portion of the undergrowth of every jungle. Very variable in the shape of its leaves. It is called Latiang in Malay. 29. Hisiscus suraTTensis, L. Assam-tusur, Malay; Anto- langan, Tagalo. A very prickly, wide-spread, straggling weed, which is probably indigenous; with yellow flowers and a dark purple centre. Leaves eaten for their pleasantly acid taste. 30. Hipiscus Trn1AcEus, L. A common small sea-coast tree of most tropical countries including Australia, particularly abundant in the islands of the Pacific. Flowers large and showy, vellow, with a dark crimson centre. In the Philippines the flowers are- much esteemed for their medicinal virtues. At Amboyna it is called Haru. 31. Hrptscus Rosa-sINENsIs, L. A plant in cultivation inaimost every garden throughoutthe Philippines. Probably this isthespecies to which the Tagalo name Antolangan is given, but it is also called Mapola. The flowers are used for every purpose of adornment, to polish leather, and also, strange to say, by the women to blacken their hair and eyebrows. The Chinese call it Hung fa, using it on all festive occasions, particularly at funerals, where it is made into garlands to adorn the feast. The Japanese name is Bussonge. 32. Hipiscus EscuLentus, L. Gumamela in Tagalo. I am doubtful as to the habitat of this species, which is used so exten- sively in all the East, where it goes by the name of Gombo or Okro, but is not common as a vegetable in the Philippines. The young fruits of this annual are the most delicious of tropical vegetables, and their mucilage forms a useful thickening for soups. Where it originally came from has been disputed. It was claimed as belonging to the Eastern flora, but there are no ancient names for it, and no indication of an ancient cultivation in Asia. De Candolle, on the authority of Fliickiger and Hanbury, quotes from an Arabic work showing that it was cultivated under the name of Gombo by the Egyptians in 1216. It came probably from more: southerly African regions. ‘748 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 33. GOSSYPIUM HERBACEUM, L. AJgodonero, a Spanish word which is in use by all the Indians ; Malay in nearly all the dialects Kapas and Kabu-kabu, Kapase in Bengali, Kapas in Hindustani, all derived from the Sanscrit word Karpassi ; Arabic Kutn, whence Coton and probably Algodon ; Chinese (Punti), Min, Mandarine Mien ; Jajanese, Wata and Momen. Probably derived originally from the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago. Two exhaustive works have appeared on this subject lately in Italy, one by Parlatore,* and the other by Todaro.j The former admits seven well-known species, and two doubtful, while Todaro counts fifty- four, only two of which are doubtful, reckoning as species forms which originated in cultivation and are permanently preserved. G. herbacewm is the species most cultivated in the United States, G. indicum in China and Japan, but these determinations are doubtful. The natives of all the East from India to Japan, depend upon it as one of the great staples of agriculture. STERCULIACEA. 34, STERCULIA FeTIDA, L. Calumpang, Visayan and Tagalo ; in Java Dangur-jedeh. This is entirely a coast-species ranging over the East Indian and Malayan Peninsulas and the Indian Archi- pelago, and extending to Australia. Ithas a most disgusting odor wherever the plant is bruised or cut. When the surveyors of H.M.S. Flying Fish were out marking, they were often much annoyed, when clearing their stations, by wounding this plant. The woody carpels are like three figs joined together at the apex, and, wherever these were seen abundantly strewn on the-ground, we moved away. The oily seeds bring on nausea and staggering, while the leaves are aperient, diaphoretic, and diuretic. | Wood indifferent, bark gives excellent fibre, and exudes a gum resembling tragacanth. 35. Kuernnovia Hospira, L. Tanay, Tagolo ; Bitnong, Ilocano dialect ; Catimoho, Sundanese. This isa smooth tree spread over * Monogr. delle specie d. Cotoni, 4to, Florence, 1866. + Relaz. s. la coltura dei Cotoni in Italia, con monographia del genere Gossypium. 8vo. Rome, 1877. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 749 the Indian Archipelago, the Moluccas and the Philippines. It has broad leaves and divaricate racemes of small pink flowers. When bruised or cut it emits a strong odor of violets, which the father of Dutch Naturalists, Rumphius, refers to in his work on Amboyna. 36. MeLocHIA corcHoriFoLtA, Willd. Balitnon, Visayan ; Pompuruten, Javanese and Sundanese. A weed which I have not seen very commonly in the East. 37. WALTHERIA AMERICANA, L. The species are mostly American, but this one, which is found in Australia, is very generally dispersed within or near the tropics all over the world. 38. HeErIvrieRA LITTORALIS, Ait. Commonly called the looking- glass tree. Dungon, Tagalo, Atun-laut, Malay ; Penglai-kana-so, Burmah. A large evergreen tree, common in all the tidal forests along the sea-shore from the Indian Peninsula to Australia. Wood brown, rather light and loose-grained, probably not occurring on the volcano island. TILIACEA. 39. TRIUMFETTA PROCUMBENS, Forst. An insignificant weed found in most islands of the Indian Archipelago and the Pacific within the tropics. The Malays in Java call one species Gut- jingam. 40. CorcHoris oLirortus, L. Visayan, Pasao (pigs’ food) ; Jepon, Javanese; Isunaso, and Kanabikio (rope, cable), Japanese. The valuable Jute of commerce, indigenous to India, but now cultivated and naturalized in all the East, including the Philip- pines. The fibre of this plant is the most widely distributed production of India. There is not a town in Europe in which jute is not found in the form of ropes, lines, string, bags and paper. The fibre is derived from two species, C. capsuluris which furnishes the sunn-hemp of commerce, and C. ol/torius the fibres of which are employed to make the coarse stuff known as gunny or goni, the native name for the fibre on the Coromandel coast. This 48 750 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, species in Bengali is called Blunjee-pat ; the other Ginatita-pat, and a wild variety called Bun-pat. The plant is cultivated in the Philippines. It is prepared by maceration in water and sun-dried. The trade is very considerable in India. Besides gunny-bags made from the bark, the stems are used for charcoal, gunpowder, fences, basket work, andfuel. It is now also employed in the manufacture of cheap carpets, bags, sacks, and, mixed with cotton, forms cheap broadcloths. It is even. mixed with silk, and from its lustre can scarcely be detected. No article is so universally diffused over the world as the Indian gunny-bag. It is sent from Calcutta to Penang, Singapore, Sumatra, Java, and the whole of the Indian Archipelago for packing pepper, coffee, sugar and vegetables. Jute gives employment to hundreds of thousands in India. Every Hindoo passes his leisure moments, distaff in hand, spinning gunny twist, and in this way an important industry and means of liveli- hood is placed within the reach of all. It is calculated that the quantity of Jute fibre produced in India is not far short of 500,000 tons annually. Rauwolf says this plant is used about Aleppo by the Jews who boil the leaves to eat with meat, whence it is called Mauve des Juifs. 41. Corcnoris acutancuius, L. Another species not uncom- mon in the East, referred by Centeno to the island. 42. GREWIA MULTIFLORA, Juss. Bangalad, Visayan; Ke-lakki Sundanese, Malay. A shrub common in the East Indies, and which, under the name of G. sepiaria and G. prunifolia, is said to extend to the Fiji Islands. It has been seen by me also in North Australia as well as Java, Sumatra, Singapore, and Celebes. 43. MunTINGA CALABURA, L. A fruit tree which belongs to tropical America, and which only within the last 20 years has been introduced into Luzon. It is now spread everywhere, and is seen in every garden about Manila. As it grows freely, gives abundant shade, and has a pleasant green appearance besides pro- ducing an agreeable fruit, it is much esteemed. The fibre of the bark, and the wood are both valuable. It would be worth intro- ducing into these colonies. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 751 CELASTRACEA. 44, GyMNOSPORIA MONTANA, Wight et Arn. A tall shrub or small tree common in the Indian Peninsula and probably in Africa. I have met with it in Perak and in the Moluccas, and it extends to Australia. RHAMNACEZ. 45, GouANIA LEpTosTacHya, DC. A climbing weed diffused through the East, of no interest except that one species of the same genus produces the ‘ chaw-stick” of Jamaica. AMPELIDE. 46. Vitis rriroLiA, Wallich. Alangingi, Alupidan, Visayan ; Aroai Landuk, Sundanese (all climbing plants are called Aroai in Sundanese). The whole of the jungles in the East are bound together by various species of vines, all of which produce a fruit of some kind, but none having the smallest pretensions to utility. The species here enumerated is very common in East India and the Archipelago, and has a whole host of synonyms. It extends to Australia. 47, ViTIS LANCEOLARIA, Wallich. Burmese, Kyee-Nee-Nway. Common in the tropical forests especially in rocky places. From Tannasserim to the Andaman Islands, through Burmah, Malaysia, the Archipelago to the Philippines. 48. Vitis cAprtoLtata, Don. 49, Viris pepaTa, Vahl. 50. Lena sAmBuctINA, Willd. This is another commor tree or shrub, coarse in appearance with conspicuous reddish aspect, very common about Perak. It extends to Australia. 752 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, SAPINDACEAE. 51, ScHMIDELIA CoBBE, L. An unimportant shrub distributed through tropical Asia and the Indian Archipelago, and extending to Australia. The characters of the plant are very variable, so that two or three species and another genus (Allophylus) have been made out of the varieties of the one named. The berries are said to be very poisonous, which earned for the tree the name Toxicc- dendron, yet the root is astringent and employed by the native physicians for diarrhcea. 52. CAPURA PINNATA, Blanco, in Pampanga called Talinouno., 53, CARDIOSPERMUM HALICACABUM, L. This straggling climbing annual with its heart-shaped bladder-like capsule, is common to most tropical regions both east and west, migrating originally from America. It is a peculiar plant, as common about the ruins of Malacca as it is in some scrubs of Queensland. ANACARDIACE. 54. ANACARDIUM OCCIDENTALE, L. Casoi, Tagalo; Bunga, Cadju, Malay. This is the Cashew nut which bears a large fleshy recept- acle, like a pear, supporting the fruit, which has a husk containing a powerfully acrid oil. The tree is only found in cultivation, having been introduced from the Brazils, where the native name is Acaju. Blume and Miquel state that it is only cultivated in Java, but it is common in the Malay Achipelago and the Philippine Islands. The receptacle when ripe is disagreeably astringent, and produces a painful effect upon the fauces. A use is made of it in the Philippines which I have not seen referred to by other writers. This is to adulterate cocoa and chocolate. In the Cuyos Group I found that the nut was largely used for the purpose, and, as the natives are very poor, and cocoa not always to be obtained, it is used as a substitute. At the Convento de San Agustino in Cuyo BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G'S., &c. 753 the floor of one of the large rooms had a great heap of these nuts piled up at the time of my visit in the month of April. They had been roasted and dried, and in that state were exactly like earth nuts in taste. The artificial chocolate made from them is not at all unpalatable. It consists usually of equal parts of cocoa- nibs, casoi, and pea-nuts. 55. SeMECARPUS ANACARDIUM, L. The fruits of these trees are, like miniature Cashew nuts, attached to the thick succulent pear- shaped base of the calyx. The species is widely distributed over East India and the Archipelago, extending to Australia. I believe the natives eat the fruit, which is yellow, smooth, and nearly as large as the nut itself. 56. SEMECARPUS ALBESCENS, Kurr, or S. Philippinensis, Engl. 57. Sponpras puucis, Forster. Ciruelas, the Tagalo rendering of the Spanish name for plum. The Tahiti apple or hog-plum introduced from the Pacific Islands. It is like a large plum, of the color of an apple, containing a stone covered with long hooked bristles. The flavour is said to be like that of the pine-apple. It is has only lately come into cultivation in the Philippines. 58. Manoirera inpica, L. Manga in the Philippines generally and also in Malay ; in Javanese Ambe. A native of the south of Asia or the Malay Archipelago. It has a number of ancient common names, and a Sanscrit name which is Amra; Ambe in Ceylon, whence the Persian and Arab Amb. It is now cultivated in all tropical countries. Different authors give very diverse opinions as to where the best mangoes are produced. I can only record what has been my experience, since, in matters of taste | opinions are so divergent. I have never seen any fruit surpassing the mangoes of the Philippines and of Java. Large numbers are annually exported from Manila to Hong Kong. There is a small fragrant kind grown in China called Mung-ko, but Mang-ko is the Mandarine word for the fruit, and Mong-kwo in Punti. The mangoes in the Malay Peninsula are generaily of the poorest description. 754 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, MORINGACE. 59. MorINGA PTERYGOSPERMA, Gaertn. Marungay and Calun- gay, Tagalo; Kelor, Malay. This is the well-known horse-radish tree ; cultivated throughout the East, including the Philippine Islands. The flowers, foliage and fruit are eaten by the natives, and the rasped root employed as a substitute for horse-radish. From the seeds is expressed the oil of Ben so highly esteemed by watchmakers, and not becoming rancid by age. It is perfectly insipid and inodorous, and used for extracting the fragrancy of jasmine, orange, Acacia farnesiana, &c. The cultivation of this tree dates from considerable antiquity, and its medicinal virtues are equally esteemed by all the Malay races. Rumphius and Horsfield have celebrated its virtues, the former more than two centuriesago. From it was derived the lignum nephriticum, a drug much used in renal diseases. The ripe seeds and the unripe seeds known in Europe as Nux Behan, are also sold as a drug. The leaves are used asa vescicatory ; in short the list of the virtues of this tree is a long one. The Tagalo name Calungay is applied to three different trees, the above, the Antiaris or Upas, and the tree which is said to show signs of feeling when wounded by shrinking, groaning, &e. LEGUMINOS 2. 60. CROTALLARIA LINIFOLIA, L. Gering-Geringan, Malay. This is a large genus numbering between 100 and 200 species dispersed over the warmer regions of the whole world, producing one of the sunn-hemps of commerce, which rivals the jute almost in usefulness. Crotallarias or “rattles” of several kinds are amongst the commonest weeds in the East and Philippines. 61. CROTALLARIA QUINQUEFOLIA, L. 62. CROTALLARIA LINIFOLIA, L. 63. InpIGoFERA TINCTORIA, L. Anil, Tagalo ; Tarum-kembang, also Nila, Malay; Sanscrit, Nili; Chinese (Punti) Tin, Man- darine Tien ; Japanese Koma-Isunagi. Our own name Indigo is By THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S , &C. 755 from the Latin Indicum, which denoted the country from which the Romans obtained it. Roxburgh says, ‘‘ Native place unknown, for though it is now common in a wild state in most of the provinces of India, it is seldom found far from the districts where it is now cultivated or has been cultivated formerly, The indigo of the Philippinesis generally highly esteemed as of a superior quality. The dye is derived from three species which are grown very pro- fitably in the provinces of Pampanga, Bataan, Laguna, Tayabas and Camarines.” 64. INDIGOFERA GALEGOIDES, DC, 65. GuirgicIpIA MAcuLaTA, B. & H. Maricacao, which name is a corruption of the Spanish Madre de Cacao. This is an American plant which has been introduced into the Philippines as a kind of protection for the young cocoa trees, whence it is called ‘‘ Mother of Cocoa.” Ihave never been able to ascertain what particular benefit was supposed to be imparted to the young cocoa by its proximity, but certain it is that they are never seen apart in the gardens or in the fields, and the natives do not seem ever to plant one without the other. The plant has showy lilac flowers like Wistaria, and its clustered blossoms are seen in all the native gardens around Manila, and indeed through all the islands. 66. SESBANIA HGYPTIACA, Pers. Jaijanti, Malay. This genus is widely spread over the tropical regions of New and Old World, and the species named is a common ‘weed in tropical Asia and Africa, and, as well as the following, extends to Australia. 67. SESBANIA ACULEATA, Pers. 68. ZORNIA DIPHYLLA, Pers. This species, which is common in the tropics of the whole world, is so abundant on the slopes of the crater, that it almost takes the place of grass. It is quite an insignificant little weed. 69. DEsMoDIUM GANGETICUM, DC. Docot-docot, Tagalo ; Kajang gunong, Malay. ‘These pretty little weeds are widely diffused over the tropical regions of both worlds. The three species mentioned here are spread over the East Indies and the Archipelago, and two of them I have met with in South China and Japan. 756 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 70. DesmMopIuM PULCHELLUM, Bentham. A weed or under- shrub spread over India from Ceylon and the Peninsula to the Archipelago, and northwards to the Himalayas, South China, the Philippines and Australia. 71. Desmopium potycarpum, DC. A range like the last species, but extending to the Pacific islands as well as Australia. 72. DEsMopium paRviFroLiumM, DC. Common in the hilly districts of India, from Ceylon and the Peninsula to the Archipelago, and northwards to the Himalayas, the Philippines, South China to Amoi and Japan, where it is called Hime-no-hagi, and D. podocarpum Nasubito hagi, or the thief-pea. 73. DEsMopIuM LATIFOLIUM, DC. This species I have not seen. 74. Mucuna cicantea, DC. Aroai-gurahit Sundanese; in Japanese Hashio-mami, meaning a peculiar kind of bean. A plant well known by the irritating hairs on the pod. They are not barbed, but minute needles, sharp at both ends and twisted in shape, so that any friction rubs them into the skin. It is a rather pretty, climbing plant, with greenish-yellow flowers on pendulous peduncles. Widely distributed over East India and the Archi- pelago, the Philippines, and the islands of the South Pacific. There are two species in Hong Kong, but quite different from this, and not known from elsewhere. A decoction of the roots of J/. gigantea is said to be a powerful diuretic. The hairs are esteemed as an anthelmintic ; the ripe pods are dipped in syrup and scraped. When the syrup is as thick as heney from the hairs, it is fit for use. It acts mechanically, causes no uneasiness, and may be safely taken from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, fasting. The worms appear with the second or third dose. A vinous infusion of the pods is said to be a cure for dropsy. An infusion of the roots with honey is used in India by native physicians for cholera morbus (Don). 75. Mucuna arro-pupurgEa, DC. 76. CANAVALIA OBTUsIFoLIA, DC. Kranjang, Javanese. In Malay the same word is applied to the lemon tree. This species is common on the sea-coasts of South America, Africa, and tropical BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., KC. TOT Asia. It is found also in Australia from New South Wales to Western Australia, in fact everywhere except on the south coast. 77. CANAVALIA ENSIFORMIS, DC. The leaves, pods and unripe fruits are cooked and eaten with rice, but some of the species are very poisonous. 78. Puaseotus vutearis, L. Kajang-bungi, Leu-tiek, Sun- danese ; Tau, Punti; Tsam, Mandarine ; Japanese, Injen mame, but there are many other names. Several species of this genus have been long cultivated in various countries as beans or kidney- beans, amongst which the above species or common haricot is included. There is much controversy as to the original home of P. vulgaris. The whole question can be seen at length in De Candolle’s “Origin of Cultivated Plants.” Without entering into the matter I may summarize the result of the discussion which is according to DC.:—-1l. P. vulgaris has only been cultivated in India, the south-west of Asia, and Egypt in com- paratively modern times. 2. There is no proof that it was known in Europe before the discovery of America. 3. The genus is South American for the most part. 4. Probable specimens have been discovered in ancient Peruvian tombs, while none such exist in the ancient tombs of Egypt, Greece or Rome. There are many cultivated species, three of which extend to Australia, where, like vice and some other domestic plants, they may have been introduced by the Malays, who have visited tke north coast annually for trepang fishing for more than a century. 79. PHASEOLUS TRINERVIUS, Heyne. 80. PHASEOLUS CALCARATUS, Roxburgh. 81. PacHyrHIzus ANGuLATUS, Rich. (herb. DC. prod.), Bang- kuang, Malay. Cultivated in India, China and Mauritius for the sake of the root, a single, turnip-shaped tuber. It is eaten both raw and cooked, but is not valued much. It is said that the roots are sometimes as thick as a man’s thigh, and six or eight feet in length. 82. FLEMINGIA STROBILIFERA, R. Br. Hahap-paan, Sundanese. This plant is a familiar object in all the jungles of the East, 758 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, while in China, especially about the peninsula opposite Hong Kong, it constitutes a very large portion of the shrubby vegetation in all waste places. It is remarkable for its large brownish bracts, which look like dried hops, and enclose pretty white flowers. 83. CLITORIA TERNATEA, L. This climber with its pure blue flowers, though once confined to Ternate, is found in all the jungles and in waste places on the coast in China and Japan. In the latter place it is called the Chio bean. In Malay it is called Bunga-biru. The blue colour is extracted as a dye in many places, and Rumphius tells us that it is used for colouring boiled rice in China. 84. Cassta aLaTa, L. -Apostola, a native name in the Philip- pines derived from the Spanish ; also Balayong, Dauan-Kupang, Javanese and Malay. This shrub or small tree is a showy species of the very large genus, and its large leaves and tall spikes of bright yellow flowers are familiar objects in every island of the ‘Archipelago and in the Philippines, In some parts of the Malay Peninsula it forms considerable thickets, but Malacca seems to be its stronghold. |The interesting collection of Dutch and Portuguese ruins, surrounded with thousands, nay tens cf thou- sands of Chinese tombs, is almost a thicket of Cassia alata. It is a native of Asia according to some authors, and at any rate it was a weed in the time of Rumphius; but many regard it as no more than a variety of a South American or West Indian species, which is probably correct. It was valued as a drug, and may ~owe its acclimatisation to this fact. 85. Cassia FISTULA, L. A tree indigenous to India, cultivated and now naturalised in Egypt, tropical Africa, the West Indies and Brazil, besides the Indian Archipelago and the Philippines. There is scarcely a garden about Manila, and all the principal cities of the East, that is not adorned with its beautiful clusters of yellow or red perfumed blossoms. Many think that the name is due to the long slender cylindrical pods which sometimes measure half a yard or more, but the origin of the term fistula is of great antiquity, and dates back to the time when the bark of BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 759 this and other species was exported from the East in thin pipe- like peelings, like cinnamon. Hence the Latin word Casiz rufee fistularem of Galien, and the Kagovas ovpvy€ of Greek writers. Syringa is a name now applied to the lilac, and by some strange perversity commonly applied to the mock orange (Philadelphus coronarius). Cassia fistula has had a great reputation formerly for the mild laxative qualities of the pulp in which each seed is embedded. The number of authors cited by Hanbury and Fliickiger in their treatise on pharmacography, shows how ancient is the use of the drug. See also Vincent ‘‘ Commerce of the Ancients,” Vol. II. 712. The Malay name appears to be Bubini. 86. Cassia ToRA, L. Native of East Indies, China, Japan and Cochin China. 87. TAMARINDUS INDICA, L. This well-known tree hardly needs any special reference, but it may be mentioned that the island of Java owes much of its beauty to the manner in which it has been planted all along the road sides. Thus all the high roads have been converted into cool and shady groves. They are fine trees, and grow straight and stately like pines. JI was somewhat surprised to find that the attempt to make similar groves of the roads round Singapore and Penang had partially failed. The few trees that remained had not done well. This was owing to the poorness of the soil in the Malayan regions. The immense rich- ness of the alluvial and volcanic plains of Java can alone produce the stately tamarind trees of that island, which are probably unequalled in the world, reminding one of the gigantic Cryptomeria grove lining 20 miles of the road to the Shogun’s temple of Nikko in Japan. The Visayan Indians call the tamarind Camalaguy ; the Malays Assam-kirangi ; the Burmese, Magi-pen. The wood of the tree is usually fibrous, loose-grained and perishable; but in Java, where the trees are well nourished and old, the heart-wood, though small, resembles ebony in hardness, and is dark-coloured with beautiful dark red veins. The tree yields a white resin which is valuable. The Dutch planted Pterocarpus indicus on the road sides in Malacca. 760 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 88. ACACIA FARNESIANA, Willd. This species is a tree which covers much of the slopes of the volcano, or rather did so cover them at the time of my first visit, for afterwards every vestige of vegetation was burnt away. I was quite astonished at the abundance of this particular kind of plant, and I had never seen anything like it before except in one or two volcanic stony slopes in Java. The tree had a familiar aspect to me also on account of its being not an uncommon bush in tropical Queensland. The species is very common in the tropical countries of the whole world, and is really an ornamental shrub from the curious and large-sized thorns with which it is covered, its pretty orange blossoms, their fragrant perfume so much richer than any other Acacia and different in aroma, and its pretty foliage. It is cultivated on the Genoese coast. To perfumers it is a most valuable assistant, possessing a fragrance which is not found else- where. It bears some resemblance to the perfume of violets, but much stronger, and is used to fortify that scent which is naturally weak. The yield of flowers is from one to twenty pounds from each plant. The blossoms are gathered after sunrise. A very strong oil and pomade is obtained by maceration. In Africa, principally in Tunis, an essential oil of Cassie as it is called, is sold at about 80s. per ounce. The French and Italian flowers are not suticiently powerful for perfumers. 89. ARAcHIS Hypoama, L. Katjang-goreng, Malay; Ti-tau, Chinese; Togin-mame, Nankin-mame (Foreign-bean, Nankin-bean), Japanese. A plant, the original home of which was long contro- verted, but probably according to De Candolle, American. See the whole argument in ‘The Origin of Cultivated Plants.” Much used in India and China as food, and for the production of an oil as serviceable as olive oil, being clear, limpid, and not turning rancid easily. 90. ALBIzzZA PROCERA, Bentham. Widely distributed over India and the Archipelago as far as Australia. Grown for the sake of its gum. Ki-hiang, Sundanese. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 761 91. PirHEcoLopium DULCE, Willd. Camanchiles, Visayan, Coroo- koopillay, India. Under the name of Inga dulcis this tree has been introduced by the Spaniards from America into the Philip- pine Islands. Ali round Manila the sides of the roads are planted with it, and a very poor and straggling tree it becomes under the influence of Manila dust. In Singapore it is used for hedges, and there has quite a different appearance, when washed by the frequent rains of that moist climate. It is cultivated on account of the fleshy sweet pulp which is contained in the twisted red pods. I am not acquainted with the meaning or origin of the word Camanchiles, called also Camansilla. The seeds yield a light-colored oil about the consistence of castor oil. See De Cand. Prod. Vol. 2. p. 436; Roxb. Cor. Tom. I. 99; Willd. Spec. 4, p- 1,000; Sprengel Syst.-Veg. 4 in Tom. 3. p. 12; Blanco, Flora de Filipinas, 2nd Edit., Manila, 1845, p. 370. Blanco spells it Camonsiles, identifying the species as Inga lanceolata, calling attention to two varieties, one larger with thorns and glabrous pods. He observes that neither corresponds with Sprengel’s species, which is pubescent, while these are glabrous with small inconspicuous flowers. 92. LeucmNa GLAucA, Benth. Agho, Visayan. This species has become widely diffused through the tropical regions of both worlds, and has become a wild flower in several parts of Asia and Africa. It is thoroughly domesticated in the Philippines ; every garden is adorned with its bluish-green pinnate leaves studded with pale yellow or white globular heads of flowers. It also frequently forms thickets along the roadsides in Luzon and Panay. The unripe seeds and leaves are eaten raw with rice in salad, and the ripe seeds are eaten roasted. The Malays call it Kamalang- diengan. 93. ENTADA SCANDENS, Benth. Gohong-bacay and Balonos, Visayan dialect ; Go-go Tagalo ; Aroai-garut-penjang, Sundanese. This large climber is known in Australia as the Queensland bean. Tts large seeds are made into match-boxes and other ornaments, It is very common in all the jungles of the East, and the large . 762 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, seed-pods are conspicuous objects. The seeds are roasted and eaten in Java. 94. Mimosa pupica, L. Aroai-reba-bangon, Sundanese. The common sensitive plant has become a terrible weed through the islands of the Indian Archipelago. No one would credit the extent to which it covers the ground, forming tangled thickets of a useless and annoying character throughout the Malay Archi- pelago. It has only begun to appear in the Philippines. 95. Bauninia, sp. (?). Amongst my collections there are some Bauhinia leaves from the volcanic island. The genus has two or three common representatives in the jungles of the island. COMBRETACE. 96. TerMINALIA caTappa, L. Talisai, Tagalo and Visayan ; Nattoo-Vadom, Hindostani; Catappa, Malay; Adappo, Alfura (dialect of Minahassa, Moluccas) ; Sanscrit, Ingudi, called by the Spaniards the almond tree, and has been cultivated. The fruit is a nut scarcely two inches long, flattened oval, with a flange all round it. The kernel bears but a small proportion to the shell and green outer covering. Exceedingly difficult to break, and tasteless. It yields an excellent oil, thicker and more amber- coloured than almond oil. Don says that the bark and leaves yield a black pigment of which I never heard, but I think he is. incorrect in saying that Indian ink is made from this dye. The leaves are large, and give a fine shade. It is much used as a shade tree in the parks and roadsides in Singapore, Philip- pines, &c. 97. LumniTzERA RACEMOSA, Willd. Culasi, Tagalo; Duduk, Sundanese. A coast tree, the scarlet flowers of which adorn the mangrove scrubs occasionally in all the islands. According to Bentham it extends to East Africa and the Pacific. There are — only two species in the genus, the white and the red-flowered. Both were forwarded to me from Taal, but I suspect they came from the mainland and nearer to the sea. The same may be said of Terminalia catappa, from the abundance of which the town of Talisay derives its name. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 763: 98. QuisquaLis InpIcA, L. Niog-niogan, Tagalo ; Kaju-bulan or round wood, Malay. This showy red and pink climber with its profusion of flowers is said to be a native of India, but it appears to be far more at home in the Philippine Islands, where its hand- some blossoms may be seen on all the roadsides about Luzon. It grows much in the same way about Burmah, where it goes by the name of Da-wai-hmine. Q. lowrevri, a native of Cochin China, with white and red flowers is used as a vermifuge, and so is Q. chinensis which grows about Macao. In the Punti dialect of Chinese, Kap-kwan-tsz ; Mandarine, Kiah-kiun-tsz. In Japanese it is called Shikunshi. MYRTACEA. 99. Psrprum euava, L. See antea remarks on the species in the account of the fossil leaves of Taal (p. 723). 100. Eueenia sp. (?) Lumboi, Tagalo; Macupa Visayan. Whilst at Cuyos group west of the Philippines, I found that the natives subsisted to some extent on the fruits of a Eugenia, which grew very commonly in the jungles of the interior of the island. It was about the size of an olive, and of a deep purple colour when ripe. The resident monks informed me that when the monsoon was very severe so that they could not get out on the reefs to fish, and the rains changed the whole of the lower lands into a marsh so as to stop all agriculture, the poorer natives had to abandon their homes and take to the mountains. During this time they had to subsist principally upon lumboi and roots. This. food is of a very indifferent kind, and I was assured that there never was a year in which several of the natives did not die of starvation. The species is probably Hugenia jambolana, Lamarck. The Anglo-Indian name for the rose-apple, Jambosa, is said to be derived from the Malay word Shambu. I do not know the word for this species. It is called Kepa in Amboyna, in Java, Salam, which is the Malay name for one species. In Sundanese a species is called Ki-sierum-lumbut. Jambu-blimbing is a common Malay name for one species, and Jambu generally for all the Jambosas. The species here referred to extends to Australia, as far south as the Tweed River in New South Wales. 764 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 101. BARRINGTONIA ACUTANGULA, Gertn. Boton and Potat in the Philippine dialects; Bangung, Javanese; Puja, Celebes ; Balung-bung, Sundanese ; Kaju-kendoon, Sundanese and Java- nese; Buton-laut, Malay. These splendid trees, with large showy foliage, are seen on all the strands of the Indian Archi- pelago, and extend to Australia. The large quadrangular fruits strew the beach all along the north-east coast of Australia. It is hardly common in the Philippines. It is said that the seed mixed with bait stupefies the fish like Cocculus indicus. The flowers form a ring of crimson stamens, long and drooping, but falling off on the merest touch, in fact even by the heat of the sun, so that after morning the ground near them is strewn with the fallen blossoms. 102. MELALEUCA LEUCADENDRON, L. Kaju (wood) puti (white). This species, which is the one from which the Cajeput oil is produced, is very widely and abundantly diffused in the Indian Archipelago and Malayan Peninsula, but is equally widely distributed in Australia down as far as Sydney. The oil is one of the principal articles of trade in Amboyna, but the best kind comes from Buru, the island separated from Amboyna by only a narrow strait. A Dutchman who carried on the trade at Amboyna, told me that his operations were confined to the south side of the island. The natives belonged to the tribe of Alfurus, and it was very difficult to get them to approach the coast, as they were excessively timid. My informant said that he always had to order the oil that he wanted beforehand, which the Alfurus used to say would be ready in one moon or two, as the case might be, and on returning he would find the people at the place appointed. The oil is obtained by boiling the leaves with water in an iron vessel closed by a wooden lid. A long bamboo tube conducts the steam into a covered cooler, where it is con- densed, and the oil subsequently skimmed off. It is perfectly transparent and as limpid as water. The smell is aromatic and agreeable to some. The samples obtained by me were quite different from that usually sold under that name by chemists. It is more limpid, has a deeper and more decided green colour, and BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 765 a more powerful odour. The difference may arise from keeping it, but doubtless it is much adulterated. This tree is commonly called the tea-tree in Australia, and by a strange perversity some few persons have taken to spelling it Ti-tree, a name which is appled to quite a different plant in the South Sea Islands. Our species is also the paper-bark tree, from the extraordinary tenuity of the layers of bark, which are as thin as the finest tissue paper. All the rivers in North Australia are so densely lined with these trees, and these alone, that it forms impenetrable thickets in most places, and this for hundreds of miles into the interior. The river Katherine, in Arnheim’s Land, may be recognised at any portion of its course by the blue thickets of this foliage, which may be seen. at long distances. I believe that the tree is the most extensively diffused of all known trees in the Eastern Hemisphere. LYTHRARIEA. 103. LAGERSTROEMIA FLOS REGINE, Retz. One of the hand- somest and most showy flower trees of the East, whose tall spikes of lilac or pink flowers form handsome objects in a great many jungles. It is called Bunga, or the flower by way of excellence in Malay, but I think it has some other special name. Amongst the Tagalo and Visayan Indians it is called Banaba. The timber is highly esteemed. 104. Puntca Granatum, L. In Visayan, Bomba and Malingin; Sanserit Darimba, whence probably, says De Candolle, most of the modern Indian names are derived. The domestic use of the fruit is of great antiquity, as the Hebrew name of Rimmon and the Arabic name Rumman testify. It is twice mentioned in the Odyssey, says DC., under the names of Roia, Roa and Sidai. The leaves and flowers of a pomegranate described by Saporta have been discovered fossil in the pliocene strata of France. The above-cited author states that botanical, historical, and philological data agree in showing that the above-mentioned species is a native of Persia. Its cultivation began in prehistoric times, and it early 49 766 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, extended first towards the west and afterwards into China, where it is called Chek-law. It owes its spread not so much to its popularity as a fruit, as to its ornamental character and medicinal virtues. It is seldom seen on the table, and rarely or never in the markets. 105. Sonneratia actpa. L. In Tagalo and Visayan, Pagat- pat, in Sundanese and Javanese Bako, in Malay Bakor, but this applies to a good many mangroves. A species common on all the | swamps and salt water marshes throughout the Malay Archipelago. In Western Borneo and the Malay Peninsula it lines the rivers to the exclusion of other trees. The Europeans call it the “ Willow tree,” which it is not unlike, except that it has a large green apple-like fruit, with the valves of the persistent calyx all round as in popular representations of the sun’s flaming rays. It is not uncommon in North Australia. PASSIFLORACEA. 106. Carica papaya, L. In most of the modern Indian languages the fruit which we call papaw, is called papaya, itself a corruption of the Carib ababi (De Candolle). It is supposed that the original habitat of this plant is from the Gulf of Mexico or the West Indies. Although much eaten by the natives it is not highly esteemed by Europeans, nor do I think the fruit ever comes to as much perfection in India as I have seen it attain in Australia. The young fruit boiled is an excellent substitute for vegetable marrow. It is said that the leaves of the tree make meat tender if they are well folded round it. I have seen this tried with success, but I have failed to produce the same effect when I made the experiment myself. The Chinese call it Muk-kwa. CUCURBITACEZ. 107. LaGENARIA VULGARIS, Ser. in DC. Prod. This is the well-known gourd plant which, under the name of Calabash in the West and various appellations elsewhere, is known almost in every BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 767 country from the earliest times. It is of Indian origin, and its history and spread have’quite a literature of their own for which I must refer readers to De Candolle especially, and Asa Gray in the American Journal of Science, 1883, p. 370. I just wish to call attention to the fact, that the species is stated in most botanical works to be poisonous, but wherever I have been I have found the natives use it as food but with a little preparation to mitigate its nauseous bitterness. In its crude state it is taken as a purgative. There is no country perhaps where the gourds are so largely used for domestic purposes as in Japan. The long gourd constricted in the middle is the conventional Saki bottle, which the traveller fastens at his waist at the constriction in the middle. Bottles of every size and pattern can be obtained, from those holding only a gill to gourds holding a gallon, a specimen of which I have in my possession. Almost any pattern can be pro- cured. The species grows wild in North Australia where it may have been introduced, but this is only conjecture. 108. Lurra acutanguta, Willd. Malay, Lobat manis, or Petola; Hindoo Jhinga, Torooee ; Sundanese, Jingi; Javanese Aroi-kaju-rajam. A much valued vegetable throughout the Archipelago, and is offered largely for sale in all the markets. It is sweet like young peas, and very delicate to some tastes, though Don says it is insipid. 109. Momorpica BALSAMINA, L. Papare-utan, or jungle cucum- ber, Malay. Thisspecies is widely spread over Asia, Africa, America and Australia. It is a climbing plant with long, fusiform fruits of bright yellow, which, bursting, disclose the seeds enveloped in a brilliantly red pulp. This plant is famous in Syria for curing wounds, Slices of unripe fruit are infused in oil and exposed to the sun until the oil becomes red. It is applied to fresh wounds on cotton. 110. Momorpica coCcHINCHINENSIS, Spreng. Both these species are cultivated but for ornament. In the Philippines the general name for all the family of melons and pumpkins is some form of the Spanish pepino, Most of the principal varieties of pumpkins, 768 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, such as the Yellow Gourd, the Spanish Gourd, the Turban Gourd, Trumpeter, Squash, &c., are grown in the Philippines. The origin of this plant is still doubtful, and it has been the subject of much learned discussion, for which readers can consult De Candolle, Asa Gray, &. The vegetable forms a large ingredient in the food of the Malayan and Chinese races. 111. Metoraeia tnpica, Loureiro. The so-called common wild bryony of the Indian Archipelago is pretty widely diffused in the Philippines. RUBIACE. 112. SaRcocEPHALUS NUDULATUS, Miq. ‘Tagalo, Bancal ; Sun- danese, Kappel. This genus produces some fine timber trees. 113. SARCOCEPHALUS sUBDITUS, Migq. 114, SaRcocEPHALUS GLABERRIMUS, Mig. 115. WENDLANDIA PANICULATA, DC. Another timber tree with no special character giving it importance. 116. DENTELLA REPENS, Forst. This insignificent weed with minute leaves and flowers, is spread all over the East, and is found right through the continent of Australia from north to south, I may say that I have noticed it everywhere in my travels. At Amboyna the natives attributed some medicinal virtues to the leaves. 117. Hepyotis panicuLata, L. Mamaniran, Malay and Sun- danese. Another wide-spread weed exceedingly common in the East, but not extending to Australia. 118. Mussanpa FRonDosA, L. Cahoi-dalaga, Tagalo; Marua, Malay ; Pat-ip-cha, Chinese ; Japanese, Konronka. This shrub is widely diffused through tropical regions, and it has a peculiarity which forces it into notice. One of the outer flowers of each corymb is produced into a large bract-like white leaf, which makes the plant at a distance look as if scattered over with large white flowers. The flowers themselves are small and inconspicuous, _ BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 769 with a golden yellow corolla-tube. Common everywhere in the Kast extending to South China, and I have certainly seeu it in Japan, near Simonosaki, or a closely allied species, probably M. parviflora. 119. Morinpa crrrirotia, L. Tumbong-aso, Tagalo; Baja, Malays of Celebes, Nyaw-kyee, Burmese. Widely distributed in the East, and common in Australia within the tropics. It pro- duces a poor fruit which has been mistaken for the ‘“ Leichhardt Tree” which is Sarcocephalus cordatus. M. citrifolia is only found close to the sea-side growing sometimes actually in salt water, which is a useful quality in some situations. The wood is deep brownish yellow, close-grained, light and very tough, alto- gether a valuable timber though small. The Indians use the root to obtain a yellow and red dye, very permanent when fixed with alum. 120. Paparta Fatipa, L. Cantotai, Tagalo; Daun-kuntut, Malay; Kai-shi-tang, Chinese; Hekuso Kadzura, Japanese, also Yaito Bana. The second Japanese name has reference to the medicinal use which is as a moxa or substance used in surgery to produce a sore by means of slow combustion. This remedy is universally applied in China and Japan on different parts of the body accord- ing to the ailment. Thus one spot on each temple for a headache, five on the chest for a cold, seven between the shoulders along the spine for liver complaint and so forth. One meets daily instances of this kind of disfigurement. The weed is a common twiner in all the underwood of the middle island in Japan, and in Luzon, Philippines. Its fetid odor is a constant annoyance to botanists. The fibre is most valuable, and as fine as silk, though not in use. 121. Pa&parta ToMeNTosA, Blume. Not nearly so common as the last species, nor extending to Japan. 122. Spermacocr Hispipa, L. Bubu-lutang, Sundanese. This and the following species are insignificant tropical weeds, and amongst the commonest. They are small annuals which mingle 770 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, with the grass, sharing with insignificant Composite such an abundant growth that they cease to be noticed. They are as frequent and widely-spread in Africa as in Asia. 123. SpeRMAcOcE stricta, L. 124. SPERMACOCE SCABERRIMA, Blume. Both these species equally common and diffused. COMPOSITA. All the members of this order on the Volcano of Taal are small unimportant weeds, and this is the case throughout the Philip- pines. The order has but few representatives in the islands, and hese are unimportant. 125. VERNONIA CINEREA, Less. This common little weed, with small purple flowers like a small sow-thistle, is well represented in Australia as far south as Twofold Bay. 126. AGmRATUM coNnyzoIDEs, L. A common weed over all the warmer regions of the globe, for which we have to thank its introduction as a garden flower. It is a rather pretty species, with pale blue flower-heads, but has become a fearful weed in many places. In Queensland it has spread like the thistle, driving out useful fodder, while no animal will eat it. 127. Buumea LaceRA, DC. Certainly one of the commonest weeds in the tropics of Asia and Africa, extending into China. None of the species are either useful or ornamental, but they all have a powerful odor which is aromatic in some cases. The flower- heads are seldom above three lines long, in loose spreading panicles. 128. BLUMEA MANILENSIS, DC. 129. BLUMEA LACINIATA, DC. 130. BLUMEA BALSAMIFERA, DC, 131. SPH#RANTHUS INDIcus, L. 132. Ecuipta ALBA, Hassk. 133. SPILANTHES ACMELLA, L. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 771 154. Brpens piLosa, L. 135. EMILIA SONCHIFOLIA, DC. To all the above the same remarks which have been made on the first few are applicable. Spilanthes acmella is used as a salad. Mr. A. A. Black in the “ Treasury of Botany,” says, that in Japan it is called Hoko So. I found that near Nagasaki, Oranda Sennichi was the Japanese term which has reference to the Dutch using it asa salad. It is also called Sennichi-kiku or daisy-salad. A POCYNACEA. 136. ALsTONIA scHOLARIS, R. Br. Dirita, Tagalo, also Batino ; Gabus, Malay ; Let-topi, Burmese. A smooth evergreen tree called the Devil Tree or Palimara about Bombay. Its tall stems with regular whorls of leaves make it a showy member of the jungle. Like our Australian Alstonia its milky sap is a very bitter tonic, though it is little used. The wood is white, light and close-grained, but perishable. It is principally used by the Indians and Burmese to make sword scabbards. 137. ALSTONIA MACROPHYLLA, Wall. 138. OrcHIPEDA Fa@tTIDA, Blume. A tree with opposite oblong smooth leaves, not common but found throughout the Archipe- lago among bushes on the mountains. The Malays call it Bunga, also Pohun-Badah or the rhinoceros tree from its having a fetid smell like that of a rhinoceros. 139. TABERNEMONTANA SPHHROCARPA, Blume. Pandacaqui, Tagalo and Visayan; Jawie-jawie (?) Malay. Six or seven species of this genus are known in the Philippines, and there are probably many more. In individuals no country is more abundantly supplied. T'aberncemontana meets one everywhere; on the road sides, in waste places, and on the edges of jungles. I have mentioned already how the slopes of the volcano are abundantly clothed with small trees of Acacia farnesiana. In the same locality Zabernemontana spherocarpa is quite as abundant. The 772 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, obliquely oblong or nearly globular orange fruits frequently united at the base in pairs are well-known and somewhat pretty objects, which meet one on every side. A small species (7’. orientalis) has become a common and abundant weed about Cairns in Queensland. As far as I have seen I should say that the Philippine Group is emphatically the home of TZaberne- montana. 140. TABERNHEMONTANA PANDACAQUI, Poiret. 141. Ho“tarHenA MacrocarPA, Hassk. A small genus of insignificant trees and shrubs which are not unfrequent in the dry open forests of the tropics of Asia. H. antidysenterica is much esteemed for the medicinal qualities which the name implies. It produces the Connessi Bark of the Materia Medica, valued as a tonic and febrifuge. 142. WricHTIA TOMENTOSA, Roem. et Sch. Lanete, Tagalo; Bien-taus, Sundanese. Dispersed over tropical Asia, and probably found in Australia under the name of W. pubescens. Mr. Bentham says that a specimen in Cuming’s collection from the Philippine Islands appears to be the same. 143. IcHNocaRPUS FRUTESCENS, R. Brown. This is one of a small genus of climbing shrubs, dispersed over tropical Asia, and extending into Africa and Australia. It is very common in the Philippines in the leaf-shedding forests and in the Savannahs. It is equally common in the Malay Peninsula and Burmah. None of the species have any importance. 144. IcHNocaRPus ovATiIFOoLIUs, DC. 145, IcHNOCARPUS VELUTINUS, Miq. ASCLEPIADACE.’* 146, StREPTOCAULON BANMII, Decaisne. Another unimportant genus of small twining shrubs found in the open forests of tropical Asia. | 147. CALOTROPIS GIGANTEA, R. Brown. Capal-capal, Tagalo ; Badurie, Malay. A showy shrub with large leaves and handsome BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C 173 flowers. Very common in Java, but in all the cultivated lands of India and the Archipelago, including Burmah. It is especially common in fields that are lying fallow, but it is also cultivated for medicinal purposes. It yields the Mudar root (Radix mudaris gigante ), to which many medicinal qualities have been attributed, the sum of which seems to be this, that the root contains about 11 per cent. of an extracted bitter principle called Mudarine, which excites vomiting, and hence it has been used as a substitute for ipecacuanha. Mudarine has the extraordinary property of gelatinising when heated, and returning to the fluid state when cool. The fibre of the stem is valued, and the down of the seeds is usefully mingled with cotton in spinning. The plant is highly esteemed throughout all the various nationalities of the East. 148. AsctErias curassavica, L. A quite recently introduced plant from 8. America, which is as common in Australia as it is in India. It extends through South China to Japan, where it is called To-wata, or cotton. 149. GYMNEMA SYRINGIFOLIUM, Benth. and Hook. A twiner ; the genus has a wide range in tropical Asia, though this species I never collected except on the volcano of Taal. 150. TyLopHORA TENUIS, Blume. Batuk-manuk, Sundanese. The genus is like the last in its characters, and is noted for possessing the Ceylon Binooga or Z. asthmatica, the roots of which seem to have all the qualities of ipecacuanha besides being good for asthma. I have collected this species in Perak, Java and the Philippines, generally on the edges of jungles in the plains. 151. DiscHipiA NUMMULARIA, R. Brown. Duduitan, Sunda- nese; Daun-ringit, Malay. This interesting little plant is parasitic on the trunks of large trees, and having small disc-like fleshy leaves, in pairs, has a very ornamental appearance as it hangs in festoons from branches in the jungle. Common every- where in the Archipelago and extending to Australia. 152. Hoya cumINGIANA, Decaisne. A species of the well- known wax plant. My dried specimens are very imperfect, and. T am not at all sure of the species. G74 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, LOGANIACEE. 153. BuppDLEIA NEEMDA, Hamilton in Roxburgh. Talic-nono, Tagalo; Ki-hiriesan and Sembung-lanang, Sundanese and Malay. A shrub common throughout the Archipelago ; the specific name is an alteration of the vernacular name Nimda in Chittagong. This or a closely allied species (B. aszatica, Lour.?) is called Kyoung-mee-koo in Burmah, where it is common everywhere in ‘deserted clearings, savannah forests and along river banks. BORAGINACEE. 154. Corpra myxa, L. Amnonang also Banalo, Tagalo; Aipaka, Amboyna; the Malays generally Baru-laut. This species is dis- persed over tropical Asia from Ceylon to the Philippines, and extends into Australia as far as the limits of the colony of Queens- land. The pulp is extremely tenacious, and is used for bird-lime as well as for a pectoral medicine, which in India is called ‘Sebestens. Mr. Carruthers states that it is reckoned one of the best kinds for kindling fire by friction, and said to be the wood (which is very soft) used by the Egyptians for mummy cases. It is cultivated in Africa. 155. CorpiA suscorDATA, Lamarck, DC. Prod. This species is also on the Mozambique coast and Comoro Islana, and in the Indian Archipelago extending to the Philippines, Australia and Pacific Islands. In India, perhaps only where cultivated (Bentham). It occurs on most of the islets of the Barrier Reef. 156.. EHRETIA BUXIFOLIA, Roxb. Manguit, Tagalo; Kosini, Javanese. This is a tree which is probably restricted to the Philippines, though the genus is widely distributed over the Archipelago. 157. TOURNEFORTIA SARMENTOSA, Lamarck, Illustr. (Vide Benth. Fl. Austral. IV. 390). Pimentia, Tagalo. This species is also found in Mauritius, Timor and the Indian Archipelago. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., WC. 775 I have generally seen it in the marshy vegetation at the mouths of the rivers. The flowers were always yellow or white. Accord- ing to Thozet, the flowers are blue. Other collectors describe them as whitish or pure white. The Philippine specimens referred to by De Candolle are rather more hairy (Bentham). 158. Hettorropium inpicum, L. A very common south Asiatic weed which I have met with all through the Archipelago, but which has not as yet extended to Australia. CON VOLVULACE. 159. Irpomaza Bona-Nox, L. A large twining convolvulus with cordate leaves on a smooth stalk two or three inches long, with large white salver-shaped flowers nearly five inches in diameter. Common in the jungle and amongst shrubberies, along river-sides all over India, Burmah, the Malay Archipelago and the Philip- pines. I have heard one species called Ampas-ampas. 160. Irpom@a Quamocuit, L. This pretty little carmine- flowered climber has been cultivated for ornament, but is now established as a weed in the new and old worlds. It is believed to be of Indian origin. 161. Ipomaz:a REPTANS, Poir. A prostrate floating species found in wet, sandy places, or floating in water, in many parts of tropical Asia and Africa. Corolla pink, purple or white, about an inch and a half long. 162. Ipoma:a PES-cAPR#, Roth. On every strand in the tropics, in Australia as far as New South Wales, and in every warm climate of the new and old world. The leaves are on long stalks and the flowers are purple. In Celebes it is called Batata- pantei. The natives in every country where it grows have great faith in the leaves employed as a poultice in rheumatic affections. 163. Irpomaza paratas, L. Malay, Ubi, which is also applied to the common potato ; Keledek is the common Malay name for the sweet potato. The origin of this plant, universally cultivated 776 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, in the tropics, is extremely doubtful. The whole question can be seen in De Candolle, loc. cit. He gives the name in China as Chu ; in Punti I find the name is Fan-shu ; in Japanese it is called Satsuma-imo and Riukiu-imo. Common potatoes are called Jagatara-imo, Imo being an edible root. It is one of the most important articles of diet in Japan—a small red variety. 164. Ipoma@a peEs-TicRipis, L. A species with the leaves palmately five-lobed and peduncled, with many funnel-shaped purplish flowers. Common in the East Indies, Archipelago and Philippines. 165. Ipomaa sepraRA, Keenig, MS., Wall. Fl. Ind. A very common species in India, the Archipelago, and China, with oblong cordate leaves and clusters of large flowers of a beautiful rose colour. 166. LepistEMoN RENIFORMIS, Hasselquist. A climbing peren- nial herbaceous member of the convolvulus order of no particular interest. SO LANACEA. 167. Sotanum nigrum, L. Waste places all over the world ; it being a.weed which follows the footsteps of civilised man. The berries though thought to be poisonous are edible, and in the Philippines the leaves are used as a pot-herb. 168. SoLANUM VERBASCIFOLIUM, Aiton; Dunal in DC. Prod. This tall and somewhat showy shrub is found on the river banks of all warm countries. The natives in Java roast and eat the berries. In some places in South Queensland it forms dense thickets. 169. SouaNuM MELONGENA, L. Foki-foki, Ternate and Celebes. The egg-plant Aubergines or Brinjals, the latter an Indian name ; Chinese, Wong-ke-fa ; Japanese, Nasubi; Malay, Terong. When one sees the extent to which this useful vegetable is eaten in Asia, it must be a matter of regret that it is so little known and cultivated among western nations. In the Malay peninsula, BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. sha where vegetables are so few, it is a valuable addition to the culinary resources. In Japan no vegetable is of such service. From June to September inclusive, it crowds the markets and shops, and is seen on every table, and with the Japanese modes of cooking it is certainly very palatable. There are many varieties differing mostly in shape, for the deep purple colour prevails in all. They are shaped like bananas or like pears, but the large variety in Japan is balloon-shaped, three and four inches long, and as much in diameter. The thin white margin round the fruit at its junction with the calyx makes it exceedingly pretty. The species thrives well in Australia, as I know from experience, and at present we have no vegetable to compare with it ; yet it is not used. 170. Soranum TuBEROsUM, L. Ubi, Malay; Patata amongst the natives in the Philippines; Chinese, Shu ; Japanese, Jagatara- imo. Potatoes of excellent quality are grown in the volcanic soils of the Philippines. The introduction of this plant into the islands is difficult to trace ; I made many enquiries but could find no trace in the Spanish literature. The history of the potato has been made the subject of especial study by, De Candolle, and perhaps I may be allowed to insert here a summary of his conclusions :— “ (1) That the potato is wild in Chili in a form still seen in our cultivated plants. (2) Itis very doubtful whether its natural home extends to Peru and New Granada. (3) Its cultivation was diffused before the discovery of America from Chili to New Granada, (4) It was introduced in the latter half of the 16th century into that part of the United States now known as Virginia and North Carolina. (5) It was imported into Europe between 1580 and 1585, first by the Spaniards and afterwards by the English at the time of Raleigh’s Voyages to Virginia.” 171. Soranum Frerox, L. Karon-dung, Sundanese. A common shrub in India, Java, Borneo, &c., but probably introduced as it is cultivated. A thorny plant with globular berries an inch or more in diameter. 172. Souanum sanctum, L. Another cultivated species intro- duced from Palestine. Fruit small and globular. 778 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 173. PuysALIs PERUVIANA, L. Potocan, Tagalo ; Daun-doba, Malay ; Hodzuke, Japanese. The Cape Gooseberry so prized for- making preserves in Australia, of which Mr. Bentham says that, though of South American origin, it is perhaps really indigenous in the Pacific Islands, but in the Philippines, as in Australia, it has been introduced. 174. Lycopersicum EscuLentuM, Miller. Sangogiu-nasubi in Japanese, for in all the Indian Archipelago it is called by its Spanish name of tomatte from the American name Tumatle. The Chinese call it Fan-ke, but in all the Asiatic countries its intro- duction does not date much beyond a couple of centuries back. De Gandolle thinks it is of Peruvian origin. Both in the Malay Archipelago and in the Philippines it has become almost naturalized as it isin Australia, and especially in the tropics. In this quasi wild state the fruit loses its larze irregular development, and becomes small and spherical like the variety called L. cerasiforme, which De Candolle thinks is the same species. This is the manner in which one sees it naturalized in old clearings or near gardens. 175. Capsicum FRUTESCENS, Willd. Pasitis (or chilis) in Tagalo; Chabei-besar (large chabei) in Malay, also lada merah (red lada), also lada-china. This species, which is taller and more woody than C. annwum, is the one generally cultivated for the manufacture of cayenne pepper. It is a native of South America, but has become naturalized in the east and in Australia. 176. Capsicum annuum, L. Chiles, Tagalo; Lada-china Malay ; Pimento in Spanish, and the name Spanisch Pfeffer in German points to its origin in Europe. The word challi would appear to be a Mexican name, and throughout the East generally the small capsicum is known by that name. In China it is called Lat-tsiu ; in Japanese Tangiku-mamori. 177. Capstcum minruum, Mill. Stem shrubby, fruit small ovate erect. A shrub, one to two feet high. This species I did not see, but the whole of the capsicums may be regarded as mere escapes from cultivation on the island. BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. (Wh 178. Datura ALBA, Nees. Talamponai, Visayan ; Kuchubung- puti, Malay. Very common throughout the East, with large white flowers. It extends to China and Japan, where it is called Chosen-asago. Narcotic virtues are attributed to this plant, and in more than one country it is used to cause intoxication or stupefaction. 179. Nicoriana TABAcuM, L. Tembakau, Malay; Yen, Chinese. Though the Asiatic people are great lovers of tobacco, none at all approach to the natives of the Philippines in this respect. Men and women smoke unceasingly, and even children begin the habit when quite infants. The Philippine natives surpass all other Asiatics in the cultivation and preparation of the plant. Though the American origin of this plant has been disputed, it is proved almost beyond question. Out of fifty species of the genus Nicotiana two only are foreign to America—one a native of Australia, and. the other of New Caledonia. SCROPHULARIACEA. 180. ToRENIA CARDIOCEPHALA, Benth. Small Mimulus-like shrubs found in shady or damp places with purple, bluish or yellow blossoms. They are elegant wild flowers. 181. ToRENIA EDENTULA, Griff. 182. VANDELLIA cRUSTACEA, Benth. A small tropical weed widely diffused and extending to Australia ; it is a much-branched rambling annual with minute purple flowers. It is found also in Africa and America, 183. Scoparia vuLcis, L. Another weedy annual with the same wide diffusion. It is a larger plant, the leaves usually in whorls of three, and the flowers white. OROBANCHACEZ. 184. AicineTIA INDICA, Roxb. The small parasitic plants. which compose this order are not well represented in the tropics. 780 . ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, This species is widely diffused from India to the Archipelago. It is parasitic on the roots of grasses, with an elongated simple naked scape with one flower, corolla purple, calyx yellow. BIGNONIACE,. 185. OroxyLUM INDicuM, Benth. A small deciduous tree, with large showy purplish flowers, with a yellow tube on short and very thick pedicels. Common in all jungles throughout the East and the Philippines. In Tagalo it is called Pinca-pincahan. 186. DoLIcHANDRONE RHEEDII, Seem. In Tagalo, Tua. An unimportant tree, which is common in the Philippines, and has a habitat amongst the mangroves. ACANTHACE As. 187. Buecnum BRowuvcl, Tussac. An unimportant herbaceous weed on the coasts. 188, Justicia GENDARUSSA, L. A widely spread evergreen dense shrub, which is spread over the East from India to the Philippines in the tropical forests, but is especially common in the islands of Luzon, along hedges where its small flowers in clusters are never out of sight. 189. ERANTHEMUM BicoLor, Schranck. An_ insignificant tropical weed with rather pretty flowers, similar to one which is common in North-eastern Australia. VERBENACE. 190. CALLICARPA BICOLOR, Juss. Palis in Tagalo, Katumpang in Sundanese Malay. I did not see this species, but I saw another which is very common all through the East and extends up to Japan, where it is called Ko-Murasaki or Little Purple. It is found also in Australia, This is Callicarpa longifolia. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 781 191. Gmexina astatica, L. All along the coasts and in the swampy forests, from India to the Philippines, its showy racemes of bell-shaped yellow flowers, make it a conspicuous and ornamen- tal object. It is particularly abundant in Perak, about Malacca, and in Singapore. The Visayan Indians call it Bago-bago. The bark and roots of this tree are used medicinally by the natives. 192. CLERODENDRON INFORTUNATA, L. Casopanguil Tagalo. A common evergreen shrub with white flowers in an ample panicle. Common in the tropical and moister forests up to three thousand feet all over the Archipelago and Philippines. The genus is well represented in the jungles throughout the East, pro- ducing several species which have highly ornamented red, blue, and white flowers. LABIATA. 193. Ocimum eGratisstmuM, L. This and the following species have no doubt been introduced for their aromatic qualities. 194. Ocimum sanctum, L. Frequently planted round Hindoo temples. 195. MoscHosMA poLysTAcHyuM, Benth. A common garden plant kept for its musky odour. 196. Hypris capirata, Jacq. 197. Hypris BREVIPES, Poiteau. 198. Hypris sUAVEOLENS, Poiteau. This has become one of the most terrible weeds throughout the Indian Archipelago. It forms dense thickets to the exclusion of every other kind of vege- tation. When withered these thickets are quite impenetrable. In North Australia it is becoming equally troublesome, though introduced only within the last few years. 1 have seen excellent land in the Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Celebes and the Moluccas quite destroyed by this pest. 199. ANISOMELES OvaTA, R. Br. This is one of the sweet smelling musk plants with all the qualities possessed by the well- known musk plant of North Australia. 50 782 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 200. Leucas asPERA, Sprengel. 901. Lmucas LINIFOLIA, Sprengel. The above two weeds form a portion of all the grassy vegetation of the Malayan region. They are pretty little plants with white flowers decking the green sward more or less all the year round. NYCTAGINACEA. 202. BorRHAAVIA DIFFUSA, L. A very common weed in the warmer regions of Asia, Africa and Australia. It runs along the ground in rich alluvial soil, with deep rose-red stalks and minute pink flowers. In India an infusion of the roots is looked upon as a remedy for measles. AMARANTACE, 903. DEERINGIA CELOsIOIDES, R. Br. A woody glabrous climber scrambling over bushes to the height of ten or twelve feet. Common in East India, the Archipelago, and extending to Australia and New Caledonia. ; 204. AMARANTUS sPINosuUS, L. 205. AMARANTUS OLERACEUS L. 206. AMARANTUS VIRIDIS, L. 207. AiRvA JAVANICA, Juss. 208. ACHYRANTHES ASPERA, L. 9209, ALTERNANTHERA DENTIcULATA, R. Br. Nearly all the above are common insignificant roadside weeds in the tropical and sub-tropical regions of the whole world. CHENOPODIACEA. 210. BasELLA RUBRA, L. 911. BASELLA ALBa, L. These are common garden plants in the East, sometimes grown as pot-herbs, and at other times as ornamental creepers. Their thick fleshy leaves make a good spinach. Si (92) Go BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. ARISTOLOCHIACE AS, 212. ARIsTOLOCHIA TAGALO, Chamisso, A jungle species of this remarkable genus of climbers, which I did not see. PIPERACEAL. 213. Piper cHABA, Blume. 214. Piper caninum, Adietr. The above are amongst the many native kinds of pepper growing in the East. 215, Peperomia ExiGuA, Miq. One of the many small fleshy creeping plants of the order growing on trunks of trees, but of no importance. LAURACE#, 216. CassyTHA FILIFoRMIs, L. One of the common Indian leafless dodder-laurels, widely spread over tropical Asia, Africa and America, but chiefly near the sea. It extends to Australia, and probably to New Zealand. The genus is, however, chiefly Aus- tralian, with the exception of the one species here enumerated. The habit is in every way that of the European Cuscuta. It is the wire-like vine which makes so many of the Queensland scrubs quite impenetrable. EU PHORBIACEA, 217. EupHorsBiA THYMIFOLIA, L. A small procumbent Indian weed, 218. EupHorBIA PILULIFERA, L. A common weed which follows cultivation in warm climates all over the world. It has lately come into notice in Australia as a remedy for asthma and diseases of the chest. 219. BripELIA stipuLARIs, Blume. A large scandent shrub with bluish-black berries and tawny leaves, common in all mixed forests, especially those near the sea throughout Malaysia and the Philippines. The Sumatran Malays call it Aka-buah. In the Philippines the leaves are used sometimes as a substitute for tobacco. 784 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 220. PHYLLANTHUS NIRURI, L. There are numerous species of this large genus containing trees, shrubs, and herbs, throughout the East. They are well represented in the Philippines, but as yet there has not been sufficient botanical exploration in the islands to fix the number of species. 221. PHYLLANTHUS LLANOsII, Miiller. 222. PHYLLANTHUS URINARIA, L. 223. PHYLLANTHUS SIMPLEX, Retz. 224. PHYLLANTHUS RETICULATUS, Poir. 225, SECURINEGA oBovaATA, Miller. A leaf-shedding large shrub, common in the grassy jungles near water all over the East from India to the Philippines. Genus in omnibus Phyllantho conyvenit, excepto ovarii rudimento in fi. mas. evoluto. Gen. Plant. Benth. et Hook. III. 276. 226. Breynta cerNnuA, Miller. A glabrous shrub spread over tropical Asia and part of Australia. 227. ANTIDESMA GH#SEMBYLLA, Gertner. This is another widely diffused Asiatic species of shrub or small tree extending to Australia and China. 228. ANTIDESMA BUNIUS, Sprengel. A small evergreen tree ; same observations as in the case of the last. In Macassar this is called Buni-kirbau, in Tagalo Binaguyo. The fruits are eaten raw or cooked with fish. 229. JATROPHA cuRCAS, L. Tagalo,Tuba; Malay, Balechei-paggar; Thin-baur-kye-ksu, Burmese. An evergreen small tree, universally cultivated as a hedge tree round gardens and villages in Burmah, Malaysia and the Philippines. The capsules are tri-coccous, the size of a large cherry, with large ellipsoid seeds. It is a native of tropical America, now cultivated in all warm countries for its seeds, which yield an oil like castor-oil with violent purgative qualities. It is called Oliwm Infernale in the Dutch shops in Java. It is employed not only medicinally but principally for lamps ; in fact, in Java until kerosene came into general use, as it BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 785 has now even in the most remote villages, this oil and cocoa-nut oil supplied all purposes of illumination ; but it is now almost entirely superseded. It is a beautiful pale yellow color. In India it is called Katamanak. Bhoga bhirinda is an inferior kind of oil from the same source. It has been of late years imported into Britain as a substitute for linseed oil. It answers equally well, and can be obtained from India at a price far below linseed. Quantities of the seed have also been imported into Liverpool from the Cape Verde Islands. It seems to have met with considerable favor wherever it has been tried. The Chinese boil this oil with oxide of iron, and employ it for varnishing boxes. 230. JaTRoPHA MANHIOT, L. Manihoc or Maniot or Tapioca is not extensively cultivated in the Islands. When travelling in the interior of the Malay Peninsula, one of my principal sources of subsistence was the roots of the maniot boiled like potatoes. They were exceedingly nourishing and palatable, the flavour being something between the sweet and the common potato. Being of large size and cheap, they were a most useful article of food, especially where vegetables are so scarce. The only precau- tion necessary to get rid of the poisonous juice was to carefully peel and boil them. The maniot is extensively cultivated in the Malacca state, and in Brunei, Borneo, but lately it does not pay. 231. Croron caupatus, Geisel. It is suppesed that there are eight or ten species of this interesting genus in the Philippines. 232. ACALYPHA INDICA, L. Of this genus there are about ten or a dozen species in the Philippines. They are unimportant, except one or two species with variegated leaves. A. indica, an annual Indian weed like a nettle, is said to attract cats like Valerian. A decoction of the leaves is used as a purgative. 233. MALLOTUS PHILIPPINENSIS, Muell. Arg. A tree with a ferruginous tomentum on the ends of the branches, which is said to be a powerful vermifuge. It is widely spread throughout the East, and very common in North Queensland. 786 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 234. MacaRANGA TANARIUS, Mill. Arg. A tall, erect shrub, with large orbicular peltate leaves sometimes a foot in diameter. Tt is found from the East Indies to South China near the coast, and forms a conspicuous portion of all the jungles, especially on their edges. It is very common around Moreton Bay. 235. Ricinus communis, L. Tangan-tangan, Tagalo ; Charak, Malay. Asin Australia this showy plant has become an intro- duced weed. It is, according to De Candolle, probably a native of Abyssinia, Sennar and the Kordofan. It is cultivated in America, and even the ancient Egyptians cultivated it, because the seeds are found in their tombs. The Egyptian name was Kiki retained in modern Greek, while the Arabs call it Kerua. See De Candolle, who says that it is supposed that the Kikajon of the Old Testa- ment, the growth of a single night, was this plant. The English name Castor Oil is from its having been called Agnus Castus in the West Indies. URTICACE. 236. TREMA AMBOINENSIS, Blume. Hanarian, Tagalo. A fine tree 40 ft. high, widely spread over East India and the Archi- pelago, South China, the Philippines and Australia. “It is on the authority of Planchon that I refer this very common Archi- pelago species to the original Ce/ézs amboinensis, Willd. He believes also that this may be the typical Zrema cannabina, Lour.” Benth. Flor. Aust. VI. 159. 237. STREBLUS ASPER, Lour. See antea p. 723, on the fossil leaves found in the tufa. 938. MALaysta TorTUOSA, Blanco. A twining shrub with long spikes of most fragrant flowers. The genus appears to be limited to a single species extending over the Indian Archipelago and the islands of the South Pacific to the Philippines. It is called Crow- ash in New South Wales. In North Australia it is very common in water-courses. 239. Ficus uispipa, L. Balite, Asis or Isis, Tibig and Hauili in Tagalo; Buah-ara, Malay, and Hambarang, which is BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 787 also the Malay name for fig throughout the whole of the Archi- pelago. This genus (/icus) is certainly one of the most charac- teristic of the Malay flora, and there is good reason for supposing that there are more than a hundred species in the Philippines alone, and as far as I was able to remark, each island seems to have some pecular species. The genus almost takes the place in the Archipelago that the Eucalypts do in Australia. The timber is, in general, useless. Many species are common to Australia. 240. Ficus uirta, Vahl. 241. Ficus wassa, Roxb. Gohi, Malay. The natives use the bast for tow. The young leaves and fruits are cooked and eaten. 242. Ficus ALTIMERALOO, Roxb. More common in the Moluccas, where it is called Bunga-jangan. 243. Ficus aspera, Forster. Called in Sundanese Aroi-konjal, and this is a name for several other descriptions of Ficus. 244, Ficus RADIATA, Decaisne. 245. Pouzoizia INpIcA, Gaudichaud. A diffuse perennial with the habit of a parietaria or pellitory, with the stems from six to twelve inches long. Common in East India and the Archipelago, and extending to Australia. 246. Piprurus asPER, Weddell. Dalonot, Tagalo; in Malay, Ki-buntur. A small tree with a wider diffusion than the last, as it extends to the Pacific Islands and Mascarene Group. HY DROCHARIDACEAS. 247, ENHALUS KOENIGH, Rud. A submerged water-plant like the frog-bit of Europe, except that it has linear leaves. This is one of the few salt-water genera, and is found all through the lagoon. 248. Pistia stratiotes, L. In all the fresh-water streams and lakes of the Malay Archipelago, and in the Philippines the surface of the water is covered with small plants which look very like 788 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, small floating lettuces of graceful form, and bright green color sometimes tinged with pink. It floats in the water in rafts, the plants being attached together by runners, and deriving their nourishment by roots which hang free in the water. They say that these are sometimes buried in the mud, but I have seen them floating in great rafts quite free and in very deep water. They are abundant in the lagoon, the Indians using them when boiled as a food for pigs. Otherwise the plant is very acrid and probably poisonous. In Java in still ponds where fish are bred, the plant is grown to give them shade, but it increases with such rapidity as to cover the surface and become a troublesome weed. It is called the water soldier. SCITAMINE AE. 249. Musa sapientum, L. In Tagalo the native Indians call it Platanus or Abaca, the latter name being especially applied to the species from which the fibre known as Manila hemp is obtained. I must be excused for quoting here im extenso the somewhat lengthy remarks of De Candolle as to the origin of this species, in order that I may add what little light and experience I have gained in my Australian and Eastern travel. The subject is of unusual interest to us in Australia, as we have undoubtedly three indigenous species in this continent, one of which is not distinguishable from Musa sapientum. The following quotation is from ‘“ The Origin of Cultivated Plants,” p. 304: ‘“‘ Bananas were generally considered to be natives of Southern Asia, and to have been carried into America by Europeans until Humboldt threw doubts upon their purely Asiatic origin. In his work on New Spain,* he quoted early authors who assert that the banana was cultivated in America before the conquest. * Humb. Nouvelle Espagne, Ist Ed. II. p. 360. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 789 He admits, on the authority of Oviedo,* its introduction by Father Thomas ef Berlangas from the Canaries into San Do- mingo in 1516, whence it was introduced into other islands and the mainland.t He recognises the xbsence of any mention of the banana in the accounts of Columbus, Alonzo Negro, Pinzon, Vespuzzi and Cortez. The silence of Hernandez who lived half a century after Oviedo, astonishes him, and appears to him a remarkable careJessness ; “for,” he says,{ ‘it is a constant tra- dition in Mexico, and on the whole of the mainland, that the Plantano arton and the dominico were cultivated long before the Spanish conquest.” The author who has most carefully noted the different epochs at which American agriculture has been enriched by foreign products, the Peruvian Garcilasso de la Vegass says distinctly that at the time of the Incas, maize, quinoa, the potato, and, in the warm and temperate regions, bananas, formed the staple food of the natives. He describes the Musa of the valleys in the Andes ; he even distinguishes the rarer species with a small fruit and a sweet aromatic flavour, the domznico from the common banana or arton. Father Acosta|| asserts also, although less positively, that the Wusa was cultivated by the Americans before the arrival of the Spaniards. Lastly, Humboldt adds from his own observation, “‘On the banks of the Orinoco, of the Cassi- quaire or of the Beni, between the mountains of Esmeralda and * Oviedo, Hist. Nat. 1556, p. 112. Oviedo’s first work is of 1526. He is the earliest naturalist quoted by Dryander (Bibl. Banks) for America. (The full title of Oviedo’s work is ‘‘Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdez Sumario dela Natural y General Istoria de las Indias, Toledo 1526. Fol. 52 foll. Another edition is entitled ‘‘ Primera part de la Historia Natural y General de las Indias, Yslas y tierra firme del Mar Oceano.” Sevilla 1535, folio CXCIII. foll., with one plate of very rude wood engravings. Books VII, VIII, IX. and X. refer to botanical subjects. The book was translated from Castilian into French in Paris by Michel de Vascosan in 1555, folio 134 foll. and one plate of wood engravings. ‘There exist only the ten first books of this work. It appears to have been the French translation that De Candolle refers to.) + I have also seen this passage in the translation of Oviedo by Ramusio, III. p. 115. ae TOREOHT Nouvelle Espagne, 2nd. Edit. p. 385. § Garcilasso de la Vega, Commentarios Reales, I. p. 282. || Acosta, Hist. Nat. de Indias, 1608, p. 250, 790 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, the banks of the River Carony, in the midst of the thickest forests, almost everywhere that Indian tribes are found who have had no relations with European settlements, we meet with plant- ations of manioc and bananas.” Humboldt suggests the hypothesis that several species or constant varieties of the banana have been confounded, some of which are indigenous to the new world. Desvaux studied the specific question, and in a really remark- able work, published in 1814,* he gives it as his opinion that all the bananas cultivated for their fruits are of the same species. In this species he distinguishes forty-four varieties, which he arranges in two groups ; the large-fruited bananas (seven to fifteen inches long) and the small-fruited bananas (one to six inches) commonly called fig bananas. R. Brown, in 1818, in his work on the Plants of the Congo, p. 51, maintains also that no structural difference in the bananas cultivated in Asia and those in America prevents us from considering them as belonging to the same species. He adopts the name Musa sapientum, which appears to me prefer- able to that of IZ. paradisiaca adopted by Desvaux, because the varieties with small fertile fruit appear to be nearer the con- dition of the wild Muse found in Asia. Brown remarks on the question of the origin that all the other species of the genus J/usa belong to the old world ; that no one pretends to have found in America, in a wild state, varieties with fertile fruit, as has happened in Asia; lastly, that Piso and Marcgraf considered that the banana was introduced into Brazil from Congo. In spite of the force of these three arguments, Humboldt, in his second edition of his essay on New Spain (II. p. 397), does not entirely renounce his opinion. He says that the traveller Caldcleugh} found among the Puris the tradition that a small species of banana was cultivated on the borders of the Prato long before they had any communication with the Portuguese. He adds that words which are not borrowed ones are found in American languages to distinguish the fruit of the * Desvaux, Journ. Bot. IV. p. 5. + Caldcleugh, Trav. in 8. Amer., 1825, I. p. 23. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 791 Musa, for instance paruru in Tamanac, &e., arata in Maypur. I have also read in Stevenson’s travels* that beds of the leaves of the two bananas commonly cultivated in America have been found in the hawcas or Peruvian tombs anterior to the conquest ; but as this traveller also says that he saw beans in these huacas, a plant which undoubtedly belongs to the old world—his assertions are not very trustworthy. Boussingault+ thought that the platano arton at least was of American origin, but he gives no proof. Meyen, who had also been in America, adds no argument to those which were already known,} nor does the geographer Ritter,§ who simply reproduces the facts about America given by Humboldt. On the other hand, the botanists who have more recently visited America have no hesitation as to the Asiatic origin. I may name Seeman for the Isthmus of Panama, Ernst for Venezuela, and Sagot for Guiana.|| The two first insist on the absence of names for the banana in the languages of Peru and Mexico. Piso knew no Brazilian name. Martius] has since indicated, in the Tupi language of Brazil, the names pacoba or bacoba This same word bacove is used, according to Sagot, by the French in Guiana. It is perhaps derived from the name bala or palan of Malabar, from an introduction by the Portuguese subsequent to Piso’s voyage. The antiquity and wild character of the banana in Asia are incon- testable facts. There are several Sancrit names.** The Greeks, Latins, and Arabs, have mentioned it as a remarkable Indian fruit tree. Pliny+} speaks of it distinctly. He says that the Greeks of the expedition of Alexander saw it in India, and he quotes the name pala which still persists in Malabar. Sages reposed beneath its shade and ate its fruit. ence the botanical name Musa sapientum. Musa is from the Arabic mouz or mauwz, which we * Stevenson, Trav. in S. Amer., I. p. 328. + Boussingault, C. r. Acad. Sc. Paris, May 9th, 1836. + Meyen, Pflanzen Geog. 1836, p. 383. § Ritter, Hrdk. IV. p. 870. || Seeman, Bot. of the Herald, p. 213; Ernst, in Seeman’s Journ. of Botany, 1867, p. 289; Sagot, Journ. de la Soc. d’hort. de Fr. 1872, p. 226. | Martius, Hth. Sprachenkunde Amer. p. 123. ** Roxburgh and Wallich, Fl. Ind. IL. p. 485; Piddington, Index. tt Pliny, Hist lib. XII. cap. 6. 792 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, find as early as the thirteenth century in Ebn Baithar. The specific name paradisiaca comes from the hypothesis which made the banana figure in the story of Eve and of Paradise. It is a curious fact, that the Hebrews and Ancient Egyptians* did not know this Indian plant. It is a sign that it did not exist in India from a very remote epoch, but was first a native of the Malay Archipelago. There is an immense number of varieties of banana in the south of Asia, both on the islands and on the continent ; the cultivation of these varieties dates in India, in China, and in the Archipelago, from an epoch impossible to realise ; it even spread formerly into the islands of the Pacific} and to the west coast of Africa, { lastly, the varieties bore distinct names in the most separate Asiatic languages, such as Chinese, Sanskrit and Malay. All this indicates great antiquity of culture, consequently a primitive existence in Asia, and a diffusion contemporary with or even anterior to that ef the human races. The banana is said to have been found wild in several places. This is the more worthy of attention since the cultivated varieties seldom produce seed, and are multiplied by division, so that the species can hardly have become naturalized from cultivation by sowing itself. Roxburgh had seen it in the forests of Chittagongs in the form of Musa sapientum. Rumphius|| describes a wild variety with small fruits in the Philippine Isles. Loureirofl probably speaks of the same form by the name M. seminifera agrestis, which he contrasts with M. semiifera domestica, which is wild in Cochin China. Blanco** also mentions a wild banana in the Philippines, but his description is vague. Finlayson}; found the banana wild in abundance in the little island of Pulo Ubi, * Unger ubi supra, and Wilkinson, II. p. 403, do not mention rife. Aba banana is now cultivated in Egypt. + Forster, Plant. Esc. p. 28. + Clusius. HZxot. p. 229; Brown, Bot. Congo, p. 51. § Roxburgh, Corom. tab. 275; Fl. Ind. || Rumphius, Amb. V. p. 139. {| Loureiro, FU. Coch., p. 791. ** Blanco, Flora, Ist edit. p. 247. ++ Finlayson, Journey to Scam, 1826, p. 86. According to Ritter, Hrdk. IV. p. 878. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 793 at the southern extremity of Siam. Thwaites* saw the variety J. sapientum in the rocky forests of the centre of Ceylon, and does not hesitate to pronounce it the original stock of cultivated bananas. Sir Joseph Hooker} and Thompson found it wild at Khasia. The facts are quite different in America. The wild banana has been seen nowhere except in Barbados,{ but here it is a tree of which the fruit does not ripen, and which is consequently in all probability the result of cultivated varieties of which the seed is not abundant. Sloane’s wild plantains appears to be a plant very different to the Musa. The varieties which are supposed to pe possibly indigenous in America are only two, and as a rule far fewer varieties are grown than in Asia. The culture of the banana may be said to be recent in the greater part of America, for it dates from but little more than three centuries. Piso]| says positively that it was imported into Brazil, and has no Brazilian name. He does not say whence it came. We have seen that, ac- cording to Oviedo, the species was brought to San Domingo from the Canaries. This fact and the silence of Hernandez, generally so accurate about the useful plants, wild or cultivated in Mexico, convince me that at the time of the discovery of America the banana did not exist in the whole of the eastern part of the continent. Did it exist then in the western part on the shores of the Pacific? This seems very unlikely when we reflect that communi- cation was easy between the two coasts towards the Isthmus of Panama, and that, before the arrival of the Europeans, the natives had been active in diffusing throughout America, useful plants like the manioc, maize, and potato. The banana which they have prized so highly for three centuries, which is so easily multiplied by suckers, and whose appearance must strike the least observant, * Thwaites, Hnum. Pl. Cey. p, 321. + Aitchison, Catal. of Punjab, p. 147. + Hughes, Barb. p. 182, Maycock, Fl. Barb. p. 396. § Sloane, Jamaica, II. p. 148 . || Biso, edit. 1648, Hist. Nat. p. 75. 794 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, would not have been forgotten in a few villages in the depths of the forest or upon the littoral. I admit that the opinion of Garcilasso, descendant of the Incas, an author who lived frem 1530 to i568, has a certain importance when he says the natives knew the banana before the conquest. However, the expressions of another writer extremely worthy of attention, Joseph Acosta, who had been in Peru, and whom Humboldt quotes in support of Garcilasso, incline me to adopt the contrary opinion.* He says “the reason the Spaniards call it plane (for the natives had no such name) was that, as in the case of their trees, they found some resemblance between them.”+ He goes on to show how different was the plane ( Platanus) of the ancients. He describes the banana very well, and adds that the tree is very common in the Indies (ze. America), “although they (the Indians) say its origin is Ethiopia, There is a small white species of plantain (banana), very delicate, which is called the Espagnolle{ dominico. There are others coarser and larger, and of a red colour. There are none in Peru, but they are imported thither from the Indies,§ as into Mexico from Cuernavaca and the other valleys. On the conti- nent and in some of the islands there are great plantations of them which form dense thickets.” Surely it is not thus that the author would express himself were he writing of a fruit tree of American origin. He would quote American names and customs; above all, he would not say that the natives regarded it as a plant of foreign origin. Its diffusion in the warm regions of Mexico * Humboldt quotes the Spanish edition of 1608. The first edition is of 1591. Ihave only been able to consult the French translation (1598), which is apparently accurate. + Acosta, trans. lib. IV. cap. 21. + That is probably Hispaniola or San Domingo ; for if he had meant the Spanish language it would have been translated by castillan, and without the capital letter. § This is probably a misprint for Ades, for the word Indies has no sense. The work says (p. 166) that pineapples do not grow in Peru, but that they are brought thither from the Andes, and (p. 173) that the cacoa comes from the Andes. It seems to have meant hot regions. The word Andes has since been applied to the chain of mountains by a strange and unfortunate transfer, (b>) | BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., dC. 79 may well have taken place between the epoch of the conquest and the time when Acosta wrote, since Hernandez, whose conscientious researches go back to the earliest times of the Spanish dominion in Mexico (though published later in Rome) says not a word of the banana.* Prescott, the historian, saw ancient books and manuscripts which assert that the inhabitants of Tumbez brought bananas to Pizarro when he disembarked on the Peruvian coast, and he believes that its leaves were found in the huacas, but he does not give his proofs.7 As regards the argument of the modern native plantations in regions of America, remote from European settlements, I find it hard to believe that the tribes have remained absolutely isolated and have not received so useful a tree from colonized districts. Briefly, then, it appears'to me most probable that the species was early introduced by the Spanish and Portuguese into San Domingo and Brazil, and I confess that this implies that Garcilasso was in error with regard to Peruvian traditions. If, however, later research should prove that the banana existed in some parts of America, before the advent of the Europeans, I should be inclined to attribute it to a chance introduction, not very ancient, the effect of some unknown communication with the islands of the Pacific or with the coast of Guinea, rather than to believe in the primitive and simultaneous existence of the species in both hemi- spheres. The whole of geographical botany renders the latter hypothesis improbable, I might almost say impossible, to admit, especially in a genus which is not divided between the two worlds. In conclusion, I would call attention to the remarkable way in which the distribution of varieties favors the opinion of a single species—an opinion adopted, purely from the botanical point of view, by Roxburgh, Desvaux, and R. Brown, If there were two or three species, one would probably be represented by the varieties * T have read through the entire work to make sure of this fact. + Prescott, Conquest of Peru. The author has consulted valuable works ; among others, a manuscript of Montesinos of 1527; but he does not quote his authorities for each fact, and contents himself with vague and general indications which are very insufficient, 796 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, suspected of being of American origin, the other would belong, for instance, to the Malay Archipelago or to China, and the third to India. On the contrary, all the varieties are geographically intermixed, and the two, which are most widely diffused in America, differ sensibly the one from the other, and each is confounded with or approaches very nearly to Asiatic varieties.” De Candolle, Origin of Cultivated Plants, p. 304. It may throw some light on this controversy to state that we have three species of J/usa in Australia, one of which is very doubtfully separated from Musa paradisiaca, but whether they are distinct or not there can be no question that the manner in which the wild banana grows in the jungles of north-east Australia, the Malay Archipelago and the Philippines, is precisely the same. As one ascends the lower slopes of any of the mountains in the Malay Peninsula the jungle becomes almost exclusively an under- growth of wild bananas with tall forest trees overhead. I could never see any difference between this species and the mode of its occurrence, and JZ. banksit of Queensland. There are two other species in the colony, namely, WM. hilliz, and MW. fitzalant. ' It would scarcely be believed to what an extend Musa occupies the jungle in many parts of the Malay Archipelago and the Philippines, or in the latter islands its supreme importance as an article of export. There is a village in the Island of Panay in the province of Iloilo named Abaca, which, as already stated, is the native name for the banana which produces the Manila hemp. This village has been so named from the excellent quality of its hemp, which is said to be prepared by allowing the fibre to lie in sand for atime. The species has been called Musa abaca, and Musa textilis by botanists, the name Abaca belonging to the Tagalo and Visayan languages, while the Spaniards call it Arbol de Cafiamo or hemp tree. In the Calamianes group and in the Cuyos the natives meet on Sunday mornings under a clump of cocoa-nut trees, where fruits, vegetables, fish and very little poultry are offered for sale. Amongst the articles are large hanks of hemp fibre almost as fine and quite as glossy as silk. This is sold as thread, BY THE REV, J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. ood, and the natives scarcely use any other for sewing purposes. It is very tough. The finer portions of the fibre are used for weaving. A very serviceable and rather fine and glossy material is made from it, of rich golden colour and something like silk. Abaca may be said to be, next to tobacco, the most important product of the Philippines. It is far more important than cotton. The plant grows to about fourteen feet high, producing a fruit which is quite uneatable. It grows with much rapidity. Many varieties are known, according to the kind of fibre which they produce, and each has a special name. At the end of three years, when the top blackens and bends, the outward bark is stripped off. It is cut in strips, soaked and beaten till the fibres are thoroughly separated, and then it is placed in the sun, taking care that it does not get mouldy. When dried it is washed again, and then dried again and gathered into bundles, as soon as all the foliaceous portions have been detached. It is propagated by suckers, which spring up at the roots of the old plant, and planted moderately closely, so that 5,000 square yards will grow 1,000 plants. When the plant is mature the bark is stripped every month, until the plant is five or six years old, when it dies. It is not known when this culture and manufacture came to be introduced in the Philippines. Pigafetta curiously makes no mention of it, though he does mention the banana fruit and cotton. Dampier resided in Mindanao for six months in 1786, but he confounds the edible banana with that from which the hemp is obtained. He says: “ As the fruit of this tree is of great use for food, so is the body no less serviceable to make cloths, but this I never knew till L came to this island. . . . When the fruit is ripe they cut it down close by the ground, if they intend to make cloth with it. One blow with a macheat or long knife will strike it asunder: then they cut off the top, leaving the trunk eight or ten feet long, stripping off the outer rind, which is thickest towards the lower end. Having stripped two or three of these rinds, the trunk becomes in a manner all of one bigness, and of whitish colour. Then they split the trunk in the middle, which 51 798 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, being done they split the two halves again as near the middle as as they can. This they leave in the sun two or three days, in which time part of the juicy substance of the tree dries away, and then the end will appear full of small threads. The women, whose employment it is to make the cloth, take hold of these threads one by one, which rend away quite easily from one end of the trunk to the other, in bigness like whited-brown threads, for the threads are naturally of a determinate bigness. As I observed their cloth to be all of one substance and equal fineness, but it is stubborn when new—wears out soon, and when wet feels a little slimy. They make their pieces seven or eight yards long, and their warp and woof all one thickness of substance.” (Dampier’s Voyages, Vol. I. Ch. x1.) Abaca is cultivated in many provinces, but the fibre most esteemed comes from Albay in the south of Luzon, and especially from the towns of Donsol, Sorsogon, Tabaco, Camalig and Quipia. Silk is mingled with the finer kinds of fibre to produce cloths which are called Sinamay and Guinaras. The hemp banana grows in much abundance in the island of Leyte in the neighbor- hood of the towns of Maasin, Jilongas, Solmo, Carigara, Balobo, Tananan, Calvallo, Catarman, Catubic, Palapag, Besonhem, Guian, Basey, Paranas. Also Cagayan-Chico and Caminguin in the island of Misamis. The export of this material after remaining many years of no value or importance to the Spanish colonies, has at last taken its proper place, and from day to day increases prodigiously in value. This is due to the alterations of the law of export. The Americans are the principal buyers at present. 250. Musa PARADISIACA, L. 251. Musa apaca or Musa TExtI is, L. DIOSCORACE. 252. DioscorEA sativa, L. This species of yam is widely spread over East Indies and the Archipelago, extending to Australia. There are many species nearly all of which have rhizomes, that is BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 799 underground stems or branches of stems more or less tuberous, which become larger when the annual exposed part of the plant is near its decay. These rhizomes are important as articles of food. The Chinese call all yams Tai-shu or big potatoes. The Japanese name is Yama-no-imo or mountain-potato. 253. DIoscOREA TRIPHYLLA, L. 254, DioscoREA PENTAPHYLLA, L. 255. DioscorEA HIRSUTA, Blume. COMMELYNACE. 256. CoMMELYNA NuDIFLORA, L. Little blue spider-worts with nothing remarkable about them except their pretty flowers which are generally seen in marshy places. The rhizomes of many of the species contain so much starch and mucilage that they are considered nutritious articles of food when cooked. 257. COMMELYNA BENGALENSIS, L. 258. ANEILEMA NUDIFLORA, L. A widely spread species in the East extending to Australia. 259. CYANOTIS AXILLARIS, Reem. et Schult. This smooth annual with long creeping branches, and flowers in short dense spikes in a leafy bract or sheath, is common throughout all the Kast. 260. CYANoTIs CRISTATA, Roem. and Schult. PANDANACEA. 261. Panpanus oporatissimus, L. Pandan, Sabotan, Tagalo ; Daun-bagea, Malay. The well known screw pines or screw palms, of which there are no less than twenty-one species in the Indian Archi- pelago, and five in Australia, including the one mentioned above. Seven or eight are recorded in the Philippines, including the one mentioned here, which is widely spread over tropical Asia and the Malayan Archipelago. In Queensland the screw pines are called bread fruits. This may arise from the fact that the pith of P. bagea is made into a kind of bread with sugar in Amboyna, and when cooked is wholesome and palatable. The young leaves are also boiled and eaten as a vegetable, but I do not know whether this is true of more than one species. 800 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, CY PERACEAI. The following determinations of sedges, for which a most careful search was made, probably does not include all that may be found. With scarcely any exception they are common tropical forms widely diffused through the East and often in Africa and America :— 262. KYLLINGA INTERMEDIA, R. Br. 263. KYLLINGA MONOCEPHALA, Rottboell. 264. KYLLINGA TRICEPS, Rottboell. 265. CyPERUS PUMILUs, L. 266. CypERUS GLoBosus, All. 267. CyPERUS FLAvIComus, Mich, 268. CypERUS PyGmaus, Rottb. 269. CYypPERUS RoTUNDUS, L. 270. CYPERUS EXALTATUS, Retz. 271. H&LEOCHARIS VARIEGATA, Kunth. 272. FIMBRISTYLIS ACUMINATA, Vahl. 273. FIMBRISTYLIs NUTANS, Vahl. 274. Scirpus FLUITANS, L. 275. Scirpus crossus, L. 276. RHYNCHOSPORA AUREA, Vahl. 277. CLADIUM MARIscus, R. Br. 278. SCLERIA SCROBICULATA, Nees (?). 279. CAREX BENGALENSIS, Roxb. GRAMINACEA. With regard to the grasses, I have the same remark to make as in the case of the sedges. Careful and extensive collections were made for me, but I do not suppose they include all to be found in BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C 801 the island, though the list is larger than that of Seiior Centeno. At the time of my second visit, every bit of grass was burnt off the island. I do not include all the cultivated species or varieties. For instance there are said to be nearly fifty species or varieties of Rice (Oryza). 280. Zea Mays, L. An American plant which came to Europe through the Spaniards, but had been previously cultivated in China. Still all this is a matter of much controversy, for which see Bonafous, Histoire Naturelle Agric. and Economique du Mais, 1 vol. fol. Paris et Turin, 1886; see, also, De Candolle, loc. cit. The leaves of the maize plant are capable of yielding a nutritive substance or bread-stuff for human food, a fibrous material capable of being spun and woven like flax, and ultimately a pulp from which a most beautiful paper can be produced. So strong and durable is maize paper, and so great its natural transparency and firmness, that it can be used as an excellent substitute for glass in windows. Lately Stigmata maidis have enjoyed much repute as a remedy in nephritic disorders. 281. BAMBUSA ARUNDINACEA, Retz. Besides several other species or varieties of bamboo. 282. Oryza sativa, L. Malay, Bras; Visayan, Bogas, besides many other terms. 283. PaspaALUM pDIsTIcHuM, L. 284. PANICUM SANGUINALE, L. 285. Pawicum FLAvipuM, Retz. 286. Panicum DIsTacHyuM, L. 287. PANICUM CRUS-GALLI, L. 288. PaNICUM REPENS, L. 289. SeTarIA GLAUCA, Beauv. 290. Lappaco RACEMOsA, Willd 802 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 291. HEreropoGon contortTus, Rem. and Schult. 292. IscH#MUM CILIARE, Retz. 293. IscH#muM MuUTIcUM, L. 294. ANDROPOGON SERICEUS, R. Br. 295. ANDROPOGON SCH@NANTHUS, L. 296. ImMPERATA ARUNDINACEA, Cyrillo, This is the common jungle grass or lalang of the Malay Peninsula. 297. CHRYSOPOGON GRYLLUS, Trinus. 298. CHRYSOPOGON ACICULATUS, Trinus. 299. SorGHUM HALEPENSE, Pers. Probably an escape from cultivation. 300. ANTHISTIRIA CILIATA, L. 301. ARISTIDA DEPRESSA, Retz. 302. CuLoris TRuNCATA, R. Br. 303. CHLORIS BARBATA, Schwartz. 304. CynopoNn DACTYLON, Pers. 305. LEePTocHLOA CHINENSIS, Nees. 306. SporopoLus 1NDIcus, R. Br. 307. ERAGROSTIS TENELLA, Beauv. 308. Eracrostis pLumosa, Link. 309. ERAGROSTIS PILOSA, Beauv. FILICES. 310. GLEICHENIA FLAGELLARIS, Spreng. 311. GLEICHENIA DIcHOTOMA, Willd. 312. HyMENOPHYLLUM POLYANTHUS, Swartz. 313. HyMENOPHYLLUM JAVANICUM, Spreng. 314. old: 316. ST: 318, 319. 320. of old 321. 322. 323. found BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 803 TRICHOMANES PARVULUM, Poiret, or SAXIFRAGOIDES, Presl. DAVALLIA cILIATA, Hooker. DAVALLIA VEsTITA, Bl. ADIANTUM LUNULATUM, Burm. ADIANTUM cauUDATUM, L. CHEILANTHES TENUIFOLIA, Sw. OnycHiIumM AauRatUM, Kaulf. Very common in crevices walls and rocks about Manila. PTERIS LONGIFOLIA, L. PTERIS CRETICA, L. PTERIS ENSIFORMIS, Burm. . PTERIS QUADRIAURITA, Retz. ). PTERIS AQuUILINA, L. Preris 1ncisa, Thunb. Some small young plants which I growing in cavernous crevices near Point Calavita, I doubtfully refer to this species, bat it much resembled specimens which I have found under similar conditions in Australia. 327. 328. 329. 330. Jol. 332. 333. BLECHNUM ORIENTALE, L. ASPLENIUM ESCULENTUM, Presl. ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM, Sw. PoLYPODIUM SIMPLICIFOLIUM, Hook. POLYPODIUM QUERCIFOLIUM, L. (?) PoLyPoDIUM HOOKERI, Bracken. VITTARIA ELONGATA, Sw. DRYMOGLOSSUM PILOSELLOIDES, Presl. ACROSTICUM AUREUM, L. ACROSTICUM CONFORME, Sw. . LYGODIUM DICHOTOMUM, Sw. 804 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, Besides the above, collections were made of a few fungi, lichens, and mosses, but they have not been determined. The flora enumerated above is a singular one, as it is almost entirely confined to the common weeds of the Indian Archipelago, and plants brought into the island for cultivation and becoming naturalized. It is interesting, however, to observe what a very large proportion of these are plants which contain some useful or highly ornamental properties. Truly it may be said of the oriental flora that there is scarcely anything in the vegetable kingdom which is entirely useless or unimportant. The flora of the Taal volcano may be described as almost a derived one, due of course, to the fact that it has been over and over again destroyed by the eruptions of the mountain, and it is only those plants with facilities for spreading themselves which have had time to estab- lish themselves on the slopes of the volcano. Though the flora of the Philippine Islands is not in general different from the Malay Archipelago, yet it has features of its own, none of which are visible at Taal. The last eruption has probably destroyed most of the species collected by the Spanish botanist and myself, and subsequent observers will find an entirely new flora. In addition to the list given above I find the following species amongst my collection with no locality mentioned on them. They may have come from the mainland about Tanauan :—J/usticia mollissima, Wall; J. gendarussa, L. ; J. procumbens, L.; J. diffusa, Willd. ; and J. dichotoma, Bl.— All Philippine but not at Manila ; Asystasia coromandeliana, DC., wild in Mariquina, Luzon ; Acanthus tlicifolius in estuaris ubique ; Crossandra infundibuli- formis, DC., a pretty little acanthad with salmon-coloured blossoms, cultivated much in Hong-kong, not common as an escape, and can hardly be said to be naturalized ; Rhinacanthus communis, and some others. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., dC. 805 FISHES. During my short stay in the neighborhood of the lake of _Bombon I had no opportunities for the collection of fishes. All I could do was to visit the fishermen’s boats and see the kinds offered for sale. The number of species was not numerous, and those I could obtain a sight of, circumstances prevented me from subjecting to a careful examination or comparison. I believe amongst a number that I could not identify with the aid of the books at my disposal, the following common and widely-distributed Indian species were provisionally identified, Lutranus sonni, Bloch. Manpbus MARMOoRATUS, Cuy. and Val. Srittaco stH#ama, Bloch. Lake Bombon. PoLYNEMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Shaw. PLATYCEPHALUS INSIDIATOR, Forskal. Oronrrnus ARGENTIUS, Kuhl and van Hasselt. PRISTIPOMA COMMERSONI, Lacep. PRIsTIPOMA NIGRUM, Mertens. ANABAS SCANDENS, Daldorf. OPHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch. MuGiL cepHaLotus, Cuv. and Val. Mueit cuNNEsIUS, Cuv. and Val. ELACATE BIVITTATA, Cuv. and Val. CARANX LEPTOLEPIS, Kuhl and van Hasselt. CARANX NIGRIPES, Cuv. and Val. Srromateus NIGER, Bloch. This is the pomfret, a highly prized fish in the Straits of Malacca ; in fact the Europeans do not care to consume many others. 806. ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, DREPANE PuNCTATA, Linn. PLATAX VESPERTILIO, Bloch. ARIUS THALASSINUS, Rupp. CALICHROUS BIMACULATUS, Bloch. PLorosus ANGULARIS, Bioch. CLARIAS DUSsUMIERI, Cuv. and Val. If I am right in this identification this is a common fish in the ditches and streams about Manila, and may be the species which is consumed in such numbers in the Laguna de Bay. It is called by the natives Candolia. NoropreRvUs KAPIRAT, Lacep. MUR#NESOX CINEREUS, Forskal. HISTIOPHORUS BREVIROSTRIS, Playfair. EcuHINEIS NEUCRATES, Linn. ANTENNARIUS NUMMIFER, Cuv. On floating sea-weed outside the Bay of Taal. TRYGON waLGA, Mull. Besides sharks, eels, pipe-flshes, sea-horses, file-flshes, coffer- fishes, globe-fishes, &c. On one day we passed through a shoal of what appeared to be herrings in leaving the anchorage. Flying fish were also numerous. A good work on the ichthyology of the Philippines is a great desideratum in natural history. At present scarcely anything is known. No doubt the fish fauna belongs generally to the Indian region, but seeing how many peculiar forms have been revealed by the French naturalists in Cochin China, we might well expect similar and important results from a study of those of this interesting Archipelago. The fish fauna is particularly rich, like that of all islands surrounded by a deep sea and a coral formation. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 807 MOLLUSCA.. This list is meant to include only the freshwater mollusca found within the lake or the river Pansipit. 1. Cyrena suB-orBIcuLARIS, Van d. Busch; Philippi, Abbil- -dungen und Beschr. neuer Conch. Bd. III. p. 77, pl. 11, fig. 1., 1849. A somewhat solid sub-orbicular shell, with a distinct posterior undulation extending from the umbones to the margin. It is covered with an olive-green, shining, neat periostraca, which projects in concentric asperities along the lines of growth, which are crowded. It is not much eroded, and has altogether a cleaner appearance than most members of the genus. Very common in all the ditches and stagnant waters about Manila, Laguna de Bay, &e. 2. CorBICULA CROSSEANA, Petit. A small tumid shell with regular rounded sulcations, covered with a brownish olive perios- traca, underneath which the shell is purple, especially at the umbones, where it is eroded. The transverse ribs between the sulci are rounded. The enormous quantities of this mollusk are indescribable. Along the river Pasig there are duck farms extending for many miles on both banks, and maintaining hun- dreds of thousands of ducks. They are almost entirely fed on the river mollusca, and principally on this Corbicula. At Los Bafios, in the Laguna de Bay, where the boiling springs from Maquilin empty themselves into the lake, there are large heaps of these shells destroyed by the hot water, together with a Paludina to be mentioned presently. The lake mollusks are also sold in the markets as food for fowls. They are brought down in bags by the passenger steamers which ply upon the lake. Nevertheless, there seems no diminution of the supply ; in fact, this continued clearing off of the surplusage would seem to have a happy effect in giving room for the fullest development of the young mollusks. I have been informed that the supply, if any thing, is increasing. 808 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL, 3. NERITINA DUBIA, Chemnitz, V. 324, figs. 2019 and 2020, and (according to Wood’s Index Testaceologicus) WV. dubiosa, 244 5. NV. Philippinarum, Sowerby ; WN. reticulata, Quoy ; NV. zebroides, Lesson, teste Récluz. This Veritina varies between shining black with minute yellow spots or yellow zigzag diagonal markings, and a distinctly banded form of a great variety of patterns and colours, such as yellow and black, yellow and red, and in the centre of the red lines a black band with minute chevrons. There are also black and white shells of a broad zebra pattern. The aperture is obliquely produced, the columella is broadly enamelled with white, and furnished with minute teeth. The operculum of one large spiral like an argonaut shell with a central ridge, rugose lines of growth and no granulations. On the inner side it is polished, has a broad ridge which terminates spirally in two prominently projecting claws. Found abundantly in one place only on the sands at the exit of the river Pansipit. 4. PALUDINA TRICARINATA, Anton. A diaphanous olive-brown shell, elongately turbinate, slightly umbilicate with a pale blue columella. The whorls have three distinct sharp keels, with several smaller intermediate ones and a channel suture. Large quantities of this shell are found in all the rivers and streams of the Philippines. It is a type which belongs to the Asiatic tropical regions, and though several species have been distinguished on minor features, yet they pass into one another in a way that renders identification almost impossible. Generally speaking, all the specimens are distinctly tricarinate, but the intermediate keels vary in their prominence and importance, so that it becomes a matter of opinion whether there are three, four, five, or more. There are considerable numbers—as already stated—at Los Batios killed by the hot water, and there are others of the same type showing certain variations in the River Pansipit, and along the small streams emptying into the Laguna de Bombon. 5, MELANIA ASPERA, Gmelin. A peculiar, somewhat short species, with distinct tubercles on the upper margin of the whorl, BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.8., dc. 809 besides having numerous granular sulci all over the shell. There is an unmistakable figure of this little species in Wood’s Index Testaceologicus, Pl. 34, Fig. 131, Hanley’s Edition, London, 1856. The species is common throughout the rivers and streams of the Philippines. 6. Mexanra FuscaTA, Born. {eseneenee aes 30. BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 873 29, First and second lines slender................ 76. insperata &. First and second lines broad.................. 77. pieroides &. 30. Second line of forewings whitish............ 31. Second line of forewings not whitish........ 33. 31. Forewings with a dark green discal dot.... 52. neptunus. Forewings without a dark green discal dot 32. 32. Forewings with first line absent .....,.. ... 41. stereota. Forewings with first line distinct............ 33. 33. First line of forewings sharply hooked in- wards at upper extremity............... 40. lewcochorda. First line of forewings straight............... 39. hypsithrona. 34, Hindmargin of hindwings strongly bent in middle..... PRIS sae SE SOL 3, 51. centrophylla. Hindmargin of hindwings rounded........... 50. asemanta. Jd. CLOWN, CYINISON 1 ETONG. scene occescrceoses oe 36. Crown whalllyoreenhi.sncsdscereas esate sc dene die 38. 36, Cilia whitish-ochreous at base.........2.00008 58. dichloraria. Cilia wholly pale crimson...............0c0008 37. 37. Thorax and abdomen with a yellow dorsal TMG Maes itiioe ssobiisas ences ona waraiteaseisstve's 59. vertumnaria. Thorax and abdomen without a yellow dor- BEUPLIMG eistiee ia bh apewecess AAs A otht beanless 60. externa. 38. Cilia of forewings green at base............05 39. Cilia of forewings not green at base......... 42. Oo, 7 Ebi alippinigss NAGS! 5, sare cloab die cade alelaodoi 40. Eland ying CMESM ae 2540 doves dan dois mad sje am 41. 40. Lines of forewings white, distinct ...... ... 38. meandraria. Lines of forewings absent........... Se etry 45. ochthaula. 41. Hindwings with hindmargin _ strongly rounded... Ase edn Pekuae ie. . 57. monocyma. Hindwings with hindmargin obtusely bent in qaidadle? t..10) .WIPAe. RUIGA ll 78 42. Face white, forehead ferruginous............ 48. Face wholly reddish-fuscous.................+ 47. . byrsopis. citrolimbaria. halochlora. 874 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 38. Lod. meandraria, Gn. (Iodis meandraria, Gn. ix, 355.) SQ. 26-27 mm. Face and fillet orange, crown green. Palpi orange, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 8. Thorax green, slightly hairy beneath. (Abdomen broken.) Legs green above, white beneath, anterior femora and base of coxze: with orange streaks, anterior tibie and tarsi orange above, posterior tibie in g not thickened. Forewings with costa moderately arched, hindmargin oblique, faintly sinuate ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or from point with 9, 11 anastomosing or connected by bar with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green, costal edge orange; lines moderate, snow-white, margined with rather darker green, parallel, discal third curved outwards ; first from beneath middle of costa to 4} of inner margin, second from costa near apex to 2 of inner margin: cilia green, tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin strongly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point or stalked ; white; a curved second line indicated, only by very faint greenish margins ; cilia green, tips whitish. Hobart, Tasmania ; two specimens. 39. Tod. hypsithrona, un. sp. Q. 26 mm. Head bluish-green, fillet white. Palpi whitish- green, terminal joint short. Antenne white. Thorax bluish- green, thinly hairy beneath. Abdomen green-whitish. Legs whitish, anterior pair ochreous-tinged above, anterior cox green. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin rather oblique, hardly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 1] anastomo- sing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green ; lines moderate, white, ill-defined, rather irregular; first from middle of disc to middle of inner margin ; second from beneath costa at }# to } of inner margin, tending to form spots on veins, rather sinuate inwards near inner margin: cilia pale green, tips whitish. Hind- wings with hindmargin strongly rounded, slightly bent on vein 4 ; BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 875 3 and 4 short-stalked ; pale whitish-green, becoming white at base and towards costa anteriorly ; a moderate ill-defined curved white line at 3; cilia whitish-green, tips whitish. Mount Kosciusko (5000 feet), New South Wales ; one specimen in January. 40. Lod. lewcochorda, n. sp. 6. 28mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green, terminal joint short. Antennz white, pectinations 6. Thorax bluish- green, thinly hairy beneath. Abdomen white, narrowly pale greenish on back. Legs white, anterior and middle coxe green, anterior femora ochreous with a green streak above, anterior tibize and tarsi ochreous, posterior tibiz rather thickened, with groove containing pencil of whitish hairs. Forewings with costa moderately arched, hindmargin rather oblique, hardly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green ; costal edge narrowly ochreous-white from before middle to apex; lines narrow, white, well-defined ; first from above middle of disc to } of inner margin, slightly sinuate, upper extremity with a short projection inwards, forming an acute hook ; second from beneath costa at } to inner margin beyond 2, slightly irregular : cilia green, tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin strongly rounded, slightly bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 stalked ; pale whitish-green, becoming white towards costa; a narrow rather irregular curved white line about 2 ; cilia whitish- green, tips white. Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in December. 41, Lod. stereota, n. sp. SQ. 28-33 mm. Head green, fillet whitish-ochreous. Palpi pale green, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 6, inner series green. Thorax bluish-green, with a central whitish- ochreous line not reaching anterior margin, rather hairy beneath. Abdomen white, somewhat mixed with pale green. Legs white, more or less pale green above, posterior tibie in ¢ rather 876 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, thickened, with groove containing pencil of whitish hairs. Fore- wings with costa gently arched, hindmargin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anasto- mosing with 12 and sometimes afterwards with 10 ; bluish-green ; costa narrowly whitish-ochreous; a narrow straight white line from beneath costa at } to 3 of inner margin: cilia green, terminal half white. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; pale bluish-green, becoming more whitish towards base ; a narrow somewhat irregular rather curved whitish line about $5; cilia green, terminal half white. Melbourne, Victoria ; two specimens in October. 42. Tod. fugitivaria, Gn. (lodis fugitivaria, Gn. ix, 354; J. intacta, Walk. 545; J. obliquissima, ib. 546.) dg. 28-29 mm. Face light brown, with some green marginal scales, fillet white, crown green. Palpi green, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 4. Thorax bluish-green, rather hairy beneath. Abdomen white, slightly mixed with pale greenish. Coxe and femora green, tibize and tarsi whitish- ochreous, posterior tibize not thickened. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green ; a moderate slightly outwards-curved white line from beneath costa near apex to 3 of inner margin: cilia light bluish-green. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; white, very slightly greenish-tinged ; a very faint bent greenish line about 3; a pale green hindmarginal line ; cilia pale whitish-green. Melbourne, Victoria ; Blue Tiers, Tasmania ; three specimens. 43. Tod. gratiosata, Gn. (Nemoria gratiosata, Gn. ix, 351, pl. xvii, 1.) g. 26 mm. Head and palpi orange. Antenne reddish- ochreous. Thorax green. Abdomen ochreous-yellowish. Legs BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 877 dark crimson-fuscous. | Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; emerald- green ; costa narrowly ochreous-yellow ; a nearly straight snow- white line from near costa at { to near inner margin at ?: o cilia emerald-green. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 3and 4 from a point; bright ochreous-yellow ; cilia ochreous- yellow. Victoria and Tasmania; two specimens (Coll. Simson and Lucas). 44, Tod. beryllina, n. sp. Q. 23mm. Head deep orange, face with a green linear mark on each side, fillet whitish-ochreous, crown with two green dots. Palpi orange, terminal joint short. Antenne whitish-ochreous. Thorax emerald-green, shoulders orange, beneath with a few hairs. Abdomen white. Legs fuscous-crimson, beneath ochreous-white, anterior cox green, posterior legs crimson-whitish. Forewings with costa hardly arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; emerald-green ; costal edge ochreous-yellow : cilia pale whitish-green. Hindwings with hindmargin irregularly rounded, bent on vein 4 ; 3 and 4 separate ; whitish-green, becoming white towards costa anteriorly ; cilia pale whitish-green. Geraldton, West Australia ; one specimen in November. 45. Iod. ochthaula, n. sp. SQ. 20-22 mm. Face light brown, fillet whitish-ochreous, crown pale green, postorbital rims white. Palpi light brown, terminal joint short. Antenne whitish-ochreous, pectinations 5. Thorax green, thinly hairy beneath. Abdomen white. Legs white, anterior pair brownish above, posterior tibiz not thickened. Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 56 878 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 12 and then with 10; yellowish-green; costal edge whitish- ochreous except towards base and apex: cilia green, terminal half white. Hindwings with hindmargin unevenly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate; white, faintly greenish-tinged ; cilia greenish- white. Carnarvon, West Australia ; three specimens in October ; appears to be attached to Hucalyptus. 46, Lod. pyropa, n. sp. 6. 23-26 mm. Head orange, fillet ochreous-white. Palpi orange, terminal joint short. Antennze ochreous-whitish, pectina- tions 8. Thorax light bluish-green, shoulders orange, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen white. Legs fuscous-carmine, anterior coxee green, posterior legs ochreous-whitish, tibize not thickened. Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin somewhat oblique, rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anasto- mosing with 12 and then with 10; light bluish-green ; costal edge light ochreous-yellowish: cilia pale bluish-green. Hindwings with hindmargin unevenly rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate ; green-whitish ; cilia green-whitish, base greener. Perth, West Australia ; two specimens in November. 47. Lod. halochlora, n. sp. g. 23mm. Face reddish-fuscous, fillet and postorbital rims white, crown pale green. Palpi carmine, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 5. Thorax whitish-green, rather hairy beneath. Abdomen white, towards base pale whitish-green. Legs carmine, beneath white, posterior pair wholly white, tibiz somewhat thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs. Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin somewhat oblique, almost straight; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from point with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12; whitish-green; costal edge whitish-ochreous : cilia whitish-ochreous, at apex carmine-tinged, BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 879 round anal angle white. Hindwings with hindmargin rather abruptly rounded on vein 6, thence almost straight ; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; whitish-green, base paler ; cilia white. Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen in October. 48. Tod. citrolimbaria, Gn. (Chlorochroma citrolimbaria, Gn. ix, 366.) “to. 25mm. Face white, forehead ferruginous, fillet pale yellow, crown green. Antenne yellow. Thorax green with a yellow dorsal line. Forewings bluish-green ; costa and cilia pale yellow. Hindwings bluish-green ; cilia pale yellow” (Guénée). I have no reason to doubt that the above description indicates a species different from any I have seen, probably from Tasmania or South Australia. 49. Tod. melocrossa, n. sp. (Chlorochroma citrolimbaria, Walk. 562, (nec. Gn.).) 6. 24mm. Head deep ferruginous-red, fillet white. Antenne white. Thorax and abdomen green, with a pale yellow dorsal line not reaching anterior margin of thorax. Forewings with costa hardly arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, somewhat oblique ; green ; costal edge reddish-ochreous ; hindmarginal line and cilia light ochreous-yellow. Hindwings with hindmargin moderately rounded ; colour and cilia as in forewings. Tasmania. I have only seen the single British Museum specimen, from which the above description is drawn; I do not think Walker can have been right in identifying it as the preceding species. 50. Lod. asemanta, n. sp. g.19-21mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi whitish-green, terminal joint short. Antennz ochreous-white, pectinations 4. 880 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, Thorax bluish-green, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen bluish- green, on sides white. Legs pale green, beneath white, posterior pair wholly white, tibie rather thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs. Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin rather oblique, almost straight ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 from point with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 ; bluish-green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, extreme edge sometimes carmine ; a faint darker green discal dot : cilia light green, tips whitish. Hind- wings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; bluish-green ; a faint darker green discal dot ; hardly perceptible traces of a paler dentate line at 3; cilia light green, tips whitish. Carnarvon, West Australia ; two specimens in October. 51. Lod. centrophylla, n. sp. G. 22-25 mm. Head bluish-green, fillet white. Palpi green, terminal joint moderate. Antenne white, pectinations 6. Thorax bluish-green, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen bluish-green, sides white. Legs white, anterior pair green above, middle pair greenish-tinged, posterior tibie not thickened. Forewings with costa moderately arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point or short-stalked, 6 separate or out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green, thinly irrorated with olive-green ; costal edge yellow-ochreous; lines slender, subdentate, slightly darker olive-green, obsolete near costa ; first from } of costa to ? of inner margin; second from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, rather curved outwards on upper 3 ; a deep green discal dot: cilia bluish-green, terminal half white. Hindwings with hindmargin strongly bent and slightly projecting angularly on vein 4; 3 and 4 stalked; colour, discal dot, second line, and cilia as in forewings, but second line more curved. Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; George’s Bay, Tasmania ; in November and December, three specimens. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 881 52, Lod. neptunus, Butl. (Chlorochroma neptunus, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 435.) Q. 26 mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green. Antenne white. ‘Thorax green. Abdomen green, sides white. Anterior legs yellow-ochreous, coxze green. Forewings bluish-green ; costal edge ochreous-white ; lines slender, slightly waved, whitish ; first hardly traceable ; second from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin, almost straight ; a dark green transverse discal dot: cilia green, tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent ; colour, discal dot, second line, and cilia as in forewings, but second line curved, Queensland. I have described the British Museum type, which is the only one I have seen. 53. Lod. inchoata, Walk. (Chlorochroma inchoata, Walk. 563.) Q. 21-25 mm. Head green, fillet white (face partly brownish %). Forewings green; costa narrowly whitish : cilia yellowish-white. 5° 5 ) yw ly Y Hindwings green ; cilia yellowish-white. Said to be from New South Wales. I have described the two specinens in the British Museum, which appear to be a good and distinct species, but the head is in bad condition. 54. Lod. carenaria, Gn. (Chlorochroma carenaria, Gn. ix, 366.) SQ. 36mm. Face brownish-red, fillet and crown pale yellow. Palpi brownish-red, beneath and at base yellow, terminal joint short. Antenne pale yellow, pectinations reddish-tinged. Thorax green, posteriorly with a pale yellow dorsal line. Abdomen green, with a pale yellowish dorsal line, sides and apex white. Legs 882 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, ochreous, beneath whitish, anterior coxee and anterior and middle femora reddish-ochreous, posterior legs ochreous-white, tibie in ¢ not thickened. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin oblique, hardly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 separate ; green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, base ferruginous ; first line straight, whitish, not reaching costa ; second line whitish, slightly curved, not dentate, from near costa at # to 2 of inner margin : cilia pale yellowish, pinkish-tinged. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 stalked ; colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings, but second line more irregular and sinuous. Probably from South-East Australia. The above description is gathered from information supplied by M. Ragonot, who at my request kindly examined Guénée’s type in the National Museum at Paris ; it appears to be undoubtedly a distinct species. 55. Lod. submissaria, Walk. (Geometra submissaria, Walk. 529; Chlorochroma carenaria, ib, 562 (nec Gn.).) SQ. 24-29 mm. Face deep ferruginous, fillet white, crown ochreous-yellow or ferruginous. Palpi ochreous-yellow, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 7. Thorax green, posteriorly with a whitish-ochreous dorsal line, shoulders ochreous- yellow, beneath somewhat hairy. Abdomen green, with a whitish- ochreous dorsal line, sides whitish-ochreous, apex white. Legs fuscous, beneath whitish, anterior cox and anterior and middle femora orange, posterior legs ochreous-white, tibize not thickened. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, base ferruginous; first line sometimes very faintly indicated ; second line indistinct or obsolete, slender, whitish, dentate, slightly curved, from towards costa at } to 3 of inner margin: cilia ochreous-white, base greenish-tinged. Hind- wings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 from a point ; colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 883 Deloraine, Tasmania; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; in November and December, four specimens. 56. Lod. argocnemis, n. sp. dg. 24mm. Face deep ferruginous, fillet white, crown light yellow-ochreous, its anterior edge ferruginous. Palpi light ochreous- yellowish, terminal joint very short, ferruginous. Antenne whitish, pectinations 7, inner series crimson-tinged. Thorax bluish-green, on posterior half with a whitish-ochreous dorsal line, shoulders narrowly ochreous-yellow, beneath slightly hairy. Ab- domen white, basal half green on back, with an ochreous-yellow dorsal line throughout. Anterior legs fuscous-crimson, cox silvery-white, with outer side ochreous, towards base green ; middle femora crimson-whitish, tibize fuscous-crimson, tarsi light ochreous ; posterior legs ochreous-whitish, femora silvery-white, tibize not dilated. Forewings with costa hardly arched, hind- margin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish- green ; costa narrowly whitish-ochreous, base ferruginous: cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with bindmargin rounded, slightly bent on vein 45 3 and 4 separate; colour and cilia as in forewings. Perth, West Australia ; one specimen in November. 57. Lod. monocyma, n. sp. Q.25 mm. Face pinkish-fuscous, fillet ochreous-white, crown light green. Palpi white, towards apex pinkish, terminal joint short. Antenne ochreous-whitish, beneath ferruginous, Thorax pale green, beneath slightly hairy. Abdomen white, on back pale greenish. Legs whitish, anterior pair above dull fuscous-carmine. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 12; pale yellowish-green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, rosy- tinged ; a very faint irregular paler line from beneath costa at ? to inner margin at ?: cilia whitish-green, tips more whitish. 884 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, Hindwings with hindmargin strongly rounded; veins 3 and 4 stalked ; colour and cilia asin forewings ; a faint pale irregular line about 3, angulated in middle, Carnarvon, West Australia ; one specimen in October. 58. od. dichloraria, Gn. (Chlorochroma dichloraria, Gn. ix, 365, pl. vi, 8.) SQ. 21-27 mm. Face deep crimson or fuscous-crimson, fillet ochreous-white, crown crimson in front, green behind. Palpi fuscous-crimson, base ochreous-whitish, terminal joint rather short. Antenne ochreous-white, pectinations 7, inner series somewhat crimson-tinged. Thorax green, posterior half with an ochreous-yellow dorsal line, shoulders more or less crimson-tinged, beneath somewhat hairy. Abdomen green, with a pale ochreous- yellow dorsal line, apex and sides white. Legs fuscous-crimson, beneath white, posterior pair ochreous-white, posterior tibie in ¢ thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs. Fore- wings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin soméwhat oblique, hardly rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anasto- mosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green; costa narrowly pale yellow-ochreous, base crimson ; lines very slender, dentate, whitish-ochreous ; first from beneath costa at } to ? of inner margin ; second from beneath costa at } to 3 of inner margin, hardly curved: cilia whitish-ochreous, terminal half whitish- crimson. Hindwings with hindmargin rather bent on vein 4 ; 3 and 4 separate or short-stalked ; colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings. Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales; Launceston, Tas- mania ; from September to December, rather common, frequenting Acacia decurrens, on which the larva feeds. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 885 59. Tod. vertumnaria, Gn. (Chlorochroma vertumnaria, Gn. ix, 365; C. congenita, Walk. 564.) GQ. 26-29 mm. Face crimson, fillet white, crown crimson in front, green behind. Palpi crimson, terminal joint short. Antenne ochreous-whitish, pectinations 7, inner series crimson- tinged. Thorax green, posterior half with an ochreous-yellowish dorsal line, shoulders narrowly crimson, beneath slightly hairy. Abdomen green, with a pale ochreous-yellowish dorsal line, apex and sides white. Legs crimson, posterior pair white, tibize in ¢ somewhat thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, hardly rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12; bluish-green; costa narrowly pale ochreous-yellowish, costal edge crimson ; lines very faintly paler, dentate, first from beneath costa at + to ; of inner margin, second from beneath costa at 3 to 3 of inner margin ; an indistinct darker green discal dot: cilia pale crimson, with cloudy fuscous dots on veins. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, slightly bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 from a point; colour, discal dot, second line, and cilia as in forewings. Sydney, New South Wales; George’s Bay, Tasmania; in December and June, three specimens. 60. Lod. externa, Walk. (Chlorochroma externa, Walk. 564.) g. 25-28 mm. Head crimson, fillet ochreous-white, back of crown narrowly green. Palpi crimson, terminal joint short. Antenne white, partially crimson-tinged, pectinations 6, inner series more or less crimson. Thorax green, shoulders crimson, beneath somewhat hairy. Abdomen green, apex and sides white. Legs crimson, posterior pair white, tibiee in ¢ thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs. Forewings with costa 886 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, gently arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12; bluish-green ; costa narrowly whitish-ochreous, costal edge crimson, at base and towards apex wholly crimson ; lines slender, whitish, indistinct, dentate ; first from beneath costa at 1 to2of inner margin, second from beneath costa at ~ to Ror inner margin ; a moderate black discal dot ; a fine ochreous-white hindmarginal line : cilia light crimson, with more or less distinct blackish dots on veins. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, slightly bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked; colour, discal dot, second and hindmarginal lines, and cilia as in forewings. Bathurst, New South Wales; Deloraine, Tasmania ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; in November and December, four speci- mens. 61. Lod. cadmaria, Gn. (Chlorochroma cadmaria, Gn. ix, 365 ; C. vulnerata, Butl., Ann. Mag. 1882, 91.) GQ. 21-23 mm. Head crimson, fillet white. Palpi crimson, terminal joint short. Antenne ochreous-white, pectinations 6, inner series crimson. Thorax green, shoulders crimson, beneath slightly hairy. Abdomen green, apex and sides white. Legs crimson, posterior pair whitish, tibie in ¢ not thickened. Fore- wings with costa hardly arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 11 free or anastomosing with 12; bluish-green ; an ill-defined crimson costal streak, costal edge white except towards base and apex ; lines whitish or pale reddish, indistinct, slender, dentate ; first about 4, second from beneath costa at ¢ to 3 of inner margin ; a small reddish or fuscous discal dot, sometimes obsolete: cilia light crimson. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings ; a small fuscous-crimson discal spot, edged obscurely with whitish. Sydney and Bathurst, New South Wales ; Hobart, Tasmania ; Mount Lofty, South Australia; in November and March, five specimens. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 887 62. Lod. ocyptera, n. sp, GQ. 25-33 mm. Face deep ferruginous, becoming deep green on lower margin, fillet ochreous-white, crown green, postorbital rims white. Palpi white, upper surface green, terminal joint moderate or rather elongate. Antenne whitish-ochreous, pectina- tions 7. Thorax green, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen green, sides and apex white. Anterior legs deep fuscous-red, coxee pale green ; middle legs light reddish ; posterior legs white, tibiee in ¢ scarcely thickened (apparently grooved), tarsi reddish-tinged, Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 11 free ; bluish-green, with numerous short transverse faint paler strigul ; costal edge whitish-ochreous ; a very faintly indicated whitish line from towards costa at § to green, tips paler. Hindwings with hindmargin moderately rounded ; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, strigulation, and cilia as in forewings. of inner margin: cilia Cs|bo Carnarvon and Geraldton, West Australia; in October and November, rather common, frequenting a leaf-bearing species of Hakea (Proteacec). 63. Lod. semicrocea, Walk. (Geometra semicrocea, Walk. 528; Chlorochroma intermixta, ib. 563; C. decisissima, ib. 564.) SQ. 28-33 mm. Head green, fillet and postorbital rims white. Palpi ochreous-whitish, terminal joint in ¢ moderate, in Q long. Antenne whitish, pectinations 6. Thorax green, moderately hairy beneath. Abdomen green, sides and apex broadly white. Anterior legs pale reddish, cox pale green ; middle legs reddish-whitish ; posterior legs whitish, tibiz in ¢ thickened, with groove contain- ing pencil of hairs, tarsi ochreous-tinged. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or out of 9, 11 free or connected at a point with 12; bluish-green ; a narrow ochreous-white costal 888 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, streak ; a faint dentate slender ochreous-whitish line from 2 of costa to 3 of inner margin: cilia whitish or pale reddish, basal half darker fuscous-crimson. Hindwings with hindmargin some- what rounded, obtusely bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked : colour, line, and cilia as in forewings, but line rather curved. Glen Innes (3500 feet) and Sydney, New South Wales ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; in September and December, four speci- mens. 64. Lod. albicosta, Wall. (Geometra albicosta, Walk. 529.) Q. 32mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi with terminal joint moderately long. Thorax green. Abdomen green, apex white. Forewings with costa and hindmargin hardly rounded ; bluish-green, with numerous minute transverse whitish strigulee ; costa white: cilia whitish. Hindwings with colour, strigule, and cilia as in forewings. Probably from East Australia. I have described Walker’s type, and have seen no other. 65. Lod. owycentra, n. sp. dg. 24mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green, towards base whitish, terminal joint short. Antenne pale reddish, stalk white towards base. Thorax green. Abdomen green, sides and apex white, in ¢ with a tuft of hairs at base beneath Legs white, anterior pair reddish-ochreous, posterior tibiee in 6 thick- ened, with groove containing pencil of hairs, tarsi short. Fore- wings with costa somewhat arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 free; rather bright green ; a narrow snow-white costal streak from near base to apex, costal edge posteriorly whitish-ochreous ; first line repre- sented by three minute white dots; a black discal dot; an irregular series of minute white dots on veins from ? of costa to ? of inner margin ; a fine dark fuscous-reddish hindmarginal line, BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 889 interrupted by minute white dots on veins: cilia white, slightly yellowish-tinged, with grey spots on veins. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short- stalked ; colour, discal dot, posterior series of dots, hindmarginal line, and cilia as in forewings. Cairns, Queensland ; one specimen (Coll. Macleay), 66. Lod. leucomerata, Walk. (Eucrostis leucomerata, Walk. Suppl. 1609.) SQ. 23mm. Face whitish, forehead ferruginous, fillet white, crown green. Palpi whitish-ochreous, second joint ferruginous above, terminal joint in ¢ moderate, in Q long. Antenne white. Thorax and abdomen green. Anterior legs ochreous, middle and posterior pair white. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin rather oblique, almost straight; veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 out of 9, 11 free; green; costal edge slenderly white, at base and apex yellowish ; lines indicated by irregular dark fuscous-red dots on veins ; first from } of costa to } of inner margin; second from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin, irregularly curved ; a small deep brown-red discal spot, containing a leaden-metallic linear mark ; a fine interrupted dark brown-red hindmarginal line, with leaden-metallic reflections: cilia ochreous-white, with a reddish- brown apical spot. Hindwings with hindmargin rather bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 stalked; colour, second and hindmarginal lines, and cilia as in forewings; a round leaden-metallic discal spot, edged with deep brown-red, larger than in forewings, in ¢ much larger and more irregular. Queensland and New South Wales ; two specimens. 67. Lod rhodocosma, n. sp. 6 Q. 26-30 mm. Head dull crimson, fillet white. Palpi crimson, base whitish, terminal joint long. Antenne white, partially crimson-tinged. Thorax green, posteriorly rosy on back. Abdomen $90 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, brownish-rosy, apex and sides whitish. Anterior legs crimson, middle and posterior pair whitish (posterior tibize of ¢ broken). Forewings with costa somewhat arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded; veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 out of 9, 11 free ; bluish-green ; a white costal streak, suffused with whitish-ochreous beneath, becoming rosy towards base and apex; markings brownish-rosy or purplish ; lines rather thick, irregularly dentate, curved ; first from } of costa to } of inner margin; second from ? of costa to 2 of inner margin, dilated beneath; a small discal spot ; a row of cloudy irregular hindmarginal spots, connected on margin, a larger one on anal angle touching second line: cilia brownish- rosy. Hindwings with hindmargin somewhat rounded, bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, hindmarginal spots, and cilia as in forewings ; a series of three cloudy spots from middle of costa to before middle of inner margin ; a larger irregular discal spot beyond middle; second line from before apex to } of inner margin, curved outwards and obsolete in middle, coalescing more or less with hindmarginal spots. Neweastle and Sydney, New South Wales, in May ; two speci- mens (Coll. Raynor and Australian Museum). 68. Lod. buprestaria, Gn. ( Phorodesma buprestaria, Gn. ix, 371, pl. vii, 4.) 9g. 36 mm. Palpi with terminal joint short. Thorax and femora hairy beneath. Abdomen grey-white, irrorated with brown, forming a series of triangular white spots. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from point with 9, 11 free; green ; costa suffused with white, irrorated with red-brown ; first and second lines interrupted in disc, composed of white lunules, margined with purplish-brown ; a reddish-brown hindmirginal streak, interrupted with white on veins; two white lunules at apex. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, second line, hindmarginal streak, and apical lunules as in fore- wings ; an apical reddish-brown spot extending to second line. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 891 Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen (Coll. Lucas), Guénée’s description is said to be from a @ ; his figure is good, but descrip- tion not very clear. The description given above is incomplete, owing to the single specimen seen being in imperfect condition. 69. Lod. exoterica, n. sp. Q. 29mm. Head ferruginous, lower margin of face, fillet, and back of crown white. Palpi ferruginous, base whitish, terminal joint moderately long. Antenne white, ringed with fuscous. Thorax green, patagia ochreous, tips white. (Abdomen broken.) Legs ochreous, ringed with white. Forewings with costa moderately arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 10 touching 12 at a point, 11 running into 12; bright green, with semitransparent whitish longitudinal streaks in cell and between veins ; a bright ochreous costal streak ; first line represented by a short white erect streak on inner margin at 3, edged with dark reddish-brown ; a transverse dark reddish-brown white-centred discal spot, preceded by a short longitudinal dark reddish-brown streak ; second line almost straight, from costal streak at ? to inner margin at 4, dark reddish-brown, containing a very fine white line; a moderate dark reddish-brown hindmarginal fascia, attenuated to a point at apex, containing a paler submarginal cloudy line, and darker hindmarginal lunules: cilia fuscous-reddish, base whitish. Hind- wings with hindmargin unevenly rounded, bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 stalked ; colour, discal spot and streak, and cilia as in fore- wings ; second line and hindmarginal fascia similar, but merged together so as to form a moderately broad hindmarginal band containing a white line near its anterior edge. Newcastle, New South Wales: one specimen (Australian Museum). This species may not be a true Jodis ; it is the only species of the genus known to me in which vein 11 of the fore- wings runs into 12, and the facies is also peculiar, but in the absence of the g it is of course impossible to decide with cer- tainty. 892 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 70. Lod. boisduvalaria, Le G. (Geometra boisduvalaria, Le G., Rev. Fool. Ve4l, 2005 Chlorodes mirandaria, Gn. ix, 379, pl. v, 7.) SQ. 30mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi with terminal joint moderate. Antenne white. Thorax green, becoming white posteriorly, hairy beneath. Abdomen white. Femora hairy beneath. Forewings with costa gently arched, slightly sinuate, hindmargin rather oblique, hardly rounded ; 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9,11 appressed to 12 at a point; green; a ferruginous streak, margined with white, along inner margin from base to 3, apex attenuated ; first line moderately strong, white, from before } of costa to 3 of inner margin ; a white transverse linear mark in disc ; second line white, from 3 of costa to before anal angle, sending a tooth inwards in middle and another near inner margin ; an inwards-curved white line from apex to hindmargin above anal angle, space between this and second line reddish-fuscous on dorsal half, mixed with ferruginous at its extremities: cilia reddish- fuscous, with a white basal line. Hindwings with hindmargin irregularly rounded and sinuate above anal angle; veins 3 and 4 separate ; white, with two very indistinct straight pale greenish bands ; first median, second about } ; an interrupted blackish mark on hindmargin above middle, and a small black spot in anal angle ; cilia brownish (imperfect). Blue Tiers, Tasmania ; two specimens (Coll. Simson and Lucas). The specimens described are in some respects imperfect ; in par- ticular the antenne of the ¢ are broken towards the apex, so that I have not determined whether this is truly filiform ; I note the point, because Guénée rather appears to imply that it is not. 71. Lod. partita, Walk. (Comibaena partita, Walk. 573, Butl. Ill. Het. vi, 71, pl. exvii, 11; C. felicitata, Walk. 579.) ¢. 36 mm. Crown white. Palpi white, externally irrorated with dark reddish-fuscous, terminal joint long. Antenne white. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 893 Thorax white, anterior margin green. Abdomen white, base green. Forewings yellowish-green ; costa narrowly white from 4 to §; a triangular white spot on base of wing; a dark reddish- fuscous discal dot at Z, surrounded by a whitish ring ; lines slender, white ; first from beneath costa at $ to inner margin at 4, angu- lated below middle ; second from # of costa to 2 of inner margin, upper half rather dentate, angulated at ? from costa; a subter- minal white line from apex to anal angle, touching hindmargin in middle, each half rather curved inwards ; space between second and subterminal lines suffused with whitish from near costa to below middle; a white semicircular anal blotch, speckled with reddish, anteriorly bounded by second line ; a white hindmarginal line, marked with fine black dots on veins, one in middle and two on anal angle moredistinct: cilia whitish, towards base pale greenish. Hindwings with hindmargin obtusely bent ; yellowish-green ; second and subterminal lines white, subdentate, strongly curved, towards lower extremity merged in a large clear white anal blotch ; a white blotch, partly irrorated with reddish, extending on upper half of wing from second line to hindmargin, marked with a dark reddish somewhat inwards-curved fascia from apex of wing to middle of hindmargin, where it is dilated ; a hindmarginal series of elongate blackish marks ; cilia round apex white sprinkled with reddish, thence to middle dark reddish, on lower half whitish, towards base greenish. Brisbane, Queensland ; also from India. I have described the two specimens in the British Museum, and have seen no others ; there is no doubt of their identity. 72. Lod. tosticta, n. sp. 4Q. 32mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green, terminal joint moderate. Antenne white. Thorax green, rather hairy beneath. Abdomen green, with a dorsal series of white dots, sides and apex white. Legs ochreous-white, anterior tibiee greenish-tinged, posterior tibiz in ¢ thickened, with groove con- taining pencil of pale yellowish hairs. Forewings with costa 57 894 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, gently arched, hindmargin rather oblique, gently rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 from point with 9, 11 free ; green ; costal edge snow-white ; first line represented by five or six irregularly placed white dots; a small white ring in disc, its interior edge margined with reddish ; a series of white dots on veins from costa near apex, curved outwards on middle third, terminating in a small erect white reddish-margined spot on inner margin at #: cilia green, barred with red on veins, with a white dot at base of each bar. Hindwings with hindmargin somewhat bent and rather projecting on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, discal ring, posterior series of dots, and cilia as in forewings, but discal ring more elongate transversely. Newcastle, New South Wales ; two specimens. 73. Lod. erossota, n. sp. Q. 23mm. Face ochreous-brown, fillet whitish, crown pale green. Palpi dark fuscous-reddish, beneath ochreous-whitish, terminal joint rather long. Antennze whitish-fuscous. Thorax pale green. Abdomen whitish, sprinkled with fuscous-reddish, base greenish. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 free; light olive-green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, on posterior half thickly strigulated with dark fuscous ; lines slender, irregular, whitish, indistinctly interrupted into spots; first from } of costa to | of inner margin, nearly straight ; second from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin, twice sinuate; a fine ochreous-whitish hindmarginal line, forming tri- angular dots on veins, and margined anteriorly by a dark fuscous line: cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin bent on vein 4 and produced into an acute triangular projection; veins 3 and 4 stalked ; colour, second ard hindmarginal lines, and cilia as in forewings. bp ol Queensland ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 895 74. Lod. saturataria, Walk. (Chlorochroma saturataria, Walk. Suppl. 1609.) Q. 28mm. Head light red. Palpi light red, beneath white, terminal joint long. Antenne pale reddish. Thorax green, with a large light red posterior spot. Abdomen light red, base green. Legs white, anterior pair red. Forewings thinly scaled, green, with scattered fine obscure reddish-whitish strigulz ; costa brown- reddish, strigulated with pale reddish ; a cloudy red spot on inner margin towards base; a small transverse reddish discal spot, beneath which is a reddish suffusion ; second line reddish-whitish, dentate, from § of costa to } of inner margin : cilia light red, with a pale basal line. Hindwings with colour, strigul, second line, and cilia as in forewings. Probably from Queensland ; described from the British Museum type. 75. Lod. metaspila, Walk. (Comibena metaspila, Walk. 580.) Q. 32mm. Head green, margins of eyes white. Palpi with terminal joint moderately long. Thorax green, with brown-reddish posterior spot. Abdomen reddish or whitish, base green. An- terior tibize and tarsi rosy, ringed with white. Forewings thinly sealed, green, with numerous obscure whitish strigule; costa reddish-brown, strigulated with red-whitish ; an obscure pale reddish spot on inner margin before middle ; second line slender, whitish, dentate: cilia brown-reddish, barred with green. Hind- wings with colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings. Probably from Queensland ; two specimens in British Museum. 76. Lod. insperata, Walk. (Thalassodes insperata, Walk. 555.) 6. 27mm. Head green, fillet and lower half of face white. Palpi greenish-fuscous, beneath white, terminal joint moderately 896 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, long. Antenne white, spotted with dark fuscous, pectinations 25. Thorax green, with a white posterior spot, hairy beneath. Abdo- men white, more or less green on back. Legs white, anterior tibiz and tarsi banded with dark fuscous, posterior tibiz with groove containing pencil of hairs. Forewings with costa moder- ately arched, hindmargin rounded, rather oblique ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate, 11 free; bright green, rather thinly scaled ; costa except at base white irrorated with dark fuscous ; lines slender, white ; first from } of costa to 3 of inner margin, slightly curved, rather irregular ; second from #? of costa to }# of inner margin, slightly curved, tending to emit short linear teeth pos- teriorly on veins, forming a small spot on costa and a larger dilated spot towards inner margin; a subterminal series of irregular white marks ; a hindmarginal series of white dots: cilia white, basal half green with white apical and median dots, on costa grey. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, with an obtuse triangular projection on vein 4; veins 3 and 4 from a point or short-stalked ; colour, second line, subterminal and hindmarginal series, and cilia as in forewings ; basal half somewhat strigulated with white, especially towards inner margin; two semilunate white submarginal marks at apex, enclosing some dark fuscous or reddish scales on hindmargin ; an angulated white submarginal mark on median projection ; costal cilia white. Qg. 35mm. Head fuscous on crown, face green, fillet and lower part of face white. Palpi fuscous, beneath white, terminal joint long. Antenne white. Thorax green, with a pale fuscous posterior spot. Forewings formed as in @; green; costa pale whitish-fuscous irrorated with dark fuscous; first line fuscous- whitish, narrow, straight, obscure, proceeding from an oblique dark fuscous mark on costa at } to 4 of inner margin ; a triangular projection from costal streak before middle ; second line slender, white, anteriorly finely,margined with dark fuscous, from costa at } to inner margin before ?, irregularly sinuate, rectangularly bent so as to touch hindmargin below middle ; space between second line and hindmargin whitish-fuscous, irregularly spotted with dark fuscous, including a green blotch towards costa ; a dark BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 897 fuscous interrupted hindmarginal line : cilia pale whitish-fuscous. Hindwings formed as in ¢; colour, second line, hindmarginal band and line, and cilia as in forewings. Newcastle, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; George’s Bay, Tasmania ; in January, not uncommon locally. The larva is 10-legged, rough, brown; segments 4-11 with very large flattened obliquely rising projections on each side of back, these sometimes green ; a white spot on side of 11th segment: it feeds on Hxocarpus cupressiformis. This curious larva was shown me by Mr. Kershaw, and is familiar to the Melbourne entomologists, The extraordinary dissimilarity between the sexes in the case of this and the following species is very curious; I am not aware of the purpose served by it, but the differences are quite analogous in the two species. 77. Lod. pieroides, Walk. (Comibaena pieroides, Walk. 580; Thalassodes scitissimaria, ib. 1564; Comibaena calcinata, Feld. pl. cxxvii, 23.) 6. 32 mm. Head white, mixed with blue-green. Palpi blue- green, beneath white, terminal joint moderately long. Antenue white, pectinations 23. Thorax and abdomen white, closely mixed with blue-green. Legs white, anterior tibie and tarsi bauded with fuscous, posterior tibiee with groove including pencil of hairs, apical projection unusually long. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin waved, rather obliquely rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from a point with 9, 11 free; blue-green, thinly scaled, with numerous scattered short white transverse strigulz, closest towards base ; posterior half of costa suffused with white and irrorated with brownish; lines moderately broad, fascia-like, white ; first from } of costa to ? of inner margin, closely followed by a white discal spot touching costa ; second from } of costa to # of inner margin, slightly curved, double, margins subdentate : cilia whitish, basal half green. Hindwings with inner margin long, hindmargin rounded, crenulate, bent on 898 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, vein 4; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour and markings as in forewings, but strigulz on median area more scanty and dot-like, interspace of second line with a small ferruginous mark beneath costa. Q. 388mm. Head ferruginous, forehead green. Thorax green, with a quadrate ferruginous posterior spot. Forewings with groundcolour and strigule as in ¢; markings ferruginous strigu- lated with paler ; a costal streak, dilated and extending to inner margin at base ; first line as a narrow very irregular fascia from 1 of costa to 4 of inner margin; a short transverse spot from costa before middle; a moderately broad hindmarginal band, containing a green spot towards costa near its anterior edge, anterior edge sinuate below costa and rather deeply concave below middle: cilia light fuscous-grey, with paler median and terminal lines. Hindwings with transverse vein margined with ferru- ginous ; hindmarginal band as in forewings, but green spot almost obsolete. Duaringa and Brisbane, Queensland ; several specimens. Mr. W. H. Miskin has bred both sexes from the larva. 78. Lod. byrsopis, Meyr. (Thalassodes byrsopis, Meyr., ‘Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, 249.) Q. 34-40 mm. Face reddish-brown, fillet whitish, crown light green. Palpi reddish-brown, white beneath. Antenne pale reddish-ochreous, base whitish, Thorax light green. Abdomen whitish, mixed with pale green. Legs whitish, anterior tibize and tarsi light ferruginous. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 11 free; light bluish-green, with very obscure scattered transverse whitish strigulee ; costal edge whitish-ochreous; a nearly straight very obscure whitish line from middle of costa to ’-of inner margin: cilia pale green, tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin obtusely bent on vein 4; colour and cilia as in BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S, 899 forewings ; a very obscure whitish line from 3 of costa to vein 2 at ?, thence angulated and proceeding, twice waved, to inner margin at 2. Queensland; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). Also from New Guinea. 10. Acatuta, Gn. Face smooth. Antenne in ¢ filiform, minutely ciliated. Palpi moderately long, second joint shortly rough-scaled, terminal joint elongate, cylindrical. Posterior tibize with all spurs present. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 almost from point with 9, 10 out of 9, 11 free. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 from a point. A small Indo-Malayan genus, of which the species are at the same time variable and closely-allied. 79. Ag. astertas, n. sp. 6Q. 34-36 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax dark fuscous-reddish mixed with whitish ; back of crown, anterior half of thorax and a posterior spot green. Abdomen reddish-ochreous mixed with whitish. Legs ochreous-white. Forewings with costa moderately arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ; bright yellowish-green ; markings fuscous-reddish, mixed with whitish and margined with darker; a narrow basal fascia ; a moderate costal streak, irrorated with dark grey, indented beyond basal fascia ; a moderate or rather narrow slightly curved fascia from ; of costa to middie of inner margin, constricted above and below middle ; a hindmarginal band, broad towards costa and containing in upper half a variable irregular-oval green blotch not touching margins, more or less strongly narrowed on lower half, anterior edge sinuate, indented above middle; sometimes one or two whitish spots indicated on hindmargin below middle ; a blackish irregular hindmarginal line, sometimes nearly obsolete : cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, unevenly 900 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, waved, projecting into a sharp triangular tooth on vein 4 ; colour, hindmarginal band, and cilia as in forewings; hindmarginal pro- jection dark reddish, surmounted by a small clear white spot. Cape York and Cooktown, Queensland ; Port Darwin, North Australia ; several specimens (Coll. Macleay and Brit. Mus.), Differs from A. carissima, Butl., (Japan) by presence of white spot above projection of hindwings, and by median fascia (repre- senting first line) of forewings not being connected with the hind- marginal band on inner margin. 11. Heuiomystis, n. g. Palpi moderate, porrected, second joint densely rough-haired beneath, terminal joint rather short, obtuse. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated almost to apex. Thorax posteriorly crested, beneath densely hairy. Abdomen with strong dorsal crests. Posterior tibiz in g somewhat dilated, grooved, all spurs present. Fore- wings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from point with 9, 10 free, 11 anastomosing with 12. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 closely approximated at base. 80. Hel. electrica, n. sp. 6. 45mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish, sprinkled with whitish and black, patagia marked with black ; palpi externally suffused with black. Antennz fuscous, pectinations 4. Abdo- men whitish-ochreous, crests mixed with black, towards middle large. Legs blackish ringed with white, posterior tibize whitish. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin rounded, rather oblique, waved; light brown, with scattered short dark grey strigule, especially towards costa and inner margin; a short interrupted blackish streak from base near inner margin ; lines slender, black ; first from } of costa to middle of inner margin, sinuate beneath costa, triangularly indented below middle; a linear-crescentic black discal spot, with a few white scales, sur- rounded by a brown suffusion ; second line from beyond middle of BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 901 costa to 3 of inner margin, strongly acutely angulated in middle, upper half straight, lower half curved inwards, below middle twice dentate outwards ; a very fine acutely dentate white sub- terminal line, nearly obsolete on lower half; three short longi- tudinal black streaks between veins above middle, cut by subterminal line, terminating in hindmargin, and a fourth less -distinct similar streak above anal angle ; hindmargin elsewhere with black dots between veins : cilia light brown, reddish-tinged, sprinkled with whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin crenate, tolerably rounded, slightly bent in middle ; bright orange ; a dark grey transverse linear discal spot ; a moderately broad light brown hindmarginal band, irrorated with blackish-grey, anterior margin and towards costa almost wholly suffused with blackish, anterior margin angularly emarginate above middle; a hindmarginal series of blackish crescentic marks ; cilia light brown, reddish- tinged. Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). 12. CRYPSIPHONA, n. g. Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending, second joint roughly scaled, terminal joint rather or very short. Antennz in ¢ bipec- tinated, towards apex filiform. Thorax and femora densely hairy beneath, thorax sometimes crested in front. Posterior tibiae in both sexes without middle-spurs; in ¢ with groove containing pencil of hairs. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate -or out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 separate. AssWacet blackin sn sacamndasega «gecsstincecbvicennoclero Ode OCCUlaria: B. Hace mot; black. caiscage.. 4 ca sebycniceeis eeeiasiaans a. Forewings with black markings........ 81. melanosema. b. Forewings without black markings ..... 82. amaura. 81. Cryps. melanosema, n. sp. SQ. 29-34 mm. Head grey-whitish irrorated with grey. Palpi white, suffused with dark grey towards apex, terminal joint short. 902 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, Antenne grey-whitish, in ¢ pectinated to near apex, pectinations a2,b23. Thorax grey-whitish suffused with fuscous-grey, crest small, black in front. Abdomen grey-whitish, with a few dark grey scales, and sometimes a fuscous-grey dorsal streak. Legs dark fuscous, ringed with whitish, posterior tibiz suffused with whitish. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; grey-whitish, irregularly suffusedly mixed with pale greyish-fuscous, and with a few scattered black seales ; a short black mark on middle of base; lines black, tolerably strong, tending to be interrupted ; first from } of costa to 5 of inner margin, unevenly curved outwards ; second from before # of costa to ? of inner margin, dentate, sinuate inwards below middle ; a very oblique transverse-linear black discal spot, lower extremity terminating in a whitish ill-defined spot which reaches and interrupts second line ; an indistinct pale strongly dentate subterminal line, preceded and followed by darker shades ; a hindmarginal row of black dots between veins : cilia whitish, with a faint grey line, and sometimes light reddish-grey spots on hindmarginal dots. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate, inner margin long; grey-whitish ; a fine oblique transverse linear dark grey discal spot ; a sinuate dentate dark grey line beyond middle, mcre or less indistinct or nearly obsolete ; an indistinct whitish dentate subterminal line, preceded by a broad light fuscous-grey shade, obsolete towards costa, and followed by a narrower less distinct similar shade ; a hindmarginal row of black dots between veins; cilia grey-whitish, towards base reddigh- tinged. Forewings beneath grey, disc and inner margin paler, apex white ; an oblique black discal spot. Hindwings beneath whitish ; discal spot as above; a transverse oval blackish blotch at 3, not nearly reaching margins. Albany, West Australia; from September to December, five specimens on fences. 82. Cryps. amaura, n. sp. Q. 33-35 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, more or less sprinkled with fuscous; face with BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 903: obscure fuscous transverse bar ; thorax with small anterior crest. Palpi fuscous, beneath white towards base, terminal joint moder- ately short. Legs whitish, irrorated with ochreous, anterior pair suffusedly banded with grey. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa gently arched towards base, hindmargin obliquely rounded, waved; very palewhitish-ochreous, faintly reddish-tinged, irrorated with grey; lines not traceable, except a faint whitish dentate subterminal ; a very obscure oblique transverse-linear grey discal spot; a hindmarginal row of blackish-grey dots between veins : cilia whitish, towards base reddish-tinged. Hindwings with hind- margin rounded, crenate, inner margin long; colour, discal spot, hindmarginal dots, and cilia as in forewings, but groundcolour paler towards base ; a very obscure cloudy grey line at }. Fore- wings beneath whitish, suffused with pale reddish except in middle of disc, at apex, and towards inner margin ; a small black discal spot; a rather larger blackish spot near hindmargin above middle. Hindwings beneath whitish ; a small black discal spot ; a large transverse-oval blackish blotch at {, not reaching margins, surrounded by a pale reddish suffusion. Albany, West Australia; in September and October, two specimens on fences. 83. Cryps. occultaria, Don. (Phalena occultaria, Don., Ins. N. Holl. 36; Aypochroma occultaria, Gn. ix, 281.) SQ. 32-40 mm. Head and thorax light grey, face black ; thorax not crested, Palpi whitish, apex grey, terminal joint very short. Antenne pale grey, in ¢ pectinated to 2, pectinations a3, b4. Abdomen grey-whitish, irrorated with dark grey, in ¢ margined with dense yellowish-tinged hairs. Legs dark grey, posterior tibie whitish. Forewings broad, costa hardly arched, hindmargin waved, obliquely rounded ; pale whitish-grey, finely irrorated with dark grey; lines slender, dark fuscous, partially interrupted or obscure, dentate ; first from } of costa to of inner margin; second from 2 of costa to % of inner margin, at first 904 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, perpendicular to costa, below middle abruptly curved round to beneath discal spot, and again sharply curved to inner margin ; a long transverse-linear dark fuscous discal spot; a pale cloudy waved subterminal line, preceded and followed by darker shades ; a series of dark fuscous dots on hindmargin between veins: cilia grey-whitish, with a faint greyish line. Hindwings with hind- margin rounded, crenate, inner margin long; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, second obsolete towards inner margin. Forewings beneath whitish, with two spots before middle, a median spot, and a posterior series, confluent on upper half, blackish ; a triangular space below middle from median spot to posterior series whitish-ochreous ; a crimson transverse mark near before upper half of posterior series ; an ochreous-grey hind- marginal fascia, its anterior edge dentate. Hindwings beneath whitish ; sometimes a crimson transverse-linear discal spot; an ochreous-grey hindmarginal fascia; preceded first by a blackish and then by a dull crimson fascia. Var. a. Crimson markings of undersurface obsolete. Townsville, Duaringa, and Gayndah, Queensland ; Newcastle, Sydney, and Bathurst, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria ; Hobart, Tasmania; Mount Lofty, South Australia; Albany, West Australia; in September, October, March, and June, generally common, at rest on fences and rock-faces. The larva feeds on Eucalyptus, I have never seen this common insect on the wing, and it probably flies only in the dark ; by day it always rests with the wings closely appressed to a flat surface ; the object of the crimson markings I am therefore unable to conjecture. 13. Hypocuroma, Gn. Palpi moderate, porrected, second joint roughly scaled, above and beneath terminal joint moderate. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex filiform, Thorax and femora densely hairy beneath, thorax sometimes crested. Abdomen sometimes crested. Posterior tibie in g somewhat dilated, grooved, generally containing pencil BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 905 of hairs, all spurs present. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10 or sometimes free. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 separate or rarely stalked. A genus of moderate size, characteristic of the Indo-Malayan and Australian regions. It is generally distinguishable from Lodis by the separation of veins 6 and 7 of the hindwings, but in the case of the aberrant species H. paratorna only by the palpi, which are densely rough-scaled above and beneath. The neural variation within the genus is analogous to that occurring in Jodis, 1. Hindwings discolorous with forewings ... 2. Hindwings concolorous with forewings... 3. 2. Forewings greenish ...............+. seseeeeee 87. metarhodata. Forewings grey ........ sigs aoe chee ROO soses 85. paratorna. 3. Wings greenish ...... Dailoesate ots taletns dice, se 4, Wigs not) greenish... <2: ..c2ss-+ eee See (hs 4, Forewings with blackish band beyond Become Het os. sacle os oo els = teoceesee 90. emaliarta. Forewings without blackish band beyond SECOMAGLINE wes sccac es. = Ses senosete D.. 5. Discal spot of forewings linear ......... ... OL. muscosarta. Discal spot of forewings not linear......... 6. 6. First line of forewings strongly indented beneath costa ..... shes dediee secede «+s 89. acanthina. First line of forewings almost straight ... 88. hypochromaria. 7. Hindwings with three much _ stronger hindmarginal teeth.......... Baaasies és 84. Wilsone. Hindwings with teeth nearly equal, short 8. 8. Discal spot of hindwings bent ............ 93. erebata. Discal spot of hindwings straight ......... 9. 9. Second line of forewings moderately curved’... Jaane Peay sc Bees: 10. Second line of forewings not curved ...... 86. percomptaria. 10. Wingsdenselyirrorated with blackish-grey 92. deteriorata. Wings not irrorated with blackish-grey... 94. erenaria. 906 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 84. Hyp. Wilsoni, Feld. (Hypochroma Wilsoni, Feld. pl. cxxv, 4.) Q. 44mm. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish somewhat mixed with blackish, abdomen with two obscure darker dorsal lines. Palpi dark grey, towards base white, terminal joint moderate. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa hardly arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, crenate; veins 5 and 6 closely approximated at origin, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; grey, densely irrorated with white; veins partially marked with blackish ; lines very obscure, slender, grey ; first from } of costa to } of inner margin, curved, thrice very acutely dentate; second from # of costa to middle of inner margin, straight, very acutely dentate, teeth forming black dots on veins ; a cloudy grey transverse discal spot; a very indistinct dentate white subterminal line; a hindmarginal series of wedge-shaped black dashes between veins: cilia whitish. Hindwings with hind- margin crenate, teeth on veins 2-4 conspicuously more prominent, inner margin long; veins 6 and 7 remote ; grey, densely irrorated with white, on basal half suffused with white ; veins posteriorly dark grey ; a crescentic dark grey discal spot; a curved cloudy grey fascia at }; hindmarginal dashes and cilia as in forewings. Undersurface of both wings whitish, with a _blackish-fuscous posterior band, on forewings reaching only from near costa to below middle. Melbourne, Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). 85. Hyp. paratorna, n. sp. g. 29mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish, finely irrorated with whitish ; palpi with a blackish spot towards base, terminal joint rather short ; thorax crested posteriorly. Antenne whitish- fuscous, pectinations 2. Abdomen whitish-fuscous. Legs fuscous- whitish, spotted with blackish (anterior pair broken). Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa hardly arched, slightly sinuate, BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 907 hindmargin rounded, waved, rather oblique ; vein 6 from point with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; brownish, very finely irrorated with whitish towards posterior half, and with short scattered dark fuscous transverse strigule; a blackish narrow-oblong longitudinal blotch extending from base of costa to first line below middle ; lines slender, black, well-defined, slightly irregular ; first from before 4 of costa to ; of inner margin, straight ; a fine transverse linear blackish discal spot ; second line from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, lower third forming a strong angular indentation inwards to beneath middle of disc ; a series of blackish-fuscous very irregular more or less confluent spots from costa before apex to before anal angle, sinuate inwards so as to touch second line above. middle; an interrupted black hind- marginal line: cilia pale brownish, finely irrorated with whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin strongly unevenly rounded, prominent below middle, crenulate ; veins 6 and 7 stalked ; fuscous-whitish ; a transverse linear fuscous discal spot; a rather broad fuscous hindmarginal band, containing one or two small darker spots above middle, and some dark strigulz towards anal angle ; hind- marginal line and cilia as in forewings. Forewings beneath fuscous-whitish, with a dark fuscous discal spot, and a suffused fuscous spot on costa towards apex. Hindwings beneath whitish, sprinkled with fuscous, with a narrow transverse blackish discal spot, and a large blackish transverse oval posterior blotch, almost reaching margins. South Australia; one specimen, without further record. 86. Hyp. percomptaria, Gn. (Hypochroma percomptaria, Gn. ix, 280, pl. vi, 4.) g. 44 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs white mixed with black and brown, thorax with two parallel posterior trans- verse blackish lines. Palpi black, towards base white beneath. Antenne dark grey mixed with white. Abdomen with small crests. Forewings broad, costa hardly arched, hindmargin ob- liquely rounded, waved; 6 separate, 11 free; white, slightly 908 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, brownish-tinged, densely irrorated with grey and black; a black almost basal transverse line; a straight black line from } of costa. to 4 of inner margin, followed by a pale brownish-grey band; a short black transverse linear discal spot ; second line black, some- what waved irregularly, from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, followed by a pale line, beyond which the posterior area is wholly suffused with pale brownish, except a pale subdentate subterminal line; a black hindmarginal line: cilia whitish, obscurely spotted with grey. Hindwings with hindmargin unevenly crenate, inner margin long; veins 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but subbasal and first lines absent. Undersurface of both wings white sprinkled with grey, with a broad cloudy blackish posterior fascia, constricted in middle, tinged with red on margins, on forewings only reaching from near costa to below middle. Newcastle, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; Albany, West Australia ; three specimens. In one specimen vein 6 of the forewings was furcate at base, so as to form a small auxiliary cell, a curious individual deformity. 87. Hyp. metarhodata, Walk. (Scotosia metarhodata, Walk. 1724.) SQ. 27mm. Head whitish, slightly greenish-tinged, with a few black scales, and two black dots on face. Palpi greenish- whitish with a blackish band, terminal joint short. Antenne whitish, reddish-tinged, spotted with grey. Thorax greenish- whitish, with a blackish transverse median bar, shoulders and pos- terior extremity spotted with black. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, rosy-tinged, mixed with blackish on back, with two strong grey crests towards middle. Legs whitish, anterior and middle pair banded with blackish. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa hardly arched, hindmargin waved, rather obliquely rounded ; 6 from point with 9, 11 free; olive-green, with numerous short blackish transverse strigule; a suffused dentate blackish line BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 909 very near base ; lines narrow, black, slightly irregular, somewhat interrupted ; first from } of costa to ; of inner margin, posteriorly suffused with dark grey, which forms a blotch on inner margin reaching second line; a white suffusion in disc, surrounding an irregular transverse discal spot mixed with blackish ; second line from 2 of costa to 3 of inner margin, strongly angulated outwards in middle but angle subtruncate, upper half almost straight, lower half slightly sinuate, followed on costa and inner margin by suffused white spots, and above angle by a small reddish spot ; a fine dentate white subterminal line, preceded by a dark grey suffusion, indicated, but only distinct towards costa; a suffused grey hindmarginal blotch above, and another below middle ; an interrupted black hindmarginal line: cilia whitish, towards base greenish, barred with dark grey on veins, Hindwings with hind- margin rounded, crenate ; veins 6 and 7 separate ; pale whitish- rosy, dorsal third except a marginal streak pale greenish, with numerous short dark grey transverse strigule; an obscure grey discal spot; a moderate suffused grey hindmarginal band, hardly extending to margins ; cilia on upper half whitish-rosy, on lower half light green, barred with dark grey, tips whitish. Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales; in September, three specimens. Mr. G. Masters informs me that he once took the species in abundance on the stems of Leptospermum. 88. Hyp. hypochromaria, Gn. (Cleora hypochromaria, Gn. ix, 234.) Q. 34-35mm. Head and thorax light olive-greenish ; face with a fuscous bar; shoulders with a biack spot. Palpi greenish- whitish, apex of basal joint, an apical band of second, and terminal joint except apex blackish, terminal joint moderate. Antenne ochreous-whitish, spotted with grey towards base. (Abdomen broken.) Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair banded with blackish, middle pair dotted with dark grey. Forewings moderate, costa hardly arched, faintly sinuate, hindmargin 58 910 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, rounded, crenulate, rather oblique; 6 from point with 9, 11 free ; olive-greenish, somewhat mixed with whitish, and with a few fine scattered darker scales ; an incomplete blackish line very near base; lines well-defined, black, subdentate ; first from } of costa to 4 of inner margin, nearly straight ; a narrow oval trans- verse discal spot outlined with black ; second line from 2 of costa to middle of inner margin, rectangularly bent outwards in middle, somewhat sinuate inwards near inner margin ; a faint paler dentate subterminal line, margined anteriorly by an incomplete series of blackish marks; a _ hind- marginal series of black crescentic marks: cilia light olive- greenish, barred with blackish, tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour, second and subterminal lines, hindmarginal marks, and cilia as in fore- wings, but bend of second line below middle ; discal spot rather oblique, transverse-linear, black. Undersurface of both wings pale whitish-ochreous, with strong blackish lines placed as above ; discal spot of forewings sinuate-oval, of hindwings dot-like, blackish ; a blackish hindmarginal band, including a small whitish spot on middle of hindmargin. New South Wales ; three specimens in poor condition (Austr. Mus.). 89. Hyp. acanthina, n. sp. G. 34-38 mm. Head pale greenish, face with two black spots. Palpi blackish, base of second and basal joints whitish-rosy, ter- minal joint moderate. Antenne ochreous-whitish, rosy-tinged, irregularly spotted with dark grey, pectinations 4. Thorax greenish, irregularly mixed with black, posterior extremity with slight whitish-rosy crests. Abdomen pale greenish, with some black scales, with one prominent blackish crest above middle. Legs ochreous-white, anterior pair banded with black, middle pair spotted with black. Forewings moderate, costa almost straight, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, waved ; 6 from point with 9, 11 free; bluish-green, irregularly strigulated with olive-green, BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 911 and irrorated with black ; costa spotted with black and whitish ; veins partially lined with whitish-rosy ; a blackish line near base ; lines black, somewhat irregular, interrupted ; first from + of costa to $ of inner margin, somewhat curved, beneath costa sharply indented inwards and then outwards ; an irregular transverse-oval discal spot outlined with blackish ; second line from 2 of costa to middle of inner margin, upper 2 moderately curved outwards ; a hardly paler dentate subterminal line, margined anteriorly by a blackish-grey shade ; a hindmarginal row of black spots: cilia green, barred with dark fuscous, tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour, second and subterminal lines, hindmarginal spots,and cilia as in forewings ; a cloudy blackish narrow transverse discal spot. Forewings beneath pale whitish-ochreous ; first and second lines as above, blackish-grey ; an oval blackish discal spot; a narrow blackish- grey subterminal band ; hindmarginal space strigulated with blackish-grey, except on a round pale spot below middle. Hind- wings beneath with colour, second line, and subterminal band as in forewings ; a small grey discal spot. Duaringa, Queensland ; two specimens received from Mr. G. Barnard. 90. Hyp. emiliaria, Gn. (Hypochroma emiliaria, Gn. ix, 280.) “¢. 40 mm. Wings strongly toothed, mixed with flesh-colour and greenish-grey, irrorated with black, with the ordinary lines black, well-defined ; second line of forewings followed by a broad charcoal-black space cut by the subterminal line, which forms in- terrupted flesh-coloured teeth. The black colour appears also at the base of all the wings, and in the hindwings extends along the three lower veins to their extremity. The hindwings have a series of raised crests not far from their base, and a lower crest along the abdominal margin, which is fringed with bright yellow hairs, as are also the sides of the abdomen. Undersurface white, with the 912 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, base of the hindwings broadly yellow, and a broad entire black border; forewings with an oval black discal spot. Abdomen depressed, densely haired on sides, with bifid crests.” The above description is translated from Guénée, who only quotes Australia asa locality; I have seen no specimen at all agreeing with it, but it would appear to denote a handsome and conspicuous species. 91. Hyp. muscosaria, Gu. (Hypochroma muscosaria, Gn. 1x, 281, pl. v1, 3; . emiliaria, Walk. (nec Gn.) 441 ; H. cetraria, Feld. pl. cxxv, 7; H. squamata, ib. pl. cxxv1, 14.) Q@. 40mm. Head and thorax pale green, sprinkled with black. Palpi fuscous, towards base whitish, basal joint with a black apical dot, terminal joint moderate, rather slender. Antennz ochreous-whitish, obscurely ringed with dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, sprinkled with black, without defined crests. Legs blackish-grey, ringed with ochreous-white, posterior pair whitish. Forewings broad, costa slightly arched, hindmargin crenate, rounded, rather oblique ; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; pale whitish-green, mixed with white and irrorated with black ; some tufts of raised scales towards base ; lines slender, dentate, black ; first from } of costa to } of inner margin, rather curved, sometimes preceded by a brown suffusion in disc; a transverse linear fuscous discal spot ; second line from 2 of costa to beyond middle of inner margin, upper 2 moderately curved outwards; a pale dentate subterminal line, posteriorly more or less margined with fuscous, space between this and second line mixed with ferruginous and more densely irrorated with black ; a hindmarginal series of black dots: cilia pale greyish-ochreous, slightly irrorated with black, base paler, tips white. Hindwings with hindmargin strongly crenate, rounded ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line obsolete, basal third of wing suffusedly mixed with ferrugin- ous or fuscous ; some transverse tufts of raised scales about 4, and BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 913 second and subterminal lines somewhat roughened partially with raised scales. Under-surface of both wings ochreous-whitish, in dise white ; a broad blackish-grey submarginal band, in forewings containing an incomplete subterminal series of white dots ; discal spot black, in forewings rather large, oval, in hind- wings transverse-linear. Newcastle, Sydney, and Mount Kosciusko (2700 feet), New South Wales ; in November and January, several specimens. 92. Hyp. deteriorata, Walk. (Hypochroma deteriorata, Walk. 441.) SQ. 29-32 mm. Head and thorax mixed with light ferruginous- reddish and whitish ; face with two black spots ; patagia barred with black. Palpi blackish mixed with white and reddish, towards base whitish. Antenne dark grey, pectinatious 4. Abdomen grey-whitish, irrorated with black, and mixed with reddish. Legs dark grey, ringed with whitish, posterior pair whitish. Forewings broad, costa slightly arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, waved ; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; light fuscous-grey, closely mixed with light ferruginous-reddish and irrorated with black, and somewhat sprinkled with white ; some raised scales towards base; lines blackish-grey, dentate ; first from 4 of costa to? of inner margin, rather curved ; an ill- defined blackish-grey transverse linear discal spot; second line from 2 of costa to beyond middle of inner margin, upper 3 moder- ately curved outwards; a cloudy whitish dentate partially interrupted subterminal line; a hindmarginal row of blackish dots : cilia light reddish, basal half barred with dark grey. Hind- wings with hindmargin rounded, crenate; 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line obsolete ; some ~ transverse tufts of raised scales at }. Forewings beneath pale whitish-fuscous, mixed with reddish beneath costa ; a white discal 914 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, blotch, containing a round black discal spot ; a fuscous-grey hind- marginal band, darker anteriorly, containing a series of white dots. Hindwings beneath pale whitish-fuscous ; a small blackish discal spot ; a fuscous-grey hindmarginal band, darker anteriorly. Sydney, New South Wales ; in October, several specimens. 93. Hyp. erebata, Walk. (Hypochroma erebusata (rect. erebata), Walk. 443.) Q.50 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish-ochreous irrorated with black ; face black, somewhat tufted. Palpi grey irrorated with black, towards base ochreous-whitish. (Antenne broken.) Legs greyish-ochreous irrorated with black, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, costa slightly arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, waved; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; pale greyish-ochreous, closely strewn with short grey transverse strigule, and with some scattered black scales; some raised scales towards base; lines cloudy, grey, ill-defined, interrupted ; first from 4 of costa to of inner margin, rather curved ; a very oblique black linear discal spot, its lower extremity bent downwards, surrounded by a grey 2 suffusion ; second line from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, upper 2 moderately curved outwards; a faint cloudy whitish dentate subterminal line, posteriorly margined with grey crescentic marks ; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia pale greyish-ochreous, irrorated with grey. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line obsolete ; some transverse tufts of raised scales at 4. Forewings beneath very pale whitish-ochreous ; a triangular white discal blotch, containing a large round black discal spot, and crossed by a curved fuscous line at 2; a fuscous hindmarginal band, containing a series of small white spots. Hindwings beneath whitish ; a round black discal spot ; hindmarginal band as in forewings. Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from Mr. G. Barnard. BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 915 94. Hyp. crenaria, Gn. (Hypochroma crenaria, Gn. 1x, 278, Walk. 432; H. distenta, Walk. 434; H. sublimbata, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882, 232; H. paulinaria, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. 1885, 47, pl. I. 1.). Q. 42mm. Head, antenne, and thorax pale whitish-ochreous, face with a black bar. Palpi white, terminal joint long, slender, ochreous-tinged. Abdomen white, with a few whitish ochreous scales. Legs dark grey ringed with white (posterior pair broken). Forewings broad, costa slightly arched, hindmargin rounded, waved, somewhat oblique ; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 10 ; white, irrorated with pale ochreous ; first line slender, ochreous, from a grey mark on costa at + to 4 of inner margin, thrice angularly dentate ; a long transverse linear grey or ochreous discal spot ; second line slender, grey, mixed with ferruginous-reddish, more ochreous towards inner margin, from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, waved-dentate, tolerably evenly curved; space between second line and hindmargin more densely irrorated with ochreous and some reddish scales, sometimes greyer towards costa, except a cloudy dentate whitish subterminal line; a fine ferruginous sometimes interrupted hindmarginal line, tending to form dots with one or two black scales between veins: cilia white, with faint very pale ochreous-greyish bars. Hindwings with hind- margin rounded, crenulate, inner margin long; 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, discal spot ochreous, indistinct, second line more ferruginous, cilia not barred. Forewings beneath white, costa yellowish towards base ; a narrow transverse black discal spot ; a broad blackish subter- minal band, connected with hindmargin above middle by an oblong patch. Hindwings beneath white, with subterminal band as in forewings. Rockhampton, Queensland; two specimens. Occurs also in New Guinea and the adjoining islands, Ceylon, and India. 916 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 14, EpmpRIsTIs, n.g. Palpi moderate, porrected, shortly rough-scaled, terminal joint moderate or short. Antenne in ¢ dentate or filiform, ciliated ({-1). Thorax hairy beneath. Posterior tibie in ¢ somewhat dilated, grooved, all spurs present. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or from point with 9,10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 separate. 95. Hp. oxycyma, n. sp. 6Q. 25-32 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs ochreous-whitish ; face black; antenne in ¢ filiform, ciliations }; anterior legs infuscated. Palpi white, terminal joint moderate. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded ; very pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with a few white and ochreous scales ; lines slender, blackish, dentate ; first from before 4 of costa to 4 of inner margin, more or less indistinct ; a blackish discal dot; second line from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, curved; a very faint dentate whitish subterminal line, preceded below middle by a small pale ferruginous or ochreous spot ; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia white. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, waved, inner margin long ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, sub- terminal preceded by faint ochreous spots above middle and towards analangle. Wings beneath whitish, witha small blackish discal spot, and a suffused grey subterminal band. Duaringa, Queensland ; four specimens sent by Mr. G. Barnard. 96. Ep. rufonigraria, Walk. (Lidonia rufonigraria, Walk. 1036.) 6- 24mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous mixed with crimson. Antenne pale grey, dentate, ciliations 1. Abdomen vale grey. Legs dark fuscous, ringed with white, posterior pair BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 917 ‘grey-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, hind- margin somewhat obliquely rounded, crenulate; rather dark purplish-fuscous ; a sinuate transverse linear blackish-fuscous discal spot, mixed with crimson ; second line obscurely darker, from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, curved, dentate: cilia purplish-grey. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate ; -colour and cilia as in forewings; a faint curved darker line beyond middle. Wings beneath grey, towards costa reddish-tinged ; forewings with a suffused darker blotch on upper half of hind- margin, mixed with blackish anteriorly. Sydney, New South Wales ; in September, one specimen. APPENDIX. The following species, attributed to this family, I have not thought it necessary to include at present. 97. Acidalia oppilata, Walk. 776. The single specimen is in such poor condition as to be unidentifiable, being one of the obscure group of A. recessata. 98. Acrdala despoliata, Walk. 778. I could not satisfy myself that the type of this (which I formerly quoted as a synonym of A. recessata,) was truly referable to any species known to me ; it may perhaps be an unrecognised additional species. 99. Acidalia schistacearia, Walk. 1609, is a species of Dichro- modes, belonging to the Oenochromidae. 100. Acidalia primaria, Walk. 1610, is a synonym of Jdiodes -apicata, Gn. ( Boarniadae ), 101. Acidaha posticaria, Walk. Suppl. 1633, is probably not of this family, but I have not been able to examine it critically. 102. Idaea farinalis, Ros., Ann. Mag. N.H. 1885, 402. This may or may not be an Acidalia, it does not seem to be sufficiently described, and I have failed to identify it. 103. Hypochroma nyssiata, Feld. pl. cxxv, 3, belongs to the Bombycina ( Liparididae ). 918 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, Tn the following index synonyms are indicated by italics. GENERA, Acid aliig init saedey ects satis 4, Heliomystis, n.g............ ik Aigathia, Gah. i.3..sose0asde. 10; “Eiypochroma,?Giascec ress, 13. Comostola, n.g.....0.....0004 8,» Ledisi. Mure eee, 9. Crypsiphona, n.g......... .. 12: -Perixeray Meyrictis....2 ile Dithalama, 0. 96066.!.. 0.0.08 3\. ..Problepsis; Wud..2. 123% Bee 2. EPIPTIStIS) DIF. 6.60. Sie eend 14,¢ Timandra, Dip.:..04i35..0..0/9 Bt Eucrostis, Hb. bie asa ce emeinetes Te ,, Urolitha, mig.f acer. cee pos SPECIES. acanthina, D.8p.....-..0...+. 89. calcinata, Feld..........0000. (ite acidaliaria, Walk.........+.. LS? \carenartarGinecesc nocsees 54, Gg1vess BULL occnsenstsces 27. carenaria, Walk.......:..:.- 55. albicosta, Walk........... .. 64, centrophylla, nsp........... 51. albicostata, Walk............ Gi) cetrania, Meldiniceas cate 9b alopecodes, N.Sp.......2..6+6+ 10: chloristis; nisp:-22.cian 14. MIAAALT ASU (S)i2> 5. .siacinaiejdoeess S2e citrolimbaria,, Gmieaesacees 48. apouuBaria, (GIs... -e-e5+ se 2. citrolimbaria, Walk......... 49, ATQOCNEMIS, D.SP......- veces 56. compensata, Walk.........++ 20. ALYOCTANA, N.SP.....eeeeseeees 34. congenita, Walk......... .. 59. ASSMIAMUA, ASP... 2.0. -cecee0 50.. cosmespila, msp..4. 0s... 4. BSCELIAS MIVSD: so o'ks oeosis ees 19. costomia,, Walia csdec 2 menen 6. attrabuta, Walk....